10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Sep 2025
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present work studies the coevolution of HIV-1 and the immune response in clinical patient data. Using the Marginal Path Likelihood (MPL) framework, they infer selection coefficients for HIV mutations from time-series data of virus sequences as they evolve in a given patient.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze data from two human patients, consisting of HIV population sequence samples at various points in time during the infection. They infer selection coefficients from the observed changes in sequence abundance using MPL. Most beneficial mutations appear in viral envelop proteins. The authors also analyze SHIV samples in rhesus macaques, and find selection coefficients that are compatible with those found in the corresponding human samples.

      Weaknesses:

      The MPL method used by the authors considers only additive effects of mutations, thus ignoring epistasis.

      As suggested, we have now addressed this limitation by inferring epistatic fitness landscapes for CH505, CH848, SHIV.CH505, and SHIV.CH848. Indeed, the computational burden of the epistasis inference procedure was one constraint that motivated us to consider only additive fitness in the previous version of our paper. The original approach developed by Sohail et al. (2022) tested only sequences with <50 sites due to this limitation, far smaller than the ones we consider. Beyond this computational constraint, we also believed that 1) an additive fitness model may suffice to capture local fitness landscapes, and practically, 2) epistatic interactions are more challenging to validate than the effects of individual mutations, making the interpretation of the model more complex.

      However, after performing the analyses described in this paper, we developed a new approach for identifying epistatic interactions that can scale to much longer sequences (Shimagaki et al., Genetics, in press). We therefore applied this method to infer an epistatic fitness landscape for the HIV and SHIV data sets that we studied. As in that work, we focused on short-range (<50 bp) interactions which we could more confidently estimate from data. We have added a section in the SI describing the epistatic fitness model and our analysis. 

      Overall, we found substantial agreement between the epistatic and purely additive models in terms of the estimated fitness effects of individual mutations (new Supplementary Fig. 8) and overall fitness (Supplementary Fig. 9). Consistent with our prior work, we did not find substantial evidence for very strong epistatic interactions (Supplementary Fig. 10). This does not necessarily mean that strong epistatic interactions do not exist; rather, this shows that strong interactions don’t substantially improve the fit of the model to data, and thus many are regularized toward zero. While the biological validation of epistatic interactions is challenging, we found that the largest epistatic interactions, which we defined as the top 1% of all shortrange interactions, were modestly but significantly enriched in the CD4 binding site, V1 and V5 regions for CH505 and in the CD4 binding site, V4, and V5 for CH848. In addition, mutation pairs N280S/V281A and E275K/V281G, which confer resistance to CH235, ranked in the top 15% of all epistatic interactions in CH505.

      We have now included an additional section in the Results, “Robustness of inferred selection to changes in the fitness model and finite sampling”, which discusses our epistatic analyses (page 6, lines 415-464), along with the above Supplementary Figures and a technical section in the SI summarizing the epistasis inference approach.

      Although the evolution of broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnAbs) is a motivating question in the introduction and discussion sections (and the title), the relevance of the analysis and results to better understanding how bnAbs arise is not clear. The only result presented in direct connection to bnAbs is Figure 6.

      It is true that, while bnAb development is a major motivator of our study, our analysis focuses on HIV-1 and does not directly consider antibody evolution. We have now brought attention to this point as a limitation directly in the Discussion. Following the suggestion below in the “Recommendations for the authors,” we have edited our manuscript to place more emphasis on viral fitness and somewhat reduce the emphasis on bnAbs, though this remains an important motivating factor. Specifically, the Abstract now begins

      Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)-1 evolves within individual hosts to escape adaptive immune responses while maintaining its capacity for replication. Coevolution between the HIV-1 and the immune system generates extraordinary viral genetic diversity. In some individuals, this process also results in the development of broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnAbs) that can neutralize many viral variants, a key focus of HIV-1 vaccine design. However, a general understanding of the forces that shape virusimmune coevolution within and across hosts remains incomplete. Here we performed a quantitative study of HIV-1 evolution in humans and rhesus macaques, including individuals who developed bnAbs.

      We have similarly modified the Discussion to focus first on viral fitness. In response to comments from Reviewer 3, we have also more clearly articulated how our work might contribute to the understanding of bnAb development in the Discussion.

      Questions or suggestions for further discussion:

      I list here a number of points for which I believe the paper would benefit if additional discussion/results were included.

      The MPL method used by the authors considers only additive effects of mutations, thus ignoring epistasis. In Sohail et al (2022) MBE 39(10), p. msac199  (https://doi.org/10.1093/molbev/msac199) an extension of MPL is developed allowing one to infer epistasis. Can the authors comment on why this was not attempted here?

      I presume one possible reason is that epistasis inference requires considerably more computational effort (and more data). However, since the authors find most beneficial mutations occurring in Env, perhaps restricting the analysis to Env genes only (e.g. the trimer shown in Figure 2) can lead to tractable inference of epistasis within this segment (instead of the full genome).

      As described above, we have now addressed this comment by inferring epistatic fitness landscapes for the data sets that we consider. Our overall results using the epistatic fitness model are consistent with the ones that we previously obtained with an additive model.

      Do the authors find correlations in the inferred selection coefficients of the two samples CH505 and CH848? I could not find any discussion of this in the manuscript. Only correlations between Humans and RM are discussed.

      To address this question, we compared the fitness values and individual selection coefficients across CH505 and CH848 data sets. We found little correlation between CH505 and CH848 fitness values (shown in a new Supplementary Fig. 6) or selection coefficients. We found only 199 common mutations between HIV-1 amino acid sequences from CH505 and CH848 out of 868 and 1,406 total mutations, respectively. Thus, we were not surprised to find no strong relationship between fitness estimates from CH505 and CH848 data sets. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper combines a biological topic of interest with the demonstration of important theoretical/methodological advances. Fitness inference is the foundation of the quantitative analysis of adapting systems. It is a hard and important problem and this paper highlights a compelling approach (MPL) first presented in (1) and refined in (2), roughly summarized in equation 12.

      (1) Sohail, M. S., Louie, R. H., McKay, M. R. & Barton, J. P. Mpl resolves genetic linkage in fitness inference from complex evolutionary histories. Nature biotechnology 39, 472-479 (2021).

      (2) Shimagaki, K. & Barton, J. P. Bézier interpolation improves the inference of dynamical models from data. Physical Review E 107, 024116 (2023).

      The authors find that positive selection shapes the variable regions of env in shared patterns across two patient donors. The patterns of positive selection are interesting in and of themselves, they confirm the intuition that hyper-variation in env is the result of immune evasion rather than a broadly neutral landscape (flatness). They show that the immune evasion patterns due to CD8 T and naive B-cell selection are shared across patients. Furthermore, they suggest that a particular evolutionary history (larger flux to high fitness states) is associated with bNAb emergence. Mimicking this evolutionary pattern in vaccine design may help us elicit bNAbs in patients in the future.

      There is a lot of information to be found in the full fitness landscape of env. The enormous strength of reversion-to-consensus in the patterns is a known pattern of HIV post-infection populations but they are nicely quantified here. Agreement between SHIV and HIV evolution is shown. They find selection is larger for autologous antibodies than the bNAbs themselves (perhaps bNAbs are just too small a component of the host response to drive the bulk of selection?), and that big fitness increases precede antibody breadth in rhesus macaques, suggesting that this fitness increase is the immune challenge required to draw forth a bNAb. This is all of high interest to HIV researchers.

      Strength of evidence:

      One limitation is, of course, that the fitness model is constant in time when the immune challenge is variable and changing. This simplification may complicate some interpretations.

      We agree that this is a limitation of our current approach. In prior work, we have found that the constant fitness effects of mutations that we infer typically reflect the time-averaged fitness effect when the selection changes over time (Gao and Barton, PNAS 2025; Lee et al., Nat Commun 2025). It could be difficult, however, to capture changes in selection that fluctuate rapidly with underlying immune responses. We have added a new paragraph in the Discussion that more clearly sets out some of the limitations of our analysis, including our assumption of constant selection coefficients.

      There are additional methodological and technical limitations that should be considered in the interpretation of our results. Most notably, we assume that the viral fitness landscape is static in time. While we do not expect selection for effective replication (“intrinsic” fitness) to change substantially over time, pressure for immune escape could vary along with the immune responses that drive them. In prior work, we have found that constant selection coefficients typically reflect the average fitness effect of a mutation when its true contribution to fitness is time-varying [42,43]. This may not adequately description mutational effects that undergo large or rapid shifts in time. Future work should also examine temporal patterns in selection for individual mutations.

      Equation 12 in the methods is really a beautiful tool because it is so simple, but accounts for linkage and can be solved precisely even in the presence of detailed mutational and selection models. However, the reliance on incomplete observations of the frequency leads to complications that must be carefully (re)addressed here.

      For instance, the consistent finding of strong selection in hypervariable regions is biologically intuitive but so striking, that I worry that it might be the result of a bias for selection in high entropy regions. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. We agree that it is important to carefully interrogate these results. To assess the effects of general sequence variability on inferred selection, we first computed a position-specific entropy measure, H<sub >i</sub >, for each site i. We first defined the time-dependent entropy H<sub >i</sub >(t) = - ∑<sub >a</sub> x<sub>i</sub> (a, t) log x<sub>i</sub> (a, t)), where x<sub>i</sub> (a, t) represents the frequency of amino acid/nucleotide a at position i and time t, at each sample time. We then computed H<sub>i</sub> as the average of H<sub>i</sub>(t) across all sample times. A new Supplementary Fig. 1 plots the entropy against the inferred selection coefficients. Although some sequence variation must be observed in order for us to infer that a mutation is beneficial, we did not find a systematic bias toward larger (more beneficial) selection coefficients at more variable sites. Overall, we found only a modest correlation between inferred selection coefficients and entropy (Pearson’s r = 0.33 and 0.29 for CH505 and CH848, respectively), which appears to be partly driven by the tendency for mutations inferred to be significantly deleterious to occur at sites with low entropy. In addition to the new Supplementary Figure, we have added a reference to this analysis in the main text:

      To test whether our results might be biased by overall sequence variability, we examined the relationship between our inferred selection coefficients and entropy, a common measure of sequence variability. Overall, we found only a modest correlation between selection and entropy, suggesting that the signs of selection that we observe are not due to increased sequence variability alone (Supplementary Fig. 1).

      Mutational and covariance terms in equation 12 might be underestimated, due to finite sampling effect in highly diverse populations. Sampling effects lead to zeros in x(t) when actual frequency zeros might be rare at the population sizes of HIV viral loads and mutation rates. Both mutational flux and C underestimation will bias selection upward in eq. 12. 

      The prior papers (1) and (2) seem to show robustness to finite sampling effects, but, again, more care needs to be shown that this robustness transfers to the amino acid inference under these conditions. That synonymous sites are rarely selected for in the nucleotide level is a good sign, and it may be a matter of simply fully explaining the amino-acid level model.

      As above, we agree that these tests are important. To assess the robustness of our results to finite sampling, we performed bootstrap sampling on the viral sequences and inferred selection coefficients using the resampled sequences. Specifically, we resampled the same number of sequences as in the original data at each time point and repeated this for all time points across all HIV-1 and SHIV data sets. A new Supplementary Fig. 11 shows a typical comparison of the original selection coefficients vs. those obtained through bootstrap resampling. Overall, we observe a high degree of consistency between the selection coefficients in each case, which is surely aided by the long time series in these data sets. As pointed out by the reviewer, uncertainty in low-frequency mutations is a particular concern, though the effects on inferred selection are mitigated by regularization. 

      We have added a section in the Results, “Robustness of inferred selection to changes in the fitness model and finite sampling”, which includes this analysis:

      Finite sampling of sequence data could also affect our analyses. To further test the robustness of our results, we inferred selection coefficients using bootstrap resampling, where we resample sequences from the original ensemble, maintaining the same number of sequences for each time point and subject. The selection coefficients from the bootstrap samples are consistent with the original data (see Supplementary Fig. 11), with Pearson’s r values of around 0.85 for HIV-1 data sets and 0.95 for SHIV data sets, respectively.

      Uncertainty propagates to the later parts of the paper, eg. HIV and SIV shared patterns might be the result of shared biases in the method application. However, this worry does not extend to the apples-to-apples comparison of fitness trajectories across individuals (Figures 5 and 6) which I think are robust (for these sample sizes). 

      One way to address this uncertainty is to compare the fitness values and individual selection coefficients across CH505 and CH848 data sets, which was also requested by Reviewer 1. Overall, we found little correlation between CH505 and CH848 fitness values (shown in a new Supplementary Fig. 6) or selection coefficients. This suggests that similarities between HIV-1 and SHIV landscapes are not solely determined by potential biases in the inference approach. We have now added a reference to this point in the main text:

      In contrast, the inferred fitness landscapes of CH505 and CH848, which share few mutations in common, are poorly correlated (Supplementary Fig. 6). This suggests that the similarities between viral fitness values in humans and RMs are not artifacts of the model, but rather stem from similarities in underlying evolutionary drivers.

      The timing evidence is slightly weakened by the fact that bNAb detection is different from bNAb presence and the possibility that fitness increases occurred after the bNAbs appeared remains. Still, their conclusion is plausible and fits in with the other observations which form a coherent and compelling picture.

      Yes, we agree that this is a limitation of our analysis — bNAbs may have been present at low levels before they were detected, and we cannot definitively reject selection by bNAbs. Nonetheless, in at least one case (RM5695), rapid fitness gains were substantially separated in time from bNAb detection (roughly 2 weeks after infection vs. 16 weeks, respectively). We have now added this point in a new paragraph in the Discussion:

      While we found a strong relationship between viral fitness dynamics and the emergence of bnAbs, it may not be true that the former stimulates the latter. For example, bnAbs may have been present within each host before they were experimentally detected. Rapid viral fitness gains within hosts that developed broad antibody responses could then have been driven by undetected bnAb lineages. However, we did not find strong selection for known bnAb resistance mutations, and in at least one case (RM5695), rapid fitness gains (roughly 2 weeks after infection) substantially preceded bnAb detection (16 weeks). Still, given the limited size of the data set that we studied, it is unclear the extent to which our results will transfer to larger and broader data sets.

      Overall thisrpretations could provide valuable insights into the broader significance of these results. is a convincing paper, part of a larger admirable project of accurately inferring complete fitness landscapes.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shimagaki et al. investigate the virus-antibody coevolutionary processes that drive the development of broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnAbs). The study's primary goal is to characterize the evolutionary dynamics of HIV-1 within hosts that accompany the emergence of bnAbs, with a particular focus on inferring the landscape of selective pressures shaping viral evolution. To assess the generality of these evolutionary patterns, the study extends its analysis to rhesus macaques (RMs) infected with simianhuman immunodeficiency viruses (SHIV) incorporating HIV-1 Env proteins derived from two human individuals.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of the study is its rigorous assessment of the similarity in evolutionary trajectories between humans and macaques. This cross-species comparison is particularly compelling, as it quantitatively establishes a shared pattern of viral evolution using a sophisticated inference method. The finding that similar selective pressures operate in both species adds robustness to the study's conclusions and suggests broader biological relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the study has some limitations. The most significant weakness is that the authors do not sufficiently discuss the implications of the observed similarities. While the identification of shared evolutionary patterns (e.g., Figure 5) is intriguing, the study would benefit from a more explicit discussion of what these findings mean for instance, in the context of HIV vaccine design, immunotherapy, or fundamental viral-host interactions. Even speculative inte

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have now clarified the potential implications of our work in several areas. While speculative, one possible application is in vaccine design: it may be beneficial to design sequential immunogens to mimic the patterns of viral evolution associated with rapid fitness gains. This “population-based” design principle is different from typical approaches, which have focused on molecular details of virus surface proteins. 

      We have extended our discussion of our results in the context of viral evolution within and across hosts and related host species. Overall, our work suggests that there may be relatively few paths to significantly higher viral fitness in vivo. Evolutionary “contingencies” such as shifting immune pressure or epistatic interactions could influence the direction of evolution, but not so dramatically that the dynamics that we see in different hosts are not comparable. We have also connected our work more broadly to the literature in evolutionary parallelism in HIV-1 in different contexts.

      A secondary, albeit less critical, limitation is the placement of methodological details in the Supplementary Information. While it is understandable that the authors focus on results in the main text - especially since the methodology is not novel and has been previously described in earlier publications - some readers might benefit from a more thorough presentation of the method within the main paper.

      We have now modified the main text to add a new section, “Model overview,” that lays out the key steps of our approach. While we reserve technical details for the Methods, we believe that this new section provides more intuition about how our results were obtained (including a discussion of the important Eq. 12, now Eq. 3 in the main text) and our underlying assumptions.

      Conclusions:

      Overall, the study presents a compelling analysis of HIV-1 evolution and its parallels in SHIV-infected macaques. While the quantitative comparison between species is a notable contribution, a deeper discussion of its broader implications would strengthen the paper's impact.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I suggest de-emphasizing bnAbs and focusing on selection landscape inference, which seems to be the actual focus of the paper.

      While we do not directly study antibody development in this work, bnAb development is certainly an important motivating factor. As described in the responses above, we have now modified the Abstract and Discussion to place relatively more emphasis on fitness comparisons and to relatively less focus on bnAb development.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please make sure that the MPL method is defined in this paper and its limitations are at least partially repeated.

      As noted in responses above, we have now included more methodological details in the main text of the paper, which we hope will make the intuition and assumptions involved in our analysis clearer.

      I'd like the code to better show or describe the model, I could not figure out the model details by looking at the code. It seems mostly just to be csv exporting for use with preexisting MPL code. A longer code readme would be helpful.

      We have now updated the README on GitHub to include a conceptual overview of our inference approach, which references how each step is implemented in the code.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Try to give some more details (not necessarily giving the full mathematical derivation) on the statistical method utilized.

      As noted above, we have now expanded our discussion of the statistical methods and assumptions in the main text.

      Figures 3 and 4 are somewhat 'messy'. Although I do not have a constructive suggestion here, I feel that with a little more effort maybe the authors could come up with something more clean.

      It is true that the mutation frequency dynamics are somewhat “choppy” and difficult to follow intuitively. To attempt to make these figures easier to parse visually, we have increased the transparency on the lines and added exponential smoothing to the mutation frequencies, resulting in smoother trajectories. The trajectories without smoothing are retained in Supplementary Fig. 3. Here we also note that this smoothing is for visual purposes only; we use the original frequency trajectories for inference, rather than the smoothed ones.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ever since the surprising discovery of the membrane-associated Periodic Skeleton (MPS) in axons, a significant body of published work has been aimed at trying to understand its assembly mechanism and function. Despite this, we still lack a mechanistic understanding of how this amazing structure is assembled in neuronal cells. In this article, the authors report a "gap-and-patch" pattern of labelled spectrin in iPSC-derived human motor neurons grown in culture. The mid-sections of these axons exhibit patches with reasonably well-organized MPS that are separated by gaps lacking any detectable MPS and having low spectrin content. Further, they report that the intensity modulation of spectrin is correlated with intensity modulations of tubulin as well. However, neurofilament fluorescence does not show any correlation. Using DIC imaging, the authors show that often the axonal diameter remains uniform across segments, showing a patch-gap pattern. Gaps are seen more abundantly in the midsection of the axon, with the proximal section showing continuous MPS and the distal segment showing continuous spectrin fluorescence but no organized MPS. The authors show that spectrin degradation by caspase/calpain is not responsible for gap formation, and the patches are nascent MPS domains. The gap and patch pattern increases with days in culture and can be enhanced by treating the cells using the general kinase inhibitor staurosporine. Treatment with the actin depolymerizing agent Latrunculin A reduces gap formation. The reasons for the last two observations are not well understood/explained.

      Strengths:

      The claims made in the paper are supported by extensive imaging work and quantification of MPS. Overall, the paper is well written and the findings are interesting. Although much of the reported data are from axons treated with staurosporine, this may be a convenient system to investigate the dynamics of MPS assembly, which is still an open question.

      Weaknesses:

      Much of the analysis is on staurosporine-treated cells, and the effects of this treatment can be broad. The increase in patch-gap pattern with days in culture is intriguing, and the reason for this needs to be checked carefully. It would have been nice to have live cell data on the evolution of the patch and gap pattern using a GFP tag on spectrin. The evolution of individual patches and possible coalescence of patches can be observed even with confocal microscopy if live cell super-resolution observation is difficult.

      Some more comments:

      (1) Axons can undergo transient beading or regularly spaced varicosity formation during media change if changes in osmolarity or chemical composition occur. Such shape modulations can induce cytoskeletal modulations as well (the authors report modulations in microtubule fluorescence). The authors mention axonal enlargements in some instances. Although they present DIC images to argue that the axons showing gaps are often tubular, possible beading artefacts need to be checked. Beading can be transient and can be checked by doing media changes while observing the axons on a microscope.

      (2) Why do microtubules appear patchy? One would imagine the microtubule lengths to be greater than the patch size and hence to be more uniform.

      (3) Why do axons with gaps increase with days in culture? If patches are nascent MPS that progressively grow, one would have expected fewer gaps with increasing days in culture. Is this indicative of some sort of degeneration of axons?

      (4) It is surprising that Latrunculin A reduces gap formation induced by staurosporine (also seems to increase MPS correlation) while it decreases actin filament content. How can this be understood? If the idea is to block actin dynamics, have the authors tried using Jasplakinolide to stabilize the filaments?

      (5) The authors speculate that the patches are formed by the condensation of free spectrins, which then leaves the immediate neighborhood depleted of these proteins. This is an interesting hypothesis, and exploring this in live cells using spectrin-GFP constructs will greatly strengthen the article. Will the patch-gap regions evolve into continuous MPS? If so, do these patches expand with time as new spectrin and actin are recruited and merge with neighboring patches, or can the entire patch "diffuse" and coalesce with neighboring patches, thus expanding the MPS region?

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gazal et al present convincing evidence supporting a new model of MPS formation where a gap-and-patch MPS pattern coalesces laterally to give rise to a lattice covering the entire axon shaft.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a very interesting study that supports a change in paradigm in the model of MPS lattice formation.

      (2) Knowledge on MPS organization is mainly derived from studies using rat hippocampal neurons. In the current manuscript, Gazal et al use human IPS-derived motor neurons, a highly relevant neuron type, to further the current knowledge on MPS biology.

      (3) The quality of the images provided, specifically of those involving super-resolution, is of a high standard. This adequately supports the conclusions of the authors.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main concern raised by the manuscript is the assumption that staudosporine-induced gap and patch formation recapitulates the physiological assembly of gaps and patches of betaII-spectrin.

      (2) One technical challenge that limits a more compelling support of the new model of MPS formation is that fixed neurons are imaged, which precludes the observation of patch coalescence.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review)

      Summary:

      Ever since the surprising discovery of the membrane-associated Periodic Skeleton (MPS) in axons, a significant body of published work has been aimed at trying to understand its assembly mechanism and function. Despite this, we still lack a mechanistic understanding of how this amazing structure is assembled in neuronal cells. In this article, the authors report a "gap-and-patch" pattern of labelled spectrin in iPSC-derived human motor neurons grown in culture. The mid-sections of these axons exhibit patches with reasonably well-organized MPS that are separated by gaps lacking any detectable MPS and having low spectrin content. Further, they report that the intensity modulation of spectrin is correlated with intensity modulations of tubulin as well. However, neurofilament fluorescence does not show any correlation. Using DIC imaging, the authors show that often the axonal diameter remains uniform across segments, showing a patch-gap pattern. Gaps are seen more abundantly in the midsection of the axon, with the proximal section showing continuous MPS and the distal segment showing continuous spectrin fluorescence but no organized MPS. The authors show that spectrin degradation by caspase/calpain is not responsible for gap formation, and the patches are nascent MPS domains. The gap and patch pattern increases with days in culture and can be enhanced by treating the cells using the general kinase inhibitor staurosporine. Treatment with the actin depolymerizing agent Latrunculin A reduces gap formation. The reasons for the last two observations are not well understood/explained.

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed and accurate description of the data shown and its relevance to further our understanding of MPS assembly mechanism and function.

      Strengths:

      The claims made in the paper are supported by extensive imaging work and quantification of MPS. Overall, the paper is well written and the findings are interesting. Although much of the reported data are from axons treated with staurosporine, this may be a convenient system to investigate the dynamics of MPS assembly, which is still an open question.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments on the manuscript, the techniques used and the proposed model.

      Weaknesses:

      Much of the analysis is on staurosporine-treated cells, and the effects of this treatment can be broad. The increase in patch-gap pattern with days in culture is intriguing, and the reason for this needs to be checked carefully. It would have been nice to have live cell data on the evolution of the patch and gap pattern using a GFP tag on spectrin. The evolution of individual patches and possible coalescence of patches can be observed even with confocal microscopy if live cell super-resolution observation is difficult.

      We will consider the inclusion of live imaging experiments using the expressión of C-terminus-tagged human beta2-spectrin in the revised version of the manuscript. We are familiar with live-imaging and FRAP experiments and we will explore how to develop these experiments to generate data for inclusion in a revised submission.

      Some more comments:

      (1) Axons can undergo transient beading or regularly spaced varicosity formation during media change if changes in osmolarity or chemical composition occur. Such shape modulations can induce cytoskeletal modulations as well (the authors report modulations in microtubule fluorescence). The authors mention axonal enlargements in some instances. Although they present DIC images to argue that the axons showing gaps are often tubular, possible beading artefacts need to be checked. Beading can be transient and can be checked by doing media changes while observing the axons on a microscope.

      We don´t discard the presence of “nano beads” in these axons. It was recently suggested that the normal morphology of axons is indeed resembling “pearls-on-a-string” (Griswold et al., 2025), with “nano beads” separated by thin tubular "connectors" (also referred to as NSV, for non-synaptic varicosities). However, it is unlikely that the gap-patch pattern of beta2-spectrin can be attributed to such a morphology, given we used formaldehyde as fixative, and Griswold and colleagues show that the use of aldehyde-based fixatives do not preserve NSVs. We are able to see scattered axonal enlargements (“micro beads”), as we described in distal portions in Fig. 1C(C2) and E. However, the number, appearance and staining of these are not compatible with the gap-patch pattern in beta2-spectrin. Moreover, we would have expected to see these NSVs in our extensive STED imaging, yet we did not. We will discuss this further in the resubmission.

      (2) Why do microtubules appear patchy? One would imagine the microtubule lengths to be greater than the patch size and hence to be more uniform.

      Our stainings are for tubulin protein isoforms beta-III and alpha-II. That is, they would label microtubules, but free tubulin as well. The slight decrease in intensity for tubulin within gaps is indeed something to investigate, but we don´t interpret this as “patchy microtubules”. If the Reviewer refers to Fig. 2C-D, it is actually difficult to anticipate the slight decrease in intensity by the naked eye. To further support this, we will consider including stainings and quantitative analyses for microtubules in the resubmission. We are familiar with the use of permeabilizing conditions during fixation (in protocols known as “cytoskeletal fixation” to label microtubules (and not free tubulin).

      (3) Why do axons with gaps increase with days in culture? If patches are nascent MPS that progressively grow, one would have expected fewer gaps with increasing days in culture. Is this indicative of some sort of degeneration of axons?

      We agree with the apparent discrepancy. However, one has to take into account that these axons are still elongating even at 2 weeks in culture. Hence, at any time point, there is a new axonal compartment recently added, and hence, with low beta2-spectrin and no MPS. Also, the dynamical evolution of the MPS has to take into account beta2-spectrin supply. If supply is somehow lower than a given threshold, it is expected that there will be more gaps, given the new, more distant parts of the axons have a lower supply of beta2-spectrin . To explore this formally, we are working on simulations of these multifactorial dynamic systems to better understand this, that together with key experimental observations would enhance our understanding into overall MPS assembly in growing axons. However, findings for this project will be the subject of another manuscript.

      (4) It is surprising that Latrunculin A reduces gap formation induced by staurosporine (also seems to increase MPS correlation) while it decreases actin filament content. How can this be understood? If the idea is to block actin dynamics, have the authors tried using Jasplakinolide to stabilize the filaments?

      The results with the co-treatment with Latrunculin A and Staurosporine are indeed intriguing, and provide clear evidence that the gap-and-patch pattern arises from local assembly of the MPS, requiring new actin filaments. However, the fact that F-actin within the pre-formed MPS seems unaffected is not surprising. There are many different populations of F-actin in axons (i.e. MPS rings, longitudinal filaments, actin patches, actin trails). Latrunculin A affects filaments indirectly. The target of Latrunculin A is not actin filaments, but free monomers. It ultimately affects actin filaments as they end up losing monomers, and devoid of new monomers, filaments get shorter and eventually disappear. The drastic decrease in F-actin in our axons reflects that. The fact that F-actin in the MPS is preserved only speaks to the fact that these filaments are stable -if they are not losing monomers in the time frame of the treatment, the filament remains unaffected. We will support this with more observations and imaging and with a more extensive discussion summarizing the literature on the matter in the resubmission.

      On the other hand, the use of F-actin stabilizing drugs (like Jasplakinolide) would have a different effect. We will study how an experiment with these drugs could be informative of the process under investigation for the resubmission

      (5) The authors speculate that the patches are formed by the condensation of free spectrins, which then leaves the immediate neighborhood depleted of these proteins. This is an interesting hypothesis, and exploring this in live cells using spectrin-GFP constructs will greatly strengthen the article. Will the patch-gap regions evolve into continuous MPS? If so, do these patches expand with time as new spectrin and actin are recruited and merge with neighboring patches, or can the entire patch "diffuse" and coalesce with neighboring patches, thus expanding the MPS region?

      We agree with the reviewer's interpretation. A virtue of our experimental model and our interpretations of the observations in fixed cells is that it gives rise to informative questions such as the ones posed by the reviewer. As stated above, we will consider the inclusion of live imaging experiments using the expressión of C-terminus tagged human beta2-spectrin in the revised version of the manuscript. We are familiar with live-imaging and FRAP experiments and we think we can provide the evidence suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Gazal et al. describe the presence of unique gaps and patches of BetaII-spectrin in medial sections of long human motor neuron axons. BII-spectrin, along with Alpha-spectrin, forms horizontal linkers between 180nm spaced F-actin rings in axons. These F-actin rings, along with the spectrin linkers, form membrane periodic structures (MPS) which are critical for the maintenance of the integrity, size, and function of axons. The primary goal of the authors was to address whether long motor axons, particularly those carrying familial mutations associated with the neurodegenerative disorder ALS, show defects in gaps and patches of BetaII-spectrin, ultimately leading to degradation of these neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for the detailed and accurate description of the data shown.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well-designed, and the authors have used the right methods and cutting-edge techniques to address the questions in this manuscript. The use of human motor neurons and the use of motor neurons with different familial ALS mutations is a strength. The use of isogenic controls is a positive. The induction of gaps and patches by the kinase inhibitor staurosporine and their rescue by Latrunculin A is novel and well-executed. The use of biochemical assays to explore the role of calpains is appropriate and well-designed. The use of STED imaging to define the periodicity of MPS in the gaps and patches of spectrin is a strength.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments on the manuscript, the techniques used and the proposed model.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness is the lack of rigorous evaluation to validate the proposed model of spectrin capture from the gaps into adjacent patches by the use of photobleaching and live imaging. Another point is the lack of investigation into how gaps and patches change in axons carrying the familial ALS mutations as they age, since 2 weeks is not a time point when neurodegeneration is expected to start.

      We will consider the inclusion of live imaging experiments using the expressión of tagged human beta2-spectrin in the revised version of the manuscript. We are familiar with live-imaging and FRAP experiments and we believe we can provide the evidence suggested. We don't discard the notion that axons carrying familial ALS mutations will show defects in MPS formation and/or stability when observed at longer culture times, or under culture conditions that promote neuronal aging (Guix et al., 2021). Thus, we will continue to work with these cells, but the goal of that project lies well beyond the primary message of the present manuscript, and we anticipate that the revised version will not include new data on this matter. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gazal et al present convincing evidence supporting a new model of MPS formation where a gap-and-patch MPS pattern coalesces laterally to give rise to a lattice covering the entire axon shaft.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a very interesting study that supports a change in paradigm in the model of MPS lattice formation.

      (2) Knowledge on MPS organization is mainly derived from studies using rat hippocampal neurons. In the current manuscript, Gazal et al use human IPS-derived motor neurons, a highly relevant neuron type, to further the current knowledge on MPS biology.

      (3) The quality of the images provided, specifically of those involving super-resolution, is of a high standard. This adequately supports the conclusions of the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments on the manuscript, the techniques used and the proposed model.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The main concern raised by the manuscript is the assumption that staudosporine-induced gap and patch formation recapitulates the physiological assembly of gaps and patches of betaII-spectrin.

      We will further explore the inclusion of more measurements of other parameters and variables towards establishing whether these gaps-and-patches patterns are equivalent structures in control and staurosporine-treated cells. 

      (2) One technical challenge that limits a more compelling support of the new model of MPS formation is that fixed neurons are imaged, which precludes the observation of patch coalescence.

      As stated before regarding similar comments by other reviewers, we will consider the inclusion of live imaging experiments in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Nicolas Unsain, PhD, and Thomas Durcan, PhD.

      References

      Griswold, J.M., Bonilla-Quintana, M., Pepper, R. et al. Membrane mechanics dictate axonal pearls-on-a-string morphology and function. Nat Neurosci 28, 49–61 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-024-01813-1

      Guix F.X., Marrero Capitán A., Casadomé-Perales A., Palomares-Pérez .I, López Del Castillo I., Miguel V., Goedeke L., Martín M.G., Lamas S., Peinado H., Fernández-Hernando C., Dotti C.G. Increased exosome secretion in neurons aging in vitro by NPC1-mediated endosomal cholesterol buildup. Life Sci Alliance. 2021 Jun 28;4(8):e202101055. doi: 10.26508/lsa.202101055. Print 2021 Aug.

    1. Temporal patterns of mortality differed among species (Figs. 3 and 4). Seasonally, ungulate mortality increased in winter (YearDaycosine = 0.583, SE = 0.063, z-value = 9.3) and spring

      Also, seasonal mortality rates differ.

    2. Railways

      Difficulty of a 3 - straightforward purpose and relevance, but methods of field study and statistical analysis are difficult to understand at times, as well as variable comparisons.

    1. The code sheet was organized around three aspects of CSI: (1) crime statistics, forexample types of offenses and demographic details about offenders and victims; (2) crimegenre, for example elements typical of the genre such as the nature of plot development(such as personal involvement narratives); and (3) forensic science, that is, how CSI employsdialogue, narrative, or other programming features to present science.

      This coding system shows how CSI builds its authority, but how much of that “scientific” credibility is just storytelling? Are viewers being educated, or just entertained?

    2. we analyze CSI’s debut season and alsoinclude observations about the program today as well as its two spin-offs: CSI:NY and CSI:Miami

      As of today, there are a total of 5 CSI shows, including CSI, NY, and CSI: Miami, and the original CSI. The two spin off CSI: Vegas, only ran for 3 seasons, and CSI: Cyber only ran for a season.

    1. Hachmorning 3. women presentedme three great platters of finebread, more venison then ten men could devour I had: mygowne, points’ and garters, my compas and my tablet they gavemeagain.

      Basically, he wasn't treated like shit, but he was well-fed and was given back his belongings he surrendered earlier.

    Annotators

    1. Understanding the spatial scales at which ecosystem servicesoperate will be essential to developing landscape-levelconservation and land management plan

      Leu always ephasized how understanding scale and scope are relavant in EVERYTHING! we <3 spatial analysis

    1. Confessions of an Office Supply Junky - Episode 5: The Hipster PDA - YouTube<br /> by [[Joe Van Cleave]] video circa 2016<br /> accessed on 2025-09-15T12:38:20

      Joe Van Cleave had a pencil box with index cards and a pen with which he used to keep a "Random Access Journaling System, using index cards and topical filing by subject" (dated March 2004). He was using 4 x 6" index cards.

      He had a 3 x 5" hipster PDA based on Merlin Mann's idea that had thin metal covers with index cards and a book ring to hold it all together. He used colored cards to create section dividers in his hipster PDA.

      He mentions the overlap of the hipster PDA with David Allen's Getting Things Done (GTD) movement.

      JVC started using a hipster PDA in February 2007

      He archived them in chronological order.

      Grass roots use of the hipster PDA nudged larger stationers like Oxford to make vertical lined index cards specifically for hipster PDAs.

      JVC also shows a storyboard done on index cards with two book rings as binding.

      Renaissance Art has a 3x5" index card holder made out of leather as a wallet.

      JVC was also using a bulldog clip to hold together his index cards.

    1. I feel the way we judge are selves after us more in ever aspect them, when some judges us. Well I feel when some judge you ,most of the time it increases you to do better and how you can, but when you judge your self you already think that about you.

    1. Art. 8º

      A intervenção ou supressão de vegetação de APP somente se dará nas hipóteses de: - 1) utilidade pública; - 2) interesse social, ou; - 3) baixo impacto ambiental.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Manuscript number: RC-2025-03098

      Corresponding author: Pedro Escoll

      1. General Statements

      Our study investigates the interplay between the metabolism of host cells and the intracellular replication of Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium (ST). Type III Secretion Systems (T3SSs) are considered essential for ST to replicate within macrophages. However, we found that restricting macrophages to different bioenergetic contexts, such as supplementing them with glycerol, modulates bacterial replication and remarkably, enables a T3SS-deficient ST mutant (ΔprgHssaV) to replicate intracellularly. This T3SS-independent replication occurs within the Salmonella-containing vacuole (SCV) and is driven by the capacity of the host cell to provide these preferred nutrients, rather than by the host glycolytic activity itself.

      2. Description of the planned revisions

      __Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity): __

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate how host cell metabolic heterogeneity influences the intracellular replication of Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium. They use live-cell imaging of infected human primary macrophages to reveal that bacterial replication does not occur uniformly across infected cells. They demonstrate that supplementation with specific carbon sources-used by Salmonella during infection-promotes bacterial replication and increases the proportion of macrophages supporting intracellular growth. These effects are seen even in the absence of functional Type III Secretion Systems (T3SS), using a ΔprgHssaV double mutant. The authors further suggest that this replication enhancement is not strictly dependent on host glycolytic activity but rather on the host cell's ability to import nutrients. Their findings imply that intracellular Salmonella can exploit host cell metabolism to grow, even without its canonical virulence secretion systems, under nutrient-favorable conditions.

      Major Concern:

      While the topic is potentially interesting, the novelty is not fully clear. The concept that nutrient availability impacts intracellular Salmonella replication, largely via T3SS2 function, has been addressed previously (e.g., Liss et al., 2017). The finding that added exogenous carbon sources can enhance bacterial growth is thus not unexpected. The key claim-that Salmonella can replicate intracellularly even in the absence of T3SS function-would be significantly strengthened by demonstrating whether this is specific to Salmonella, or whether similar effects are seen with non-intracellular organisms such as E. coli K-12. If the phenomenon is unique to Salmonella, this would suggest a pathogen-specific mechanism beyond general metabolic support.

      As acknowledged by the Reviewer, the novelty and key claim of our work is that Salmonella can replicate intracellularly even in the absence of T3SS. To experimentally sustain that claim, we showed evidence that providing macrophages with the preferred carbon sources used by Salmonella during infection, such as glycerol, bypass the requirement of both T3SS by Salmonella to grow, intravacuolarly, inside macrophages.

      With respect to the article mentioned by the Reviewer (Liss et al. 2017, ref 36 in the manuscript), there are three important novel insights provided by our work: i) we show that Salmonella can replicate intracellularly in the SCV even in the absence of T3SS if certain carbon sources are provided; ii) we show the preference of Salmonella for certain carbon sources intracellularly such as glycerol and galactose (but not preferentially glucose); and iii) we have extended our observations to primary human macrophages in addition to RAW cells.

      We are not convinced that the experiment suggested by the Reviewer to use E. coli K12 (ECK12) is necessary to support our findings for Salmonella, but we propose to add the requested experiment. Briefly, we will infect hMDMs and RAW macrophages with ST-WT-GFP, ST-ΔprgHΔssaV or ECK12-WT-GFP, while culturing macrophages on different carbon sources (glucose, glycerol, galactose, fructose). Then we will monitor intracellular bacterial growth. By comparing bacterial growth of ST double mutant with ECK12-WT-GFP under favorable carbon sources such as glycerol, the results will be definitive to answer whether this phenomenon is unique to Salmonella or not.

      Specific Comments:

      1. Figure 1H: The effect shown here is not compelling due to inconsistent y-axis scaling. Panels 1B, 1C, and 1D should use a unified axis range with 1H to allow direct visual comparison of growth dynamics.

      Thank you, we will change it as suggested.

      Figures 1B, 1C, 1G, 1H: The current presentation of individual growth traces makes it difficult to appreciate the population-level trend. A smoothed average line overlaid on these plots could better represent the average dynamics of replicative vs. non-replicative infections. Or alternatively the total fraction of cells that proliferate summarized as a segmented bar plot (possibly binned per time point).

      We will plot the results as suggested, the total fraction of infected cells harboring bacteria that proliferate as a segmented bar plot, binned per time point.

      Figure 2G: This panel would benefit from including a comparable condition with the SPI-1/SPI-2 double mutant to aid interpretation. Additionally, the authors should explore whether this nutrient-supported replication is seen in non-phagocytic cells such as HeLa or Caco-2, which would help delineate whether the observed phenomenon is macrophage-specific.

      The graph asked by Reviewer is Figure S1D. As we are representing ST growth in macrophages supporting Salmonella replication, some of the conditions, such as lactate, cannot be shown in the infection conditions using the double mutant because there are no cells supporting the replication of the double mutant, so there are no cells to plot.

      As suggested, we are also going to perform the same experiments in HeLa cells to investigate whether the observed phenomenon is macrophage specific.

      Line 117: The sentence stating that the double mutant can undergo "exponential intracellular growth even in the absence of T3SS-dependent secretion" is an overstatement. The data suggest only a modest improvement in growth, restricted to a minority of infected cells. This claim should be revised accordingly, as should similar overstatements in the discussion (e.g., lines 203-204).

      We will remove the term 'exponential' and revise the sentence at line 117 and those in the discussion. Line 203-204 will be: 'we demonstrated that providing macrophages with preferred nutrients allows a subpopulation of ST to replicate intracellularly without the need for a functional T3SS'.

      Line 162: The authors should clarify that glycerol had the strongest effect in primary macrophages, while multiple alternative carbon sources had notable effects primarily in RAW cells.

      We will add this clarification in the text.

      Lines 198-201: This relates to the major concern. The authors should assess whether the observed growth enhancement is unique to Salmonella by testing other bacteria not known for intracellular replication. This would clarify whether the effect is due to general nutrient-driven host cell permissivity or a pathogen-specific adaptation.

      As outlined above, we will perform the suggested experiment with E. coli K12 to answer whether this phenomenon is unique to Salmonella or not.

      RAW 264.7 Observations: The modest intracellular growth of SPI-1/SPI-2 double mutants in RAW cells is consistent with prior observations in the field. The idea that nutrient availability explains this is noteworthy. The authors might consider whether differences in standard culture media (e.g., glucose concentration) influence these outcomes. This could have broader implications for reproducibility in infection models.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we will include a paragraph discussing whether differences in standard culture media might influence bacterial replication. Indeed, to answer also a question from Reviewer #2, we will include a new supplementary Figure where we have already compared "no Glucose" (0 mM), "low Glucose" (2 mM) and standard culture media Glucose levels (10 mM). Our results show that differences in Glucose levels in the culture media influence Salmonella intracellular growth in hMDMs and RAW macrophages (see Figure below).

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      This manuscript highlights how host cell metabolism and nutrient availability can influence intracellular Salmonella replication. While the findings are intriguing, the current framing overstates their novelty and impact. Key revisions-such as comparative experiments with non-pathogenic bacteria and non-phagocytic cells, consistent figure scaling, and more measured language-would improve the clarity and significance of the work. If the authors can show Salmonella-specific mechanisms at play, the study could offer important insights into host-pathogen metabolic interactions.

      We believe that performing all experiments suggested by the Reviewers, as well as the requested changes in the text to avoid overstatements, will improve the manuscript and will offer readers new insights and details to better understand the metabolic interactions happening between host and pathogens and how they can shape bacterial virulence.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary: In their study titled "Provision of Preferred Nutrients to Macrophages Enables Salmonella to Replicate Intracellularly Without Relying on Type III Secretion Systems", Dr. Garcia-Rodriguez et al. describe the influence of the host cell metabolism on the intracellular proliferation potential of Salmonella during infection. The authors investigate whether the supplementation of the media with different carbon sources has an impact on the intracellular lifestyle of Salmonella. By using single cell tracking in live-cell microscopy, including the use of different reporter strains, they describe that glycerol benefits Salmonella's ability to grow within its vacuolar niche, in part, interestingly, in a Type-3-Secretion System independent manner.

      They furthermore highlight the dependence on host background for this observation by showing that effects differ between cells of varying metabolic activity. Throughout their study, they use cutting-edge methodologies, as well as Salmonella strains that could be of versatile use in other investigations. This work, while limited to in vitro models for now, has implications for the better understanding of how pathogens and their host are intertwined. This, in turn, has significance for the development of new anti-infective strategies further down the line. I therefore believe that it should be disseminated to the research community. The following comments summarize ideas how the quality of the study could be improved:

      Major comments:

      1. Salmonella, especially when cultured to activate the SPI-1 T3SS, introduce rapid cell death in their host - most commonly through activation of the NLRC4 inflammasome and downstream pyroptotic signaling. The authors don't describe the effect of the infection in differently supplemented media on host cell death, yet it would be important to elucidate whether this cellular response is also altered.

      We have performed these experiments and tracked host cell death by measuring Annexin-V levels in single cells, during infection in the conditions using the different supplements. We will include these results in the revised version of the manuscript and main text. Please see the Figure below showing that the different carbon sources did not affect macrophages cell death significantly (future Figure S1E and S1F)

      The aspect of partially T3SS-independent growth enhancement by glycerol (and depending on the host background glucose) is most curious. The authors quantify this by determining the percentage of cells containing proliferating Salmonella and by tracking individual cells over the time course of the infection. I am missing a general statement on whether the initial infection rate (i.e. timepoint 0) is comparable across conditions and mutants, and whether possible discrepancies in the infection rate could have downstream effects on the statements and claims made in the manuscript. This is, to my mind, also important for the quantification of cytosolic and vacuolar bacteria. There, the authors always speak in "percent of infected cells", so it is relevant whether the number of infected cells varies among conditions (see e.g. Figure 3).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The initial infection rate at t=0 significantly differs between WT and mutants in RAW 264.7 macrophages, and carbon source supplementation has no effect. However, as we only analyze infected cells, this does not affect the final results. In any case, we are going to add the graphs of % of infected cells at t=0 as supplementary Figures S1G-K.

      The authors use a concentration of 10mM for all supplemented alternative carbon sources. It would be useful to discuss the rationale behind this approach, including whether all chemicals have the same ability to be taken up by the cell. A concentration series (at least for some of the tested compounds) may be beneficial to bolster the conclusions that the authors make.

      We use 10 mM as this is the concentration of Glucose in standard culture media. By using 10 mM for all the different carbon sources, we can thus compare them keeping concentration constant (10 mM). Indeed, to answer also Reviewer #1, we will include in the manuscript a paragraph discussing whether differences in standard culture media might influence bacterial replication. As this Reviewer suggested, we will include a new supplementary Figure comparing no Glucose (0 mM), low Glucose (2 mM) and standard culture media Glucose levels (10 mM), showing that the concentration of glucose has a gradual effect in supporting the replication of the T3SS-deficient strain in RAW macrophages (see Figure below).

      I think it would strengthen the study, if the authors used host cell mutants in certain metabolite transporters, or alternatively Salmonella mutants that are deficient in uptake or metabolism of some of the compounds used in this study. This point is alluded to in the discussion, and I believe if the authors could show that in certain host mutant backgrounds the impact of supplementation with alternative carbon sources can be reversed, it would immensely bolster the strength of the claims.

      Following Reviewer's suggestion, we generated ST metabolic mutants unable to metabolize glycerol, galactose or fructose. As seen in the Figures below, during infection, the supplementations with glycerol/galactose does not boost Salmonella replication in metabolic mutants as in WT conditions, demonstrating that supplemented carbon sources indeed arrive to bacteria within the SCV and are used by intracellular Salmonella to grow. This Figures will be now Future Figure 4J-N.

      I think it would be useful to include the meaning of this work for other intracellular pathogens in the discussion section: Do the authors believe that this phenotype is Salmonella-specific? If the pathogens are at hand, it might be interesting to infect with other intracellular bacteria, such as Shigella or Francisella to investigate if the boosting of growth by glycerol also holds true for these.

      We have performed experiments with Legionella pneumophila and galactose (see figure below), showing that this carbon source is specific of Salmonella (as shown in Figure 4F in the manuscript). We could perform experiments also with L. pneumophila and glycerol to answer the Reviewers question. However, we think that the results with Legionella might be out of the focus of this article and would constitute themselves a new article, as both pathogens have a very different, non-comparable intracellular metabolism. Thus, the experiment suggested by Reviewer #1 using E. coli K12 (ECK12) while culturing macrophages on different carbon sources (glucose, glycerol, galactose, fructose) is in our opinion a better fit. We will monitor intracellular bacterial growth and, by comparing bacterial growth of the ST-ΔprgHssaV double mutant with ECK12-WT-GFP under favorable carbon sources such as glycerol, the results will be definitive to answer whether this phenomenon is unique to Salmonella or not.

      Minor comments:

      • Line 41: The authors write "are required for", but given their findings, it might be more accurate to phrase this as "have previously been described to be required for" or "have previously been described essential for".

      We will change it.

      • Line 86: Is the referencing of Figure S1C correct or should it be S1A?

      Yes, thank you, it is S1A, we will change it.

      • Lines 119,120: Related to what is displayed in Figure 2G: Are these differences significant?

      Glucose, galactose and lactate curves are significantly different compared to control (p

      • Lines 126,127: What is the change for glycerol, and is the intracellular growth significantly higher compared to the control?

      6,2 {plus minus} 1.9% in glycerol vs. 2 {plus minus} 1% in control, p

      • Figure 1E&F: Related to one of the major comments: Would it be possible to quantify this at timepoint 0 to ensure that the initial infection rates are the same across conditions?

      As outlined above, we will add the graphs of % of infected cells at t=0 as supplementary Figures S1G-K (Major Comment number 2 from this Reviewer)

      • Figure 3E,F: Why does the sum of the curves not add up to 100% (especially in the beginning)? And related to that, why do both the percentage of cytosolic and vacuolar cells grow over time? Since this infection is performed with gentamycin present, re-infection should not be possible.

      The localization module of the SINA plasmid relies on transcriptional reporters, whose expression requires time for induction and detection. Therefore, at early time points, infected cells are not classified as vacuolar or cytoplasmic because the reporters have not yet been expressed (as described in PLoS Pathog. 2021;17(4):e1009550, PMID: 33930101).

      At later time points, a subset of cells harbors bacteria that do not express any of the reporters. These bacteria are considered dormant, representing about 10% of the population, as detailed in the same article. In addition, a small percentage of infected cells simultaneously contain both STvac and STcyt. Such cells are subclassified as harboring STcyt but also STvac. Consequently, the total proportion of infected cells carrying STvac and STcyt may also exceed 100%.

      • Figure S1A: While significance testing is described in the legend, there are no indications of significance in the figure panels.

      The Reviewer is right, there is no significant changes between conditions, we will change the significance testing to ns=non-significant.

      • Figure S1B: Due to the stark discrepancies between hMDMs and RAW264.7, it might make sense to plot them on two different y-axes. Furthermore, I would clarify the y-axis: In the legend, it seems as CFU counts are shown, while CFU/ml/t2 rather describes a change over time.

      We agree. However, we will maintain the scale of the Y-axis as it was required by Reviewer #1 to be consistent with Y-axis. We will change the legend to indicate that we plot CFU/ml/t2.

      • Figure S1C: The prgH-mutant seems to outperform the wildtype in intracellular proliferation, while the double mutant underperforms compared to the ssaV-mutant. Could you please discuss/explain how the prgH-deletion has seemingly opposite effects on intracellular proliferation, depending on whether it is introduced in a wildtype or ssaV-KO background?

      As T3SS-1 plays a role in inducing macrophage cell death via activation of the NLRC4 inflammasome, macrophages infected with bacteria carrying a functional T3SS-1 (such as WT), are more prone to undergo cell death at late time-points, which disrupts bacterial proliferation and reduces the proportion of infected cells. Thus, these dead cells were not considered in the analysis. Even if cell death of ST-WT-infected RAW macrophages remains below 5%, more ΔprgH-infected cells are considered in the analyses at late time-points, and ST-ΔprgH continue replicating (and growing in ST area).

      • Figure S2A: As for the comments related to Figure 3, I am unsure how the sum of STvac and STcyt can deviate from 100. This is especially puzzling for the red curve (glycerol) at e.g. 3hpi, when the sum of the two clearly seems to be larger than 100.

      At early time points, no infected cells are classified as vacuolar or cytoplasmic because the reporters have not yet been expressed. At later time points, a subset of cells harbor bacteria that do not express any of the reporters, which are considered dormant (10% of the population). Finally, a small percentage of infected cells simultaneously contain both STvac and STcyt, therefore the total proportion of infected cells carrying STvac and STcyt may also exceed 100%.

      **Cross-commenting** I agree in principle with the comments raised by Reviewer #1 - especially when it comes to the enhancement in significance if the authors assess the species specificity. Elucidating whether the growth enhancement is Salmonella-specific, occurs for other intracellular pathogens (e.g. Shigella, Francisella) or also for extracellular bacteria (e.g. E. coli, Yersinia), would definitely strengthen the study.

      As said before, for the revision we are going to perform the experiments suggested by Reviewer #1 of using E. coli K12 (ECK12) while culturing macrophages on different carbon sources (glucose, glycerol, galactose, fructose). And to satisfy this Reviewer's curiosity, we are going to perform experiments also with L. pneumophila and glycerol.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      General assessment:

      As the authors write in their discussion, the strength of this study is also it's limitation: Using single cell tracking in microscopy is a very elegant and powerful approach, yet conversely, it limits the scope of the study to in vitro approaches. While it enables assessment of bacterial pathogenicity and host-dependence on a single-cell level, it remains to be investigated whether the conclusion that the authors draw from their work will hold in more complex or physiologically relevant models.

      During the preparation of this Revision Plan, we discovered the article published in PLoS Pathogens by Andrew Grant and Pietro Mastroni "Attenuated Salmonella Typhimurium Lacking the Pathogenicity Island-2 Type 3 Secretion System Grow to High Bacterial Numbers inside Phagocytes in Mice" (PLoS Pathog 2012 8(12): e1003070, PMID: 23236281). In this article, authors showed that our main conclusion is also relevant in vivo (Salmonella Typhimurium can replicate within macrophages in the absence of T3SS). This will be addressed in the Discussion of the revised manuscript. Our study provides a metabolic explanation, at the single cell level for those observations.

      A further small shortcoming of the study is the heavy focus on the bacterial aspect in this host-pathogen interaction. While the authors do link the proliferative potential of the intracellular bacteria to the metabolic status of the individual host cell, more could be done with respect to host responses in the varying media compositions, including investigating alterations to the cell cycle, induction of cell death, or the ability to activate inflammatory signaling.

      We agree, and we are actively investigating how restricting macrophages to specific carbon sources impact other host responses, such as cytokine production. For the revised manuscript, we will add the results on the induction of cell death.

      Nonetheless, this study is of large interest to the field and the systematic approach to addressing their hypotheses speaks to the scientific excellence of the investigators.

      Thank you.

      3. Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      N/A

      • *

      4. Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      N/A

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      In their study titled "Provision of Preferred Nutrients to Macrophages Enables Salmonella to Replicate Intracellularly Without Relying on Type III Secretion Systems", Dr. Garcia-Rodriguez et al. describe the influence of the host cell metabolism on the intracellular proliferation potential of Salmonella during infection. The authors investigate whether the supplementation of the media with different carbon sources has an impact on the intracellular lifestyle of Salmonella. By using single cell tracking in live-cell microscopy, including the use of different reporter strains, they describe that glycerol benefits Salmonella's ability to grow within its vacuolar niche, in part, interestingly, in a Type-3-Secretion System independent manner.

      They furthermore highlight the dependence on host background for this observation by showing that effects differ between cells of varying metabolic activity. Throughout their study, they use cutting-edge methodologies, as well as Salmonella strains that could be of versatile use in other investigations. This work, while limited to in vitro models for now, has implications for the better understanding of how pathogens and their host are intertwined. This, in turn, has significance for the development of new anti-infective strategies further down the line. I therefore believe that it should be disseminated to the research community. The following comments summarize ideas how the quality of the study could be improved:

      Major comments:

      1. Salmonella, especially when cultured to activate the SPI-1 T3SS, introduce rapid cell death in their host - most commonly through activation of the NLRC4 inflammasome and downstream pyroptotic signaling. The authors don't describe the effect of the infection in differently supplemented media on host cell death, yet it would be important to elucidate whether this cellular response is also altered.
      2. The aspect of partially T3SS-independent growth enhancement by glycerol (and depending on the host background glucose) is most curious. The authors quantify this by determining the percentage of cells containing proliferating Salmonella and by tracking individual cells over the time course of the infection. I am missing a general statement on whether the initial infection rate (i.e. timepoint 0) is comparable across conditions and mutants, and whether possible discrepancies in the infection rate could have downstream effects on the statements and claims made in the manuscript. This is, to my mind, also important for the quantification of cytosolic and vacuolar bacteria. There, the authors always speak in "percent of infected cells", so it is relevant whether the number of infected cells varies among conditions (see e.g. Figure 3).
      3. The authors use a concentration of 10mM for all supplemented alternative carbon sources. It would be useful to discuss the rationale behind this approach, including whether all chemicals have the same ability to be taken up by the cell. A concentration series (at least for some of the tested compounds) may be beneficial to bolster the conclusions that the authors make.
      4. I think it would strengthen the study, if the authors used host cell mutants in certain metabolite transporters, or alternatively Salmonella mutants that are deficient in uptake or metabolism of some of the compounds used in this study. This point is alluded to in the discussion, and I believe if the authors could show that in certain host mutant backgrounds the impact of supplementation with alternative carbon sources can be reversed, it would immensely bolster the strength of the claims.
      5. I think it would be useful to include the meaning of this work for other intracellular pathogens in the discussion section: Do the authors believe that this phenotype is Salmonella-specific? If the pathogens are at hand, it might be interesting to infect with other intracellular bacteria, such as Shigella or Francisella to investigate if the boosting of growth by glycerol also holds true for these.

      Minor comments:

      • Line 41: The authors write „are required for", but given their findings, it might be more accurate to phrase this as „have previously been described to be required for" or „have previously been described essential for".
      • Line 86: Is the referencing of Figure S1C correct or should it be S1A?
      • Lines 119,120: Related to what is displayed in Figure 2G: Are these differences significant?
      • Lines 126,127: What is the change for glycerol, and is the intracellular growth significantly higher compared to the control?
      • Figure 1E&F: Related to one of the major comments: Would it be possible to quantify this at timepoint 0 to ensure that the initial infection rates are the same across conditions?
      • Figure 3E,F: Why does the sum of the curves not add up to 100% (especially in the beginning)? And related to that, why do both the percentage of cytosolic and vacuolar cells grow over time? Since this infection is performed with gentamycin present, re-infection should not be possible.
      • Figure S1A: While significance testing is described in the legend, there are no indications of significance in the figure panels.
      • Figure S1B: Due to the stark discrepancies between hMDMs and RAW264.7, it might make sense to plot them on two different y-axes. Furthermore, I would clarify the y-axis: In the legend, it seems as CFU counts are shown, while CFU/ml/t2 rather describes a change over time.
      • Figure S1C: The prgH-mutant seems to outperform the wildtype in intracellular proliferation, while the double mutant underperforms compared to the ssaV-mutant. Could you please discuss / explain how the prgH-deletion has seemingly opposite effects on intracellular proliferation, depending on whether it is introduced in a wildtype or ssaV-KO background?
      • Figure S2A: As for the comments related to Figure 3, I am unsure how the sum of STvac and STcyt can deviate from 100. This is especially puzzling for the red curve (glycerol) at e.g. 3hpi, when the sum of the two clearly seems to be larger than 100.

      Cross-commenting

      I agree in principle with the comments raised by Reviewer #1 - especially when it comes to the enhancement in significance if the authors assess the species specificity. Elucidating whether the growth enhancement is Salmonella-specific, occurs for other intracellular pathogens (e.g. Shigella, Francisella) or also for extracellular bacteria (e.g. E. coli, Yersinia), would definitely strengthen the study.

      Significance

      General assessment:

      As the authors write in their discussion, the strength of this study is also it's limitation: Using single cell tracking in microscopy is a very elegant and powerful approach, yet conversely, it limits the scope of the study to in vitro approaches. While it enables assessment of bacterial pathogenicity and host-dependence on a single-cell level, it remains to be investigated whether the conclusion that the authors draw from their work will hold in more complex or physiologically relevant models.

      A further small shortcoming of the study is the heavy focus on the bacterial aspect in this host-pathogen interaction. While the authors do link the proliferative potential of the intracellular bacteria to the metabolic status of the individual host cell, more could be done with respect to host responses in the varying media compositions, including investigating alterations to the cell cycle, induction of cell death, or the ability to activate inflammatory signaling.

      Nonetheless, this study is of large interest to the field and the systematic approach to addressing their hypotheses speaks to the scientific excellence of the investigators.

      Advance:

      The advance this study makes is rather on the foundational than the applied side - which does not mean that conclusions drawn in this work are not of interest to a wider field. By investigating the intracellular lifestyle on a single-cell level, the authors were able to observe a striking and curious phenotype: that certain alternative carbon sources can enhance intracellular proliferation in a T3SS-independent manner. By further dissecting the reason for this observation, they create a stronger base for their conclusion in what can be described as an overall comprehensive study.

      Audience:

      As outlined in the description of the main advances, this study will be of largest interest to members of the basic research community in host-pathogen interactions. While the study so far focuses on Salmonella, a well-described and genetically accessible intracellular model pathogen, it could also be of interest to a broader community of researchers investigating bacterial pathogenicity, as well as those that are interested in the host metabolism.

      Describe your expertise:

      I have a background in bacterial pathogenicity in Salmonella infection, and have since expanded to other pathogens, as well as co-infections with viruses. In addition to investigating the pathogens, I have expertise in dissecting the host response, with a focus on innate immunity, inflammasome activation and host cell death. Overall, I am accustomed to unbiased screening approaches, which are followed by the formulation and assessment of hypotheses to unravel the molecular mechanisms underlying the host-pathogen interface.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate how host cell metabolic heterogeneity influences the intracellular replication of Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium. They use live-cell imaging of infected human primary macrophages to reveal that bacterial replication does not occur uniformly across infected cells. They demonstrate that supplementation with specific carbon sources-used by Salmonella during infection-promotes bacterial replication and increases the proportion of macrophages supporting intracellular growth. These effects are seen even in the absence of functional Type III Secretion Systems (T3SS), using a ΔprgH/ΔssaV double mutant. The authors further suggest that this replication enhancement is not strictly dependent on host glycolytic activity but rather on the host cell's ability to import nutrients. Their findings imply that intracellular Salmonella can exploit host cell metabolism to grow, even without its canonical virulence secretion systems, under nutrient-favorable conditions.

      Major Concern:

      While the topic is potentially interesting, the novelty is not fully clear. The concept that nutrient availability impacts intracellular Salmonella replication, largely via T3SS2 function, has been addressed previously (e.g., Liss et al., 2017). The finding that added exogenous carbon sources can enhance bacterial growth is thus not unexpected. The key claim-that Salmonella can replicate intracellularly even in the absence of T3SS function-would be significantly strengthened by demonstrating whether this is specific to Salmonella, or whether similar effects are seen with non-intracellular organisms such as E. coli K-12. If the phenomenon is unique to Salmonella, this would suggest a pathogen-specific mechanism beyond general metabolic support.

      Specific Comments:

      1. Figure 1H: The effect shown here is not compelling due to inconsistent y-axis scaling. Panels 1B, 1C, and 1D should use a unified axis range with 1H to allow direct visual comparison of growth dynamics.
      2. Figures 1B, 1C, 1G, 1H: The current presentation of individual growth traces makes it difficult to appreciate the population-level trend. A smoothed average line overlaid on these plots could better represent the average dynamics of replicative vs. non-replicative infections. Or alternatively the total fraction of cells that proliferate summarized as a segmented barplot (possibly binned per time point).
      3. Figure 2G: This panel would benefit from including a comparable condition with the SPI-1/SPI-2 double mutant to aid interpretation. Additionally, the authors should explore whether this nutrient-supported replication is seen in non-phagocytic cells such as HeLa or Caco-2, which would help delineate whether the observed phenomenon is macrophage-specific.
      4. Line 117: The sentence stating that the double mutant can undergo "exponential intracellular growth even in the absence of T3SS-dependent secretion" is an overstatement. The data suggest only a modest improvement in growth, restricted to a minority of infected cells. This claim should be revised accordingly, as should similar overstatements in the discussion (e.g., lines 203-204).
      5. Line 162: The authors should clarify that glycerol had the strongest effect in primary macrophages, while multiple alternative carbon sources had notable effects primarily in RAW cells.
      6. Lines 198-201: This relates to the major concern. The authors should assess whether the observed growth enhancement is unique to Salmonella by testing other bacteria not known for intracellular replication. This would clarify whether the effect is due to general nutrient-driven host cell permissivity or a pathogen-specific adaptation.
      7. RAW 264.7 Observations: The modest intracellular growth of SPI-1/SPI-2 double mutants in RAW cells is consistent with prior observations in the field. The idea that nutrient availability explains this is noteworthy. The authors might consider whether differences in standard culture media (e.g., glucose concentration) influence these outcomes. This could have broader implications for reproducibility in infection models.

      Significance

      This manuscript highlights how host cell metabolism and nutrient availability can influence intracellular Salmonella replication. While the findings are intriguing, the current framing overstates their novelty and impact. Key revisions-such as comparative experiments with non-pathogenic bacteria and non-phagocytic cells, consistent figure scaling, and more measured language-would improve the clarity and significance of the work. If the authors can show Salmonella-specific mechanisms at play, the study could offer important insights into host-pathogen metabolic interactions.

    1. States continues to be affected by rising levels of urbanization and anthropogenic activities, long-term regional genetic monitoring represents a critical decision-support tool for formulating effective cougar conservation and management actions to prevent further genetic decline and promote long-term persistence of cougar populations.

      I wonder how long of a time period would be needed for the cougar population to have ongoing genetic increase

    2. human-altered landscapes

      This is important to keep in mind because the land has been altered by human, and not only have resources been added, but policies have also been put in place to regulate its use

    3. In our study, male cougars had higher inbreeding coefficients than females across all sites, and although differences were not statistically significant with the exception of the Blue Mountains cougars, we observed an east-to-west gradient, which was particularly pronounced for males in the coastal regions, especially on the Olympic Peninsula. This may be an indication that gene flow of male cougars is more limited across these human-altered landscapes, which corroborates the findings of Zeller et al. (2023) reporting that male cougars had a higher resistance to movement across developed, built-up areas when compared to their female counterparts.

      It's curious how the male cougars, who usually travel farther, are showing more inbreeding and less movement here. Could roads be one of the factors stopping them from dispersing like they normally would?

    4. Conversely in areas with higher human-caused mortality such as the northern Cascades and northern Rocky Mountains, cougar genetics were archetypal of having more immigration than emigration. Delibes et al. (2001) and Robinson et al. (2008) described this kind of site as an ‘attractive sink’ that has high-quality habitat and abundant resources, but also increased levels of human-caused mortality. To fill unoccupied territories after the numbers of resident cougars are reduced, dispersing subadults emigrate from adjacent areas into these vacant areas (e.g., Logan & Sweanor 2001; Robinson et al. 2008).

      It's kind of interesting that these 'attractive sink' areas with high levels of human-caused mortality still draw in more cougars even though the risk is higher. It makes me think about how they prefer to be in a high-quality habitat with abundant resources even if that means they'll be in danger.

    5. Comparative diversity analysis of the geographic regions revealed that the genetic diversity was highest for cougars sampled in the Northern Rocky Mountains region (HE = 0.58) and lowest for cougars on the Olympic Peninsula (HE = 0.47) (Table 1), but differences between sites were not statistically significant (Kruskal Wallis Test, H = 2.34, df = 5, P = 0.800).

      If the Olympic Peninsula has the lowest genetic diversity but the test says it's not significant, could that just be because of a small sample size or are there any other factors causing this?

    6. Extraction and PCR negatives were added to all reactions to control for contamination. PCR products were visualized using Gene-Scan 500 LIZ sizing standard (Applied Biosystems™, Carlsbad, CA) and an ABI 3730 DNA analyzer (Applied Biosystems™, Carlsbad, CA). Alleles were scored using GENEMAPPER, version 3.7 (Applied Biosystems™, Carlsbad, CA). DNA extraction and genotyping were conducted at the WDFW Molecular Genetics Laboratory in Olympia, WA, US. We used R package AlleleMatch, version 2.5.1 (Galpern et al. 2012) to identify individual multilocus genotypes and recaptures. We also confirmed unique identities of cougar genotypes by calculating probabilities of identity between siblings (P(ID)sibs) using Gimlet, version 1.3.3 (Valière 2002), as recommended by Mills et al. (2000) and Waits et al. (2001). Deviations from Hardy–Weinberg equilibrium (HWE) and linkage disequilibrium (LD) were assessed using exact tests and Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) estimation (iterations per batch = 5,000; dememorization = 10,000; batches = 5) in the R package genepop, version 1.1.4 (Rousset 2008). To test the random linkage or association of loci, we also calculated the standardized index of association (rD, Brown et al. 1980) using a permutation approach (n = 999). Significant levels of multiple comparisons were adjusted by applying a sequential Bonferroni correction (Rice 1989). In addition, we also screened all microsatellite loci for the occurrence of null alleles using MICROCHECKER, version 2.3.3 (Van Oosterhout et al. 2004).

      I like that they added extraction and PCR negatives to every reaction to check for contamination, being this like a control variable, and that they also checked for null alleles. This makes me trust more on the results since they look more reliable because it shows they weren't just collecting data, they were also double-checking that it wasn't wrong.

    7. Olympic Peninsula cougars still had higher levels of genetic diversity and lower levels of inbreeding when compared to cougars in the Santa Ana Mountains of California

      This is very interesting considering the Santa Ana Mountains are in a more accessible spot than the Olympic Peninsula Mountains. I would’ve made a guess it would be the other way around.

    8. while displaying a lower level of genetic diversity compared to other cougar populations in the State, did not appear to be a management concern.

      I was wish there was more information on this, or maybe a study that could’ve been added to show the exact statistics. For example, showing us does more have more stamina than the other? what the different lung capacities are like between the two species? etc.

    9. indicating moderate levels of gene flow across the area with the exception of the Olympic Peninsula and the Blue Mountains which form more distinct genetic groups

      I believe that the reason for the exception is because the Olympic Peninsula and the Blue Mountains are in difficult spots for the cougars to migrate to where other potential cougars are. Therefore, there is not much of a change in gene flow.

    10. Olympic Peninsula cougars having the highest level of inbreeding

      This can be a HUGE issue for this locality of cougar population. This can also mean many other things as far as an unhealthy ecosystem is not able to support genetic flow, causing them to be forced to inbreed with each other.

    11. but sample sizes may have been too small to be definitive

      Can a larger sample size help show the low levels of genetic diversity? Can we get more reliable information through of types or sample sizes?

    12. Genetic data can contribute critical knowledge on how carnivores respond to environmental changes and anthropogenic impacts, as we have demonstrated, but it can also help inform harvest guidelines, identify appropriately-sized and objective management units, and identify areas that may be acting as sources or sinks.

      Its important for us to understand this because if we can figure out what is causing restricted gene flow it can help the survival of this species to continue.

    13. This is most likely the case in this study system since we found evidence for male philopatry, which has been also observed in cougar populations in Florida and California where habitat fragmentation led to constrained or unsuccessful dispersal attempts

      This isn't surprising considering how developed Florida and California are.

    14. The BayesAss analysis revealed that most cougars remained within their putative natal population or were killed before they reached another area

      This could be a good thing as far as showing signs that the area they are in have a stable population of food for cougars so there is no need to migrate, this could relate to the marginal value theorem like we went over in chapter 5. This could also mean they are restricted to one area because of development which is why they were killed before they could reach another area.

    15. Our aims were to characterize large-scale population structure and assess if cougars could be at risk of genetic isolation and/or inbreeding depression.

      I wonder if this is something other large predator populations face in the wild.

    16. Given the impacts that habitat loss, fragmentation, and urbanization have on genetic diversity and connectivity of wildlife populations

      This is something that is seen too often unfortunately.

    17. The benefits of conservation and management of large carnivores such as cougars are far-reaching in that their presence contributes to keeping prey populations physically healthy by removing older and weakened animals and keeping prey densities commensurate with habitat quality (Terborgh and Estes 2013).

      Very interesting. Its important we have not only a sufficient population of prey but we also have stable populations of predators to keep healthy genetics in prey populations.

    18. rising levels of urbanization

      I like how this snippet gives us a short preview. If there was any part of this for someone to take a quick glance at and know what it was about this is the perfect part. Of course they would have to add the part of the cougars but I think this gives great representation.

    19. genetic source-sink dynamics

      I wasn't sure what genetic source-sink dynamics had meant but from my search I found that its where when we have areas that have more birth rates than death rates immigrate to areas that have low birth rates to high death rates. Basically these areas rely on the animals immagrating for the others in this area to keep afloat.

    20. migration rates between areas were asymmetrical

      I wonder why that is as well as when this started happening? What could be a factor into why they migrate at different rates

    21. Spatial autocorrelation

      I personally didn't know what spatial autocorrelation was but basically it is the tendency for gene frequencies or other genetic variables to be similar in geographically close locations. Positive spatial autocorrelation means nearby areas have similar genetic profiles, indicating patterns like short-range gene flow or habitat isolation. Negative spcial autocorrelation would mean nearby areas are genetically dissimilar, a pattern less common in biological populations.

    22. long-distance movements

      How is long-distance movement defined, and what factors determine whether a movement is considered long-distance for a particular species.

    23. Despite the adaptable nature of cougars and their capacity to travel long distances

      How long can cougars, or a group of cougars, last without being negatively impacted by their affected habitats and intense human development?

    24. genetically differentiated into two clusters

      I wonder how long they've been separated into these two groups, and what was the main consistent factor in the differences between the clusters.

    1. vegetation ceremonies.

      From tonight’s sources, I was intrigued by the idea of a “vegetation ceremony” and its prevalence in both the meaning behind Eliot’s title “The Wasteland" and Sir James George Frazer’s interconnection of humans and nature in "The Golden Bough–A Study in Magic and Religion.” First off, what is a vegetation ceremony? Frazer goes into great depth on different forms of ceremonies or rituals performed as humans harmonize with the many facets of nature–animals, vegetation, seasonal changes, etc. He states, “They performed ceremonies and recited spells to make the rain to fall, the sun to shine, animals to multiply, and the fruits of the earth to grow,” (3) as context for early illusioned thought on the importance of rituals on the essential processes of Mother Nature. He goes on to discuss a "mightier power,” (or god) and his influence on nature, therefore illustrating the forces that are truly behind the vital cycles of the world–life, death, etc. In particular, I found the myth of Attis a curious tale of the power of nature. Attis is a Phrygian god of vegetation and fertility. It is believed that his mother conceived him after placing a pomegranate or almond in her bosom, a peculiar thought celebrating feminine autonomy and strength in the cycle of reproduction. Attis’s death is what intrigued me the most as there is no clear cookie cutter answer. Instead, some believe he was killed by a boar while others think he was self-castrated and bled out under a pine tree. His death is celebrated through ritual each spring in order to ensure the renewal of life and crops. This stuck with me as Attis’s death does not simply follow the “circle of life.” Instead, he is taken from this earth at a young age in a violent manner–possibilty self inflicted or from an animal. Therefore, his life is cut off (literally and figuratively) before his fulfillment has peaked, marking a strict divergence in the natural and beautiful cycle of fertility. In connection to Eliot’s title choice of The Wasteland, these same divergences from natural and intentional routines appear. Cultivation or growth, firstly, is cut off as the land is bare and sterile, highlighting the same loss of fertility seen through Attis’s story. Yet just as ceremonies performed in honor of Attis have the potential to reunite the land with growth and prosperity, Eliot’s opening title image has the same innate ability. In order to do so however, it is evident that a change must be made through a vegetation ceremony or sacrifice to restore the land’s fertility.

    1. land speculator

      A land speculator is an investor who purchases vacant or undeveloped land with the primary goal of reselling it for a profit after its value has increased. Spain gave Austin land to sell to immigrants, mostly Anglo Americans.

    2. Royalist forces

      Royalists did not support Mexico's independence. They did not want the Monarchy to be eliminated. Republican forces wanted Mexico to be independent and the elimination of a monarchy.

    3. Constitutional rule came to the area that would become Texas in 1812 during the Napoleonic Wars

      Napoleon removed Ferdinand from office suddenly and forcefully. He made a government where a monarch was the head, however they were limited by a constitution and democratically elected government.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors describe a massively parallel reporter assays (MPRA) screen focused at identifying polymorphisms in 5' and 3' UTRs that affect translation efficiency and thus might have a functional impact on cells. The topic is of timely interest, and indeed, several related efforts have recently been published and preprinted (e.g., https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37516102/ and https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC10635273/). This study has several major issues with the results and their presentation.

      Major comments:

      • The main issue remains that it appears that the screen has largely failed, and the reasons for that remain unclear, which make it difficult to interpret how useful is the resulting data. The authors mention batch effects as a potential contributor. The authors start with a library that includes ~6,000 variants, which makes it a medium-size MPRA. But then, only 483 pairs of WT/mutated UTRs yield high confidence information, which is already a small number for any downstream statistical analysis, particularly since most don't actually affect translation in the reporter screen setting (which is not unexpected). It is unclear why >90% of the library did not give high-confidence information. The profiles presented as base-case examples in Fig. 2B don't look very informative or convincing. All the subsequent analysis is done on a very small set of UTRs that have an effect, and it is unclear to this reviewer how these can yield statistically significant and/or biologically-relevant associations.

      • From the variants that had an effect, the authors go on to carry out some protein-level validations, and see some changes, but it is not clear if those changes are in the same direction was observed in the screen. In their rebuttal the authors explain that they largely can not infer directionality of changes form the screen, which further limits its utility.

      • It is particularly puzzling how the authors can build a machine learning predictor with >3,000 features when the dataset they use for training the model has just a few dozens of translation-shifting variants.

      Comments on revisions:

      It appears that the authors have extracted the information they could from the problematic dataset they obtained. Repeating the experiments in a cleaner setting, obtaining data for the >6000 UTRs they intended will allow the authors to achieve the goals they set out to achieve in establishing the screen.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      “In their current study, Cummings et al have approached this fundamental biochemical problem using a combination of purified enzyme-substrate reactions, MS/MS, and microscopy in vitro to provide key insights into the hierarchy of generating polyglycylation in cilia and flagella. They first establish that TTLL8 is a monoglycylase, with the potential to add multiple mono glycine residues on both α- and β-tubulin. They then go on to establish that monoglycylation is essential for TTLL10 binding and catalytic activity, which progressively reduces as the level of polyglycylation increases. This provides an interesting mechanism of how the level of polyglycylation is regulated in the absence of a deglycylase. Finally, the authors also establish that for efficient TTLL10 activity, it is not just monoglycylation, but also polyglutamylation that is necessary, giving a key insight into how both these modifications interact with each other to ensure there is a balanced level of PTMs on the axonemes for efficient cilia function.”

      Strengths: 

      The manuscript is well-written, and experiments are succinctly planned and outlined. The experiments were used to provide the conclusions to what the authors were hypothesising and provide some new novel possible mechanistic insights into the whole process of regulation of tubulin glycylation in motile cilia.”

      We thank the reviewer for their support of our study and recognition of its importance to understanding microtubule glycylation and its regulation.  

      “The initial part of the manuscript where the authors discuss about the requirement of monoglycylation by TTLL8 is not new. This was established back in 2009 when Rogowski et al (2009) showed that polyglycylation of tubulin by TTLL10 occurs only when co-expressed in cells with TTLL3 or TTLL8. So, this part of the study adds very little new information to what was known. “

      Our study provides the first in vitro evidence with purified recombinant components that human TTLL8 is exclusively a monoglycylase (Figure 1) and that polyglycylation by TTLL10 requires previous priming with monoglycylation (Figure 2). Studies with purified recombinant components are the gold standard for establishing the activity of an enzyme as cellular work can be obfuscated by the activity of other regulators. We did cite in our original submission the work by Rogowski, Gaertig and Janke from 2009 (reference 15 in the original submission) as well as that Ikegami and Setou 2009 work (reference 26 in the original submission) that established that TTLL10 polygyclylase activity requires co-expression with TTLL8 in cells. Specifically, we stated in our original submission and in the revised manuscript:

      “Cellular overexpression studies coupled with the use of antibodies that recognize mono- and polyglycylation indicate that TTLL8 is also a glycyl-initiase, while TTLL10 a glycyl-elongase (15, 26).  However, direct biochemical evidence with purified enzymes for segregated initiation and elongation activity for glyclases is still lacking as does knowledge of their substrate specificity and regulation.” 

      In addition to citing the Setou study, we now cite again the Rogowski, Gaertig and Janke 2009 study later in the manuscript when the cellular data are mentioned again.  Specifically, we state in the revised manuscript: 

      “This is consistent with cellular overexpression data which showed that polyglycylation signal was detected via antibody only in tubulin from cells that co-expressed TTLL8 and TTLL10, but not TTLL10 alone (15, 26).”

      “The study also fails to discuss the involvement of the other monoglycylase, TTLL3 in the entire study, which is a weakness as in vivo, in cells, both the monoglycylases act in concert and so, may play a role in regulating the activity of TTLL10. “

      We previously showed that purified recombinant TTLL3, like TTLL8, adds only monoglycines, with a preference for the b-tubulin tail (Garnham et al., PNAS 2017). Given that TTLL10 requires priming by monoglycylation, we expect that, similarly to TTLL8, TTLL3 will allow elongation of the initial monoglycyline chains by TTLL10. 

      (1) From the mass spec data, it appears that the Xaenopus Laevis TTLL10 can add up to 18 residues. However, the numbers indicated in Figure 2E seem to suggest that it is a maximum of 23 residues only at a particular position. Does this mean that the 13-18 residues observed are a collection of multiple short-chain polyglycylations or are there positions that the authors observed where there were chains of longer than 3 glycine residues? This would be an interesting point to note as when it was discovered in Paramecium, the polyglycyl chains were reported to be up to 34 residues (Redeker et al., Science 1994). If the authors could test the TTLL10 from Paramecium to observe if this is a consistent phenomenon across evolution or is there a biologically significant difference that is being developed, would be interesting to know.”

      Figure 2E shows a subset of the modified tails that we identified and where the position of the posttranslationally added glycine can be mapped to a specific position, or range of positions. Additional species exist. We note that the mass spectra in Figure 2B are intact LC/MS, while those in Figure 2E are MS/MS. The ionization of tubulin tail peptides with larger number of glycines is not as efficient as for shorter glycine chains, reducing the sensitivity of detection of species that have higher number of glycines. This is not as pronounced when the mass spectra are obtained from the intact protein (Figure 2B). In summary, our data supports the fact that TTLL10 elongates polyglycine chains at multiple positions in the tubulin tail (shown in Figure 2E), however, we cannot ascertain the maximum polyglycine chain length, only the total number of glycyines added.

      Testing the enzyme from Paramecium is an interesting proposal but outside the scope of this manuscript. 

      (2) While it is interesting to know that the TTLL10 binds to TTLL8-modified tubulin with a much higher affinity than unmodified tubulin, in vivo, the microtubules will be a mixture of both TTLL3- and TTLL8-modified tubulin. It would be good to see the binding of the enzyme to a tubulin that is modified by both TTLL3 and TTLL8 if the two have a greater influence on TTLL10 binding.”

      Our previous work showed that purified recombinant TTLL3 has purely monoglycylase activity, with a preference for b-tubulin (Garnham et al., PNAS 2017). The sites of monoglycylation by TTLL3 overlap with those introduced by TTLL8 on b-tubulin (the difference being mainly that TTLL3 is more selective towards b-tubulin and thus has lower activity on a-tubulin). TTLL8 introduces additional monoGlys on the a-tubulin tail. Therefore, it is unlikely that TTLL10 will have a different response to microtubules that carry similar numbers of Gly residues, regardless of whether introduced by TTLL8 or TTLL3 and 8. Our data show that TTLL10 binding increases with Gly number, but that the gains in affinity plateau as the density of glycine residues on the tails increases above a certain threshold, likely because one TTLL10 molecule recognizes one monoGly branch, and steric hindrance on the tubulin tail prevents further recruitment of additional TTLL10 molecules.  

      (3) The authors have always increased the number of monoglycines in beta-tubulin more than in alpha-tubulin. Is there a rationale for this? Since TTLL8 is known to predominantly modify alphatubulin (Rogowski et al., 2009; Gadadhar et al., 2017) why did the authors not check for the increased binding of the TTLL10 on dimers where the number of monoglycines on alpha-tubulin is higher than 1.1? Especially when they themselves observe in their mass spec that even on alphatubulin there are 1, 2, and 3 glycines added. I would like to see what happens if the ratio is high alpha-G + low beta-G”

      As our spectra in Figure 1 show, we find that TTLL8 is able to modify robustly in vitro both a- and b-tubulin but that it shows a slight preference for b-tubulin (Figure 1B). The work from the Janke group that the reviewer is referring to (Rogowski et al., 2009 and Gadahar et al., 2017) did not use recombinant, purified enzymes and unmodified microtubules as substrates and used axonemal tubulin (which carries many modifications), and so it is possible that the a-tubulin preference observed in that system when TTLL8 is overexpressed, is likely to other factors that do not reflect the biochemical property of the enzyme alone (for example, it could be because btubulin site are not available because they are already glutamylated). As can be seen from Figure 3D, the gain in affinity when increasing the number of glycines from one glycine is small, compared to the initial monoglycine added to the a- and the b-tubulin tail, likely reflecting that one tail cannot bind more than one TTLL10 at one time because of steric hindrance. Moreover, it is important here to note that glutamylation and glycylases compete for the same sites on the tubulin tails, as we have for example shown for TTLL3 and TTLL7 (Garnham et al., 2017), therefore the activity of these enzymes in vivo or with non-naïve substrates are context dependent and influences also what sites are available for TTLL10 to modify. In conclusion, by using recombinant enzymes and naïve tubulin we gain insight into the intrinsic property of these enzymes and therefore provide a framework for the interpretation of in vitro and in vivo observations. 

      (4) I wonder why the authors did not use the human TTLL10 to test if this also shows similar binding to the glycylated tubulin despite the fact that it is enzymatically inactive. If it does, then it would be interesting to see the kinetics of binding of this enzyme to see if the fall off of the enzyme from the tubulin is solely driven by the level of polyglycylation only, or if it has any other mechanism involved as well.”

      Work with human recombinant TTLL10, a TTLL10 homolog which was proposed to be inactive, will be an interesting future direction but outside the scope of this manuscript. We did note in our previous manuscript (Garnham et al., 2017, Figure S5) that the residues which are mutated in the human enzyme compared to other mammals are on the dorsal face of the enzyme, far away from the active site, raising an interesting question of how they inactivate the enzyme.   We need however to emphasize that our work clearly shows that it is polyglycylation on the microtubules that reduces binding of TTL10 to microtubules because experiments done in the absence of glycylating activity i.e. with enzyme that was incubated with microtubules that were pre-modified with polyglycline chains, but in the absence of glycyine substrate (precluding any glycylation activity during the binding assay) show that the binding decreases monotonically with the number of polyglycines  on the microtubule (Figures 4A, B).  

      (5) In Figure 5, the authors use monoglycylated tubulin that is either glutamylated or not to show that the activity of TTLL10 is enhanced by the extent of polyglutamylation present on the tubulin. However, there is no evidence of the enzyme binding to microtubules that are only glutamylated. It would be good to test this to determine if the binding is also dependent on both monoglycylation and glutamylation or is it only the enzyme activity.

      Figure 5E shows that TTLL10 binding increases with monoglycylation alone, and that glutamylation is additive and Figures 4A, B show that it is not the enzyme activity that affects the binding, but the glycylation state of the microtubule. We did not determine binding to microtubules that were only glutamylated, because TTLL10 would not be able to elongate polyglycine chains on those microtubules, even if it bound. 

      (6) The level of polyglycylation used in Figure 5 is quite low. It would be good to see how the length of the polyglycine chain impacts TTLL10 activity in the presence of polyglutamylation, and whether this has any cooperative effect leading to longer chain polyglycylation than what is seen with only monoglycylated tubulin.

      We expect longer chain polyglycylation to have an inhibitory effect as we show in Figure 4. 

      “(7) In the overall study, the authors fail to discuss whether the activity of both the glycylases at different sites on tubulin is sequential, or modifications at different residues happen all at once. If the authors were to do a sequential time course of the modification followed by MS/MS analysis, they could get some indications about this.”

      As the data in Figure 3D shows, the effect of adding more monoGly site on a tubulin tail has a muted effect on binding, indicating that the additional mono-Gly branches do not lead to more TTLL10 recruitment because of steric hindrance i.e. multiple TTLL10 enzymes cannot be accommodated on the same tail at the same time efficiently. This is consistent with the overall dimensions of the enzyme and the positions of its active site, which were modeled initially in our previous publication (Garnham et al., PNAS 2017).  The site of TTL10 action is pre-determined by the position of the mono-Gly branch introduced by TTLL3 or TTLL8. The length of the tubulin tail and the proximity of mono-Gly sites to each other precludes TTLL10 acting at multiple positions at once on the same tail.

      “(8) Do the modifications have any cooperative effect with respect to the sites of modification? Does modifying a particular site enhance the kinetics of modification of the other sites? Can the authors test this?”

      This would be an interesting line of future investigations.  

      “Minor points:

      (1’) The authors opine that the level of polyglycylation is regulated by the decreased binding of the TTLL10 to the polyglycylated tubulin. While this is an interesting argument, which could be a possibility based on the data they present, it would still not answer if this is a mechanism followed by TTLL10 of all species or not. If they could test the efficacy of TTLL10 from another species, to see the binding efficiency of that enzyme, it could potentially strengthen their argument of this possible mechanism.”

      The differences between the properties of TTLL10 from different organisms will be an interesting focus of future investigations, but outside the scope of this present study. However, we would like to point out that the level of sequence conservation between TTLL10 makes it unlikely that other TTLL10 do not follow a similar mechanism, albeit with possible differences in the extent of the response.  We also note that we have shown that polyglycylation also inhibits binding to the microtubule of the severing enzyme katanin (Szczesna et al., Dev. Cell 2022). Therefore, these studies suggests that polyglycylation might be a more general mechanism for reducing microtubule binding affinity since glycylation reduces the negative charge on the tubulin tails, which frequently interact with positively charged domains or interfaces in microtubule associated proteins.  

      “(2) The authors indicate that glycylases act on pre-glutamylated microtubules. However, in their assays, they use unmodified tubulin, which I would presume is also not glutamylated. If this is the case, how can they justify that the enzymes prefer pre-glutamylated microtubules? This is a bit unclear. Do they mean that their tubulin is already pre-glutamylated? Have they tested this?”

      The statement regarding the action of these enzymes on glutamylated microtubules refer to the in vivo situation where polyglycylated microtubules appear in cilia biogenesis after the microtubules in the axoneme are already glutamylated. In vitro, by using microtubules that are only monoglycylated and microtubules that are both glutamylated and monoglycylated, we show that glutamylation further increases recruitment of TTLL10 to microtubules that are monoglycyated. Therefore, glutamylated microtubules will be polyglycylated preferentially over those that are not glutamylated. 

      We state: “Axonemal microtubules are abundantly glutamylated. Glutamylation appears during cilia development first, followed by glycylation (12, 13), indicating that in this scenario glycylases act on pre-glutamylated microtubule substrates.”

      “(3) In continuation with the previous point, an immunoblot of their purified tubulin showing no reactivity to anti-glycylation or anti-glutamylation antibodies, which upon treatment with TTLL8 reacts to the anti-glycylation antibody would be confirmatory evidence to show that the isolated tubulin was indeed unmodified.”

      We have now included a Western blot of our TOG-purified tubulin as Figure S3 in our revised manuscript.  This shows a faint signal with the pep-G1 antibody and a very strong signal after TTLL8 treatment. We are not sure whether the low signal with the pep-G1 antibody for the unmodified tubulin is due to low bona fide monoglycylation-specific signal or a low affinity nonspecific interaction of this antibody (raised against mono-glycylated tubulin tail peptides) with the unmodified tubulin. We note that this signal is clearly visible only when loading at least 0.2 micrograms of the purified tubulin. At this loading level the signal for the glycylated species is saturated. It is also important to note that we have not detected glycylated species in this tubulin either by LC-MS or MS/MS. Therefore, our data strongly indicate that the tubulin purified from tsA201 cells is not glycylated or has at most extremely low levels of glycylation. Importantly, this potential trace level of monoglycylated tubulin does not affect any of the conclusions in this study. The Western blot also shows no detectable signal with the polyglycyation antibody in the unmodified tubulin and a very strong, saturated signal after the tubulin was treated with both TTLL8 and TTLL10.  We also added an additional Figure S8 that shows that the tSA201 tubulin does not give a detectable signal for glutamylation. Please see also Figure 3 from Vemu et al., Methods Enzymology 2017 where we also published a Western blot from our TOG-purified tubulin using anti-glutamylation antibodies. 

      “(4) In their study, the authors have used polyglycylation of up to 10-13 residues. This brings me to my first point that in the case of Paramecium, the number was identified to be up to 34, which would mean that this enzyme has higher binding or catalytic activity. I would like to know the authors' perspective on this, as to what could potentially determine the difference in the activities of TTLL10 across species.”

      The Xenopus TTLL10 enzyme can add more glycines than the 10-13 range that we show here if the enzyme is incubated for longer periods. The fact that glycine numbers as high as 34 were detected in Paramecium does not necessarily mean that the Paramecium enzyme is more active since there is no equivalent data to compare it with from Xenopus. The only way to address potential species differences in enzyme specific activity is to purify enzymes from different species and compare their activity side-by-side.  

      (5) How was the completion of the reaction of monoglycylation and polyglycylation determined? If the enzymes were left for more than 20 minutes, did TTLL8/ TTLL10 add more glycines? What is the reason for using less tubulin (1:20 enzyme:tubulin molar ratio) for monoglycylation by TTLL8, and more tubulin (1:50 enzyme:tubulin molar ratio) for polyglycylation by TTLL10?

      Yes, if the enzymes were incubated longer, they added more glycines. The extent of glycylation was determined from the LC-MS and the incubation time was varied to obtain samples with fewer or more glycines.   The lower ratio used for TTLL10 is because of the higher specific activity of that enzyme compared to TTLL8.  

      (6) Figure S2 A, b2 ion is not indicated in the peptide sequence, while it is shown in the m/z graph.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful reading. We have corrected this in our MS/MS spectrum. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      “In their manuscript, Cummings et al. focus on the enzymatic activities of TTLL3, TTLL8, and TTLL10, which catalyze the glycylation of tubulin, a crucial posttranslational modification for cilia maintenance and motility. The experiments are beautifully performed, with meticulous attention to detail and the inclusion of appropriate controls, ensuring the reliability of the findings. The authors utilized in vitro reconstitution to demonstrate that TTLL8 functions exclusively as a glycyl initiase, adding monoglycines at multiple positions on both α- and β-tubulin tails. In contrast, TTLL10 acts solely as a tubulin glycyl elongase, extending existing glycine chains. A notable finding is the differential substrate recognition between TTLL glycylases and TTLL glutamylases, highlighting a broader substrate promiscuity in glycylases compared to the more selective glutamylases. This observation aligns with the greater diversification observed among glutamylases. The study reveals a hierarchical mechanism of enzyme recruitment to microtubules, where TTLL10 binding necessitates prior monoglycylation by TTLL8. This binding is progressively inhibited by increasing polyglycine chain length, suggesting a self-regulatory mechanism for polyglycine chain length control. Furthermore, TTLL10 recruitment is enhanced by TTLL6mediated polyglutamylation, illustrating a complex interplay between different tubulin modifications. In addition, they uncover that polyglutamylation stimulates TTLL10 recruitment without necessarily increasing glycylation on the same tubulin dimer, due to the potential for TTLLs to interact with neighboring tubulin dimers. This mechanism could lead to an enrichment of glycylation on the same microtubule, contributing to the complexity of the tubulin code. The article also addresses a significant challenge in the field: the difficulty of generating microtubules with controlled posttranslational modifications for in vitro studies. By identifying the specific modification sites and the interplay between TTLL activities, the authors provide a valuable tool for creating differentially glycylated microtubules. This advancement will facilitate further studies on the effects of glycylation on microtubule-associated proteins and the broader implications of the tubulin code. In summary, this study substantially contributes to our knowledge of posttranslational enzymes and their regulation, offering new insights into the biochemical mechanisms underlying microtubule modifications. The rigorous experimental approach and the novel findings presented make this a pivotal addition to the field of cellular and molecular biology.”

      We thank the reviewer for their support of our work.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mou and Ji investigated neuro-computational mechanisms behind observational spatial learning in rats and reported several signs of functional coupling between the ACC and CA1 at the single neuron level. Using multi-site tetrode recording, they found that ACC cells encoding a path in a maze were activated while a rat observed another rat taking that path. This activation was also correlated with the activation of CA1 cells encoding the same path and facilitated their replay during sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) before the recording rat ran on the maze by itself. These activity patterns were associated with correct path choice during self-running and were absent in control conditions where the recording rat did not learn the correct choice through observations. Based on these findings, the authors argue that ACC cells capture the critical information during observation to organize hippocampal cell activity for subsequent spatial decisions.

      Strengths:

      The authors used multiple outcome measures to build a strong case for path-specific spike coordination between ACC and CA1 cells. The analyses were conducted carefully, and proper control measures were used to establish the statistical significance of the detected effects. The authors also demonstrated tight correlations between the spike coordination patterns and the successful use of observed information for future decisions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) As evidence for the activation of path information in the ACC during observation, the authors showed positive correlations between firing rates during observation and those during self-running. This argument will be solidified if the authors use a decoding approach to demonstrate the activation of path-selective ACC ensemble activity patterns during observation. This approach will also open the door to uncovering how the activation of ACC path representation is related to the moment-to-moment position of the demonstrator rat and whether it is coupled with the timing of SWRs.

      (2) The authors argued that the ACC biases the content of awake replay in CA1 during SWRs in the observation period. The reviewer wonders if a similar bias also occurs during SWRs in the self-run period (i.e., water consumption after the correct choice). This analysis will help test whether the biased replay occurs due to the need to convert observed information into future choices.

      (3) Although the authors demonstrated the necessity of the ACC for the task, it remains to be determined whether firing coordination between the ACC and CA1 during observation is necessary for the correct path choice during self-runs. Some discussion on this point, along with future direction, would be beneficial for readers.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors fully addressed my recommendations. I do not have any further comments.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor:

      (1) In Figure 2, only the right or left selective neurons are presented for the comparison, it would be helpful to also compare these with the neurons that are not selective for any of the sides and maybe include them in the supplemental materials

      We have included all non-selective neurons in Figure 2D and supplemental Figure 2B. Their differences in firing rate between left and right sides are quantified by their selective indices (SIs). 

      (2) The authors should provide controls of speed during NMDA infusion and vehicle.

      We have quantified and compared the duration of running laps, which is equivalent to speed.

      (3) In Figure 1d, the trend shows that even during NMDA infusion, the animals learn as shown by a higher proportion of correct trials in the 3rd compared to the 1st trial

      We thank the reviewer for pointing that out. We noticed that NMDAlesioned ACC animal showed a trend of improved performance in the track, and we believe this is due to re-learning of the task, which we point out in the main text. However, we emphasize that, compared to the Vehicle control, the overall performance of NMDA-lesioned animals was significantly impaired.

      (4) Clarify the implications of the NMDA experiments, as it is not straightforward to interpret that an interplay between ACC-CA1 is involved in this task as per this experiment.

      Rather than stating the involvement of ACC-CA1 interplay, we use the results of NMDA lesion experiment to demonstrate that ACC is also required, besides CA1, for the task.

      (5) In Figure 4b, there seems to be a lag between CA1 and ACC correlations; the authors could provide a quantification of this temporal delay between CA1 and ACC.

      Figure 4B shows the cross-correlation between one example ACC cell and its associated CA1 ensembles on the left and opposite sides. There was a broad peak around time lag 0. Our further investigation did not identify a significant, systemic delay for all ACC cells, which led us to quantify the correlation at time lag 0 in Figure 4C and D.

      (6) The example correlation provided in 5c for the opposite, doesn't seem representative of the population trend as shown in 5d, since both the Same and the Opposite for the demo show a positive trend. It would be best to choose an example that represents the population better.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have replaced the original plot with another ACC cell in Figure 5C.

      (7) Almost the same can be applied to Figure 6.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have replaced the original plot with another ACC cell in Figure 6E.

      (8) The results in Figure 7 are convincing, in my opinion, as they show that the trend is lost for the opposite side (contrary to the coactivation shown in Figures 5 and 6 that showed the same trends for the same and opposite during Demo). Do the authors have any interpretation of this? Is it due to co-activity reflecting other task-relevant features different than the spatial trajectory being observed?

      The correlation on the opposite side between CA1 and ACC shown in Figure 5C-D and Figure 6E-F is likely due to a general interaction between CA1 activities around SWRs with prefrontal cortical areas including ACC, as shown in previous studies (Jadhav et al., 2016; Remondes and Wilson, 2015).  We would like to point out that this correlation only quantifies the coactivation between CA1 ensemble firing rates and individual ACC cells’ firing rate. This raw correlation does not consider the content of spikes generated by CA1 ensembles, neglecting the sequential firing patterns of CA1 cells. The replay analysis in Fig. 7 examines the order of spikes generated by individual CA1 cells. The result in Fig. 7 shows that the sequential activation of CA1 place cells more accurately reflects the distinction between the same- and opposite-side trajectories. We consider Fig. 7 is more refined analysis than Figs. 5 and 6.

      (9) For all the figures regarding SWR activities, the authors should provide average PSTH for CA1 as well as ACC, perhaps also examples of neurons that are selectively active during one side or the opposite side runs.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have added data to show PSTH for CA1 and ACC cells surrounding SWR peaks (Figure S5E, F). 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Below are additional notes for improvements.

      (1) Figure 1C. Unclear what Time 0 indicates.

      We specify it (OB's poke time) in the figure legend. 

      (2) Figure 2C. Unclear what the numbers above datapoints mean.

      Those numbers are selection indices (SIs), as specified in the legend. 

      (3) Figure 5: Line 374-375. Given the repetitive nature of the task, it is unclear whether SWRs are encoding upcoming or past spatial trajectories or whether they are encoding trajectories at all. The authors would need to show that SWRs-ACC communication is predictive of task outcome to claim it is specifically necessary for future outcomes rather than consolidating past trajectories.

      We agree with the reviewer and have made changes to reflect that the ACC-CA1 correlation in Fig.5 is specific to the same side of their selectivity, not exactly to future trajectories. Regarding the repetitive nature of the task (same-side rule), we have specifically addressed the advantage and limitation of this task design in the discussion. Regarding the observer's own past vs. future trajectories, our past publication (Mou et al., 2022) shows that the CA1 replay in SWRs more likely encode the correct, future trajectories. 

      (4) Figure 7. It appears that the correlation was conducted between ACC activity and CA1 replays recorded at distinct time windows (delay period vs. water consumption). It is unclear how ACC activity could influence CA1 replays when they occur hundreds of milliseconds apart or even longer.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important question. We have shown that the higher same-side ACC activity during observation continues during water consumption. However, our added data in Fig.S5E show that this enhancement did not occur precisely within SWRs. We thus propose a possibility that the overall enhanced activity of same-side ACC cells during water consumption provides an overall, background excitation boost to same-side CA1 cells to enhance their replay within SWRs. We have revised the discussion section to present this model. 

      (5) Abstract: lines 24-25 Discussion: lines 475-476 Based on the data there is no certainty whether ACC biases or coordinates CA1 replays. The data simply shows that they are correlated with one another.

      We have modified those sentences to clarify the non-causal nature of the interaction.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please see below for the list of minor corrections and suggestions:

      (1) Line 136-143: On the data shown in Figure 1D, I recommend using two-way mixed ANOVA with sessions as a within-subjects factor and groups as a between-subjects factor.

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We indeed use two-way ANOVA for those comparisons. We have specified out in the text.

      (2) Line 219-228: I recommend expanding the explanation of two control conditions here. It was written in the method section, but the readers would appreciate the gist of these conditions in the result section. In particular, it was unclear how box SI was calculated in the Empty condition. Also, the plots of poke rates in the control conditions will be useful to show that rats did not learn the correct choice from observation in these control conditions.

      We have added more explanation of the two control conditions in the text. The quantifications of poke rates for Demo and two control conditions (Object, Empty) are provided in our previous publication (Mou et al., 2022).

      (3) Line 610: Please specify the number of three types of sessions each rat underwent and the order of these session types.

      We revise the texts in the Method section and provide the numbers.

      (4) In Figure 2c legend, please specify what the number (e.g., -0.41) indicates.

      Those numbers are selection indices (SIs), as specified in the legend.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents a thoughtful and well-motivated strategy to address a major challenge in TCR-epitope binding prediction: data imbalance, particularly the scarcity of positive (binding) TCR, peptide pairs. The authors introduce a two-step pipeline combining data balancing, via undersampling and generative augmentation, and a supervised CNN-based classifier. Notably, the use of Restricted Boltzmann Machines (RBMs) and BERT-style transformer models to generate synthetic CDR3β sequences is shown to improve model performance. The proposed method is applied to both peptide-specific and pan-specific settings, yielding notable performance improvements, especially for in-distribution peptides. Generative augmentation also leads to measurable gains for out-of-distribution epitopes, particularly those with high sequence similarity to the training set.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors tackle the well-known but under-addressed issue of class imbalance in TCR-epitope binding data, where negatives vastly outnumber positive (binding) pairs. This imbalance undermines classifier reliability and generalization.

      (2) The model is tested on both in-distribution (seen epitopes) and out-of-distribution (unseen epitopes) scenarios. Including a synthetic lattice protein benchmark allows the authors to dissect generalization behavior in a controlled environment.

      (3) The paper shows a measurable benefit of generative. For example, AUC improvements of up to +0.11 are observed for peptides closely related to those seen during training, demonstrating the method's practical impact.

      (4) A direct comparison between RBM- and Transformer-based sequence generators adds value, offering the community guidance on trade-offs between different generative architectures in TCR modeling applications.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Generalization degrades with epitope dissimilarity

      The performance drops substantially as the test epitope becomes more dissimilar to the training set. This is expected, but it highlights an essential limitation of the generative models: they help only when the test epitope is similar to one already seen. Table 1 shows that the performance gain from generative augmentation decreases as the test epitope becomes more dissimilar to the training epitopes. For epitopes with a Levenshtein distance of 1 from the training set, the average AUC improvement is approximately +0.11. This gain drops to around +0.06 for epitopes at distance 2. It becomes minimal for those at distance 4, indicating an explicit limitation in the model's ability to generalize to more distant epitopes. The authors should quantify more explicitly how far the model can generalize effectively. What is the performance degradation threshold as a function of Levenshtein distance?

      (2) What is the minimal number of positive samples needed for data augmentation to help?

      The approach has an intrinsic catch-22: generative models require data to learn the underlying distribution and cannot be applied to epitopes with insufficient data. As a result, the method is unlikely to be effective for completely new epitopes. Could the authors quantify the minimum number of real binders needed for effective generative augmentation? This would be particularly relevant for zero-shot or few-shot prediction scenarios, where only 0-10 positive samples are available. Such experiments would help clarify the practical limits of the proposed strategy.

      (3) Lack of end-to-end evaluation on unseen epitopes as inputs

      The authors frame peptide-specific models as classification over a few known epitopes, a closed-set formulation. While this is useful for evaluating generation effects, it's not representative of the more practical open-set task of predicting binding to truly novel epitopes. A stronger test would include models that take peptides as input (e.g., pan-specific, peptide-conditioned classifiers), including unseen epitopes at test time. Could the authors attempt an evaluation on benchmarks like IMMREP25 or other datasets where test epitopes are excluded from training?

      (4) Focus on β-chain limits generalizability

      The current pipeline is trained exclusively on CDR3β sequences. However, the field is increasingly moving toward single-cell sequencing, which provides paired α/β TCR chain data. Understanding how the proposed approach performs when both chains are available would be valuable. Could the authors evaluate the performance gains on paired α/β information, even in a small subset of single-cell data?

      (5) Synthetic lattice proteins (LPs) have limited biological fidelity

      While the LP-based benchmark presented in Figure 5 is a clever and controlled tool for probing model generalization, it remains conceptually and biophysically distant from real TCR-peptide interactions. Its utility as a toy model is valid, but its limitations should be more explicitly acknowledged:

      a) Over-simplified binding landscape: The LP system is designed for tractability, with a simplified sequence-structure mapping and fixed lattice constraints. As shown in Figure 5c, the LP binding landscape is linearly separable, in stark contrast to the complex and often degenerate nature of real TCR-epitope interactions, where multiple structurally distinct TCRs can bind the same peptide and vice versa.

      b) Absence of immunological context: The LP model abstracts away key biological factors such as MHC restriction, α/β chain pairing, peptide presentation, and structural constraints of the TCR-pMHC complex. These are essential for understanding binding specificity in actual immune repertoires.

      c) Overestimation of generalization: While performance drops on more distant LP structures, even these are structurally and statistically more similar to the training data than truly novel biological epitopes. Thus, the LP benchmark likely underestimates the true difficulty of out-of-distribution generalization in real-world TCR prediction tasks.

      d) Simplified biophysics: The LP simulations rely on coarse-grained energy models and empirical potentials that do not capture conformational dynamics, side-chain flexibility, or realistic binding energetics of TCR-peptide interfaces.

      In summary, while the LP benchmark helps isolate specific generalization behaviors and for sanity-checking model performance under controlled perturbations, its biological relevance is limited. The authors should explicitly frame these assumptions and limitations to prevent overinterpreting results from this synthetic system.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a method to address class imbalance in T cell receptor (TCR)-epitope binding datasets by generating synthetic positive binding examples using generative models, specifically BERT-based architectures and Restricted Boltzmann Machines (RBMs). They hypothesize that improving class balance can enhance model performance in predicting TCR-peptide binding.

      Strengths:

      (1) Interesting biological as well as technical topic.

      (2) Solid technical foundations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Fundamental Biological Oversight:

      While the computational strategy of augmenting positive samples via generative models is technically interesting, the manuscript falls short in addressing key biological considerations. Specifically, the authors simulate and evaluate only CDR3β-peptide binding interactions. However, antigen recognition by T cells involves both the α- and β-chains of the TCR. The omission of CDR3α undermines the biological realism and limits the generalizability of the findings.

      (2) Validation of Simulated Data:

      The central claim of the manuscript is that simulated positive examples improve predictive performance. However, there is no rigorous validation of the biological plausibility or realism of the generated TCR sequences. Without independent evaluation (e.g., testing whether synthetic TCR-peptide pairs are truly binding), it remains unclear whether the performance gains are biologically meaningful or merely reflect artifacts of the generation process.

      (3) Risk of Bias and Overfitting:

      Training and evaluating models with generated data introduces a risk of circularity and bias. The observed improvements may not reflect better generalization to real-world TCR-epitope interactions but could instead arise from overfitting to synthetic patterns. Additional testing on independent, biologically validated datasets would help clarify this point.

    3. Author response:

      We would like to thank editors and reviewers for their time spent on our work, fair assessments and constructive criticism. We plan to address their concerns in the future revision as follows, detailed by topic.

      (1) Limitations of focusing on CDR3β only

      In its current state, our work tested the proposed pipeline of data augmentation for binding prediction on benchmark datasets limited to peptide+CDR3β sequence pairs only. As pointed out by all the reviewers, the TCR-peptide interaction is more complex and involves also other regions of the receptor (such as the CDR3α chain) and the MHC presenting the peptide as well. To investigate how the inclusion of additional information impacts results, we plan to apply our pipeline in a setting where the generative protocol is extended to generate paired α and β. The supervised classifier will then receive a concatenation of α+β chains as inputs. We will compare the performance of this classifier with the one using β chains only, and add this analysis to the revised manuscript.

      (1) Validation of generated sequences and interpretation of the features learned by the generative model

      The reliability of the generative model in augmenting the training set with biologically sensible sequences is a crucial assumption of our approach, and we agree with the reviewers raising this as a main concern. Before stating our strategy to improve the soundness of the method, let us first point out a few aspects already considered in the present manuscript:

      • The test set of the classifier is always composed of real sequences: in this way, an increase in performance due to data augmentation cannot be due to overfitting to synthetic, possibly unrealistic, sequences.

      • The generative protocol is initialized from real sequences, and used to generate sequences not too far from them. In this respect, it could be taken as a way to “regularize” the simplest strategy of data augmentation, random oversampling (taking multiple copies of sequences at random to rebalance the data). This procedure avoids generating “wildly hallucinated” sequences with unreliable models. We will better quantify this statement (see below).

      • The training protocol is tailored to push the generative model towards learning binding features between peptide and CDR3β sequences (and not merely fitting their local statistics separately). For example, in the pan-specific setting, during training of the generative model on peptide+CDR3β sequences, the masked language modeling task is modified to force the model to recover the missing amino acid using only the other sequence context.

      We will better stress these points in the revised manuscript. To further validate the generative protocol in the future revision, we will carry out additional sanity checks on the generated data to confirm that the synthetic sequences remain biologically plausible and comparable to real ones.

      (1) Assessment of the performance of the pan-specific protocol for out-of-distribution data:

      To better clarify how the degradation in performance of a classifier tested on out-of-distribution data is impacted by the dissimilarity between test and training data distribution, we will improve the synthetic analysis currently reported in Table 1, adding confidence intervals for accuracy, quantifying thresholds on the distance for the method to work, providing t-SNE embeddings of in- and out-of distribution data.

      (2) Quantification of the threshold for the number of examples per class in order to train the generative model and obtain a performance increase

      In the paper, we adopted an operative common-sense threshold of at least 100 sequences per class in order to apply our data augmentation pipeline. We will quantify this effect testing this threshold in the revised manuscript, in order to (i) emphasize the limits of this two-step generative protocol in the low-data regime and to (ii) assess if the generative model falls back to a random oversampling strategy (due to strong overfitting) when few data are available for training.

      (3) Motivation for the use of RBMs:

      While RBMs have known limitations, their use in our pipeline (together with the more modern TCR-BERT, that we also test) is mainly motivated by the fact that they provide measurable increases in performance with data augmentation despite their simple 2-layer architecture. We stress that simpler generative (profile) models are unable to show this increase, see Appendix 3. In this respect, the RBM provides a minimal generative model allowing us to augment data successfully, and a lower bound to the increase of performance with respect to more complex architectures trained on more data. We will report this point of view in the text.

      (4) Clarification on the role of lattice proteins as an oversimplified toy model for protein interaction

      We agree with the points raised by Reviewer #2 on the limitations of lattice proteins as a model for protein interaction. Indeed, we used it merely as a toy model for phenomenology, a strategy whose validity has been fairly acknowledged by the reviewer. We will report in the main text all the drastic simplifications and reasons why the reader should take the comparison to real data with great care.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Guin et al. use a CRISPR KO screen of ~1000 candidates in two human cell lines, along with high-throughput image analysis, to demonstrate that orderly progression through mitosis shapes centromere organization. They identify ~50 genes that perturb centromere clustering when depleted in both RPE1 and HCT116 cells and validate many of these hits using RNAi. They then use auxin-mediated acute depletion of four factors (NCAPH2, KI67, SPC24, and NUF2) to demonstrate that their effects on centromere clustering require passage through mitosis. They further suggest that the lack of these factors during mitosis leads to the disorganization of centromeres on the mitotic spindle, and these effects persist in the subsequent interphase. Overall, the manuscript is clear, well-written, the experiments performed are appropriate, and the data are interpreted accurately. In my opinion, the main strength of this manuscript is the discovery of several hits associated with altered centromere organization. These hits will serve as a solid foundation for future work investigating genome organization in human cells. On the other hand, how the changes in centromere organization relate to other aspects of interphase genome architecture (A/B compartments, chromosome territories, etc) remains unclear and represents the main shortcoming of this manuscript.

      Comments:

      (1) Given the authors' suggestion that disorderly mitotic progression underlies the changes in centromere clustering in the subsequent interphase, I think it would be beneficial to showcase examples of disorderly mitosis in the AID samples and perhaps even quantify the misalignment on the metaphase plate.

      (2) I don't quite agree with the description that centromeres cluster into chromocenters (p4 para 2, p17 para 1, and other instances in the manuscript). To the best of my knowledge, chromocenters primarily consist of clustered pericentromeric heterochromatin, while the centromeres are studded on the chromocenter surface. This has been beautifully demonstrated in mouse cells (Guenatri et al., JCB, 2004), but it is true in other systems like flies and plants as well.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the Reviewers for their kind and constructive comments. We are happy to read that the reviewers found our study methodologically robust and comprehensive in addressing the metabolic heterogeneity of endothelial cells.

      Reviewer 1, comment 1: Image quality in sprouting assays - The images presented for the sprouting assays (e.g., Figure 4) are of suboptimal resolution and quality, making it difficult to evaluate the effects of the various compounds on EC behavior. Even under control conditions, clear sprout-like structures are not readily discernible. Improved image resolution-preferably through high-quality bright-field microscopy-and the inclusion of immunofluorescence images of labeled endothelial spheroids are recommended to enhance interpretability.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s concern and have revisited the sprouting assay images. Our approach is consistent with established methods in the field (Heiss et al., FASEB J, 2015), where brightfield imaging is routinely used for quantification without additional immunostaining. Hence, we believe that the brightfield images are of sufficient resolution to allow reproducible quantification of normalized total sprout length. All experiments were performed under identical imaging and analysis protocols, and thus we are confident that the quantification reflects true biological differences. We cite the reference in the revised manuscript and clarify it as well in the Methods section.

      Reviewer 1, comment 2: Validation of the quiescence model - The current approach to induce quiescence should be further substantiated. Beyond proliferation markers, additional hallmarks of quiescent cells-such as epigenetic signatures, protein quality control mechanisms, and translational activity-should be assessed to confirm that the EC subtypes achieve a bona fide resting state.

      Response: We acknowledge the value of proper phenotyping of quiescent cells. However, most studies involving quiescent (endothelial) cells rely on EdU incorporation or similar proliferation markers to confirm entry into a non-proliferative state (Kalucka et al., Cell Metabolism, 2018; Coloff et al., Cell Metabolism, 2016). In our study, we have used EdU staining and FACS analysis to establish cell cycle arrest. Moreover, we find clear proteomic patterns that support the case of a quiescent state. We have also demonstrated the reversibility of quiescence (see Suppl. Fig. 1c) via reseeding and proliferation recovery of all EC types, which is a defining functional hallmark of true quiescence. Together, the EdU, proteomic and reseeding/proliferation data provide strong evidence that our EC subtypes reach a physiologically quiescent, non-senescent state.

      Reviewer 1, comment 3: Reversibility of quiescence - It is important to demonstrate that the EC subtypes investigated can re-enter the cell cycle following release from contact inhibition. Without such evidence, the possibility remains that some of the observed metabolic features reflect a transition to senescence rather than reversible quiescence.

      Response: This is an excellent suggestion. We have included new data that shows that ECs regain proliferative capacity upon reseeding of quiescent ECs at lower confluency (Suppl. Fig. 1c). The results support the interpretation that the observed metabolic features reflect reversible quiescence rather than senescence.

      Reviewer 1, comment 4: Assessment of cell viability - While EC proliferation, migration, and sprouting were examined to infer functional roles of metabolic adaptations, analyses of cell viability and death are also necessary to evaluate potential homeostatic or survival-related functions of the observed metabolic changes.

      Response: We appreciate the Reviewer’s concern about cell viability in our experimental setup, and we agree that viability assessment is important. Using trypan blue staining and automated cell counting, we observed that >85% of ECs remained viable from day 1 through day 10 of the quiescence model and included these results in the manuscript (Suppl. Fig. 1b).

      Reviewer 1, comment 5: Validation of pharmacological findings - The pharmacological inhibition experiments are informative and constitute a central part of the study. However, given the possibility of off-target effects, key conclusions should be corroborated using alternative loss-of-function approaches, such as RNA interference (e.g., shRNA or siRNA).

      Response: We recognize the possibility of side effects for pharmacological inhibitors, but the inhibitors, including the ones that show the strongest different effects in HUVECs and iLECs (succinyl acetone and R162) in our study are well-established, selective inhibitors of glutamate dehydrogenase (Wang et al., Pharmacological Research, 2022) and δ-aminolevulinic acid dehydratase (Nauli et al., J Clin. Biochem. Nutr., 2023), respectively, and have not been reported to exhibit significant off-target activity in endothelial cells. Furthermore, the aim of our study was not to define specific mechanistic pathways, but to highlight phenotype-specific metabolic vulnerabilities in distinct endothelial states. Performing knockdown experiments would go beyond the scope and focus of this manuscript and introduce their own limitations, including off-target effects and, most importantly, timing mismatches relative to our long-term assays (e.g., sprouting assays assessed at day 3 versus transient RNAi effects lasting for only 1-2 days). We hope the Reviewer agrees that our current approach sufficiently supports the study’s conclusions.

      __Reviewer 2, comment 1: __it was not clear whether the authors worked with single donor endothelial cells or with mixed donors. This should be clarified as it is important for the statistical analyses (single donor based EC research typically uses n=4, while for the mixed donor, an n=3 is sufficient).

      Response: We thank Rreviewer 2 for highlighting that we did not include this information in the Methods section and we did so in the revised manuscript. HDBECs, HDLECs and iLECs are from single donors, HUVECs are from mixed donors. We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern about the power of statistical analyses, but we think that n=3 is sufficient with proper correction for statistical tests. Furthermore, previous in vitro studies with ECs are done with single donor cells and in biological triplicates (Wong et al., 2017; Kalucka et al., 2018; Simões-Faria et al., 2025 and more). Moreover, for sprouting assays, we have n > 3 for most conditions.

      Reviewer 2, comment 2: I would like to see a sentence on the importance of shear stress in EC behavior (metabolism) in the introduction. It was recently shown that the in vivo situation of ECs encountering wall shear stress (Faria et al, PMID: 39832080) affects the metabolic behavior switching to glutamine metabolism. This aligns with the research of the authors as well.

      Response: We thank Reviewer 2 for drawing our attention to this relevant and interesting study. We mention the study in the introduction and the discussion.

      Reviewer 2, comment 3: suggestion for the authors: it could be useful if a figure is introduced to show the "physiological" location of the 4 EC used and that a rationale is provided for this.

      Response: We have included this in Supplementary Figure 1 and in the text.

      Reviewer 2, comment 4: figures are of low quality, I found it very difficult to see the spheroid/sprouting images. This should be addressed in the final version prior publication.

      Response: The new version has higher quality sprouting images in figure 4 and 5. The images can also be found in high quality on BioStudies (Accession: S-BSST1716).

      Reviewer 2, comment 5: Fig 2 c: I'm not sure if this panel is very relevant, when looking into detail, opposite pathways are present (glycolysis - gluconeogenesis). As well, I'm not sure if galactose metabolism is truly relevant, unless the author managed to measure distinct hexose and hexose-phosphates? Given the flow injection analysis setup, I doubt this. Would suggest to move this to supplement or to simply leave it out.

      Response: The Reviewer is correct; the employed analytics cannot distinguish different hexoses and hexose-phosphates. We have moved figure 2c to supplementary figure 4c.

      Reviewer 2, comment 6: Fig 3 b: was there any statistics performed on these data to compare the different setups?

      Response: We performed statistical analyses on this data and included it in the figures and figure legends.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      By employing a proteomics and metabolomics approach the authors clarified the molecular landscape of 4 major EC types in quiescent and proliferating conditions. The study is extensive and adds novelty to the EC research

      Major comments:

      • it was not clear whether the authors worked with single donor endothelial cells or with mixed donors. This should be clarified as it is important for the statistical analyses (single donor based EC research typically uses n=4, while for the mixed donor, an n=3 is sufficient).
      • I would like to see a sentence on the importance of shear stress in EC behavior (metabolism) in the introduction. It was recently shown that the in vivo situation of ECs encountering wall shear stress (Faria et al, PMID: 39832080) affects the metabolic behavior switching to glutamine metabolism. This aligns with the research of the authors as well.
      • suggestion for the authors: it could be useful if a figure is introduced to show the "physiological" location of the 4 EC used and that a rationale is provided for this.
      • figures are of low quality, I found it very difficult to see the spheroid/sprouting images. This should be addressed in the final version prior publication.
      • Fig 2 c: I'm not sure if this panel is very relevant, when looking into detail, opposite pathways are present (glycolysis - gluconeogenesis). As well, I'm not sure if galactose metabolism is truly relevant, unless the author managed to measure distinct hexose and hexose-phosphates? Given the flow injection analysis setup, I doubt this. Would suggest to move this to supplement or to simply leave it out.
      • Fig 3 b: was there any statistics performed on these data to compare the different setups?

      Significance

      the study adds insights to the ongoing research on EC molecular behavior.

      using different types of ECs in both quiescent and proliferating mode, as well as the validation of pathways by introducing inhibitors combined with the sprouting assays is an asset.

      I would like to see stated the biological complexity of EC, it was recently shown that shear stress plays an important role in EC metabolism.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary: 
 The study by Durot and colleagues explores the metabolic heterogeneity of endothelial cells (ECs) across distinct subtypes (blood vs. lymphatic) and growth states (proliferating vs. quiescent). Through integrated proteomic and metabolomic analyses, the authors demonstrate that quiescent ECs are not metabolically inactive but instead undergo subtype-specific metabolic reprogramming. Functional perturbation of key metabolic pathways using chemical inhibitors results in differential phenotypic responses in blood versus lymphatic ECs. Collectively, the findings underscore a critical, context-dependent role of metabolism in maintaining EC function and highlight metabolic specialization as a fundamental feature of endothelial diversity.

      General Comments: 
 This manuscript presents a comprehensive and methodologically robust investigation into the metabolic diversity of cultured ECs. By combining proteomic and metabolomic approaches, the authors provide novel insights into the distinct metabolic profiles of blood and lymphatic ECs, and how these profiles shift as ECs transition from a proliferative to a quiescent state. The observation that quiescent ECs exhibit active metabolic reprogramming, rather than simply entering a dormant state, is particularly compelling and challenges existing models of cellular quiescence.

      The work is timely, well-written and addresses a significant gap in our understanding of endothelial metabolism. The integration of large-scale omics data with functional perturbation experiments strengthens the overall conclusions and enhances the impact of the study.

      Nevertheless, while the data are largely convincing, certain experimental aspects-particularly those related to the in vitro sprouting assays-require further validation to solidify the mechanistic interpretations. Additionally, some findings would benefit from further validation using alternative approaches (e.g., chemical perturbation studies).

      Specific Comments:

      1. Image quality in sprouting assays - The images presented for the sprouting assays (e.g., Figure 4) are of suboptimal resolution and quality, making it difficult to evaluate the effects of the various compounds on EC behavior. Even under control conditions, clear sprout-like structures are not readily discernible. Improved image resolution-preferably through high-quality bright-field microscopy-and the inclusion of immunofluorescence images of labeled endothelial spheroids are recommended to enhance interpretability.
      2. Validation of the quiescence model - The current approach to induce quiescence should be further substantiated. Beyond proliferation markers, additional hallmarks of quiescent cells-such as epigenetic signatures, protein quality control mechanisms, and translational activity-should be assessed to confirm that the EC subtypes achieve a bona fide resting state.
      3. Reversibility of quiescence - It is important to demonstrate that the EC subtypes investigated can re-enter the cell cycle following release from contact inhibition. Without such evidence, the possibility remains that some of the observed metabolic features reflect a transition to senescence rather than reversible quiescence.
      4. Assessment of cell viability - While EC proliferation, migration, and sprouting were examined to infer functional roles of metabolic adaptations, analyses of cell viability and death are also necessary to evaluate potential homeostatic or survival-related functions of the observed metabolic changes.
      5. Validation of pharmacological findings - The pharmacological inhibition experiments are informative and constitute a central part of the study. However, given the possibility of off-target effects, key conclusions should be corroborated using alternative loss-of-function approaches, such as RNA interference (e.g., shRNA or siRNA).

      Significance

      In summary, this manuscript makes a substantial contribution to the field and is likely to stimulate further research into endothelial metabolic regulation. With additional experimental validation, the study has the potential to serve as a reference in both vascular and metabolic research.

    1. they may have abandoned and burned their settlements every sixty to eighty years; possibly to prevent disease buildup, soil exhaustion, or inequality.

      I feel it would be a pain to have to burn your villages of 10,000 people in order to avoid other consequences.

    2. The pyramid contains about 2.3 million stone blocks averaging 5,000 pounds each

      That is insane they were able to move all of that with the technology they had. And getting it done in only 12 years is impressive.

    3. Annual floods brought both moisture and rich silt soil to a narrow band along the river's banks

      I've never heard flooding be talked about in a positive light. However, I would imagine it takes a load off of people when you don't have to worry about irrigation.

    4. While there is no clear evidence of palaces, kings, or warfare, Caral had monuments and sunken plazas that seem to have been used for community rituals. Coordinated projects such as the building of extensive irrigation systems

      I think it is really interesting how this place had no signs of kings or rulers. That means that potentially there were leaders of some sort, but more importantly everyone worked as a community. I feel like this probably wasn't as common back then. There were also things like mutilated bodies and warfare items that were not found, suggesting there might not have been much violence like that.

    5. As in Uruk, families responsible for storing grain accumulated social power, although they lessened the sting of the inequality by brewing beer and baking bread for the people.

      I kind of just find it crazy how the "inequality" can be changed by brewed beer and bread. It's similar nowadays where providing services or goods to the community could also change or lessen the feeling of inequality.

    6. These are defined as effects that are not the main point of the economic activity, and are typically NOT reflected in prices or other economic measures.

      It's interesting how economic changes and innovations can lead to non-economic results. I think you would also be able to do non-economic things like cleaning up their yard. This makes the whole block look better, possibly upping the property values.

    7. So once again, we need to be as specific as we can in defining the costs and benefits, and evaluating the trade-offs that came from these changes.

      The more people in a particular region, the more items will begin to cost and the benefits more items. The more costs the more people will struggle to get items and do the trades.

    1. Indus Valley people developed a multi-cropping system that allowed them to plant wheat and barley in the winter and millet, rice, and legumes in summer

      It's impressive they were able to develop their own system for crops that would allow for food to be grown during all seasons.

    1. Course Learning Objectives: Upon the successful completion of this course students will:1. Analyze and practically implement the current communication theories associated withmanaging information in public organizations.2. Interact with media representatives in order to effectively represent their organization andprovide information to the public.3. Develop and identify the components of an effective crisis communication response

      I find it interesting that this course emphasizes both interacting with media and developing crisis communication strategies. I wonder, for students who may not have prior experience with media, are there specific exercises early on to build confidence in public speaking or press interactions? It seems like this could be an area where many students might initially struggle, but it’s essential for applying communication theory in real-world situations.

    1. influences our realities, but even people who speak the same language experience cultural differences because of their various intersecting cultural identities and personal experiences. We have a tendency to view our language as a whole more favorably than other languages.

      I see a lot of people who have strong biases towards their own language and cultures. When you understand something and have grow up with it your entire life, you are much more bias to that unlike something that is different. I know since I only know English, I get flustered when others speak in different languages because I cannot understand them.

    1. The level of clarity with which we speak varies depending on whom we talk to, the situation we’re in, and our own intentions and motives. We sometimes make a deliberate effort to speak as clearly as possible.

      This is true. When I speak to my friends casually I tend to not annunciate my words as well. But when I am speaking to new people or trying to get an important message across, I will speak much more clearly hoping that they understand what I am saying. If I want something, I tend to speak differently to try and higher my chances or actually obtaining it.

    1. Expressing feelings can be uncomfortable for those listening. Some people are generally not good at or comfortable with receiving and processing other people’s feelings. Even those with good empathetic listening skills can be positively or negatively affected by others’ emotions.

      My dad is a very empathetic person, so talking to him about certain things is sometimes very difficult. If I am ever upset, he will instantly take on my role of sadness because he doesn't like it when I am sad. Or sometimes if I should feelings of sadness and he just wants to fix the issues, he gets grumpy.

    1. encoding and decoding, that meaning is generated as sensory information is interpreted. The indirect and sometimes complicated relationship between language and meaning can lead to confusion, frustration, or even humor.

      With communication, sometimes the message I try to give is misinterpreted by the other person. There has been times where I say one word or phrase, and my friend will completely misunderstand and think that I just said something completely different. And it only gets harder over text, at least in person I can see then speak and ask more questions but in text there is even typos and that makes it even worse.

    2. For example, the word calculate comes from the Latin word calculus, which means “pebble.” But what does a pebble have to do with calculations? Pebbles were used, very long ago, to calculate things before we developed verbal or written numbering

      I like how this relates to tally marks too, how we use each line to represent one, then group them in five

    3. Definitions help us narrow the meaning of particular symbols, which also narrows a symbol’s possible referents. They also provide more words (symbols) for which we must determine a referent. If a concept is abstract and the words used to define it are also abstract, then a definition may be useless. Have you ever been caught in a verbal maze as you look up an unfamiliar word, only to find that the definition contains more unfamiliar words? Although this can be frustrating, definitions do serve a purpose.

      Slang is hard to describe sometimes if a person is unfamiliar with it, as well as if it's a word well known that people are so familiar with that we don't know how to define it because it's used so often to define things

    1. Slavery, of course, continued in the United States until the North’s victory in the Civil War ended it. African Americans outside the South were not slaves but were still victims of racial prejudice.

      Even after the Civil War put a stop to slavery, African Americans were still slandered, stereotyped, and attacked. The saying "The more things change, the more they stay the same" applies to this.

    2. white mobs attacked African Americans in several cities, with at least seven antiblack riots occurring in 1919 that left dozens dead.

      During the 19th century mob violence that occurred in US cities, prominently white mobs would attack and target African Americans due to their skin color being "something less than human"

    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00][^1^][1] - [00:35:42][^2^][2] :

      Cette vidéo est une conférence de Jean-Philippe Lachaux, directeur de recherche à l'INSERM et spécialiste du système attentionnel, sur l'attention et la concentration à l'école. Il présente les principes de base de l'attention, ses enjeux pour l'apprentissage, et les moyens de la développer chez les élèves. Il propose également des exemples d'activités et de programmes d'éducation de l'attention, comme Atol et Adolesc.

      Points forts : + [00:01:13][^3^][3] L'attention est sélective et limitée * Elle permet de choisir ce qui est important parmi les informations disponibles * Elle nécessite d'identifier la cible de son attention et de s'y connecter activement * Elle peut être perturbée par des distracteurs internes ou externes + [00:10:10][^4^][4] La concentration est différente de l'attention * Elle implique une intention claire et une seule à la fois * Elle demande de coupler la perception et l'action * Elle peut être facilitée par des stratégies mentales adaptées + [00:21:00][^5^][5] L'attention s'apprend et se développe * Elle peut être entraînée par des exercices spécifiques * Elle peut être renforcée par des habitudes de vie saines * Elle peut être stimulée par des situations pédagogiques variées et motivantes + [00:29:00][^6^][6] L'attention est au cœur de l'apprentissage * Elle permet de se connecter à son objet d'étude et d'en extraire le sens * Elle favorise la mémorisation et la compréhension * Elle contribue à la motivation et à la confiance en soi

    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00][^1^][1] - [00:07:06][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo explique comment améliorer l'apprentissage en utilisant des stratégies d'étude efficaces, en mettant l'accent sur la récupération en mémoire plutôt que sur la relecture passive.

      Points forts: + [00:00:00][^3^][3] Importance de la récupération en mémoire * Active les neurones * Renforce les connaissances + [00:01:22][^4^][4] Stratégies d'étude courantes * Lecture et relecture dominent * Peu utilisent la récupération en mémoire + [00:02:09][^5^][5] Inefficacité de la relecture * Stratégie la moins efficace * La récupération en mémoire est préférable + [00:04:00][^6^][6] Méthodes de récupération en mémoire * Poser des questions * Utiliser des fiches d'études * Refaire des problèmes + [00:05:29][^7^][7] Reformulation des contenus * Aide à la récupération en mémoire * Intégrer dans l'étude régulière

    1. Document de Synthèse : Effets d'Espacement et de Répétition dans l'Apprentissage

      Introduction

      Ce document de synthèse présente les principaux thèmes, idées et faits clés issus de la conférence "Effets d’espacement et de répétition".

      L'objectif est de définir l'apprentissage d'un point de vue édimétrique, d'explorer les effets liés à l'espacement et la répétition, et de proposer des applications concrètes pour optimiser l'enseignement.

      1. Définition Édimétrique de l'Apprentissage

      L'apprentissage est souvent mal évalué en milieu scolaire, où l'on se concentre davantage sur la performance que sur l'apprentissage lui-même.

      La psychométrie mesure des choses de manière rigoureuse, tandis que l'édimétrie, concept plus récent (première mention en français en 1988), est

      "l'étude quantitative des variables relatives aux apprentissages justement suscités par l'éducation."

      Pour observer minimalement un apprentissage d'un point de vue édimétrique, trois éléments sont nécessaires :

      • Une première observation.
      • Une activité positive visant l'apprentissage.
      • Une seconde observation.

      Cette nécessité d'une seconde observation implique que "la notion d’apprentissage est donc pratiquement indissociable de la notion de répétition."

      En effet, l'apprentissage n'est utile que si une situation identique ou équivalente se présente à nouveau dans le futur, ce qui constitue la motivation fondamentale de l'apprentissage.

      L'apprentissage peut être vu comme "une réaction adaptative à la répétition," permettant de s'adapter à son milieu.

      2. Les Effets Clés de l'Espacement et de la Répétition

      Plusieurs effets ont été identifiés par la recherche :

      2.1. Effet de l'Entraînement

      "Plus on s'entraîne, plus on réussit" et "plus on réussit rapidement."

      Cet effet est constaté dans diverses tâches, de l'apprentissage du piano à la lecture d'un nouvel alphabet ou la résolution de preuves en géométrie.

      La courbe de performance (temps pour effectuer une tâche) diminue avec l'entraînement, tandis que la courbe d'apprentissage (taux de réussite) augmente, prenant souvent une forme sigmoïdale avec des paliers aux extrémités (0% et 100%).

      2.2. Rétention (Courbe de l'Oubli)

      "Après un premier entraînement, plus le temps passe et moins on réussit."

      Cette observation, étudiée dès les années 1800, montre que la performance diminue avec le temps si l'apprentissage n'est pas réactivé.

      La forme exacte de cette courbe est toujours un sujet de recherche.

      2.3. Effet d'Espacement

      L'espacement des entraînements a un impact significatif :

      • Activation Cérébrale : Le cerveau est "plus activé lorsque les périodes sont espacées."

      Des recherches en neurosciences montrent que des entraînements massés (regroupés) peuvent entraîner une saturation de l'activité cérébrale, tandis que des entraînements espacés maintiennent une activité régulière et productive.

      • Mémoire à Long Terme : Des entraînements trop rapprochés sollicitent davantage la mémoire de travail (mémoire à court terme) plutôt que la mémoire à long terme, ce qui réduit l'efficacité de l'apprentissage durable.

      • Rôle du Sommeil : Le sommeil est un facteur important.

      Il peut "consolider l'apprentissage en réactivant les mêmes réseaux de neurones."

      Des expériences ont montré que des stimuli sonores pendant le sommeil peuvent renforcer l'apprentissage d'une tâche, et même sans stimuli, le simple fait de dormir entre deux périodes d'étude améliore la rétention à long terme.

      • Mécanismes Cellulaires et Moléculaires : Le renforcement des connexions synaptiques (l'apprentissage au niveau cellulaire) "demande du temps."

      Il existe différents mécanismes qui se déroulent sur des échelles de temps variées (secondes, minutes, heures, jours), ce qui limite l'efficacité d'entraînements trop rapprochés.

      2.4. Espacement Optimal

      "Il existe un espacement optimal" pour l'apprentissage, qui n'est "ni trop court ni trop long."

      Cet espacement optimal est souvent progressif, augmentant avec le temps. Les recherches montrent que l'utilisation de séquences d'espacement optimales peut "produire jusqu'à 150% plus d'apprentissage."

      L'espacement optimal dépend du délai jusqu'au test final, mais une proportion courante est de 10% à 30% du délai total (par exemple, pour un test dans 10 jours, un espacement d'un jour serait optimal ; pour un test dans 168 jours, 28 jours).

      Cet effet est généralisable à différents âges, sujets (vocabulaire, histoire, sciences, etc.) et types d'apprentissage (simples ou complexes), et même chez les animaux, suggérant un mécanisme fondamental du fonctionnement cérébral.

      2.5. Séquences Progressives d'Espacement

      "Les séquences progressives d'espacement semblent préférables."

      Plutôt que des intervalles réguliers, espacer progressivement les entraînements (par exemple, 1 jour, 4 jours, 9 jours, 16 jours – correspondant aux carrés des nombres naturels) permet non seulement de maintenir la performance au-dessus d'un seuil désiré à long terme, mais aussi de faire vivre aux apprenants "plus de succès" tout au long du chemin, renforçant leur sentiment de compétence.

      3. Applications Pédagogiques

      Les connaissances sur l'espacement et la répétition offrent des pistes concrètes pour améliorer les pratiques éducatives :

      3.1. Maintenir la Performance au-dessus d'un Seuil

      En espaçant progressivement les entraînements selon une règle (par exemple, les nombres carrés), il est possible de garantir que la performance des élèves reste au-dessus d'un seuil de réussite prédéfini sur une longue période.

      Cela permet d'introduire de nouveaux contenus sans sacrifier la rétention des précédents.

      3.2. Espacement Régulier pour Augmenter la Réussite

      Un espacement régulier peut être utilisé pour augmenter le taux de réussite jusqu'à un niveau désiré, avant de passer à un espacement progressif pour maintenir cette performance.

      3.3. Planification des Séquences Conceptuelles

      Il est crucial de "planifier les séquences conceptuelles" en tenant compte de l'espacement.

      Cela signifie organiser le contenu non pas en blocs isolés, mais en intégrant des rappels et des réactivations des notions antérieures.

      Rappels Réguliers : Intégrer des moments de révision au début des cours, en rappelant non seulement ce qui a été vu la veille, mais aussi des notions plus anciennes.

      Manuels Scolaires : Privilégier des manuels qui intègrent des retours sur les chapitres précédents plutôt que des chapitres distincts et isolés.

      Séquençage au niveau Ministériel : À terme, il serait bénéfique de "scénariser des séquences scolaires" au niveau systémique pour optimiser l'apprentissage.

      3.4. Éviter les Cours Intensifs

      Les cours intensifs produisent une bonne performance temporaire mais ne favorisent pas l'apprentissage à long terme. "Éviter les cours intensifs" est recommandé pour des objectifs d'apprentissage durable.

      3.5. Comparaison Massé vs. Espacé

      "L'idée de travailler avec un espacement qui est plus grand produit un effet plus grand à long terme."

      Un étudiant qui "bourre" son crâne juste avant un examen peut réussir, mais sa rétention à long terme sera bien inférieure à celle d'un étudiant qui a étudié la même quantité de matière de manière espacée.

      3.6. Stratégies Générales pour l'Apprentissage Durable

      Utiliser les Expériences des Élèves : Rendre l'apprentissage pertinent en se référant aux expériences passées des élèves, faisant en sorte que le nouveau contenu apparaisse comme la suite de quelque chose et non comme une nouveauté isolée.

      Contextes Pertinents et Authentiques : Choisir des contextes d'apprentissage qui ressemblent à ce que les élèves utiliseront ou ont déjà utilisé, renforçant la motivation intrinsèque et la perception de l'utilité future.

      Varier les Contextes et Situations : Exposer les élèves à des contextes variés élargit l'apprentissage et leur permet de mieux cerner les invariants conceptuels.

      Entremêler les Éléments (Interleaving) : Plutôt que d'étudier un sujet à la fois de manière exhaustive (par exemple, toute la géométrie, puis tout le numérique), entremêler les sujets permet d'augmenter l'espacement entre les révisions de chaque sujet et développe des "habiletés de plus haut niveau" en obligeant les élèves à choisir la bonne stratégie.

      Devoirs pour la Réactivation : Utiliser les devoirs comme une occasion de "réactiver les choses" déjà apprises, plutôt que d'introduire de nouvelles notions complexes. Le but est un "exercice qui est positif."

      Examens Cumulatifs : Bien que source de pression, les examens cumulatifs forcent la révision des notions antérieures, contribuant à un apprentissage plus durable.

      Nommer et Structurer : Donner des noms spécifiques aux catégories, regroupements ou étapes d'une méthode permet de créer un "pouvoir d'évocation" qui facilite la réactivation rapide et l'accès à l'information.

      Conclusion

      La conférence souligne l'importance capitale de la répétition et de l'espacement pour un apprentissage efficace et durable.

      En comprenant les mécanismes sous-jacents (activation cérébrale, consolidation synaptique, rôle du sommeil) et en appliquant des stratégies d'espacement progressif et d'entremêlement des contenus, les éducateurs peuvent significativement améliorer la rétention à long terme et la réussite de leurs élèves.

      La clé réside dans une planification consciente et systématique des interventions pédagogiques, transformant la répétition en un levier puissant d'apprentissage.

    2. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:05][^1^][1] - [00:20:13][^2^][2]:

      La vidéo présente une conférence sur l'association pour la recherche en neuroéducation, mettant l'accent sur l'importance de l'espacement et de la répétition dans l'apprentissage. Elle explore les effets de l'espacement sur le cerveau et la rétention, et propose des applications pratiques pour améliorer l'efficacité de l'apprentissage.

      Points forts: + [00:00:17][^3^][3] Introduction de la conférence * Importance de petits changements + [00:01:27][^4^][4] Définition de l'apprentissage * Apprentissage comme adaptation + [00:03:09][^5^][5] Effets de l'entraînement * Plus d'entraînement, meilleure réussite + [00:11:00][^6^][6] Effets de la rétention * Diminution de la performance avec le temps + [00:17:19][^7^][7] Effet d'espacement sur le cerveau * Plus d'activité cérébrale avec espacement + [00:19:41][^8^][8] Applications pratiques * Recommandations pour l'espacement dans l'éducation Résumé de la vidéo [00:20:15][^1^][1] - [00:42:16][^2^][2]:

      La vidéo présente une conférence sur l'optimisation de l'apprentissage en neuroéducation. Elle aborde les effets de l'espacement des séances d'étude, le rôle du sommeil dans la consolidation de l'apprentissage, et propose des stratégies pour améliorer l'efficacité éducative.

      Points forts: + [00:20:15][^3^][3] L'espacement optimal * Importance de l'espacement * Impact sur l'activité cérébrale + [00:21:55][^4^][4] Le sommeil et l'apprentissage * Le sommeil consolide l'apprentissage * Réactivation des réseaux de neurones + [00:31:00][^5^][5] Mesure de l'espacement * Identification de l'espacement idéal * Influence sur la rétention à long terme + [00:36:54][^6^][6] Application en contexte éducatif * Adaptation des horaires scolaires * Optimisation de l'apprentissage Résumé de la vidéo [00:42:18][^1^][1] - [01:03:08][^2^][2]:

      La vidéo présente une conférence sur l'application des principes de neuroéducation dans l'enseignement, en mettant l'accent sur l'espacement progressif des séances d'apprentissage pour améliorer la rétention à long terme.

      Points forts: + [00:42:18][^3^][3] L'importance de l'espacement * L'espacement progressif favorise le succès en cours d'apprentissage + [00:45:00][^4^][4] Les séquences optimales * Des séquences d'apprentissage bien planifiées améliorent la rétention + [00:47:24][^5^][5] Maintenir la performance * Garder la performance au-dessus d'un seuil défini pour assurer le succès + [00:49:03][^6^][6] Planification des séquences * Utiliser des modèles pour espacer les séances et maintenir la rétention + [00:52:05][^7^][7] Éviter les cours intensifs * Les cours intensifs ne favorisent pas l'apprentissage à long terme + [00:57:00][^8^][8] Varier les contextes * Varier les contextes d'apprentissage pour créer des classes plus générales Résumé de la vidéo [01:03:11][^1^][1] - [01:05:26][^2^][2]:

      La partie 4 de la vidéo aborde l'utilisation des devoirs comme moyen d'apprentissage positif, en soulignant l'importance de nommer et de systématiser les méthodes d'enseignement pour faciliter la rétention et l'évocation des informations par les étudiants.

      Points forts: + [01:03:11][^3^][3] Les devoirs comme outil d'apprentissage * Vue comme une chance d'apprendre + [01:03:22][^4^][4] L'importance de la systématisation * Créer des catégories et les nommer * Utiliser ces noms systématiquement + [01:03:49][^5^][5] L'évocation par un seul mot * Évoque toute la situation * Aide les étudiants à se rappeler + [01:04:00][^6^][6] L'impact de la méthode d'enseignement * Les étudiants se souviennent des étapes * Ils entendent la voix de l'enseignant + [01:04:45][^7^][7] La révision progressive * Produit un effet à long terme * Favorise un apprentissage durable

    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00]¹[1] - [00:21:10]²[2]:

      La vidéo présente une discussion sur l'utilisation de la pensée visuelle pour améliorer l'autonomie des élèves et l'efficacité de l'enseignement. Jean-Luc Berthier et Sarah Jaoban expliquent comment la pensée visuelle peut être un outil puissant pour structurer les informations, résoudre des problèmes créatifs et renforcer la mémorisation chez les élèves.

      Points forts: + [00:00:15]³[3] Introduction à la pensée visuelle * Importance de la pensée visuelle dans l'éducation * Impact sur l'attention et la compréhension des élèves * Utilisation pour représenter des concepts complexes de manière simple + [00:07:00]⁴[4] Application pratique en classe * Gestion de l'hétérogénéité des élèves * Utilisation de la pensée visuelle pour différencier l'enseignement * Création d'un "buffet pédagogique" pour répondre aux besoins variés + [00:14:19]⁵[5] Avantages cognitifs de la pensée visuelle * Activation de la mémoire visuelle et de la compréhension spatiale * Amélioration de la rétention et de la compréhension des informations * Utilisation de métaphores visuelles pour ancrer les connaissances + [00:19:00]⁶[6] Démystification des idées fausses * Clarification des malentendus sur la pensée visuelle * Importance sérieuse de la pensée visuelle dans l'apprentissage * Distinction entre l'utilisation ludique et fonctionnelle de la pensée visuelle

      Source : conversation avec Bing, 17/03/2024 (1) undefined. https://www.education.gouv.fr/education-la-sexualite-en-milieu-scolaire-341103. (2) undefined. https://soseducation.org/docs/notes-etudes-entretiens-tribunes/education-a-la-sexualite-danger-ou-prevention-final.pdf. (3) undefined. https://www.planning-familial.org/sites/default/files/2023-11/LIVRE_BLANC_WEB.pdf. (4) undefined. https://www. Résumé de la vidéo [00:21:12][^1^][1] - [00:41:19][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo, présentée par Jean-Luc Berthier, explore comment construire l'autonomie des élèves en utilisant les sciences cognitives à travers la technique de la "Cogni'classe". Il discute de l'importance de la pensée visuelle dans l'éducation, en particulier comment les sketchnotes (notes visuelles) peuvent améliorer la mémorisation et la compréhension des élèves.

      Points forts: + [00:21:12][^3^][3] L'art de la sketchnote * Importance de la simplicité et de la fonctionnalité * Pas besoin d'être artiste pour créer des sketchnotes efficaces * L'objectif est d'organiser et de retenir l'information, pas de produire une œuvre d'art + [00:23:58][^4^][4] Les six usages quotidiens de la sketchnote * Préparation de la classe et des cours * Création de supports pédagogiques visuels * Animation de groupes et communication d'idées + [00:32:01][^5^][5] Les six dimensions à maîtriser * Maîtrise de la ligne, des formes, de l'espace, de la synthèse, du temps et du style * Importance de la rapidité et de la clarté pour l'application en classe + [00:39:55][^6^][6] Développer son propre style de sketchnote * Créer une charte graphique personnelle pour faciliter la création de sketchnotes * Utiliser des couleurs et des hiérarchies pour organiser l'information visuellement Résumé de la vidéo [00:41:21][^1^][1] - [00:49:54][^2^][2]: La partie 3 de la vidéo aborde la construction de l'autonomie des élèves à travers les sciences cognitives. Jean-Luc Berthier discute de l'importance de la cohérence dans les supports pédagogiques et de l'impact de la liberté pédagogique sur l'attention des élèves. Il souligne les défis rencontrés par les enseignants et présente l'Université du kif pédagogique, une plateforme conçue pour fournir des outils et un accompagnement aux professeurs souhaitant intégrer des méthodes d'enseignement innovantes et efficaces.

      Points forts: + [00:41:21][^3^][3] Cohérence des supports pédagogiques * Importance de la charte graphique uniforme * Facilitation de la compréhension des consignes * Impact sur l'attention des élèves, notamment ceux avec des troubles d'apprentissage + [00:43:58][^4^][4] L'Université du kif pédagogique * Créée pour accompagner les enseignants * Propose des outils pour une pédagogie différenciée * Offre un espace d'échange et de soutien entre collègues + [00:47:38][^5^][5] Atelier d'initiation à la pensée visuelle * Présentation d'un atelier pour créer des supports visuels * Jeux et défis pour développer son propre style * Techniques pour améliorer la mémorisation et l'entrée dans la tâche

    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00][^1^][1] - [00:04:28][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo présente des conseils sur l'apprentissage et l'éducation des enfants, en mettant l'accent sur l'importance de l'attention, de l'environnement enrichi, du sommeil et de la répétition. Elle souligne l'impact de la parole des parents et des activités stimulantes sur le développement cognitif des enfants.

      Points forts: + [00:00:00][^3^][3] L'importance de l'attention * Apprendre à se concentrer est crucial * Utiliser la tension exécutive pour sélectionner les pensées * La pratique quotidienne est essentielle + [00:01:00][^4^][4] Enrichir l'environnement cognitif * Le cerveau de l'enfant est une machine à apprendre * Utiliser un vocabulaire élevé et parler aux enfants * Fournir des jouets et des défis stimulants + [00:02:15][^5^][5] Encourager la curiosité naturelle * Les enfants explorent ce qu'ils peuvent apprendre * Éviter les sujets trop difficiles ou déjà connus * Le sommeil consolide les apprentissages + [00:03:08][^6^][6] Techniques d'enseignement efficaces * Captiver et canaliser l'attention des enfants * Alterner enseignement et mise à l'épreuve * Accepter les erreurs comme partie de l'apprentissage

    1. Voici les techniques d'étude efficaces expliquées dans la vidéo avec leurs timestamps :

      • Chunking [00:00:00][^1^][1] : Diviser les informations en morceaux gérables.
      • Mnémoniques [00:00:28][^2^][2] : Aides mémoire pour se souvenir des informations.
      • Visualisation [00:01:01][^3^][3] : Créer des images mentales de l'information étudiée.
      • Mind Mapping [00:01:27][^4^][4] : Organiser visuellement l'information autour d'une idée centrale.
      • Active Recall [00:02:00][^5^][5] : Se tester sur ce qu'on a appris.
      • Practice Tests [00:02:30][^6^][6] : Prendre des tests pratiques pour se préparer aux examens.
      • Pomodoro Technique [00:02:57][^7^][7] : Méthode de gestion du temps avec des sessions de 25 minutes.
      • SQ3R [00:03:23][^8^][8] : Méthode de lecture structurée (Survey, Question, Read, Recite, Review).
      • Dual Coding [00:03:55][^9^][9] : Combiner mots et visuels pour mieux apprendre.
      • Self-Explanation [00:04:18][^10^][10] : Expliquer le matériel à soi-même dans ses propres mots.
      • Retrieval Practice [00:04:40][^11^][11] : Pratique de récupération active de l'information.
      • Elaborative Interrogation [00:05:07][^12^][12] : Se poser des questions approfondies sur le matériel.
      • Spaced Repetition [00:05:32][^13^][13] : Étaler les sessions d'étude dans le temps.
      • Interleaved Practice [00:06:04][^14^][14] : Mélanger différents sujets pendant l'étude.
      • Feynman Technique [00:06:32][^15^][15] : Enseigner ce qu'on a appris à quelqu'un d'autre.

      Ces techniques sont conçues pour améliorer la rétention et la compréhension des informations étudiées.

      Timestamps : 00:00 - Chunking 00:20 - Mnemonics 01:01 - Visualization 01:28 - Mind Mapping 02:01 - Active Recall 02:29 - Practice Testing 02:54 - Pomodoro Technique 03:20 - SQ3R 03:53 - Dual Coding 04:17 - Self-Explanation 04:40 - Retrieval Practice 05:06 - Elaborative Interrogation 05:31 - Spaced Repetition 06:04 - Interleaved Practice 06:31 - Feynman Technique

    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:01][^1^][1] - [00:22:42][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo présente des méthodes efficaces pour aider les enfants à apprendre et à se mettre au travail. Elle explique l'importance de se tester et d'espacer les révisions dans le temps pour une meilleure mémorisation et rétention à long terme.

      Points forts: + [00:00:30][^3^][3] Introduction au sujet * Importance d'apprendre à apprendre * Difficultés rencontrées par les enfants et les parents * Objectif de partager des conseils utiles + [00:01:36][^4^][4] Les méthodes d'apprentissage dans les programmes scolaires * Présence dans les programmes depuis 2016 * Manque de mise en pratique dans les salles de classe * Nécessité de transmettre ces compétences aux enseignants, parents et enfants + [00:03:24][^5^][5] Techniques d'apprentissage efficaces selon la recherche * Se tester et étaler les révisions dans le temps * Alternance des contenus et élaboration sur les apprentissages * Inefficacité de méthodes courantes comme surligner ou relire plusieurs fois + [00:07:44][^6^][6] Planification des révisions pour les examens * Comparaison entre apprentissage massé et distribué * Meilleure rétention à long terme avec des révisions espacées * Adaptation du calendrier de révision en fonction des objectifs d'apprentissage + [00:12:25][^7^][7] Messages clés pour les parents et les enfants * Importance de la récupération active en mémoire * Espacement des séances de révision pour un apprentissage à long terme * Utilisation de méthodes génératives et élaboratives pour renforcer la compréhension + [00:18:34][^8^][8] Aider les enfants à se mettre au travail * Mise en place d'une routine après l'école * Utilisation des récompenses plutôt que des punitions * Automatisation des comportements souhaités par la répétition et la récompense

      Résumé de la vidéo [00:19:00][^1^][1] - [00:22:42][^2^][2]:

      La vidéo aborde des stratégies pour aider les enfants à apprendre plus efficacement et à établir des routines pour les devoirs. Elle souligne l'importance de se tester et d'espacer les révisions dans le temps pour une meilleure mémorisation à long terme. Des méthodes comportementales pour encourager les bonnes habitudes chez les enfants sont également discutées.

      Points forts: + [00:19:00][^3^][3] Établir des routines pour les devoirs * Importance de commencer les devoirs juste après le goûter * Éviter de jouer avant les devoirs pour ne pas perturber la routine * Utiliser des récompenses pour encourager la bonne routine + [00:20:00][^4^][4] Utiliser des méthodes comportementales * Les punitions sont inefficaces et n'enseignent pas les bons comportements * Se concentrer sur les comportements souhaités et les récompenser * Renforcer positivement les bonnes habitudes jusqu'à ce qu'elles deviennent automatiques + [00:21:00][^5^][5] Transition vers l'autonomie * Passer progressivement de l'accompagnement à l'autonomie dans les devoirs * Rappeler à l'enfant la routine jusqu'à ce qu'il l'adopte de lui-même * L'objectif est d'automatiser le comportement souhaité + [00:22:00][^6^][6] Ressources supplémentaires * Présentation de livres et de blogs pour approfondir les techniques d'apprentissage * Suggestions de lectures pour mieux comprendre la gestion des comportements et l'apprentissage

    1. Briefing : Comprendre et Agir Face à l'Échec Scolaire : L'Approche par le "Point Nodal"

      Ce document de briefing synthétise les idées clés et les méthodologies présentées dans l'entretien "Échec scolaire : qu’est-ce qui empêche certains de réussir ?".

      Il met en lumière une approche solutionniste et systémique de la difficulté scolaire, rompant avec la focalisation exclusive sur les diagnostics de troubles et le rattrapage.

      1. Rejet de la Focalisation Exclusive sur la Cause et le Diagnostic

      L'expert, enseignant-chercheur et spécialiste de l'échec scolaire, met en garde contre la recherche prolongée des causes de la difficulté scolaire et une dépendance excessive aux diagnostics de troubles.

      • Approche solutionniste : Plutôt que de s'attarder sur les causes, l'accent doit être mis sur l'évaluation des besoins et des difficultés de l'élève pour "rapidement tendre vers des solutions possibles". La question "est-il crucial de trouver la cause de la difficulté scolaire ?" est jugée "plutôt faux" car elle peut immobiliser l'action.

      • Danger du sur-diagnostic : Il existe un "réel danger" à se reposer uniquement sur un diagnostic. Bien qu'il fournisse "un élément d'information", il ne doit pas être une fin en soi ni une "excuse". Le diagnostic, comme la dyslexie, peut même conduire l'élève à se "réfugier derrière l'étiquette", justifiant un abaissement des exigences et un décrochage.

      • Approche globale vs. "médicale" : L'expert prône une approche "un peu plus globale", critiquant la tendance à vouloir "identifier la maladie et puis avoir automatiquement le traitement".

      Les enseignants de classe régulière, n'étant pas des experts des troubles, ne devraient pas être exclus de l'aide aux élèves en difficulté.

      2. Le Principe d'Éducabilité et la Responsabilité de l'École

      Un principe fondamental est réaffirmé : "il y a toujours une solution pour aider un élève en difficulté, il faut chercher".

      Ce postulat, qualifié d' "absolument vrai, 100 % vrai", repose sur le "principe d'éducabilité".

      L'échec scolaire est l'échec de l'école : L'expert insiste sur la responsabilité de l'institution scolaire : "l'échec est scolaire donc c'est l'école qui crée de l'échec donc nécessairement l'école a des solutions par rapport à cet échec puisque c'est l'école qui crée de l'échec".

      Cette perspective vise à redonner du "pouvoir d'action" aux enseignants.

      Le rôle de la pédagogie : La plupart des situations (95 à 98%) relèvent du domaine pédagogique :

      "l'élève est en échec parce qu'il est en échec dans l'apprendre et et la question de l'apprendre c'est une question éminemment pédagogique".

      3. La Pyramide de Fox et la Nécessité d'Approches Alternatives

      S'appuyant sur l'approche de Fox, l'expert décrit une répartition des élèves face à la difficulté scolaire :

      • 80% réussissent normalement.
      • 15% nécessitent une différenciation de l'enseignant de classe régulière (ré-explication, exercices adaptés, etc.).

      Ces mesures relèvent du "bon sens".

      5-8% "bloquent" et nécessitent des "approches alternatives".

      Pour ces élèves, il ne suffit plus de "faire plus de la même chose". C'est pour eux que le concept de "point nodal" est particulièrement pertinent.

      4. Le Concept du "Point Nodal" et la Démarche d'Enquête

      Le "point nodal" est défini comme "l'identification d'un point d'appui qui est très rarement la discipline scolaire [elle-même]... mais qui est un point d'appui qu'on va trouver en faisant justement ce pas de côté et en prenant du temps pour une évaluation globale". Ce point permet de "débloquer la situation".

      • Rupture avec le rattrapage : L'expert a lui-même constaté l'inefficacité du "rattrapage scolaire" ("je faisais plus de lecture jusqu'au jour je me suis rendu compte que je me fatiguais beaucoup sans beaucoup de résultat").

      • La démarche "à la Colombo" : S'inspirant des sciences forensiques, la démarche d'enquête se décompose en quatre étapes :

      • Arriver sur le "lieu de l'échec" et prendre des traces (observation factuelle) : Recueillir des informations objectives sur l'élève, son comportement, ses difficultés, ses interactions.

      • Identifier le point nodal (clarification) : Cette étape est la plus délicate.

      Il s'agit de "poser les pièces [du puzzle], voir celles qui s'ajustent et puis progressivement se dessine l'image de la situation de l'élève et le point nodal".

      L'exemple de Léo, élève en difficulté de lecture avec une situation familiale complexe et des retards, a révélé que son point nodal était sa "disponibilité pour les apprentissages" et sa compréhension de son "métier d'élève".

      Le retard, initialement anecdotique, devient un "indice d'un manque d'investissement dans les apprentissages scolaires" une fois replacé dans le puzzle.

      • Mettre en œuvre le projet (intervention) : Une fois le point nodal et l'hypothèse explicative identifiés, un plan d'action est mis en place.

      Cela peut impliquer une collaboration avec les parents, d'autres professionnels (psychologue scolaire), ou un travail direct avec l'enfant sur la signification des apprentissages.

      • Faire le bilan : L'évaluation porte spécifiquement sur le point nodal et l'hypothèse explicative :

      "est-ce que c'était bien la bonne hypothèse ?".

      Cette étape doit être ouverte à la remise en question.

      • Confiance dans l'intuition et l'expérience de l'enseignant : Les enseignants de classe, par leur temps passé avec les élèves, disposent de nombreuses informations.

      Ce qui leur manque parfois est la "confiance qu'on peut avoir en ses capacités à faire ce pas de côté et à dire OK... quelle hypothèse explicative quel point de date je peux identifier". La formation doit cultiver cette confiance.

      • Choix d'un seul point d'appui : Bien que plusieurs hypothèses soient possibles, "il me paraît méthodologiquement indispensable de faire le choix d'une hypothèse".

      L'important est que "tout le monde soit d'accord d'appuyer aussi là", c'est-à-dire que l'hypothèse soit partagée par l'élève, les parents et les enseignants.

      La force de l'intervention vient alors de cet "appui collectif" sur le même levier.

      5. Implications et Bénéfices

      Décomplexer l'enseignant : L'approche permet à l'enseignant de "se décomplexer sur le fait d'aller chercher ailleurs que sur ce que je vois, c'est-à-dire mon élève qui n'entre pas dans la lecture" pour investiguer le "symptôme".

      Optimisme et pouvoir d'action : La démarche est fondamentalement optimiste, reposant sur le principe d'éducabilité et redonnant aux acteurs éducatifs, et notamment à l'enseignant, un "pouvoir d'action" face à la difficulté scolaire.

      Vision holistique de l'élève : Il s'agit de s'intéresser à la "globalité de la personne" et pas seulement aux symptômes, à l'image des "médecines qui prennent en compte la globalité de la personne".

      L'observation du comportement en classe ou à la récréation fournit des informations précieuses.

      Efficacité prouvée : Les progrès de Léo, par exemple, sont "spectaculaires".

      L'expert est "chaque fois impressionné à quel point certaines situations se débloquent en quelques semaines".

      L'école comme tiers et espace d'apprentissage : L'école a pour mission d'offrir un espace d'apprentissage (y compris comportemental) que certains élèves n'ont pas forcément à la maison.

      L'approche aide à surmonter l'excuse facile de la "famille" ("oui mais avec la famille qu'il a") en se concentrant sur ce que l'école peut faire en prenant en compte ces difficultés.

      En somme, cette approche invite à un changement de paradigme, passant d'une logique de diagnostic et de rattrapage à une démarche d'enquête collaborative et centrée sur l'identification d'un levier unique – le point nodal – pour catalyser le progrès de l'élève.

    1. How to Talk to ANYONE (Once You Know Their Color!)

      Video summary:

      • Core idea: People default to one of four communication “colors” and connect best when adapting to the other person’s style.
      • The four colors: Red (power/results), Green (peace/stability), Blue (logic/structure), Yellow (fun/connection).
      • Framework origin: Model popularized by Thomas Erikson’s “Surrounded by Idiots,” mapping to DISC-like styles via colors.

      • Identify own color with 3 questions: 1) introverted (blue/green) vs extroverted (red/yellow); 2) logical (blue/red) vs emotional (green/yellow); 3) deliberate (green/blue) vs fast speaker (yellow/red); combine answers to narrow to one color.

      • Everyone is a mix, but most have a dominant default; conflicts arise when speaking only in one’s own color.
      • Matching styles creates instant rapport; mismatch leads to misjudgments (e.g., reds seen as abrasive by others, blues as nitpicky).

      • How others may perceive each color:

        • Red: pushy to greens, too serious to yellows, reckless with details to blues.
        • Yellow: unfocused to reds, chaotic to greens, superficial to blues.
        • Green: indecisive to reds, boring to yellows, non-committal to blues.
        • Blue: too slow for reds, overly critical for yellows, nitpicky for greens.
      • How to talk to each color:

        • To Red: be direct, decisive, confident; use frameworks; focus on outcomes, not fluff.
        • To Yellow: be enthusiastic and story-driven; keep it light and fun; don’t drown them in manuals.
        • To Green: be calm, patient, supportive; move at a comfortable pace; avoid rushing change.
        • To Blue: be precise, structured, factual; bring data and step-by-step plans; avoid exaggeration.
      • Practical tip: Keep the 3 self-check questions visible during calls to rapidly gauge color and adjust delivery.

      • Mindset shift: Don’t “change who you are”; expand range to “speak all four languages” to connect with 95% of people.
      • Personal example: Vinh (Yellow) adapted to spouse (Red) by cutting fluff, adding clarity and speed to avoid overwhelm.
      • Goal: Become dynamic “like water,” meeting people where they are without losing identity; communication skill lifts every area of life.
    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In this paper, the GFP-GBP system for mistargeting protein localization was used in fission yeast cells to discover new protein interactions involved in vesicular trafficking during cytokinesis. This approach uncovered a new association between the F-BAR protein Rga7 and its binding partner Rng10 with the Munc13 protein Ync13 at the cell division site. Additional associations were observed between Rga7-Rng10, Ync13 and the glucan synthases Ags1 and Bgs4, and the vesicle fusion protein Sec1. These interactions identified by the GFP-GBP system were further supported by co-immunoprecipitation experiments and by defining localization dependencies with live cell imaging in a variety of mutant strains. The imaging data are all of high quality and for the most part support the conclusions. However, in my opinion some of the interpretations are overstated, and the manuscript would benefit from providing additional mechanistic information. Major and minor recommendations are outlined below.

      Major suggestions 1. The co-IP data are interpreted to suggest that all the above-mentioned proteins form a single "big complex." However, as noted in the manuscript and reflected in the model, the multipass integral membrane proteins Bgs4 and Ags1 are embedded in the vesicle membrane and likely only indirectly associate with the scaffold Rga7-Rng10 via Ync13, without forming a 'complex'. One would expect the entirety of these vesicle contents to co-IP if the model is correct. The first paragraph of page 11 should be revised to more clearly reflect this scenario and to align with the proposed model.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful clarification. In the original manuscript, we stated “…indicating these proteins do interact or form big protein complexes… These results suggest that Rga7, Rng10, and Ync13 form a protein complex.” We agree that our initial wording may have unintentionally implied that all proteins detected in co-IP experiments assemble into a single, large physical complex. As the reviewer correctly noticed, the multipass integral membrane proteins Bgs4 and Ags1 are embedded within vesicle membranes and are more likely to associate indirectly with the Rga7-Rng10-Ync13 complex, rather than being part of one unified protein complex. To avoid overinterpretation, we have modified the last sentence of the first paragraph on the original page 11 as below: “These results suggest that Rga7, Rng10, and Ync13 do form a protein complex, although maybe dynamic and not super stable (see Discussion). Our data indicate that Rga7 interacts with both Ync13 and Rng10 to form a module on the plasma membrane for targeting of the vesicles containing cargos such as glucan synthases Bgs4 and Ags1. However, these glucan synthases are multipass integral membrane embedded proteins and likely only indirectly associate with the module Rng10-Rga7-Ync13, without forming a big protein complex.”

      Can Ync13 be artificially directed or tethered to the division site independently of Rga7-Rng10 (e.g., via Imp2)? If so, can this rescue the phenotypes of rga7Δ cells? This experiment could clarify whether Ync13 is the key functional effector of the Rga7-Rng10 complex.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for suggesting this interesting experiment. We agree that testing whether correctly localized Ync13 is sufficient to execute the division-site function of the Rga7–Rng10 complex would clarify its role. To test this, we artificially targeted Ync13 to the division site independently of Rga7 by tethering it to the scaffold protein Pmo25. Pmo25, an MO25 family protein, localizes to both the plasma membrane at the division site and the spindle pole body (mainly one of the SPBs) during mitosis and cytokinesis, enabling us to mislocalize Ync13 to these structures through GFP–GBP system. We did not use Imp2 because its localization pattern (mainly to the contractile ring [1, 2]) is different from Ync13. Microscopy revealed robust localization of Ync13 at the division site and the SPB in rga7Δ cells, and this tethered Ync13 persisted along the cleavage furrow throughout ring constriction. Importantly, enforced division-site localization of Ync13 significantly rescued the cytokinesis defects and cell lysis of rga7Δ. Consistently, growth assays on Phloxin B (PB) plate showed the elevated lysis/death in rga7Δ cells was rescued by Ync13 tethering to Pmo25-GBP. Together, these findings support that Ync13 is a key functional effector acting downstream of the Rga7–Rng10 scaffold at the division site. We have added these results in the new Figure 6 and associate text in the revised manuscript. We have also updated the model in Figure 8 to reflect this new result.

      1. Demeter J, Sazer S. imp2, a new component of the actin ring in the fission yeast Schizosaccharomyces pombe. J Cell Biol. 1998;143(2):415-27. PubMed PMID: 9786952.
      2. Martin-Garcia R, Coll PM, Perez P. F-BAR domain protein Rga7 collaborates with Cdc15 and Imp2 to ensure proper cytokinesis in fission yeast. J Cell Sci. 2014;127(Pt 19):4146-58. Epub 2014/07/24. doi: 10.1242/jcs.146233. PubMed PMID: 25052092.
      3. The authors should consider structural or computational modeling of the proposed Rga7-Rng10-Ync13 complex. Such analysis could offer insight into how these components interact and strengthen the proposed model. Response: We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. Following the recommendation, we performed structural modeling of the Rga7–Rng10–Ync13 complex using AlphaFold3. Our previous work demonstrated that the F-BAR protein Rga7 forms a stable dimer and its F-BAR domain binds the C-terminal (aa751–1038) region of Rng10 [3]. Based on these findings, we constructed an input model consisting of two full-length Rga7 subunits, two Rng10(751–1038) subunits, and one full-length Ync13. The predicted structure revealed a modular organization in which Rng10(751–1038) associated strongly with the F-BAR domain of the Rga7 dimer, consistent with our prior biochemical data [3]. In addition, the model suggested that Ync13 interacted with the GAP domain of Rga7, positioning Ync13 in close proximity to the Rga7–Rng10 interface (Fig. S5, A, B, D and F). Further domain specific predictions confirmed the interactions between Rga7-GAP and Ync13 N-terminus (pTM: 0.63, ipTM: 0.64), two Rga7 F-BARs (pTM: 0.74, ipTM: 0.71), as well as Rga7 F-BAR and Rng10(751–1038) (pTM: 0.56, ipTM: 0.78) (Fig. S5, C-F). Overlay analyses revealed that the interacting domains align well with the structure of whole complex as the root mean square differences (RMSDs) are Liu Y, McDonald NA, Naegele SM, Gould KL, Wu J-Q. The F-BAR domain of Rga7 relies on a cooperative mechanism of membrane binding with a partner protein during fission yeast cytokinesis. Cell Rep. 2019;26(10):2540-8.e4. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2019.01.112. PubMed PMID: 30840879; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC6425953.

      Minor text edits 1. Define "SIN" in the discussion section for clarity.

      Response: We defined the SIN pathway in the Discussion section as suggested: “At low restrictive temperatures, the lethality of mutant sid2, the most downstream kinase in the Septation Initiation Network, is partially rescued by upregulating Rho1. Thus, it has been suggested that the Septation Initiation Network activates Rho1, which in turn activates the glucan synthases [4].”

      Alcaide-Gavilán M, Lahoz A, Daga RR, Jimenez J. Feedback regulation of SIN by Etd1 and Rho1 in fission yeast. Genetics. 2014;196(2):455-70. Epub 2013/12/18. doi: 10.1534/genetics.113.155218. PubMed PMID: 24336750; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC3914619.

      Figure S3, the protein schematics should start at residue "1" and not "0".

      Response: We apologize for the mistake. The schematics in revised figure (now Figure S4A) have been corrected to start at residue 1.

      Mass spectrometry data referenced in the text are not provided in the manuscript.

      __Response: __We apologize for the omission. The mass spectrometry data are now shown in Table S1. __

      __

      In Figure 4A. The Ags1 rim localization does not appear decreased as the authors claim.

      __Response: __After examining the data again, we agree with the reviewer’s assessment. So, we reworded the sentence as the following: “We also found that in ync13Δ cells, the Bgs4 intensity at the rim of the septum was much lower than in WT after ring constriction (Fig. 4B).”


      On page 13: "both Rga7 and Rng10 can mistarget Trs120 to mitochondria."

      Response: Thank you. The typo “mistargeting” has been corrected to “mistarget”.

      Minor figure edits 1. Consider inverting single-channel images to display fluorescence on a white background, which would improve visual clarity.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. However, we have chosen to retain the original display format with fluorescence shown in a black background, to be consistent with our (and some others’) previous publications. We believe this format preserves clarity while allowing easier comparison with the previously published works.

      The Figure 1 legend should describe the experimental setup rather than restating conclusions.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. The Figure 1 legend has been revised to describe the experimental setup and imaging conditions rather than summarizing conclusions as the following:

      Fig. 1. Physical interactions among the key cytokinetic proteins in plasma membrane deposition and septum formation revealed by ectopic mistargeting to mitochondria by Tom20-GBP. __Arrowheads mark examples of colocalization at mitochondria. (A) Ync13 colocalizes with Rga7 and Rng10 at cell tips and the division site. (B-F) Tom20-GBP can ectopically mistarget Rga7/Rng10-mEGFP and their interacting partners tagged with tdTomato/RFP/mCherry to mitochondria. Tom20–GBP was used to recruit mEGFP-tagged Rga7 or Rng10 to mitochondria, and colocalization was assessed with tdTomato/RFP/mCherry-tagged candidate binding partners. Cells were grown at 25ºC in YE5S + 1.2 M sorbitol medium for ~36 to 48 h and then were washed with YE5S without sorbitol and grown in YE5S for 4 h before imaging. (B) Rga7/Rng10-Ync13. (C) Rga7/Rng10-Trs120. (D) Rga7/Rng10-Bgs4. (E) Rga7/Rng10-Ags1. (F)__ Rga7-Smi1. Bars, 5 μm.

      Reduce the number of arrows indicating co-localization in microscopy images; highlighting 1-2 representative examples is sufficient and less visually cluttered.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. We have revised the micrographs to reduce the number of arrowheads, highlighting several representative examples of co-localization per image. This improves clarity and reduces visual clutter while still guiding the reader to the key observations.

      Figure 3F, the scale bar is listed as 5 μm in the legend but it appears to my eye to be 2 μm.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for noticing this error. After rechecking the original imaging data, we have added a new 5 μm scale bar.

      The orientation of Bgs4/Smi1 should be inverted in the schematic within vesicles so that Smi1 is always on the cytoplasmic side.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing out this error. The schematic has been corrected so that Bgs4 and Smi1 are oriented appropriately, with Smi1 consistently placed on the cytoplasmic side of vesicles because it does not have a transmembrane domain. The revised schematic is included in the updated Figure 8.

      6. Also in the schematic, Mid1 is not at the constricting CR and therefore needs to be removed.

      __Response: __Thank you for the suggestion. Mid1 has been removed from the model figure.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required): From the data presented in the manuscript, it is proposed that Rga7 and Rng10 form a scaffold at the division site for delivery of exocytic vesicles marked by the TRAPPII complex but not the exocyst complex. Further, it is proposed that these vesicles deliver specifically the glucan synthases necessary for septation. Overall, this study builds on previous work from the Wu lab to clarify how the TRAPPII-decorated vesicles are specifically delivered to the cell division site, adding some new information about vesicle trafficking regulation during cytokinesis. It also provides new insight into the role of a F-BAR scaffold protein.

      This paper will be of interest to those studying cytokinesis and also those studying mechanisms of intracellular trafficking.

      Reviewer expertise: Cell division, signaling, membrane biology

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      This paper provides a comprehensive analysis of the roles of Rng10, Rga7, and Ync13 in cytokinesis using fission yeast as a model system. The authors demonstrate that Ync13/Rna7/Rng10 not only interact with each other but also associate with components of glucan synthases, which are essential for secondary septum formation but not for the primary septum. They further show that Ync13 is involved in exocytosis through its interaction with Sec1 and plays a role in membrane trafficking via interaction with the TRAPP-II complex. Collectively, their findings reveal a coordinated mechanism that ensures the timely formation of the secondary septum during cytokinesis, as deletion of these proteins disrupts septum formation and leads to cell lysis.

      The conclusions drawn in this paper are well-supported by the data, with a clear methodology and robust statistical analyses that enhance reproducibility. However, I have the following major and minor comments:

      Major Comments - 1) The authors propose that Ync13, Rng10, and Rga7 interact to form a protein complex, supported by their mislocalization studies. While these findings are suggestive, additional co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) data specifically demonstrating a direct interaction between Ync13 and Rng10 would strengthen the claim.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The direct interaction between Rga7 with Rng10 has been already established and published by our group [3, 5]. Here we found that Rga7 and Ync13 directly interact by in vitro binding assay (Figure 2, D and E). While our current data do not suggest a direct physical interaction between Ync13 and Rng10, our mislocalization results and other data do provide strong support for their functional association. In particular, ectopic tethering of Ync13 to mitochondria recruits Rng10 to the same sites and vice versa (Figures. 1B and S2A). Additionally, division-site tethering of Ync13 by Pmo25-GBP rescues both the growth and cell-lysis phenotype of rga7Δ (Figure 6), consistent with the idea that Ync13 functions downstream of Rga7-Rng10 because Rga7 localization depends on Rng10 (Figure 8). Furthermore, our AlphaFold3 modeling predicts that Rng10 binds the BAR domain of Rga7, whereas Ync13 binds the GAP domain of Rga7, suggesting that Rng10 and Ync13 are positioned within the same complex through Rga7 without direct interaction (Figure S5).

              The predicted lack of direct interaction between Ync13 and Rng10(751–1038) is supported by the experiment mentioned below to answer the minor question from the Reviewer 3. We tested the mistargeting of mECitrine-Rng10(751–1038) in *rga7Δ tom20-GBP* cells and found that Ync13-tdTomato could not be recruited to mitochondria (Figure S4H). This indicates that Ync13 cannot interact with Rng10(751–1038) independently of Rga7, supporting our proposed model that Rga7 interacts with Rng10 through the BAR domain while with Ync13 through the GAP domain. We have added these clarifications to the revised manuscript (Results and Discussion) to better contextualize the evidence for the Rga7–Rng10–Ync13 assembly.
      

      Liu Y, McDonald NA, Naegele SM, Gould KL, Wu J-Q. The F-BAR Domain of Rga7 Relies on a Cooperative Mechanism of Membrane Binding with a Partner Protein during Fission Yeast Cytokinesis. Cell Rep. 2019;26(10):2540-8.e4. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2019.01.112. PubMed PMID: 30840879; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC6425953. Liu Y, Lee I-J, Sun M, Lower CA, Runge KW, Ma J, et al. Roles of the novel coiled-coil protein Rng10 in septum formation during fission yeast cytokinesis. Mol Biol Cell. 2016;27(16):2528-41. Epub 2016/07/08. doi: 10.1091/mbc.E16-03-0156. PubMed PMID: 27385337; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC4985255.

      2) It remains unclear whether Ync13 directly interacts with components of the glucan synthase complex (Bgs4/Ags1), or if this association is mediated through other factors (Rng10, Rga7). Clarifying the nature of this interaction would significantly enhance the mechanistic insight.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful clarification. As pointed out by Reviewer 1 in major comment 1, the multipass integral membrane proteins Bgs4 and Ags1 are embedded within vesicle membranes and are more likely to associate indirectly with the Rga7–Rng10-Ync13 complex rather than being part of one unified protein complex, although Rga7 Co-IPs with Bgs4 and its binding partner Smi1 (Figure 1, A-C). We would like to make it clear that our model or manuscript does not claim direct interactions between the Ync13-Rga7-Rng10 module and the glucan synthase complexes but suggest that the module aids in selection of vesicle targeting sites on the plasma membrane. To clarify, we have revised the text to more clearly state that our co-IP and in vitro binding results demonstrate that Rga7 physically associates with Ync13 and Rng10, and that vesicle-associated proteins such as Bgs4 and Ags1 are likely recruited through indirect interactions.

      __Minor comments: __1) The manuscript refers to mass spectrometry-based interaction data, but the corresponding dataset is not included. Providing this would enhance transparency and reproducibility.

      __Response: __We apologize for the omission. The mass spectrometry data are now shown in Table S1.

      2) In Figure 2D, the MBP-6x pull-down lane shows a faint band around 76 kDa. The authors should clarify what this band represents and whether it has any relevance to the study.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for noticing this faint band. The weak ~76 kDa band in the MBP-6x pull-down lane is non-specific background binding of MBP and Rga7. We added a note in the figure legend to clarify this point.


      3) A quantification graph corresponding to the data in Figure 3G would aid in better interpreting the results and assessing their significance.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added two quantification graphs corresponding to Figure 3G, showing the measured Rng10 signal intensities across the division site. Statistical analysis shows the full width at half maximum (FWHM) is significantly different between WT and ync13D cells, and the figure legend and text have been updated accordingly in the revised manuscript.

      4) Figure 4D appears to be missing time legends, which are essential for interpreting the dynamics of the experiment.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for noticing this. We apology for making this confusing statement in figure legend. We would like to clarify that the full width at half maximum (FWHM) was calculated from line scans using single time point images from cells at the end of contractile-ring constriction. Those line scans were fitted with the Gaussian distribution to calculate the mean and standard deviation of FWHM. We have updated the figure legend to make it clearer in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      Nature and Significance of the Advance This study provides a conceptual and mechanistic advance in understanding the spatial and temporal regulation of membrane trafficking during cytokinesis. It identifies a conserved module-Ync13-Rga7-Rng10-that directs the selective tethering and fusion of secretory vesicles at the division site, functioning independently of the exocyst complex. This finding challenges the prevailing model that the exocyst is universally required for vesicle tethering during cytokinesis. While previous work has underscored the roles of TRAPP-II and vesicle trafficking in septum formation (Wang et al., 2016; Arellano et al., 1997; Gerien and Wu, 2018), the precise mechanism targeting vesicles to the division site remained unclear. This study fills that gap by elucidating how Ync13 and Rga7 coordinate vesicle delivery and glucan synthase localization (Liu et al., 2016; Zhu et al., 2018), thereby extending our understanding of septum biogenesis and membrane remodeling beyond actomyosin ring dynamics.

      Relevant Audience: This work is relevant to: • Cell biologists investigating cytokinesis, membrane trafficking, or vesicle fusion. • Yeast geneticists interested in conserved cell division pathways. • Researchers focused on SNARE-mediated membrane dynamics and trafficking regulation. • Biomedical scientists exploring analogous processes in mammalian systems, particularly those studying cell division defects linked to disease. The findings have implications across both basic and translational research in cell biology and membrane dynamics.

      My Expertise: My research focuses on membrane fusion, specifically the SNARE-mediated fusion process. I study the spatio-temporal regulation of fusion events and the coordinated action of regulatory proteins in determining the structural and functional outcomes of membrane fusion. This background provides me with the framework to critically evaluate studies investigating cytokinesis and trafficking mechanisms at the molecular level.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Zhang et al. elucidate key roles of a conserved module the Ync13-Rga7-Rng10 complex in coordinating selective tethering, docking, and fusion of glucan synthases containing vesicles with the plasma membrane, a process crucial for cell wall synthesis and survival of fission yeast at division. Using methods including mistargeting proteins to mitochondria, co-immunoprecipitation, in vitro binding assays, genetic and cellular methods, electron microscopy, and live-cell confocal microscopy, the authors demonstrate that this module controls a vesicle targeting pathway mediated by the TRAPP-II complex and SM protein Sec1, which ensures glucan synthases Bgs4 and Ags1 are deposited at the division site in a spatiotemporal manner.

      Major comments: The authors report aberrant accumulation of Bgs4 and Ags1 in the center of the septum after actomyosin ring constriction in ync13del cells and detect no overall defects in Bgs1 distribution there (Figure 4). When similar experiments were analyzed in this paper ( https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6249806/), Bgs1 distribution and level did change in cells lacking Ync13, although these phenotypes of Bgs1 appeared later that that of Bgs4. I wonder whether there could exist a second wave of Bgs1 arrival in ync13del cells at later time points after ring fully constricts. Could this late recruitment of Bgs1 depends on Rng7 and Rng10, since these protein complexes are enriched in the middle of septum of ync13del cells? Or as the authors mentioned in the Discussion, could Rho GTPase regulated by Rga7 GAP also play a role in Bgs1 accumulation or fusion with the septum in the above scenario, if no obvious accumulation of vesicles is observed in ync13del cells with electron microscopy? How does Bgs1 localize in ync13-19 rng10del double?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this insightful observation. We repeated the experiment to observe the localization of Bgs1 in WT and ync13Δ cells. We confirmed our earlier observation reported in this manuscript that the localization of Bgs1 at rim of the division site and its distribution along the division plane in ync13Δ is not very different from WT, although its intensity is higher and has more variation in ync13Δ cells (Figure above) . As suggested by the reviewer, we did microscopy to test Bgs1 localization in ync13-19 temperature sensitive mutant, rng10Δ, ync13-19 rng10Δ, and WT (Fig. S7). While line scan curves for Bgs1 localization at the division site steep for ync13-19 rng10Δ double mutant, it has no statistically significant difference in FWHM as compared to control WT (Fig. S7). Please note that we used different confocal systems, cameras, and laser powers for Fig. 4, C and E (PerkinElmer UltraVIEW Vox CSUX1) and Fig. S7 (Nikon W1+SoRa), so the FWHMs are not comparable between the two figures.

      To test if there is any second wave of Bgs1 localization at the division site, we tracked the fluorescence intensity of Bgs1 throughout 2 h long movies and plotted the Bgs1 intensity profile at the division site over time. The data clearly show only one peak of Bgs1 and no later accumulation at the division site, although Bgs1 intensity has more variation in ync13-19 and ync13-19 rng10Δ cells and the intensity is higher in ync13-19 rng10Δ cells. All these experiments conclude that Ync13-Rga7-Rng10 module impacts the localization of glucan synthases essential for the secondary septum (Bgs4 and Ags1) but not the primary (Bgs1).

      Assessments of protein abundance by Western blotting (Figure 3C and 3D) can benefit from some quantifications.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now quantified the Western blot bands in Figures 3C and 3D, which have been added as supplementary figures along with the Western blot for Rng10 (Fig. S6, A-C) in the revised figures.

      Minor comments: Based on a series of experiments in which mistargeting Rga7 and Rng10 truncations drive Ync13-tdTomato to mitochondria, the authors suggest that Rga7, Rng10, and Ync13 have multivalent interactions with each other. Previous study (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6425953/) demonstrated that in cells co-expressing Tom20-GBP mECitrine-Rng10(751-950), Rga7 was efficiently mistargeted to mitochondria. This raises a possibility that Ync13 mistargeted by mECitrine-Rng10(751-1038) could come from Rga7 that strongly associated with Rng10(751-1038) on mitochondria. I wonder whether the authors could compare some of their truncation mistargeting experiments in the original manuscript and the ones in which either Rga7 or Rng10 is deleted, e.g. Tom20-GBP mECitrine-Rng10(751-1038) experiments in rga7del cells, if cells are still viable in this genetic background.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We tested the mistargeting of mECitrine-Rng10(751–1038) in rga7Δ tom20-GBP cells and found that Ync13-tdTomato could not be recruited to mitochondria. This indicates that Ync13 cannot interact with Rng10 C-terminus independently of Rga7, supporting the Alphafold3 modeling and our proposed model that Rga7 interacts with Rng10 through the BAR domain while with Ync13 through the GAP domain. We have added the new data to the revised manuscript (Fig. S4H and associate text) and included a brief discussion highlighting that Rga7 is required for the Rng10–Ync13 interaction. We removed the mentioning of multivalent interactions in the manuscript to minimize confusion.

      It is interesting that rga7del rng10del double mutants can survive better in EMM or YES with sorbitol. I wonder this would allow the authors to test whether the interaction between Ync13 and Sec1 is modulated by the presence of Rga7 and Rng10 or even the entire vesicle? Does mistargeted Ync13 overexpressed using the 3nmt1 promoter is still capable of driving Sec1 to mitochondria in rga7del rng10del cells.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. While we did not succeed in constructing the pentamutant deleting both rga7 and rng10 and mislocalizing Ync13 to mitochondria, we were able to make a quadruple mutant deleting rng10 and mislocalizing Ync13 to mitochondria. We tested whether mistargeted Ync13 overexpressed using the 3nmt1 promoter can recruit Sec1 to mitochondria in rng10Δ cells. Our results show that overexpressed Ync13 is still able to drive Sec1 localization to mitochondria without Rng10 (Fig. S2G). This suggests that Rng10 (together with Rga7) primarily functions to recruit and position Ync13 at the division site rather than being strictly required for the interaction between Ync13 and Sec1. This is also consistent with our Pmo25-GBP mislocalization experiments where we found that rga7Δ 3nmt1-mECitrine-ync13 cells even under the repressed condition for the 3nmt1 promoter can partially rescue the lysis phenotype of rga7Δ cells (Figure 6).

      The endogenous level of Ync13 is not particular high. Is this low level of Ync13 crucial for its function? Does mildly elevated level of Ync1 promote vesicle fusion at the closing septum?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this insightful question. To test if there is a correlation between Ync13 levels and vesicle fusion at the division site, we mildly overexpressed Ync13 from the 3nmt1 promoter in YE5S rich medium without additionally added thiamine to obtain cells with different Ync13 levels (the rich medium has some residual amount of thiamine, which partially represses the nmt1 promoter) and then tracked the Rab11 GTPase Ypt3 labeled vesicles. This resulted in increased levels of Ync13 as well as Ypt3 at the division site (Fig. S8B). We measured the Ync13 intensity at division site and counted the number of Ypt3 vesicles reaching the division site in 2-minute continuous movie at the middle focal plane. We observed that increasing Ync13 level promoted the tethering and accumulation of Ypt3 vesicles at the division site until it reached a plateau (Fig. S8B). Thus, the Ync13 level is important for vesicle fusion at the division site. Collectively, Ync13, working with Rga7 and Rng10, plays an important role in vesicle targeting and fusion on the plasma membrane at the division site during cytokinesis. This is consistent with our results that overexpressed Ync13 can mislocalize Sec1 to mitochondria in rng10Δ (Fig. S2G) and can rescue the rga7Δ (Fig. 6).

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Most of conclusions are well supported by a combination of methods. Out of curiosity, I wonder how much of Bgs4 or Smi1 detected in Co-IP experiments exist in the vesicle-bound form. The authors propose a very interesting working model that addresses several key challenges in achieving vesicle targeting specificity when timely delivery of various enzymes to their respective spatial locations along the primary and secondary septum must be orchestrated. I think this manuscript will be of interest to a broad audience.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Zhang et al. elucidate key roles of a conserved module the Ync13-Rga7-Rng10 complex in coordinating selective tethering, docking, and fusion of glucan synthases containing vesicles with the plasma membrane, a process crucial for cell wall synthesis and survival of fission yeast at division. Using methods including mistargeting proteins to mitochondria, co-immunoprecipitation, in vitro binding assays, genetic and cellular methods, electron microscopy, and live-cell confocal microscopy, the authors demonstrate that this module controls a vesicle targeting pathway mediated by the TRAPP-II complex and SM protein Sec1, which ensures glucan synthases Bgs4 and Ags1 are deposited at the division site in a spatiotemporal manner.

      Major comments:

      The authors report aberrant accumulation of Bgs4 and Ags1 in the center of the septum after actomyosin ring constriction in ync13del cells and detect no overall defects in Bgs1 distribution there (Figure 4). When similar experiments were analyzed in this paper ( https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6249806/), Bgs1 distribution and level did change in cells lacking Ync13, although these phenotypes of Bgs1 appeared later that that of Bgs4. I wonder whether there could exist a second wave of Bgs1 arrival in ync13del cells at later time points after ring fully constricts. Could this late recruitment of Bgs1 depends on Rng7 and Rng10, since these protein complexes are enriched in the middle of septum of ync13del cells? Or as the authors mentioned in the Discussion, could Rho GTPase regulated by Rga7 GAP also play a role in Bgs1 accumulation or fusion with the septum in the above scenario, if no obvious accumulation of vesicles is observed in ync13del cells with electron microscopy? How does Bgs1 localize in ync13-19 rng10del double?

      Assessments of protein abundance by Western blotting (Figure 3C and 3D) can benefit from some quantifications.

      Minor comments:

      Based on a series of experiments in which mistargeting Rga7 and Rng10 truncations drive Ync13-tdTomato to mitochondria, the authors suggest that Rga7, Rng10, and Ync13 have multivalent interactions with each other. Previous study (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6425953/) demonstrated that in cells co-expressing Tom20-GBP mECitrine-Rng10(751-950), Rga7 was efficiently mistargeted to mitochondria. This raises a possibility that Ync13 mistargeted by mECitrine-Rng10(751-1038) could come from Rga7 that strongly associated with Rng10(751-1038) on mitochondria. I wonder whether the authors could compare some of their truncation mistargeting experiments in the original manuscript and the ones in which either Rga7 or Rng10 is deleted, e.g. Tom20-GBP mECitrine-Rng10(751-1038) experiments in rga7del cells, if cells are still viable in this genetic background.

      It is interesting that rga7del rng10del double mutants can survive better in EMM or YES with sorbitol. I wonder this would allow the authors to test whether the interaction between Ync13 and Sec1 is modulated by the presence of Rga7 and Rng10 or even the entire vesicle? Does mistargeted Ync13 overexpressed using the 3nmt1 promoter is still capable of driving Sec1 to mitochondria in rga7del rng10del cells.

      The endogenous level of Ync13 is not particular high. Is this low level of Ync13 crucial for its function? Does mildly elevated level of Ync1 promote vesicle fusion at the closing septum?

      Significance

      Most of conclusions are well supported by a combination of methods. Out of curiosity, I wonder how much of Bgs4 or Smi1 detected in Co-IP experiments exist in the vesicle-bound form. The authors propose a very interesting working model that addresses several key challenges in achieving vesicle targeting specificity when timely delivery of various enzymes to their respective spatial locations along the primary and secondary septum must be orchestrated. I think this manuscript will be of interest to a broad audience.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      This paper provides a comprehensive analysis of the roles of Rng10, Rga7, and Ync13 in cytokinesis using fission yeast as a model system. The authors demonstrate that Ync13/Rna7/Rng10 not only interact with each other but also associate with components of glucan synthases, which are essential for secondary septum formation but not for the primary septum. They further show that Ync13 is involved in exocytosis through its interaction with Sec1 and plays a role in membrane trafficking via interaction with the TRAPP-II complex. Collectively, their findings reveal a coordinated mechanism that ensures the timely formation of the secondary septum during cytokinesis, as deletion of these proteins disrupts septum formation and leads to cell lysis.

      The conclusions drawn in this paper are well-supported by the data, with a clear methodology and robust statistical analyses that enhance reproducibility. However, I have the following major and minor comments:

      Major Comments

      1. The authors propose that Ync13, Rng10, and Rga7 interact to form a protein complex, supported by their mislocalization studies. While these findings are suggestive, additional co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) data specifically demonstrating a direct interaction between Ync13 and Rng10 would strengthen the claim.
      2. It remains unclear whether Ync13 directly interacts with components of the glucan synthase complex (Bgs4/Ags1), or if this association is mediated through other factors (Rng10, Rga7). Clarifying the nature of this interaction would significantly enhance the mechanistic insight.

      Minor comments:

      1. The manuscript refers to mass spectrometry-based interaction data, but the corresponding dataset is not included. Providing this would enhance transparency and reproducibility.
      2. In Figure 2D, the MBP-6x pull-down lane shows a faint band around 76 kDa. The authors should clarify what this band represents and whether it has any relevance to the study.
      3. A quantification graph corresponding to the data in Figure 3G would aid in better interpreting the results and assessing their significance.
      4. Figure 4D appears to be missing time legends, which are essential for interpreting the dynamics of the experiment.

      Significance

      Nature and Significance of the Advance

      This study provides a conceptual and mechanistic advance in understanding the spatial and temporal regulation of membrane trafficking during cytokinesis. It identifies a conserved module-Ync13-Rga7-Rng10-that directs the selective tethering and fusion of secretory vesicles at the division site, functioning independently of the exocyst complex. This finding challenges the prevailing model that the exocyst is universally required for vesicle tethering during cytokinesis. While previous work has underscored the roles of TRAPP-II and vesicle trafficking in septum formation (Wang et al., 2016; Arellano et al., 1997; Gerien and Wu, 2018), the precise mechanism targeting vesicles to the division site remained unclear. This study fills that gap by elucidating how Ync13 and Rga7 coordinate vesicle delivery and glucan synthase localization (Liu et al., 2016; Zhu et al., 2018), thereby extending our understanding of septum biogenesis and membrane remodeling beyond actomyosin ring dynamics.

      Relevant Audience:

      This work is relevant to:

      • Cell biologists investigating cytokinesis, membrane trafficking, or vesicle fusion.
      • Yeast geneticists interested in conserved cell division pathways.
      • Researchers focused on SNARE-mediated membrane dynamics and trafficking regulation.
      • Biomedical scientists exploring analogous processes in mammalian systems, particularly those studying cell division defects linked to disease. The findings have implications across both basic and translational research in cell biology and membrane dynamics.

      My Expertise:

      My research focuses on membrane fusion, specifically the SNARE-mediated fusion process. I study the spatio-temporal regulation of fusion events and the coordinated action of regulatory proteins in determining the structural and functional outcomes of membrane fusion. This background provides me with the framework to critically evaluate studies investigating cytokinesis and trafficking mechanisms at the molecular level.

    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this paper, the GFP-GBP system for mistargeting protein localization was used in fission yeast cells to discover new protein interactions involved in vesicular trafficking during cytokinesis. This approach uncovered a new association between the F-BAR protein Rga7 and its binding partner Rng10 with the Munc13 protein Ync13 at the cell division site. Additional associations were observed between Rga7-Rng10, Ync13 and the glucan synthases Ags1 and Bgs4, and the vesicle fusion protein Sec1. These interactions identified by the GFP-GBP system were further supported by co-immunoprecipitation experiments and by defining localization dependencies with live cell imaging in a variety of mutant strains. The imaging data are all of high quality and for the most part support the conclusions. However, in my opinion some of the interpretations are overstated, and the manuscript would benefit from providing additional mechanistic information. Major and minor recommendations are outlined below.

      Major suggestions

      1. The co-IP data are interpreted to suggest that all the above-mentioned proteins form a single "big complex." However, as noted in the manuscript and reflected in the model, the multipass integral membrane proteins Bgs4 and Ags1 are embedded in the vesicle membrane and likely only indirectly associate with the scaffold Rga7-Rng10 via Ync13, without forming a 'complex'. One would expect the entirety of these vesicle contents to co-IP if the model is correct. The first paragraph of page 11 should be revised to more clearly reflect this scenario and to align with the proposed model.
      2. Can Ync13 be artificially directed or tethered to the division site independently of Rga7-Rng10 (e.g., via Imp2)? If so, can this rescue the phenotypes of rga7Δ cells? This experiment could clarify whether Ync13 is the key functional effector of the Rga7-Rng10 complex.
      3. The authors should consider structural or computational modeling of the proposed Rga7-Rng10-Ync13 complex. Such analysis could offer insight into how these components interact and strengthen the proposed model.

      Minor text edits

      1. Define "SIN" in the discussion section for clarity.
      2. Figure S3, the protein schematics should start at residue "1" and not "0".
      3. Mass spectrometry data referenced in the text are not provided in the manuscript.
      4. In Figure 4A. The Ags1 rim localization does not appear decreased as the authors claim.
      5. On page 13: "both Rga7 and Rng10 can mistarget Trs120 to mitochondria."

      Minor figure edits

      1. Consider inverting single-channel images to display fluorescence on a white background, which would improve visual clarity.
      2. The Figure 1 legend should describe the experimental setup rather than restating conclusions.
      3. Reduce the number of arrows indicating co-localization in microscopy images; highlighting 1-2 representative examples is sufficient and less visually cluttered.
      4. Figure 3F, the scale bar is listed as 5 μm in the legend but it appears to my eye to be 2 μm.
      5. The orientation of Bgs4/Smi1 should be inverted in the schematic within vesicles so that Smi1 is always on the cytoplasmic side.
      6. Also in the schematic, Mid1 is not at the constricting CR and therefore needs to be removed.

      Significance

      From the data presented in the manuscript, it is proposed that Rga7 and Rng10 form a scaffold at the division site for delivery of exocytic vesicles marked by the TRAPPII complex but not the exocyst complex. Further, it is proposed that these vesicles deliver specifically the glucan synthases necessary for septation. Overall, this study builds on previous work from the Wu lab to clarify how the TRAPPII-decorated vesicles are specifically delivered to the cell division site, adding some new information about vesicle trafficking regulation during cytokinesis. It also provides new insight into the role of a F-BAR scaffold protein.

      This paper will be of interest to those studying cytokinesis and also those studying mechanisms of intracellular trafficking.

      Reviewer expertise: Cell division, signaling, membrane biology

    1. able 2Demographics of Participant Subjects and Chosen Stimuli.Name Sex Age Breed BookletCounts of stimuli selectedAsh Male Between 5 and 10 years old Russian Blue B 2 0 2Bloshka Female Between 1 and 5 years old unknown B 0 0 1Danae Female More than 10 years old American shorthair A 1 0 1Eleanor Female Between 1 and 5 years old Siberian A 3 0 0Fuleco Male Between 5 and 10 years old unknown C 1 0 0Misha Male More than 10 years old Ragdoll C 0 0 1Olly Male Between 1 and 5 years old Domestic shorthair B 0 0 2Stinky Valium Male Between 1 and 5 years old unknown C 0 0 1Totoro Female Less than 1 year old unknown A 0 1 0G.E. Smith et al.

      Would the weigh of the cats effect the study, and were they recorded?

    1. n the next ve years, computer programs that can think will readlegal documents and give medical advice. In the next decade, theywill do assembly-line work and maybe even become companions.And in the decades after that, they will do almost everything

      is this a false promis just like flying cars how has the fure actualy compare to this statment made 3 years ago?

  2. danm0nster.github.io danm0nster.github.io
    1. Lad en funktion f(x)f(x)f(x) være givet ved udtrykket f(x)=6x3−12x2−54x+108f(x) = 6x^3 - 12x^2 - 54x + 108f(x)=6x3−12x2−54x+108 for x>3x > 3x>3. Find differentialkvotienten for den inverse funktion, df−1dx\frac{\mathrm{d} f^{-1}}{\mathrm{d} x}dxdf−1​ i punktet x=f(4)=84x = f(4) = 84x=f(4)=84.

      Lidt svær

    1. Briefing détaillé : L'Endométriose – Vers de nouvelles thérapies

      Ce document présente une revue détaillée des thèmes principaux, des idées les plus importantes et des faits marquants concernant l'endométriose, basés sur les extraits audio fournis.

      Introduction : Une Maladie Complexe et Invalidante

      L'endométriose est une maladie complexe et insidieuse qui touche environ une femme sur 10, soit 200 millions de personnes dans le monde.

      Elle se caractérise par la présence de tissu semblable à l'endomètre (la muqueuse utérine) en dehors de l'utérus, pouvant se fixer sur divers organes comme les ovaires, la région pelvienne et abdominale, la vessie, l'intestin, et même les poumons.

      Ces lésions s'épaississent et saignent lors des règles, mais contrairement aux menstruations, le sang ne peut être évacué, entraînant des inflammations, des kystes, des cicatrices et des adhérences entre les organes.

      La douleur est un symptôme central, souvent décrite comme "transperçante, on dirait des lames" ou "un arrachement d'organe", et "pire que celle d'un accouchement".

      Elle peut être aiguë dans l'abdomen et le dos, lors des rapports sexuels et en allant aux toilettes.

      Cette douleur chronique peut également engendrer une "mémoire de la douleur", rendant les patientes encore plus sensibles.

      La maladie est évolutive et très invalidante, affectant profondément la qualité de vie des femmes, comme en témoigne Amandine Paul André : "On peut pas avoir une vie entre guillemets normale quoi. On est obligé de faire avec la forme du moment".

      Un Diagnostic Tardif et une Souffrance Ignorée L'un des problèmes majeurs de l'endométriose est le délai de diagnostic, qui est en moyenne de 7 à 10 ans.

      Cette latence est principalement due au fait que "la souffrance des patientes n'est pas prise au sérieux".

      De nombreuses femmes entendent des phrases comme "on me dit que je suis folle, mon IRM est normal, c'est dans ma tête". Historiquement, la médecine a longtemps négligé les douleurs féminines, les considérant comme normales, voire les associant à l'hystérie ou à des problèmes psychologiques. Jasmine Cando raconte : "j'en ai parlé à ma mère qui m'a dit 'Mais c'est normal, moi j'étais comme toi, ça va durer un certain temps.' Donc j'ai appris à me taire, à terre mes douleurs."

      Le manque de connaissances médicales sur la maladie a également contribué à ce retard.

      En France, l'endométriose n'a fait son entrée dans les programmes de médecine qu'en 2020, et en Allemagne en 2018 pour la spécialisation en gynécologie obstétrique.

      Causes Mal Connues, Traitements Non Curatifs mais en Évolution

      Les causes exactes de l'endométriose restent encore "mal connues".

      Cependant, la recherche progresse et suggère qu'il n'y a pas "un seul type d'endométriose, mais plusieurs", partageant des traits communs avec d'autres maladies chroniques complexes.

      Il n'existe actuellement aucun traitement curatif pour l'endométriose. Cependant, des options sont disponibles pour atténuer les symptômes et enrayer sa progression :

      Thérapies hormonales : Souvent recommandées en première intention (pilule contraceptive, traitement progestatif) pour limiter la production d'œstrogènes et les saignements, interrompant ainsi la prolifération des lésions.

      Cependant, cette solution "ne convient pas à tout le monde" et peut avoir des effets secondaires. Gestion multimodale de la douleur : Intègre des approches médicamenteuses (antalgiques, parfois morphine comme pour Yasmine, bien que cela puisse entraîner une dépendance) et non médicamenteuses.

      Parmi ces dernières, on trouve le yoga, les changements d'alimentation, l'ostéopathie, l'acupuncture et l'accompagnement psychologique.

      Maria Bambec a appris à "se composer comme un bouquet de fleurs de toutes les choses qui m'aident et je pioche dedans".

      Chirurgie : Vise à retirer ou détruire les lésions d'endométriose.

      Ces interventions peuvent être complexes, en particulier pour les formes sévères touchant plusieurs organes.

      Amandine a subi une intervention de 5 heures pour des lésions obstructives de l'intestin, utilisant la chirurgie robotique pour une "précision inégalée".

      Cependant, la maladie peut récidiver après la chirurgie, comme l'a expérimenté Yasmine, qui a subi neuf opérations.

      Avancées Prometteuses en Diagnostic et Traitement

      Malgré les défis, la recherche "rattrape peu à peu son retard" et les "dernières avancées en matière de diagnostic et de thérapie sont particulièrement prometteuses."

      Test salivaire (EndoTest) : Cette avancée est "absolument phénoménale". Développé par une entreprise lyonnaise de biotechnologie, ce test permettrait de diagnostiquer l'endométriose avec une "précision diagnostique de plus de 95 %" à partir d'un échantillon de 2 ml de salive, évitant ainsi des cœlioscopies diagnostiques. L'étude actuelle sur 25 000 femmes vise à évaluer son impact sur la prise en charge et le nombre d'opérations.

      Ultrasons focalisés à haute intensité (HIFU) : Cette nouvelle approche thérapeutique, testée à Lyon, permettrait d'éviter des chirurgies lourdes pour les lésions profondes, notamment celles infiltrant la paroi rectale.

      La sonde utilise des ultrasons à très haute énergie pour "brûler" et détruire les lésions, leur vascularisation et les fibres nerveuses responsables de la douleur.

      Les premiers résultats sont très encourageants : sur 60 femmes traitées, seules trois ont connu une récidive, et les patientes témoignent d'une réduction significative de la douleur. Gill du Bernard, le médecin menant l'essai, déclare : "C'est un rêve devenu réalité".

      Recherche génétique : Des études à Oxford, menées par Krina Zondervan, analysent l'ADN de dizaines de milliers de femmes pour identifier les "variants génétiques correspondant à un risque d'endométriose" (42 régions du génome identifiées).

      Ces recherches révèlent des recoupements avec d'autres comorbidités (douleurs dorsales, migraines, maladies inflammatoires auto-immunes, asthme).

      L'objectif est de développer des "médicaments adaptés aux différentes manifestations de l'endométriose" et d'individualiser le diagnostic et la prise en charge, à l'image de l'oncologie.

      Sensibilisation et Soutien : Un Enjeu Sociétal

      L'endométriose est de plus en plus reconnue comme un "problème de société", comme l'a souligné le président Macron en janvier 2022. En 2024, le gouvernement allemand a alloué 15 millions d'euros sur 3 ans à la recherche.

      Des actions de sensibilisation sont menées activement par des associations de patientes comme Endofrance, où Yasmine Cando intervient dans les collèges et lycées.

      Grâce aux réseaux sociaux et à des célébrités (Alexa Chung, Lena Dunham, Laetitia Milot), la parole se libère autour des règles et des douleurs gynécologiques. Yasmine constate une évolution positive, notamment chez les garçons, qui "posent les questions, qui interviennent", changeant la perception de cette maladie longtemps considérée comme strictement féminine.

      Le soutien des proches est également crucial. Lucas, le compagnon de Maria, a appris à être présent sans chercher à "soulager sa douleur" directement, mais en "communiquant", "juste une pression de la main ou le fait de dire 'Je suis là, je peux te réchauffer quelque chose, comment tu te sens ?'".

      Conséquences de la Maladie au-delà de la Santé Physique

      Les conséquences de l'endométriose s'étendent bien au-delà de la douleur physique :

      Infertilité : Plus d'une patiente sur trois a des difficultés à tomber enceinte naturellement.

      Souffrances psychiques : Dépression, anxiété, et sentiment de "flou en permanence" sont fréquents. Impact socio-économique :

      La maladie entraîne des arrêts de travail, une diminution de la productivité, et parfois l'incapacité de travailler.

      "Cette situation pèse sur l'économie, le système de santé et de sociale. Une maladie mal prise en charge a des conséquences pour toute la société."

      Conclusion : Un Espoir Renouvelé

      • Malgré le parcours souvent long et difficile des patientes, les avancées récentes en matière de diagnostic (test salivaire) et de traitements (ultrasons focalisés, recherche génétique pour des thérapies ciblées) offrent un immense espoir.

      L'amélioration de la prise en charge, à travers des structures comme les hôpitaux de jour proposant une approche pluridisciplinaire, permet un suivi plus rapide et plus global, essentiel pour améliorer le confort de vie des patientes.

      L'objectif est de tendre vers des "thérapies beaucoup plus ciblées, du sur-mesure grâce à la recherche génétique."

      La sensibilisation croissante et la reconnaissance de l'endométriose comme un problème de société sont également des pas importants vers un avenir où les femmes atteintes pourront vivre une vie plus apaisée.

  3. learn-ap-southeast-2-prod-fleet01-xythos.content.blackboardcdn.com learn-ap-southeast-2-prod-fleet01-xythos.content.blackboardcdn.com
    1. In California, where record-breaking wildfires earlier this year collectively accounted for $37.5 billion in insured losses—roughly 70 percent of global insured disaster costs—insurance providers are adapting their models

      OMG, I did not realise the California insured losses were so large. More than 2/3 of global insured disaster costs is mind-boggling.

      1. En el subtema “El diseño de la investigación”, el autor presenta una breve definición del modelo no lineal, aludiendo al proceso investigativo como un espiral (se puede observar en la figura 1.). Esta metáfora permite observar que cada "reinicio" es retomado con conocimiento previo, también desglosa el proceso, teniendo como puntos clave el reflexionar, cuestionar, analizar, interpretar, etc.

      2. En la semana hemos hablado sobre la formulación de las preguntas que añadiremos en nuestra investigación, si lo relacionamos con el artículo, podemos incluirlo en el subtema "Cómo se debe preguntar", ya que nuestras preguntas son muy "generales y abstractas" y las necesitamos aclarar y delimitar para hacerlas específicas y pertinentes. El autor menciona que es preciso jerarquizar las preguntas reelaboradas, esto dependiendo de la pregunta central formulada: 1. Peguntas fundamentales, 2. preguntas accesorias y 3. preguntas accidentales.

      3. Menciona también que la justificación se debe explicar en forma precisa y clara y por qué la investigación es necesaria y/o conveniente, para esto, la justificación debe responder las siguientes preguntas :¿Por qué es objeto de preocupación este problema específico?, ¿Es un problema importante? y, ¿Qué beneficios aporta?

    1. 3

      me llamo mucho la atención lo que mencionan los autores respecto a la importancia del planteamiento del problema ya que al este estar bien formulado es como tener el problema parcialmente resuelto ya que así nos enfocamos en identificar que necesidades pueden cubrir directamente a nuesto problema.

    2. Comentario #1: Para mí es muy interesante lo que se menciona acerca del proceso de investigación científica, ya que menciona que la investigación es una estrategia para conocer y actuar. Tiene mucho sentido para mí la forma en que se define, ya que la investigación a nosotros como seres humanos no ha ayudado a enriquecernos y ampliar nuestra capacidad de pensamiento.

      Comentario #2: "Toda indagación debe surgir de una motivación del alumno que la realiza". Esta parte para mí es la parte más importante para que se lleve a cabo una investigación, ya que si no hay interés en el tema probablemente la investigación no será fructífera.

      Comentrio #3: Se menciona que el punto de partida de una investigación es el problema, y para mí además de que sea el punto de partida también es en donde la investigación se debería de enfocar al 100% con el fin de resolver la hipótesis de la problemática.

    3. Comentario 1: El texto inicia con una muy buena explicación sobre lo que es una investigación científica dando a entender que una forma de conocer las perspectivas y manejando 3 dimensiones complejas que informan, posponen y relacionan.

      Comentario 2: Muestra el proceso de una investigación que resalta el hacer preguntas iniciales hasta realizar las hipótesis, trabajo de campo, la recolección y análisis de los datos obtenidos, la figura 1 muestra a detalle la relación de todo el proceso con los objetivos.

      Comentario 3: Nos muestra que los objetivos de dicha investigación es lo que se desea obtener y que estos deben de estar formulados con la claridad para que sean coherentes, creo es de suma importancia resaltar que es lo que se desea y quiere mostrar una investigación

    4. COMENTARIO 3: Aunque el texto plantea preguntas clave para orientar la investigación, no ofrece una guía metodológica simplificada que nosotros como estudiantes puedan seguir paso a paso, lo que limita su utilidad práctica.

      1. Me parece interesante cómo se destaca la importancia de elegir un tema que conecte con los intereses del investigador tenga varia fuentes
      2. Me pareció clara la idea de ir de lo general a lo particular para evitar que el tema quede demasiado amplio
      3. Me gusta la idea de que un problema bien formulado facilita todo el desarrollo del proyecto
    5. 1.- El texto destaca que, a pesar de la diversidad de enfoques, todos los procesos de investigación comparten tres pilares esenciales: tema, problema y metodología.

      2.- Se identifican obstáculos comunes que enfrentan los alumnos, como la confusión entre conocimiento científico y sentido común.

      3.- El escrito subraya que un mal planteamiento del problema puede bloquear todo el proceso investigativo.

  4. teacher.imperial-english.com teacher.imperial-english.com
    1. ng in the city centre, th

      1) I hate driving in the city centre, there is always a lot of traffic.

      Why? “Traffic” is an uncountable noun, so we cannot use many.

      Much is grammatically correct, but it sounds unnatural in a positive statement. In everyday English, we usually say a lot of traffic.

      2) There aren’t many good restaurants in my town any more.

      Why? “Restaurants” is countable plural, so we need many.

      Much is for uncountable nouns, so it doesn’t fit.

      A few means “some, but not many,” and the sentence is negative, so many is the natural choice.

      3) I’m so bored, there isn’t much on TV tonight.

      Why? Here “much” means “a large amount,” and TV is considered uncountable in this context.

      Many is for plural countable nouns, which doesn’t fit.

      Some would make it positive, but the sentence is negative.

      4) Did we have a lot of homework today?

      Why? “Homework” is an uncountable noun.

      Much homework is possible, especially in formal English, but in questions, a lot of is more natural in everyday speech.

      Many doesn’t fit because homework is uncountable.

      5) My friends brought a lot of chocolate back from Switzerland for us to try.

      Why? “Chocolate” is usually uncountable when talking about it in general.

      Much chocolate is possible, but usually used in negatives or questions (e.g., I don’t eat much chocolate).

      A lot of is natural and correct in a positive statement.

      1. Hipótesis del autor y justificación Hipótesis: La formación de los administradores en México no se ajusta a las demandas del entorno internacional actual, ya que los planes de estudio se estructuran en torno al proceso administrativo tradicional y las áreas funcionales, dejando de lado habilidades clave como liderazgo, toma de decisiones, creatividad y conocimiento intercultural.

      Justificación:

      El autor analizó 22 programas de licenciatura en Administración acreditados por CACECA.

      Encontró que la mayoría de las materias se centran en:

      Proceso administrativo (planeación, organización, dirección, control).

      Áreas funcionales (mercadotecnia, finanzas, producción, recursos humanos).

      Las materias relacionadas con habilidades blandas (liderazgo, toma de decisiones, ética, etc.) aparecen de forma marginal o optativa.

      Critica la dependencia de bibliografía extranjera (principalmente estadounidense), que no siempre se adapta a la realidad mexicana.

      Señala que los egresados no están preparados para enfrentar problemas complejos, multiculturales y no cuantificables.

      Opinión: La hipótesis es sólida y está bien sustentada. El autor evidencia una desconexión entre la formación académica y las necesidades reales del mercado global. Es crucial que los programas de administración integren más contenidos sobre habilidades transversales, contexto local e internacional, y ética profesional.

      1. Luis Montaño: ¿Por qué afirma que la Administración en México es una disciplina reciente con poca investigación? Luis Montaño (citado por Pariente) argumenta que:

      La administración en México tiene poca tradición investigadora y está orientada principalmente a la docencia.

      Se enseñan modelos idealizados (optimización, excelencia) que son difíciles de aplicar en la realidad organizacional mexicana.

      Existe una falta de contextualización: los modelos extranjeros no siempre se adaptan a las condiciones sociales, económicas y culturales de México.

      Hay una escasa producción académica nacional en administración, lo que obliga a depender de literatura traducida, often poco adecuada.

      Reflejo en el texto: Pariente respalda esta visión al señalar la ausencia de investigaciones y publicaciones de autores mexicanos, así como la falta de materias que aborden la realidad nacional y regional.

      1. ¿Qué opina el autor acerca del liderazgo? El autor considera que el liderazgo es una de las habilidades esenciales que los administradores deben desarrollar para enfrentar los nuevos entornos internacionales. Sin embargo, destaca que:

      El liderazgo es una materia poco frecuente en los planes de estudio analizados (solo aparece en el 20% de los programas).

      Cuando se incluye, often forma parte de bloques optativos o complementarios, no del núcleo central.

      Propone que el liderazgo debe integrarse junto con otras habilidades como la toma de decisiones, la creatividad y el trabajo en redes.

      Además, el autor valora el enfoque de dirección por valores (Blanchard y O’Connor) como una herramienta clave para un liderazgo ético y efectivo.

    1. Two original annotation\ 1.The stacks for the story telling is getting people to the point of the main story itself.

      1. The changes i see in the storytelling is how people perceptively explain themselves when it get to a bad part in the story they stay on that topic

      2. The main theme is about how they feel in the story what type of emoticon triggers that feeling if it's sadness or joyfulness

      3. I find in the story that they change emotion when they feeling sad or scared they go from happy to worry..

      4. in the beginning of the story they get the main purpose of what gonna happened next after the Introduction they can be either scared or worried about the person telling the story

      5. At the end the story teller can be feeling nervous about this whole story or relief they got it out in public they don't have to image the story or tell the story again.

      I would pick " "What is Implicit Bias?" because they talking about Mexican coming from their country to American and board control telling them if they illegal in that country it not okay to say since they're immigrants that came from their hometown just to get peace but not be mock by the person who trying send him back to where eh came from that mean a lot to me and my parents as African myself getting kicked for not fitting in with the Americans. I know what that feel liked

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Multiple waves of follicles have been proven to exist in multiple species, and different waves of follicles contribute differently to oogenesis and fertility. This work characterizes the wave 1 follicles in mouse comprehensively and compares different waves of follicles regarding their cellular and molecular features. Elegant mouse genetics methods are applied to provide lineage tracing of the wave 1 folliculogenesis, together with sophisticated microscopic imaging and analyses. Single-cell RNA-seq is further applied to profile the molecular features of cells in mouse ovaries from week 2 until week 6. While extensive details about the wave 1 follicles, especially the atresia process, are provided, the authors also identified another group of follicles located in the medullary-cortical boundary, which could also be labeled by the FoxL2-mediated lineage tracing method. The "boundary" or "wave 1.5" follicles are proposed by the authors to be the earliest wave 2 follicles, which contribute to the early fertility of puberty mice, instead of the wave 1 follicles, which undergo atresia with very few oocytes generated. The wave 1 follicle atresia, which degrades most oocytes, on the other hand, expands the number of theca cells and generates the interstitial gland cells in the medulla, where the wave 1 follicles are located. These gland cells likely contribute to the generation of androgen and estrogen, which shape oogenesis and animal development. By comparing scRNA-seq data from cells collected from week 2 until week 6 ovaries, the author profiled the changes in numbers of different cells and identified key genes that differ between wave 1 and wave 2 follicles, which could potentially be another driver of different waves of folliculogenesis. In summary, the authors provide a high amount of new results with good quality that illustrate the molecular and cellular features of different waves of mouse follicles, which could be further reused by other researchers in related fields. The findings related to the boundary follicles could potentially bring many new findings related to oogenesis.

      This paper is overall well-written with solid and intriguing conclusions that are well supported. The reviewer only has some minor comments for the authors' consideration that could potentially help with the readability of the paper.

      (1) The authors identify the wave 1.5 follicles at the medullary-cortex boundary, which begin to develop shortly after 2 weeks. Since the authors already collected scRNA-seq data from week 2 until week 6, could any special gene expression patterns be identified that make wave 1.5 follicle cells different from wave 1 and wave 2?

      (2) Are Figures 1C and 1E Z projections from multiple IF slices? If so, please provide representative IF slice(s) from Figures 1C and 1E and clearly label wave 1 and wave 2 follicles to better illustrate how the wave 1 follicles are clarified and quantified.

      (3) For Figure 3D, please also provide an image showing the whole ovary section, like in Figures 3A and 3C, to better illustrate the localization and abundance of different cells.

      (4) In Figure 4H, expressions of HSD3B1 and PLIN1 seem to be detected in almost all medulla cells. Does this mean all medulla cells gain gland cell features? Or there is only a subset of the medulla cells that are actively expressing these 2 proteins. Please provide image(s) with higher magnification to show more clearly how the expression of these 2 proteins differs among different cells.

      (5) Figure 5: The authors discussed cell number changes for different types of cells from week 2 to week 6. A table, or some plots, visualizing numbers of different cell types, instead of just providing original clusters in Dataset S6, at different time points, would make the changes easier to observe.

      (6) Figure S7: It would be more helpful to directly show the number of wave 1 follicles.

      (7) Did the fluorescence cryosection staining (Line 587 - 595) use the same buffers as in the whole-mount staining (Line 575 - 586)? Please clarify.

      (8) In Line 618, what tissue samples were collected? Please point out clearly.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have conducted the largest to date Mendelian Randomization (MR) analysis of the association between genetically predicted measures of adiposity and risk of head and neck cancer (HNC) overall and by subsites within HNC. MR uses genetic predictors of an exposure, such as gene variants associated with high BMI or tobacco use, rather than data from individual physical exams or questionnaires and if it can be done in its idealized state, there should be no problems with confounding. Traditional epidemiologic studies have reported a variety of associations between BMI (and a few other measures of adiposity) and risk of HNC that typically differs by the smoking status of the subjects. Those findings are controversial given the complex relationship between tobacco and both BMI and HNC risk. Tobacco smokers are often thinner than no-smokers so this could create an artificial ('confounded') association that may not be fully adjusted away in risk models. The findings of a BMI-HNC association are often attributed to residual confounding and this seems ripe for an MR approach if suitable genetic instrumental variables can be created. Here the authors built a variety of genetic instrumental variables for BMI and other measures of adiposity as well as two instrumental variables for smoking habits and then tested their hypotheses in a large case-controls set of HNC and controls with genetic data.

      The authors found that the genetic model for BMI was associated with HNC risk in simple models, but this association disappeared when using models that better accounted for pleiotropy, the condition when genetic variants are associated with more than one trait such as both BMI and tobacco use. When they used both adiposity and tobacco use genetic instruments in a single model, there was a strong association with genetically predicted tobacco use (as is expected) but there was no remaining association with genetic predictors of adiposity. They conclude that high BMI/adiposity is not a risk factor for HNC.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength was the expansive use of a variety of different genetic instruments for BMI/adiposity/body size along with employing a variety of MR model types, several of which are known to be less sensitive to pleiotropy. They also used the largest case-control sample size to date.

      Weaknesses:

      The lack of pleiotropy is an unconfirmable assumption of MR and the addition of those models is therefore quite important as this is a primary weakness of the MR approach. Given that concern, I read the sensitivity analyses using pleiotropy-robust models as the main result and in that case, they are more limited in their ability to test their hypothesis as these models do not show a robust BMI instrumental variable association.

      Comments on the revised manuscript:

      After the first round of review, the authors have improved the manuscript by (1) adding the requested power calculations and adding text to help the reader integrate that additional information; (2) adding the main effects for the tobacco instruments; (3) updating the comparison of their results to the prior literature; (4) and some other edits to the text. They have declined to include the smoking stratified estimates and provide a rationale for this decision that references the potential for collider bias. While true that yet another bias might be introduced, that gets added to the list and the careful reader would know that. Many important questions in cancer etiology can only be addressed via observational approaches and each observational approach has the potential for a long list of biases. The best inference comes from integrating the totality of the data and realizing that most conclusions are subject to updating as we conduct more work and learn more.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Joint Public Review:

      Weaknesses:

      The lack of pleiotropy is an unconfirmable assumption of MR, and the addition of those models is therefore quite important, as this is a primary weakness of the MR approach. Given that concern, I read the sensitivity analyses using pleiotropy-robust models as the main result, and in that case, they can't test their hypotheses as these models do not show a BMI instrumental variable association. The other weakness, which might be remedied, is that the power of the tests here is not described. When a hypothesis is tested with an under-powered model, the apparent lack of association could be due to inadequate sample size rather than a true null. Typically, when a statistically significant association is reported, power concerns are discounted as long as the study is not so small as to create spurious findings. That is the case with their primary BMI instrumental variable model - they find an association so we can presume it was adequately powered. But the primary models they share are not the pleiotropy-robust methods MR-Egger, weighted median, and weighted mode. The tests for these models are null, and that could mean a couple of things: (1) the original primary significant association between the BMI genetic instrument was due to pleiotropy, and they therefore don't have a robust model to explore the effects of the tobacco genetic instrument. (2) The power for the sensitivity analysis models (the pleiotropy-robust methods) is inadequate, and the authors share no discussion about the relative power of the different MR approaches. If they do have adequate power, then again, there is no need to explore the tobacco instrument.

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      We suggest that the authors add power estimates to assess whether the sample size is sufficient, given the strength and variability of the genetic instruments. It would also be helpful to present effect estimates for the tobacco instruments alone, to clarify their independent contribution and improve the interpretation of the joint models. In addition, the role of pleiotropy should be addressed more clearly, including which model is considered primary. Stratified analyses by smoking status are encouraged, as prior studies indicate that BMI-HNC associations may differ between smokers and non-smokers. Finally, the comparison with previous studies should be revised, as most reported null findings without accounting for tobacco instruments. If this study finds an association, it should not be framed as a replication

      We would like to highlight that post-hoc power calculations are often considered redundant since the statistical power estimated for an observed association is directly related to its p-value[1]. In other words, the uncertainty of the association is already reflected in its 95% confidence interval. However, we understand power calculations may still be of interest to the reader, so we have incorporated them in the revised manuscript. We have edited the text as follows (lines 151-155):“Consequently, we used the total R<sup>2</sup> values to examine the statistical power in our study[42]. However, we acknowledge that the value of post-hoc power calculations is limited, since the statistical power estimated for an observed association is already reflected in the 95% confidence interval presented alongside the point estimate[43].” We have also added supplementary figures 1 and 2.

      We can see that when using the latest HEADSpAcE data we were able to detect BMI-HNC ORs as small as 1.16 with 80% power, while the GAME-ON dataset only permitted the detection of ORs as small as 1.26 using the same BMI instruments (Figure B). We have explained these figures in the results section as follows (lines 257-263): “Using the BMI genetic instruments (total R<sup>2</sup>= 4.8%) and an α of 0.05, we had 80% statistical power to detect an OR as small as 1.16 for HNC risk (Supplementary Figure 1). For WHR (total R<sup>2</sup>= 3.1%) and WC (total R<sup>2</sup>= 4.4%), we could detect odds ratios (ORs) as small as 1.20 and 1.17, respectively. This is an improvement in terms of statistical power compared to the GAME-ON analysis published by Gormley et al.[28], for which there was 80% power to detect an OR as small as 1.26 using the same BMI genetic instruments (Supplementary Figure 2).”

      The reason we use inverse variance weighted (IVW) Mendelian randomization (MR) to obtain our main results rather than the pleiotropy-robust methods mentioned by the reviewer/editors (i.e., MR-Egger, weighted median and weighted mode) is that the former has greater statistical power than the latter[2]. Hence, instead of focussing on the statistical significance of the pleiotropy-robust analyses, we consider it is of more value to compare the consistency of the effect sizes and direction of the effect estimates across methods. Any evidence of such consistency increases our confidence in our main findings, since each method relies on different assumptions. As we cannot be sure about the presence and nature of horizontal pleiotropy, it is useful to compare results across methods even though they are not equally powered. It is true that our results for the genetically predicted effects of body mass index (BMI) on the risk of head and neck cancer (HNC) differ across methods. This is precisely what led us to question the validity of our main finding (suggesting a positive effect of BMI on HNC risk). We have now clarified this in the methods section of the revised manuscript as advised. Lines 165-171:

      “Because the IVW method assumes all genetic variants are valid instruments[44], which is unlikely the case, three pleiotropy-robust two-sample MR methods (i.e., MR-Egger[45], weighted median[46] and weighted mode[47]) were used in sensitivity analyses. When the magnitude and direction of effect estimates are consistent across methods that rely on different assumptions, the main findings are more convincing. As we cannot be sure about the presence and nature of horizontal pleiotropy, it is useful to compare results across methods even if they are not equally powered.”

      We understand that the reviewer/editors are concerned that we do not have a robust model to explore the role of tobacco consumption in the link between BMI and HNC. However, we have a different perspective on the matter. If indeed, the main IVW finding for BMI and HNC is due to pleiotropy (since some of the pleiotropy-robust methods suggest conflicting results), then the IVW multivariable MR method is a way to explore the potential source of this bias[3]. We were particularly interested in exploring the role of smoking in the observed association because smoking and adiposity are known to influence each other [4-9] and share a genetic basis[10, 11].

      We agree that it would be useful to present the univariable MR effect estimates for smoking behaviour and HNC risk along those obtained using multivariable MR. We have now included the univariable MR estimates for both smoking behaviour variables as a note under Supplementary Table 11 and in the manuscript (lines 316-318): “In univariable IVW MR, both CSI and SI were linked to an increased risk of HNC (CSI OR=4.47 per 1-SD higher CSI, 95%CI 3.31–6.03, p<0.001; SI OR=2.07 per 1-SD higher SI 95%CI 1.60–2.68, p<0.001) (Additional File 2: note in Supplementary Table 11).”

      We understand the appeal of conducting stratified MR analyses by smoking status. However, we anticipate such analyses would hinder the interpretation of our findings as they can induce collider bias which could spuriously lead to different effect estimates across strata[12, 13].

      We thank the reviewer/editors for their comment regarding the way we frame of our findings. We have now edited the discussion section to highlight our study results are different to those obtained in studies that do not account for smoking behaviour. Lines 398-401: “With a much larger sample (N=31,523, including 12,264 cases), our IVW MR analysis suggested BMI may play a role in HNC risk, in contrast to previous studies. However, our sensitivity analyses implied that causality was uncertain.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors do share a table of the percent variance explained of the different genetic instruments, which vary widely, and that table is very welcome because we can get some sense of their utility. The problem is that they don't translate that into a power estimate for the case-control study size that they use. They say that it is the biggest to date, which is good, but without some formal power estimate, it is not particularly reassuring. A framework for MR study power estimates was reported in PMID: 19174578, but that was using very simple MR constructs in use in 2009, and it isn't clear to me if that framework can be used here. That power paper suggests that weak genetic instruments need very large sample sizes, far larger than what is used in the current manuscript. I am unable to estimate the true strength of the instruments used here, and so I am unsure of whether power is an issue or not.

      We have now included power calculations in our manuscript to address the reviewer’s concerns. Nevertheless, as mentioned above, post-hoc power calculations are of limited value, as statistical power is already reflected in the uncertainty around the point estimates (the 95% confidence intervals). Hence, it is important to avoid drawing conclusions regarding the likelihood of true effects or false negatives based on these calculations.

      Although the hypothesis here is that smoking accounts for the apparent BMI association previously reported for HNC, it would have been preferable to see the estimates for their 2 genetic instruments for tobacco alone. The current results only show the BMI instruments alone and then with the tobacco instruments. I would like to see what the risk estimates are for the tobacco instrument alone, so that I can judge for myself what happens in the joint models. As presented, one can only do that for the BMI instruments.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The univariable IVW MR estimate of smoking initiation was OR=2.07 (95%CI 1.60 to 2.68, p<0.001), while the one for comprehensive smoking index was OR=4.47 (95%CI 3.31 to 6.03, p<0.001). We have included this information in the manuscript as requested (please see response to reviewing editor above).

      On line 319, they write that "We did not find evidence against bias due to correlated pleiotropy..." I find this difficult to parse, but I think it means that they should believe that correlated pleiotropy remains a problem. So again, they seem to see their primary model as compromised, and so do I. This limitation is again stated by the authors on lines 351-352.

      We apologise if the wording of the sentence was not easy to understand. When using the CAUSE method, we did not find evidence to reject the null hypothesis that the sharing (correlated pleiotropy) model fits the data at least as well as the causal model. In other words, our CAUSE finding and the inconsistencies observed across our other sensitivity analyses led us to believe that our main IVW MR estimate for BMI-HNC was likely biased by correlated pleiotropy. We believe it is important to explore the source of this bias, which is why we used multivariable MR to investigate the direct effect of BMI on HNC risk while accounting for smoking behaviour.

      In the following paragraphs (lines 358-369), the authors state that their findings are consistent with prior reports, but that doesn't seem to be the case if we take their primary BMI instrument as representing the outcome of this manuscript. Here, they find an association between the BMI instrument and HNC risk, but in each of the other papers they present the primary finding was null without the extensive model changes or the aim of accounting for tobacco with another instrument. I don't see that as replication.

      This is a good point. We have now edited the discussion of our manuscript to avoid giving the impression that our findings replicate those from studies that do not account for smoking behaviour in their analyses. We have edited lines 384-401 as follows:

      “Previous MR studies suggest adiposity does not influence HNC risk[27-29]. Gormley et al.[28] did not find a genetically predicted effect of adiposity on combined oral and oropharyngeal cancer when investigating either BMI (OR=0.89 per 1-SD, 95% CI 0.72–1.09, p=0.26), WHR (OR=0.98 per 1-SD, 95% CI 0.74–1.29, p=0.88) or waist circumference (OR=0.73 per 1-SD, 95% CI 0.52–1.02, p=0.07) as risk factors. Similarly, a large two-sample MR study by Vithayathil et al.[29] including 367,561 UK Biobank participants (of which 1,983 were HNC cases) found no link between BMI and HNC risk (OR=0.98 per 1-SD higher BMI, 95% CI 0.93–1.02, p=0.35). Larsson et al.[27] meta-analysed Vithayathil et al.’s[29] findings with results obtained using FinnGen data to increase the sample size even further (N=586,353, including 2,109 cases), but still did not find a genetically predicted effect of BMI on HNC risk (OR=0.96 per 1-SD higher BMI, 95% CI 0.77–1.19, p=0.69). With a much larger sample (N=31,523, including 12,264 cases), our IVW MR analysis suggested BMI may play a role in HNC risk, in contrast to previous studies. However, our sensitivity analyses implied that causality was uncertain.”

      We also deleted part of a sentence in the discussion section, so lines 416-418 now look as follows: “An important strength of our study was that the HEADSpAcE consortium GWAS used had a large sample size which conferred more statistical power to detect effects of adiposity on HNC risk compared to previous MR analyses[27-29].”

      On lines 384-386 they note a strength is that this is the largest study to date, but I would reiterate that larger and more powerful does not equate to adequately powered.

      This is true. We have included power calculations in the manuscript as requested.

      It's well known that different HNC subsites have different etiologies, as they mention on lines 391-392, and it is implicit in their use of data on HPV positive and negative oropharyngeal cancer. They say that they did not find evidence for heterogeneity in this study, but that would only be true for the null BMI instrument. The effect sizes for their smoking instruments are strikingly different between the subsites.

      We agree and are sorry for the confusion we may have caused by the way we worded our findings. We have edited the text to clarify that the lack of subsite heterogeneity only applied to our results for BMI/WHC/WC-HNC risk. Lines 418-424 now read as follows:

      “Furthermore, the availability of data on more HNC subsites, including oropharyngeal cancers by HPV status, allowed us to investigate the relationship between adiposity and HNC risk in more detail than previous MR studies which limited their subsite analyses to oral cavity and overall oropharyngeal cancers[28, 68]. This is relevant because distinct HNC subsites are known to have different aetiologies[69], although we did not find evidence of heterogeneity across subsites in our analyses investigating the genetically predicted effects of BMI, WHR and WC on HNC risk.”

      Finally, the literature on mutational patterns gives us strong reason to believe that HNC caused by tobacco are biologically distinct from tumors not caused by tobacco. The authors report in the introduction that traditional observational studies of BMI and HNC have reported different findings in smokers versus never smokers, so I would assume there is a possibility that the BMI instrument could have different associations with tumors of the tobacco-induced phenotype and tumors with a non-tobacco induced phenotype. I would assume that authors have access to the data on self-reported tobacco use behavior, even if they can't separate these tumors by molecular types. Stratifying their analysis by tobacco users or not might reveal different results with the BMI instrument.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. We agree that it would have been interesting to present stratified analyses by smoking status along our main findings. However, we decided against this because of the risk of inducing collider bias in our MR analyses i.e., where stratifying on smoking status may induce spurious associations between the adiposity instruments and confounding factors. Multivariable MR is considered a better way of investigating the direct effects of an exposure (adiposity) on an outcome (HNC) accounting for a third variable (smoking)[14], which is why we opted for this method instead.

      References:

      (1) Heinsberg LW, Weeks DE: Post hoc power is not informative. Genet Epidemiol 2022, 46(7):390-394.

      (2) Burgess S, Butterworth A, Thompson SG: Mendelian randomization analysis with multiple genetic variants using summarized data. Genet Epidemiol 2013, 37(7):658-665.

      (3) Burgess S, Davey Smith G, Davies NM, Dudbridge F, Gill D, Glymour MM, Hartwig FP, Kutalik Z, Holmes MV, Minelli C et al: Guidelines for performing Mendelian randomization investigations: update for summer 2023. Wellcome Open Res 2019, 4:186.

      (4) Morris RW, Taylor AE, Fluharty ME, Bjorngaard JH, Asvold BO, Elvestad Gabrielsen M, Campbell A, Marioni R, Kumari M, Korhonen T et al: Heavier smoking may lead to a relative increase in waist circumference: evidence for a causal relationship from a Mendelian randomisation meta-analysis. The CARTA consortium. BMJ Open 2015, 5(8):e008808.

      (5) Taylor AE, Morris RW, Fluharty ME, Bjorngaard JH, Asvold BO, Gabrielsen ME, Campbell A, Marioni R, Kumari M, Hallfors J et al: Stratification by smoking status reveals an association of CHRNA5-A3-B4 genotype with body mass index in never smokers. PLoS Genet 2014, 10(12):e1004799.

      (6) Taylor AE, Richmond RC, Palviainen T, Loukola A, Wootton RE, Kaprio J, Relton CL, Davey Smith G, Munafo MR: The effect of body mass index on smoking behaviour and nicotine metabolism: a Mendelian randomization study. Hum Mol Genet 2019, 28(8):1322-1330.

      (7) Asvold BO, Bjorngaard JH, Carslake D, Gabrielsen ME, Skorpen F, Smith GD, Romundstad PR: Causal associations of tobacco smoking with cardiovascular risk factors: a Mendelian randomization analysis of the HUNT Study in Norway. Int J Epidemiol 2014, 43(5):1458-1470.

      (8) Carreras-Torres R, Johansson M, Haycock PC, Relton CL, Davey Smith G, Brennan P, Martin RM: Role of obesity in smoking behaviour: Mendelian randomisation study in UK Biobank. BMJ 2018, 361:k1767.

      (9) Freathy RM, Kazeem GR, Morris RW, Johnson PC, Paternoster L, Ebrahim S, Hattersley AT, Hill A, Hingorani AD, Holst C et al: Genetic variation at CHRNA5-CHRNA3-CHRNB4 interacts with smoking status to influence body mass index. Int J Epidemiol 2011, 40(6):1617-1628.

      (10) Thorgeirsson TE, Gudbjartsson DF, Sulem P, Besenbacher S, Styrkarsdottir U, Thorleifsson G, Walters GB, Consortium TAG, Oxford GSKC, consortium E et al: A common biological basis of obesity and nicotine addiction. Transl Psychiatry 2013, 3(10):e308.

      (11) Wills AG, Hopfer C: Phenotypic and genetic relationship between BMI and cigarette smoking in a sample of UK adults. Addict Behav 2019, 89:98-103.

      (12) Coscia C, Gill D, Benitez R, Perez T, Malats N, Burgess S: Avoiding collider bias in Mendelian randomization when performing stratified analyses. Eur J Epidemiol 2022, 37(7):671-682.

      (13) Hamilton FW, Hughes DA, Lu T, Kutalik Z, Gkatzionis A, Tilling K, Hartwig FP, Davey Smith G: Non-linear Mendelian randomization: evaluation of effect modification in the residual and doubly-ranked methods with simulated and empirical examples. Eur J Epidemiol 2025.

      (14) Sanderson E, Davey Smith G, Windmeijer F, Bowden J: An examination of multivariable Mendelian randomization in the single-sample and two-sample summary data settings. Int J Epidemiol 2019, 48(3):713-727.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper sought to understand how microexons influence early brain function. By selectively deleting a large number of conserved microexons and then phenotyping the mutants with a behavior and brain activity assays, the authors find that most microexons have minimal effects on the global brain activity and broad behaviors of the larval fish-- although a few do have phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      The work takes full advantage of the scale that is afforded in zebrafish, generating a large mutant collection that is missing microexons and systematically phenotyping them with high throughput behaviour and brain activity assays. The work lays an important foundation for future studies that seek to uncover the likely subtle roles that single microexons will play in shaping development and behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the manuscript includes evidence for many mutants that microexon deletion has minimal effect on full length transcript levels, some of the microexon loss does alter transcript levels. Since the mutations usually yielded no phenotype, these effects on full-length transcripts are unlikely to be a major confound. For mircoexon mutants displaying phenotypes, future work will have to tease apart whether secondary effects on the transcripts are contributing to the phenotype.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use high-throughput gene editing technology in larval zebrafish to address whether microexons play important roles in the development and functional output of larval circuits. They find that individual microexon deletions rarely impact behavior, brain morphology, or activity, and raise the possibility that behavioral dysregulation occurs only with more global loss of microexon splicing regulation. Other possibilities exist: perhaps microexon splicing is more critical for later stages of brain development, perhaps microexon splicing is more critical in mammals, or perhaps the behavioral phenotypes observed when microexon splicing is lost are associated with loss of splicing in only a few genes.

      A few questions remain:

      (1) What is the behavioral consequence for loss of srrm4 and/or loss-of-function mutations in other genes encoding microexon splicing machinery in zebrafish?

      It has been established that srrm4 mutants exhibit no overt morphological phenotypes and are not visually impaired (Ciampi et al., 2022). We are coordinating our publication with Lopez-Blanch et al. (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.23.619860), which shows that srrm4 mutants also have minimal behavioral phenotypes. In contrast, srrm3 mutants have severe vision loss, early mortality, and numerous neural and behavioral phenotypes (Ciampi et al., 2022; Lopez-Blanch et al., 2024). We now point out the phenotypes of srrm3/srrm4 mutants in the manuscript.

      We chose not to generate and characterize the behavior and brain activity of srrm3/srrm4 mutants for two reasons: 1) we were aware of two other labs in the zebrafish community that had generated srrm3 and/or srrm4 mutants (Ciampi et al., 2022 and Gupta et al., 2024, https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.11.29.626094; Lopez-Blanch et al., 2024, https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.23.619860), and 2) we were far more interested in determining the importance of individual microexons to protein function, rather than loss of the entire splicing program. Microexon inclusion can be controlled by different splicing regulators, such as srrm3 (Ciampi et al., 2022) and possibly other unknown factors. Genetic compensation in srrm4 mutants could also result in microexons still being included through actions of other splicing regulators, complicating the analysis of these regulators. We mention srrm4 in the manuscript to point out that some selected microexons are adjacent to regulatory elements expected of this pathway. We did not, however, choose microexons to mutate based on whether they were regulated by Srrm4, making the characterization of srrm3/srrm4 mutants disconnected from our overarching project goal.

      We have edited the Introduction as follows to clarify our goal: “Studies of splicing regulators such as srrm4 impact the entire splicing program, making it impossible to determine the importance of individual microexons to protein function. Further, microexons could still be differentially included in a regulatory mutant via compensation by other splicing factors ...”

      (2) What is the consequence of loss-of-function in microexon splicing genes on splicing of the genes studied (especially those for which phenotypes were observed).

      We are unclear whether “microexon splicing genes” refers to the splicing regulators srrm3/srrm4, which we choose not to study in this work (see response to point #1 above), or the genes that contain microexons. The severe visual phenotypes of srrm3 mutants confounds the study of microexon splicing in this line because altered splicing levels could be due to downstream changes in this significantly different developmental context. A detailed discussion of splicing consequences on removal of microexons from microexoncontaining genes is in the response to point #4 below.

      (3) For the microexons whose loss is associated with substantial behavioral, morphological, or activity changes, are the same changes observed in loss-of-function mutants for these genes?

      In the first version of the manuscript, we had included two explicit comparisons of microexon loss with a standard loss-of-function allele, one with a phenotype and one without, in Figure S1 (now Figures S3 and S4) of this manuscript. Beyond the two pairs we had included, Lopez-Blanch et al. (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.23.619860) described mild behavioral phenotypes for a microexon removal for kif1b, and we showed developmental abnormalities for the kif1b loss-of-function allele (now Figure S3). We have now added a predicted protein-truncating allele for ppp6r3. This new line has phenotypes that are similar but slightly stronger in brain activity and structure than the mutant that lacks only the microexon. The prior Figure S1 (now Figures S3 and S4) was only briefly mentioned in the first version of the manuscript, and we now clarify this point in the Results: “Protein-truncating mutations in eleven additional genes that contain microexons revealed developmental and neural phenotypes in zebrafish (Figure S3, Figure S4), indicating that the genes themselves are involved in biologically relevant pathways. Three of these genes– tenm4, sptan1, and ppp6r3 – are also in our microexon line collection.”

      Additionally, we can draw expected conclusions from the literature, as some genes with our microexon mutations have been studied as typical mutants in zebrafish or mice. We have modified our manuscript to include a discussion of both loss-of-function zebrafish and mouse mutants. See the response to below point #4.

      (4) Do "microexon mutations" presented here result in the precise loss of those microexons from the mRNA sequence? E.g. are there other impacts on mRNA sequence or abundance?

      We acknowledge that unexpected changes to the mRNA of the tested mutants could occur following microexon removal. In particular, all regulatory elements should be removed from the region surrounding the microexon, as any remaining elements could drive the inclusion of unexpected exons that result in premature stop codons.

      First, we have clarified our generated mutant alleles by adding a figure (Figure S1) that details the location of the gRNA cut sites in relation to the microexon, its predicted regulatory elements, and its neighboring exons.

      Second, we have experimentally determined whether the mRNA was modified as expected for a subset of mutants with phenotypes. In all eight tested lines (Figure S2), the microexon was precisely eliminated without causing any other effects on the sequence of the transcript in the neighboring region. We did, however, observe an effect on transcript abundance for one homozygous mutant (vav2). It is possible that complex forms of genetic regulation are occurring that are not induced by unexpected isoforms or premature stop codons. Interestingly, Lopez-Blanch et al. (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.23.619860) eliminated a different microexon in vav2 and also observed a subtle well center preference. If their allele from an entirely different intronic region also results in transcript downregulation, it would support the hypothesis of genetic compensation through atypical pathways. If not, it is likely this phenotype is due specifically to removal of the microexon protein sequence. Not all mutants with phenotypes could be assessed with qRT-PCR because some were no longer present in the lab. All lines were generated in a similar way, however, removing both the microexon and neighboring regulatory elements while avoiding the neighboring exons. Accordingly, we now also explicitly point out those where the clean loss of the microexon was confirmed (eif4g3b, ppp6r3, sptan1, vti1a, meaf6, nrxn1a, tenm3) and those with possibly interesting phenotypes that were not confirmed (ptprd-1, ptprd-2, rapgef2, dctn4, dop1a, mapk8ip3).

      Third, we have further emphasized in the manuscript that these observed phenotypes are extremely mild compared to those observed in over one hundred protein-truncating mutations we have assessed in previous (Thyme et al., 2019; Capps et al., 2024) and unpublished ongoing work. We showed data for one mutant, tcf7l2, which we consider to have moderately strong neural phenotypes, and we have extended this comparison in the revision (new Figure 3G). Additionally, loss-of-function alleles for some microexoncontaining genes have strong developmental phenotypes, as we showed in Figure S1 (now Figures S3 and S4) of this manuscript in addition to our published work (Thyme et al., 2019; Capps et al., 2024). It is known from the literature that the loss-of-function mutants for mapk8ip3 are stronger than we observed here (Tuttle., et al., 2019), suggesting that only the microexon is removed in our line. The microexons in Ptprd are also well-studied in mice, and we expect that only the microexon was removed in our lines. Both Dctn4 and Rapgef2 are completely lethal prior to weaning in mice (the International Mouse Phenotyping Consortium).

      (5) Microexons with a "canonical layout" (containing TGC / UC repeats) were selected based on the likelihood that they are regulated by srrm4. Are there other parallel pathways important for regulating the inclusion of microexons? Is it possible to speculate on whether they might be more important in zebrafish or in the case of early brain development?

      The microexons were not selected based on the likelihood that they were regulated by Srrm4. We have clarified the manuscript regarding this point. There are parallel pathways that can control the inclusion of microexons, such as Srrm3 (Ciampi et al., 2022). It is wellknown that loss of srrm3 has a stronger impact on zebrafish development than srrm4 (Ciampi et al., 2022). The goal of our work was not to investigate these splicing regulators but instead to determine the individual importance of these highly conserved protein changes.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors provide a qualitative analysis of splicing plasticity for microexons during early zebrafish development.

      (2) The authors provide comprehensive phenotyping of microexon mutants, addressing the role of individual microexons in the regulation of brain morphology, activity, and behavior.

      We thank the reviewer for their support. The pErk brain activity mapping method is highly sensitive, significantly minimizing the likelihood that the field has simply not looked hard enough for a neural phenotype in these microexon mutants. In our published work (Thyme et al., 2019), we show that brain activity can be drastically impacted without manifesting in differences in those behaviors assessed in a typical larval screen (e.g., tcf4, cnnm2, and more).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is difficult to interpret the largely negative findings reported in this paper without knowing how the loss of srrm4 affects brain activity, morphology, and behavior in zebrafish.

      See response to point 1.

      (2) The authors do not present experiments directly testing the effects of their mutations on RNA splicing/abundance.

      See response to point 4.

      (3) A comparison between loss-of-function phenotypes and loss-of-microexon splicing phenotypes could help interpret the findings from positive hits.

      See response to points 3 and 4.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Calhoun et al. uses a well-established screening protocol to investigate the functions of microexons in zebrafish neurodevelopment. Microexons have gained prominence recently due to their enriched expression in neural tissues and misregulation in autism spectrum disease. However, screening of microexon functionality has thus far been limited in scope. The authors address this lack of knowledge by establishing zebrafish microexon CRISPR deletion lines for 45 microexons chosen in genes likely to play a role in CNS development. Using their high throughput protocol to test larval behaviour, brain activity, and brain structure, a modest group of 9 deletion lines was revealed to have neurodevelopmental functions, including 2 previously known to be functionally important.

      Strengths:

      (1) This work advances the state of knowledge in the microexon field and represents a starting point for future detailed investigations of the function of 7 microexons.

      (2) The phenotypic analysis using high-throughput approaches is sound and provides invaluable data.

      We thank the reviewer for their support.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is not enough information on the exact nature of the deletion for each microexon.

      To clarify the nature of our mutant alleles, we have added a figure (Figure S1) that details the location of the microexon in relation to its predicted neighboring exons, deletion boundaries, guide RNAs, and putative regulatory elements.

      (2) Only one deletion is phenotypically analysed, leaving space for the phenotype observed to be due to sequence modifications independent of the microexon itself.

      We have determined whether the mRNA is impacted in unanticipated ways for a subset of mutants with mild phenotypes (see point #4 responses to Reviewer 1 for details). Our findings for three microexon mutants (ap1g1, vav2, and vti1a) are corroborated by LopezBlanch et al. (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.23.619860). We have also already compared the microexon removal to a loss-of-function mutant for two lines (Figures S3 and S4), and we have made this comparison more obvious as well as increasing the discussion of the expected phenotypes from typical loss-of-function mutants (see point #3 response to reviewer 1).

      Unlike protein-coding truncations, clean removal of the microexon and its regulatory elements is unlikely to yield different phenotypic outcomes if independent lines are generated (with the exception of genetic background effects). When generating a proteintruncating allele, the premature stop codon can have different locations and a varied impact on genetic compensation. In previous work (Capps et al., 2024), we have observed different amounts of nonsense-mediated decay-induced genetic compensation (El-Brolosy, et al., 2019) depending on the location of the mutation. As they lack variable premature stop codons (the expectation of a clean removal), two mutants for the same microexons should have equivalent impacts on the mRNA.

      We now address the concern of subtle genetic background effects in the Methods: “Even with using sibling controls and collecting multiple biological replicates from individual parents, the possibility remains that linked genetic variation may have contributed to the mild phenotypes we observed, as only a single line was generated.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper sought to understand how microexons influence early brain function. By selectively deleting a large number of conserved microexons and then phenotyping the mutants with behavior and brain activity assays, the authors find that most microexons have minimal effects on the global brain activity and broad behaviors of the larval fish-- although a few do have phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      The work takes full advantage of the scale that is afforded in zebrafish, generating a large mutant collection that is missing microexons and systematically phenotyping them with high throughput behaviour and brain activity assays. The work lays an important foundation for future studies that seek to uncover the likely subtle roles that single microexons will play in shaping development and behavior.

      We thank the reviewer for their support.

      Weaknesses:

      The work does not make it clear enough what deleting the microexon means, i.e. is it a clean removal of the microexon only, or are large pieces of the intron being removed as well-- and if so how much? Similarly, for the microexon deletions that do yield phenotypes, it will be important to demonstrate that the full-length transcript levels are unaffected by the deletion. For example, deleting the microexon might have unexpected effects on splicing or expression levels of the rest of the transcript that are the actual cause of some of these phenotypes.

      To clarify the nature of our mutant alleles, we have added a figure (Figure S1) that details the location of the microexon in relation to its predicted neighboring exons, deletion boundaries, guide RNAs, and putative regulatory elements. We have determined whether the mRNA is impacted in unanticipated ways for a subset of mutants with mild phenotypes (see point #4 responses to Reviewer 1 for details).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For most ME mutations, 4 guide sequences are provided. More description / a diagram could be helpful to interpret how ME mutations were generated.

      We have added diagrams to the Supplementary Materials (new Figure S1) to show where the guide RNAs, cut sites, and putative regulatory elements are in relationship to the microexon and its neighboring exons. We have also added the following point to the text: “Four guide RNAs were used, two on each side of the microexon (Table S2, Figure S1).”

      (2) Figure 1 indicates that there are 45 microexons (MEs) but the text initially indicates that there are 44 that exist in a canonical layout (the text later indicates there are 45). This could be made more clear.

      The 45 refers to the mutants that were generated, not the microexons with putative Srrm4 regulatory elements. We did not choose microexons to mutate based on whether they were regulated by Srrm4. We have clarified these points in the manuscript as follows: “Of these 95 microexons, 42 exist in a canonical layout in the zebrafish genome, with both a UGC and UC repeat – or similar polypyrimidine tract – directly upstream of the alternatively spliced exon (Gonatopoulos-Pournatzis et al., 2018) (Table S1), indicating that Srrm4 likely controls their inclusion. Of the remaining microexons, 44 are organized similarly to the canonical layout, typically with either a UGC or UC repeat. Thus, they may also be regulated by Srrm4.” and “Using CRISPR/Cas9, we generated lines that removed 45 conserved microexons  (Table S2) and assayed larval brain activity, brain structure, and behavior (Figure 1A). Four guide RNAs were used, two on each side of the microexon (Table S2, Figure S1). For microexons with upstream regulatory elements that are likely important for splicing, these elements were also removed (Figure S1).”

      (3) The description of the "canonical layout" as containing TGC / UC repeats could be rewritten as either "containing a UGC motif and UC repeats" or "containing a TGC motif and TC repeats."

      This error has been corrected.

      (4) Why was tcf7l2 selected as a control for MAP mapping?

      The mutant for tcf7l2 is an example of a moderately strong phenotype from a recent study we completed (Capps et al., 2025). This mutant was selected because it has both increased and decreased activity and structure and is ideal for setting the range of the graph. We now include a comparison to additional mutants from this study of autism genes (Capps et al., 2025) to further demonstrate how mild the phenotypes are in the microexon removal mutants (new Figure 3G). We also include the activity and structure maps of tcf7l2 mutants in Supplementary Figures 9 and 11.

      (5) What does it mean that of the remaining microexons, most are similar to canonical layout?

      Typically, they would have one of the two regulatory elements instead of both or the location of the possible elements would be slightly farther away than expected. We have clarified this point in the manuscript as follows: “Of these 95 microexons, 42 exist in a canonical layout in the zebrafish genome, with both a UGC and UC repeat  or similar polypyrimidine tract – directly upstream of the alternatively spliced exon (Gonatopoulos-Pournatzis et al., 2018) (Table S1), indicating that Srrm4 likely controls their inclusion. Of the remaining microexons, 44 are organized similarly to the canonical layout, typically with either a UGC or UC repeat. Thus, they may also be regulated by Srrm4.”

      (6) Figure 2A is very difficult to see - most are either up or down - suggest splitting into 2 figures - one = heat map, second can summarize values that were both up and down.

      We prefer to retain this information for accuracy. The bubble location is offset to effectively share the box between the orange (decreased) and purple (increased) measures. For example, and as noted in the methods and now expanded upon, a measure can change between 4 and 6 dpf or a measure such as bout velocity could be increased while the distance traveled is decreased (both are magnitude measures). The offset of the bubbles is consistently 0.2 data units in x and y from the center of the box.

      (7) The authors apply rigorous approaches to testing the importance of microexons. I especially appreciate the inclusion of separate biological replicates in the main figures!

      We thank the reviewer for their positive feedback.

      (8) Page 5 line 5 - suggest "compared to homozygous mutants".

      The change has been made.

      (9) For Eif5g3b dark flash phenotype, it's not clear what "p-values are not calculated for response plots" means. A p-value is provided in the plot for ppp6r3 response freq.

      The eif4g3b plot is the actual response trace measuring through pixel changes whereas the ppp6r3 is the frequency of response. While informative, the response plot is time-based data with a wide dynamic range, making the average signal across the entire time window meaningless. We include the p-values for a related measure, the latency for the first 10 dark flashes in block 1 (day6dpfdf1a_responselatency) in the legend.

      (10) The ptprd phenotype in 2D is not described in the text.

      The change has been made.

      (11) Page 7 line 7: "mild" is repeated.

      This error has been corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Specific points for needed improvement:

      (1) The title should be adjusted to more accurately describe the results. The term 'minimal' is under-representing the findings. 9/45 (20%) of targets in their screen have some phenotype, indicating that a significant number have indeed an important function. Moreover, the phenotypic analysis is limited, leaving space for missed abnormalities (as discussed by the authors). I would therefore suggest a more neutral title such as 'Systematic genetic deletion of microexons uncovers their roles in zebrafish brain development and larval behaviour'.

      While some microexon mutants do have repeatable phenotypes, these phenotypes are far milder than phenotypes observed in other mutant sets. We now include a comparison to additional mutants from this study of autism genes (Capps et al.,2025) to further demonstrate how mild the phenotypes are in the microexon removal mutants (new Figure 3G). The title states that these microexons have a minimal impact on larval zebrafish brain morphology and function, leaving room for the possibility of adult phenotypes. Thus, we prefer to retain this title.

      (2) Do the 45 chosen microexons correspond to the 44 with a canonical layout with TGC and UC repeats? If so, it needs to be explicitly stated in the text that exons were chosen for mutation based on the potential for SRRM4 regulation. If not, then the rationale for the choice of the 45 mutants from the 95 highly conserved events needs to be explained further.

      The 45 refers to the mutants that were generated, not the microexons with putative Srrm4 regulatory elements. We did not choose microexons to mutate based on whether they were regulated by Srrm4. We have clarified these points in the manuscript as follows: “Of these 95 microexons, 42 exist in a canonical layout in the zebrafish genome, with both a UGC and UC repeat – or similar polypyrimidine tract – directly upstream of the alternatively spliced exon (Gonatopoulos-Pournatzis et al., 2018) (Table S1), indicating that Srrm4 likely controls their inclusion. Of the remaining microexons, 44 are organized similarly to the canonical layout, typically with either a UGC or UC repeat. Thus, they may also be regulated by Srrm4.” and “Using CRISPR/Cas9, we generated lines that removed 45 conserved microexons (Table S2) and assayed larval brain activity, brain structure, and behavior (Figure   1A). Four guide RNAs were used, two on each side of the microexon (Table S2, Figure S1). For microexons with upstream regulatory elements that are likely important for splicing, these elements were also removed (Figure S1).”

      There was no clear rationale for those that were selected. We attempted to generate all 95 and some mutants were not successfully generated in our initial attempt. As we found minimal phenotypes, we elected to not continue to make the remaining ones on the list.

      (3) More detail regarding the design of guides for CRISPR is required in the text in the methods section. From Table S2, 4 guides were used per microexon. Were these designed to flank the microexon? How far into the intronic sequence were the guides designed? Were the splicing regulatory sequences (polypyrimidine tract, branchpoint) also removed? The flanking sequences of each of the 45 deletion lines need to be provided.

      We have added diagrams to the Supplementary Materials (new Figure S1) to show where the guide RNAs, cut sites, and putative regulatory elements are in relationship to the microexon and its neighboring exons. We removed the microexon and the surrounding area that contains the putative regulatory elements.

      (4) Following on from the previous point, to ascertain that the phenotype observed is truly due to lack of microexon (rather than other event linked to removed intronic sequences) - for the 7 exons newly identified as functionally important, at least one added deletion line has to be shown, presenting the same phenotype. If making 7 more lines can't be achieved in a reasonable time (we are aware this is a big ask), a MO experiment blocking microexon splicing needs to be provided (may not be ideal for analysis at 6 dpf). For the existing mutants and the new ones (or morphants), sequencing of the mRNAs for the 7 genes in mutants and siblings also needs to be added to check any possible change in other variants.

      Unlike protein-coding truncations, clean removal of the microexon and its regulatory elements is unlikely to yield different phenotypic outcomes if independent lines are generated (with the exception of genetic background effects). When generating a protein-truncating allele, the premature stop codon can have different locations and a varied impact on genetic compensation. In previous work (Capps et al., 2024), we have observed different amounts of nonsense-mediated decay-induced genetic compensation (El-Brolosy, et al., 2019) depending on the location of the mutation. As they lack variable premature stop codons (the expectation of a clean removal), two mutants for the same microexons should have equivalent impacts on the mRNA. We acknowledge that we inadequately described the generation of these alleles, and we now provide Figure S1 to show the microexon’s relationship to possible regulatory elements that impact splicing in unexpected ways if they remain.

      We now acknowledge the concern of subtle genetic background effects in the Methods: “Even with using sibling controls and collecting multiple biological replicates from individual parents, the possibility remains that linked genetic variation may have contributed to the mild phenotypes we observed, as only a single line was generated.”

      Given the caveats of MOs and transient microinjection for the study of 6 dpf phenotypes, we disagree that this suggested experiment would provide value. The phenotypic assays we use are highly sensitive, and we would not even trust CRISPANTs to yield reliable data. We have added an additional loss-of-function allele for ppp6r3 from the Sanger knockout project, which has a similar but stronger size change to the ppp6r3 microexon-removal line. In addition, our findings for three microexon mutants (ap1g1, vav2, and vti1a) are corroborated by Lopez-Blanch et al. (https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.10.23.619860).

      To support that these we generated clean removal of these microexons, we experimentally determined whether the mRNA is impacted in unanticipated ways for a subset of mutants with mild phenotypes (see the point #4 public response to Reviewer 1). We also have already compared the microexon removal to a loss-offunction mutant for two lines (Figure S1), and we have made that outcome more obvious as well as increasing the discussion of the expected phenotypes from typical loss-of-function mutants (see point #3 public response to Reviewer 1).

      (5) Figure 3: An image of control tcf7l2 mutant brain activity as a reference should be included.

      We now include the activity and structure maps of tcf7l2 mutants in Supplementary Figures 9 and 11.

      (6) Figure 3a/b. The gene names on the y-axis of the pERK and structure comparisons should be reordered to be alphabetical so that phenotypes can be compared by the reader for the same microexon across the two assays.

      These data are clustered so that any similarities between maps can be recognized. We prefer to retain the clustering to compare lines to each other.

      (7) Figure S6 legend. Including graph titles like "day3msdf_dpix_numberofbouts_60" is not comprehensible to the reader so should be replaced with more descriptive text. As should jargon such as "combo plot" and"habituation_day5dpfhab1post_responsefrequency_1_a1f1000d5p" etc.

      The legend has been edited to describe the experiments. Subsections of the prior names are maintained in parentheses to enable the reader to connect the plots in this figure to the specific image and underlying data in Zenodo.

      (8) Page 2 line 21 "to enable proper".

      The change has been made.

      (9) Page 7 line 7. Repeatable phenotypes were mild mild.

      This error has been corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 1B is confusingly laid out.

      We are unclear how to modify Figure 1B, as it is a bar plot. We have modified several figures to improve clarity.

      (2) Figure 1E-there are some pictures of zebrafish but to what end? They aren't labelled. The dark "no expression" looks really similar to the dark green, "high expression".

      The zebrafish images represent the ages assessed for microexon inclusion. We have added labels to clarify this point.

      (3) The main text says "microexons were removed by Crispr" but there is no detail in the main text about this at all-- and barely any in the methods. What does it mean to be removed? Cleanly? Or including part of the introns on either side? Etc. How selected, raised, etc? I can glean some of this from the Table S2 if I do a lot of extra work, but at least some notes about this would be important.

      We have added diagrams to the Supplementary Materials (new Figure S1) to show where the guide RNAs, cut sites, and putative regulatory elements are in relationship to the microexon and its neighboring exons. We removed the microexon and the surrounding area that contains the putative regulatory elements.

      (4) Figure 2 - There are no Ns, at least for the plots on the right. The reader shouldn't have to dig deep in Table S2 to find that. It is also unclear why heterozygous fish are not included in these analyses, since there are sibling data for all. Removed for readability of the plots might be warranted, but this should be made explicitly clear.

      The Ns for these plots have been added to the legend. The legend was also modified as follows: “Comparisons to the heterozygous larvae are removed for clarity and available in the Supplementary Materials, as they often have even milder phenotypes than homozygous.”

      (5) Needed data: for those with phenotypes, some evidence should be presented that the full-length transcripts that encode proteins without the microexons are still expressed at the same level and without splicing errors/NMD. Otherwise, some of these phenotypes that were found could be due to knockdown or LOF (or I suppose even overexpression) of the targeted gene.

      We have added a new Supplementary Figure S2 confirming clean removal of the microexons with RT-PCR for a subset of mutants with phenotypes. This figure also includes qRT-PCR for the same subset. We now discuss these findings: Results: “For eight mutant lines, we confirmed that the microexon was eliminated from the transcripts as expected (Figure S2). Although our genomic deletion did not yield unexpected isoforms, qRT-PCR on these eight lines revealed significant downregulation for the homozygous vav2 mutant (Figure S2), indicating possibly complex genetic regulation.”

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the mechanism by which chronic stress induces degeneration of locus coeruleus (LC) neurons. The authors demonstrate that chronic stress leads to the internalization of α2A-adrenergic receptors (α2A-ARs) on LC neurons, causing increased cytosolic noradrenaline (NA) accumulation and subsequent production of the neurotoxic metabolite DOPEGAL via monoamine oxidase A (MAO-A). The study suggests a mechanistic link between stress-induced α2A-AR internalization, disrupted autoinhibition, elevated NA metabolism, activation of asparagine endopeptidase (AEP), and Tau pathology relevant to Alzheimer's disease (AD). The conclusions of this paper are well-supported mainly by the data, but some aspects of image acquisition require further examination.

      Strengths:

      This study clearly demonstrates the effects of chronic stimulation on the excitability of LC neurons using electrophysiological techniques. It also elucidates the role of α2-adrenergic receptor (α2-AR) internalization and the associated upstream and downstream signaling pathways of GIRK-1, using a range of pharmacological agents, highlighting the innovative nature of the work. Additionally, the study identifies the involvement of the MAO-A-DOPEGAL-AEP pathway in this process. The topic is timely, the proposed mechanistic pathway is compelling, and the findings have translational relevance, particularly in relation to therapeutic strategies targeting α2A-AR internalization in neurodegenerative diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The manuscript reports that chronic stress for 5 days increases MAO-A levels in LC neurons, leading to the production of DOPEGAL, activation of AEP, and subsequent tau cleavage into the tau N368 fragment, ultimately contributing to neuronal damage. However, the authors used wild-type C57BL/6 mice, and previous literature has indicated that AEP-mediated tau cleavage in wild-type mice is minimal and generally insufficient to cause significant behavioral alterations. Please clarify and discuss this apparent discrepancy.

      (2) It is recommended that the authors include additional experiments to examine the effects of different durations and intensities of stress on MAO-A expression and AEP activity. This would strengthen the understanding of stress-induced biochemical changes and their thresholds.

      (3) Please clarify the rationale for the inconsistent stress durations used across Figures 3, 4, and 5. In some cases, a 3-day stress protocol is used, while in others, a 5-day protocol is applied. This discrepancy should be addressed to ensure clarity and experimental consistency.

      (4) The abbreviation "vMAT2" is incorrectly formatted. It should be "VMAT2," and the full name (vesicular monoamine transporter 2) should be provided at first mention.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed all of the reviewers' comments.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a technically impressive dataset showing that repeated excitation or restraint stress internalises somatodendritic α2A adrenergic autoreceptors (α2A ARs) in locus coeruleus (LC) neurons. Loss of these receptors weakens GIRK-dependent autoinhibition, raises neuronal excitability, and is accompanied by higher MAO A, DOPEGAL, AEP, and tau N368 levels. The work combines rigorous whole-cell electrophysiology with barbadin-based trafficking assays, qPCR, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry. The final schematic is appealing and, in principle, could explain early LC hyperactivity followed by degeneration in ageing and Alzheimer's disease.

      Strengths:

      - Multi-level approach - The study integrates electrophysiology, pharmacology, mRNA quantification, and protein-level analysis.

      -Use of barbadin to block β-arrestin/AP-2-dependent internalisation is both technically precise and mechanistically informative

      -Well-executed electrophysiology

      -translation relevance

      -converges to a model that peers discussed (scientists can only discuss models - not data!)

      Weaknesses:

      Nevertheless, the manuscript currently reads as a sequence of discrete experiments rather than a single causal chain.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer # 1 (Public review)

      This study aims to elucidate the mechanisms by which stress-induced α2A-adrenergic receptor (α2A-AR) internalization leads to cytosolic noradrenaline (NA) accumulation and subsequent neuronal dysfunction in the locus coeruleus (LC). While the manuscript presents an interesting but ambitious model involving calcium dynamics, GIRK channel rundown, and autocrine NA signaling, several key limitations undermine the strength of the conclusions. 

      (1) First, the revision does not include new experiments requested by reviewers to validate core aspects of the mechanism. Specifically, there is no direct measurement of cytosolic NA levels or MAO-A enzymatic activity to support the link between receptor internalization and neurochemical changes. The authors argue that such measurements are either not feasible or beyond the scope of the study, leaving a significant gap in the mechanistic chain of evidence. 

      Although the reviewer #1 commented that “The authors argue that such measurements are either not feasible or beyond the scope of the study, leaving a significant gap in the mechanistic chain of evidence”, we believe that this comment may be unfair. 

      It may be unfair for the reviewer #1 to neglect our responses to the original reviewer comments regarding the direct measurement of cytosolic NA levels. It is true that none of the recommended methods to directly measure cytosolic NA levels are not feasible as described in the original authors’ response (see the original authors’ response to the comment raised by the Reviewer #1 as Recommendations for the authors (2)). To measure extracellular NA with GRAB-NE photometry, α2A-ARs must be expressed in the cell membrane. GRAB-NE photometry is not applicable unless α2A-ARs are expressed, whereas increases in cytosolic NA levels are caused by internalization of α2A-ARs in our study.

      In our study, we elaborated to detect the change in MAO-A protein with Western blot method, instead of examining MAO-A enzymatic activity. Because the relative quantification of active AEP and Tau N368 proteins by Western blot analysis should accurately reflect the change in the MAO-A enzymatic activity, enzymatic assay may not be necessarily required while we admit the necessity of enzymatic assay to better demonstrate the MAO-A activities as discussed in the previously revised manuscript (R1, page 10, lines 314-315). 

      We used the phrase “beyond the scope of the current study” for “the mechanism how Ca<sup>2+</sup> activates MAO-A” as described in the original authors’ responses (see the original authors’ response to the comment raised by the Reviewer #1 as Weakness (3)). We do not think that this mechanism must be investigated in the present study because the Ca<sup>2+</sup> dependent nature of MAO-A activity is already known (Cao et al., 2007). 

      On the other hand, because it is not possible to measure cytosolic NA levels with currently available methods, the quantification of the connection between α2A-AR internalization and increased cytosolic NA levels must be considered outside the scope of the study. However, our study demonstrated the qualitative relationship between α2A-AR internalization and active-AEP/TauN-368 reflecting increased cytosolic NA levels, leaving “a small gap in the mechanistic chain of evidence.” Therefore, it may be unreasonable to criticize our study as “leaving a significant gap in the mechanistic chain of evidence” with the phrase “beyond the scope of the current study.” 

      (2) Second, the behavioral analysis remains insufficient to support claims of cognitive impairment. The use of a single working memory test following an anxiety test is inadequate to verify memory dysfunction behaviors. Additional cognitive assays, such as the Morris Water Maze or Novel Object Recognition, are recommended but not performed.

      As described in the original authors’ response (see the original authors’ response to the comment raised by the Reviewer #1 as Weakness (4)), we had already done another behavioral test using elevated plus maze (EPM) test. By combining the two tests, it may be possible to more accurately evaluate the results of Y-maze test by differentiating the memory impairment from anxiety. However, the results obtained by these behavioral tests showed that chronic RS mice displayed both anxiety-like and memory impairment-like behaviors. Accordingly, we have softened the implication of anxiety and memory impairment (page 13, lines 396-399) and revised the abstract (page 2, line 59) in the revised manuscript (R2).  

      (3) Third, concerns regarding the lack of rigor in differential MAO-A expression in fluorescence imaging were not addressed experimentally. Instead of clarifying the issue, the authors moved the figure to supplementary data without providing further evidence (e.g., an enzymatic assay or quantitative reanalysis of Western blot, or re-staining of IF for MAO-A) to support their interpretation.

      Because the quantification of MAO-A expression can be performed with greater accuracy by means of Western blot than by immunohistochemistry, we have moved the immunohistochemical results (shown in Figure 5) to the supplemental data (Figure S8) following the suggestion made by the Reviewer #3. As the relative quantification of active AEP and Tau N368 proteins by Western blot analysis may accurately reflect changes in the MAO-A enzymatic activity which is consistent with the result of Western blot analysis of MAO-A, enzymatic assay or re-staining of immunofluorescence for MAO-A may not be necessarily required. We do not think that a new experiment of Western blot analysis is necessary to re-evaluate MAO-A just because of the lack of the less-reliable quantification of immunohistochemical staining.

      (4) Fourth, concerns regarding TH staining remain unresolved. In Figure S7, the α2A-AR signal appears to resemble TH staining, and vice versa, raising the possibility of labeling errors. It is recommended that the authors re-examine this issue by either double-checking the raw data or repeating the immunostaining to validate the staining.

      The reviewer #3 is misunderstanding Figure S7. In Figure S7, there are two types of α2A-AR expressing neurons; one is TH-positive LC neuron and the other is TH-negative neuron in mesencephalic trigeminal nucleus (MTN). This clearly indicates that TH staining is specific. Furthermore, α2A-AR staining was much more extensive in MTN neurons than in LC neurons. Thus, α2A-AR signal is not similar to TH signal and there are no labeling errors, which is also evident in the merged image (Figure S7C).

      (5) Overall, the manuscript offers a potentially interesting framework but falls short in providing the experimental rigor necessary to establish causality. The reliance on indirect reasoning and reorganizing of existing data, rather than generating new evidence, limits the overall impact and interpretability of the study.

      Overall, the reviewer #1 was not satisfied with our revision regardless of the authors’ responses. As detailed above in our responses to the replies (1)~(4), we believe that in the original authors’ responses and in the above-described responses we effectively responded to the criticisms by the reviewer #1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Comments on revisions: 

      The authors have addressed all of the reviewers' comments.

      We appreciate constructive and helpful comments made by the reviewer #2.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Weaknesses:  

      Nevertheless, the manuscript currently reads as a sequence of discrete experiments rather than a single causal chain. Below, I outline the key points that should be addressed to make the model convincing.

      Please see the responses to the recommendation for the authors made by reviewer #3.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Causality across the pathway  

      Each step (α2A internalisation, GIRK rundown, Ca<sup>2+</sup> rise, MAO-A/AEP upregulation) is demonstrated separately, but no experiment links them in a single preparation. Consider in vivo Ca<sup>2+</sup> or GRAB NE photometry during restraint stress while probing α2A levels with i.p. clonidine injection or optogenetic over excitation coupled to biochemical readouts. Such integrated evidence would help to overcome the correlational nature of the manuscript to a more mechanistic study. 

      Authors response: It is not possible to measure free cytosolic NA levels with GRAB NE photometry when α2A AR is internalized as described above (see the response to the comment made by reviewer #1 as the recommendation for the authors).

      The core idea behind my comment, as well as that of Reviewer 1, was to encourage integrating your individual findings into a more cohesive in vivo experiment. Using GRAB-NE to measure extracellular NA could serve as an indirect readout of NA uptake via NAT, and ultimately, cytosolic NA levels. Connecting these experiments would significantly strengthen the manuscript and enhance its overall impact. 

      It may be true that the measurement of extracellular NA could serve as an indirect readout of NA uptake via NAT, and ultimately cytosolic NA levels. However, the reviewer #3 is still misunderstanding the applicability of GRAB-NE method to detect NE in our study. As described in the original authors’ response, there appeared to be no fluorescence probe to label cytosolic NA at present. Especially, the GRAB-NE method recommended by the reviewers #1 and #3 is limited to detect NA only when α2A-AR is expressed in the cell membrane.Therefore, when increases in cytosolic NA levels are caused by internalization of α2A-ARs, NA measurement with GRAB-NE photometry is not applicable.

      (2) Pharmacology and NE concentration  

      The use of 100 µM noradrenaline saturates α and β adrenergic receptors alike. Please provide ramp measurements of GIRK current in dose-response at 1-10 µM NE (blocked by atipamezole) to confirm that the rundown really reflects α2A activity rather than mixed receptor effects. 

      Authors response: It is true that 100 µM noradrenaline activates both α and β adrenergic receptors alike. However, it was clearly showed that enhancement of GIRK-I by 100 µM noradrenaline was completely antagonized by 10 µM atipamezole and the Ca<sup>2+</sup> dependent rundown of NA-induced GIRK-I was prevented by 10 µM atipamezole. Considering the Ki values of atipamezole for α2A AR (=1~3 nM) (Vacher et al., 2010, J Med Chem) and β AR (>10 µM) (Virtanen et al., 1989, Arch Int Pharmacodyn Ther), these results really reflect α2A AR activity but not β AR activity (Figure S5). Furthermore, because it is already well established that NA-induced GIRK-I was mediated by α2A AR activity in LC neurons (Arima et al., 1998, J Physiol; Williams et al., 1985, Neuroscience), it is not necessarily need to re-examine 1-10 µM NA on GIRK-I.

      While the milestone papers by Williams remain highly influential, they should be re-evaluated in light of more recent findings, given that they date back over 40 years. Advances in our understanding now allow for a more nuanced interpretation of some of their results. For example, see McKinney et al. (eLife, 2023). This study demonstrates that presynaptic β-adrenergic receptors-particularly β2-can enhance neuronal excitability via autocrine mechanisms. This suggests that your post-activation experiments using atipamezole may not fully exclude a contribution of β-adrenergic signaling. Such a role might become apparent when conducting more detailed titration experiments.

      The reviewer #3 may be misunderstanding the report by McKinney et al. (eLife, 2013). This paper did not demonstrate that presynaptic β-adrenergic receptors-particularly β2- can enhance neuronal excitability via autocrine mechanisms. It is impossible for LC neurons to increase their excitability by activating β-adrenergic receptors, as we have clearly shown that enhancement of GIRK-I by 100 µM noradrenaline was completely antagonized by 10 µM atipamezole. Considering the difference in Ki values of atipamezole for α2-AR (= 2~4 nM) (Vacher et al., 2010, J Med Chem) and β-AR (>10 µM) (Virtanen et al., 1989, Arch Int Pharmacodyn Ther), such a complete antagonization (of 100 µM NA-induced GIRK-I) by 10 µM atipamezole really reflect α2A-AR activity but not β-AR activity (Figure S5). Furthermore, it is already well established that NA-induced GIRK-I was mediated by α2-AR activity in LC neurons (Arima et al., 1998, J Physiol). McKinney et al. (eLife, 2023) have just found the absence of lateral inhibition on adjacent LC neurons by NA autocrine caused respective spike activity. This has nothing to do with autoinhibition.

      (4) Age mismatch and disease claims 

      All electrophysiology and biochemical data come from juvenile (< P30) mice, yet the conclusions stress Alzheimer-related degeneration. Key endpoints need to be replicated in adult or aged mice, or the manuscript should soften its neurodegenerative scope. 

      Authors response: As described in the section of Conclusion, we never stress Alzheimer-related degeneration, but might give such an impression. To avoid such a misunderstanding, we have added a description “However, the present mechanism must be proven to be valid in adult or old mice, to validate its involvement in the pathogenesis of AD.” (R1, page 14, lines 448-450).

      It would be great to see this experiment performed in aged mice-you are the one who has everything in place to do it right now! 

      In our future separate studies, we would like to prove that the present mechanism is valid in aged mice, to validate its involvement in the pathogenesis of AD. This is partly because the patch-clamp study in aged mice is extremely difficult and takes much time.

      Authors response: In the abstract, you suggest that internalization of α2A-adrenergic receptors could represent a therapeutic target for Alzheimer's disease. "...Thus, it is likely that internalization of α2A-AR increased cytosolic NA, as reflected in AEP increases, by facilitating reuptake of autocrine-released NA. The suppression of α2A-AR internalization may have a translational potential for AD treatment."

      α2A-AR internalization was involved in the degeneration of LC neurons. Because we confirmed that spike-frequency adaptation reflecting α2A-AR-mediated autoinhibition can be induced in adult mice as prominently as in juvenile mice (Figure S10), it is not inadequate to suggest that the suppression of α2A-AR internalization may have a translational potential for anxiety/AD treatment (see Discussion; R2, page 14, lines 445-449).

      (6) Quantitative histology  

      Figure 5 presents attractive images, but no numerical analysis is provided. Please provide ROI-based fluorescence quantification (with n values) or move the images to the supplement and rely on the Western blots. 

      Author response: We have moved the immunohistochemical results in Fig. 5 to the supplement, as we believe the quantification of immunohistochemical staining is not necessarily correct.   

      What do you mean by that " ...immunohistochemical staining is not necessarily correct."  

      It is evident that in terms of quantification, Western blot analysis is a more accurate method than immunohistochemical staining. In this sense, it is the contention of our study that the ROI-based fluorescence quantification of immunohistochemical staining is not necessarily an accurate or correct procedure, compared to the quantification by Western blot analysis.

    1. سوال: برای ساختن compoundind relationships چه کنیم؟

      1 ابتدا یوزر مناسبی را انتخاب کنید. یعنی کسی که: خود Naval در قسمتی از این مقاله میگوید: those people have to signal that they’re going to be around for a long time. That they’re ethical. And their ethics are visible through their actions.

      2 خودتان آدم مناسبی باشید. یعنی: صادق باشید. خیرخواه باشید. اخلاق و اصول درست داشته باشید و این اصول را برای طرف مقابل تبیین کنید (این عمل به سورت خودکار یوزرهای شما را تا حدی فیلتر میکند.) به آنچه میگویید عمل کنید. خرد و جکمت داشته باشید و wise تصمیم بگیرید. در مواقع نیاز و به روش درست و در راه درست به طرف مقابل کمک کنید یا از او حمایت کنید. سعی کنید در طول زمان trust دو طرفه ایجاد کنید.

      3 صبر کنید، ایمان داشته باشید و استمرار داشته باشید.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors previously reported that Heliconius, one genus of the Heliconiini butterflies, evolved to be efficient foragers to feed pollen of specific plants and have massively expanded mushroom bodies. Using the same image dataset, the authors segmented the central complex and associated brain regions and found that the volume of the central complex relative to the rest of the brain is largely conserved across the Heliconiini butterflies. By performing immunostaining to label a specific subset of neurons, the authors found several potential sites of evolutionary divergence in the central complex neural circuits, including the number of GABAergic ellipsoid body ring neurons and the innervation patterns of Allatostatin A expressing neurons in the noduli. These neuroanatomical data will be helpful to guide future studies to understand the evolution of the neural circuits for vector-based navigation.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a sufficiently large scale of dataset from 307 individuals of 41 species of Heliconiini butterflies to solidify the quantitative conclusions and present new microscopy data for fine neuroanatomical comparison of the central complex.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the figures display a concise summary of anatomical findings, it would be difficult for non-experts to learn from this manuscript to identify the same neuronal processes in the raw confocal stacks. It would be helpful to have instructive movies to show a step-by-step guide for identification of neurons of interest, segmentations, and 3D visualizations (rotation) for several examples, including ER neurons (to supplement texts in line 347-353) and Allatostatin A neurons.

      (2) Related to (1), it was difficult for me to assess if the data in Figure 7 support the author's conclusions that ER neuron number increased in Heliconius Melpomene. By my understanding, the resolution of this dataset isn't high enough to trace individual axons and therefore authors do not rule out that the portion of "ER ring neurons" in Heliconius may not innervate the ER, as stated in Line 635 "Importantly, we also found that some ER neurons bypass the ellipsoid body and give rise to dense branches within distinct layers in the fan-shaped body (ER-FB)". If they don't innervate the ellipsoid body, why are they named as "ER neurons"?

      (3) Discussions around the lines 577-584 require the assumption that each ellipsoid body (EB) ring neuron typically arborises in a single microglomerulus to form a largely one-to-one connection with TuBu neurons within the bulb (BU), and therefore, the number of BU microglomeruli should provide an estimation of the number of ER neurons. Explain this key assumption or provide an alternative explanation.

      (4) The details of antibody information are missing in the Key resource table. Instead of citing papers, list the catalogue numbers and identifier for commercially available antibodies, and describe the antigen, and whether they are monoclonal or polyclonal. Are antigens conserved across species?

      (5) I did not understand why authors assume that foraging to feed on pollens is a more difficult cognitive task than foraging to feed on nectar. Would it be possible that they are equally demanding tasks, but pollen feeding allows Heliconius to pass more proteins and nucleic acids to their offspring and therefore they can develop larger mushroom bodies?

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provides a general theoretical framework for understanding molecular transport across liquid-liquid phase boundaries, focusing on interfacial resistance arising from deviations from local equilibrium. By bridging sharp and continuous interface descriptions, the authors demonstrate how distinct microscopic mechanisms can yield similar effective kinetics and propose practical experimental validation strategies.

      Strengths:

      (1) Conceptually rich and physically insightful interface resistance formulation in sharp and continuous limits.

      (2) Strong integration of non-equilibrium thermodynamics with biologically motivated transport scenarios.

      (3) Thorough numerical and analytical support, with thoughtful connection to current and emerging experimental techniques.

      (4) Relevance to various systems, including biomolecular condensates and engineered aqueous two-phase systems.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work remains theoretical, mainly, with limited direct comparison to quantitative experimental data.

      (2) The biological implications are only briefly explored; further discussion of specific systems where interface resistance might play a functional role would enhance the impact.

      (3) Some model assumptions (e.g., symmetric labeling or idealized diffusivity profiles) could be further contextualized regarding biological variability.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript investigated the kinetics of molecule transport across interfaces in phase-separated mixtures. Through the development of a theoretical approach for a binary mixture in a sharp interface limit, the authors found that interface resistance leads to a slowdown in interfacial movement. Subsequently, they extended this approach to multiple molecular species (incorporating both labeled and unlabeled molecules) and continuous transport models. Finally, they proposed experimental settings in vitro and commented on the necessary optical resolution to detect signatures of interfacial kinetics associated with resistance.

      The investigation of transport kinetics across biomolecular condensate interfaces holds significant relevance for understanding cellular function and dysfunction mechanisms; thus, the topic is important and timely. However, the current manuscript presentation requires improvement. Firstly, the inclusion of numerous equations in the main text substantially compromises readability, and relocation of a part of the formulae and derivations to the Appendix would be more appropriate. Secondly, the manuscript would benefit from more comprehensive comparisons with existing theoretical studies on molecular transport kinetics. The text should also be written to be more approachable for a general readership. Modifications and sufficient responses to the specific points outlined below are recommended.

      (1) The authors introduced a theoretical framework to study the kinetics of molecules across an interface between two coexisting liquid phases and found that interface resistance leads to a slowdown in interfacial movement in a binary mixture and a decelerated molecule exchange between labeled and unlabeled molecules across the phase boundary. However, these findings appear rather expected. The work would be strengthened by a more thorough discussion of the kinetics of molecule transport across interfaces (such as the physical origin of the interface resistance and its specific impact on transport kinetics).

      (2) The formulae in the manuscript should be checked and corrected. Notably, Equation 10 contains "\phi_2\ln\phi_2" while Eq. 11b shows "n^{-1}\ln\phi_2", suggesting a missing factor of "n^{-1}". Similarly, Equation 18 obtained from Equation 11: the logarithmic term in Eq.11a is "n^{-1}\ln phi_1-\ln(1-\phi)" but the pre-exponential factor in Equation 18a is just "\phi_1/(1-\phi*)", where is "n^{-1}"? Additionally, there is a unit inconsistency in Equation 36, where the unit of \rho (s/m) does not match that of the right-hand side expression (s/m^2).

      (3) The authors stated that the numerical solutions are obtained using a custom finite difference scheme implemented in MATLAB in the Appendix. The description of numerical methods is insufficiently detailed and needs to be expanded, including specific equations or models used to obtain specific figures, the introduction of initial and boundary conditions, the choices of parameters and their reasons in terms of the biology.

      (4) The authors claimed that their framework naturally extends to multiple molecular species, but only showed the situation of labeled and unlabeled molecules across a phase boundary. How about three or more molecular species? Does this framework still work? This should be added to strengthen the manuscript and confirm the framework's general applicability.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript, the authors theoretically address the topic of interface resistance between a phase-separated condensate and the surrounding dilute phase. In a nutshell, "interface resistance" occurs if material in the dilute phase can only slowly pass through the interface region to enter the dense phase. There is some evidence from FRAP experiments that such a resistance may exist, and if it does, it could be biologically relevant insofar as the movement of material between dense and dilute phases can be rate-limiting for biological processes, including coarsening. The current study theoretically addresses interface resistance at two levels of description: first, the authors present a simple way of formulating interface resistance for a sharp interface model. Second, they derive a formula for interface resistance for a finite-width interface and present two scenarios where the interface resistance might be substantial. 

      Strengths: 

      The topic is of broad relevance to the important field of intracellular phase separation, and the work is overall credible. 

      Weaknesses: 

      There are a few problems with the study as presented - mainly that the key formula for the latter section has already been derived and presented in Reference 6 (notably also in this journal), and that the physical basis for the proposed scenarios leading to a large interface resistance is not clearly supported. 

      (1) As noted, Equation 32 of the current study is entirely equivalent to Equation 8 of Reference 6, with a very similar derivation presented in Appendix 1 of that paper. In fact, Equation 8 in Reference 6 takes one more step by combining Equations 32 and 35 to provide a general expression for the interface resistance in an integral form. These prior results should be properly cited in the current work - the existing citations to Reference 6 do not make this overlap apparent. 

      We agree and will make the overlap explicit, acknowledging priority and clarifying what is new here. The initial version of the preprint of Zhang et al. (2022) (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.03.16.484641v1) lacked the derivation (it referenced a Supplementary Note not yet available); it was added during the eLife submission. We worked from the preprint and missed this update, which we will now correct.

      (2) The authors of the current study go on to examine cases where this shared equation (here Equation 32) might imply a large interface resistance. The examples are mathematically correct, but physically unsupported. In order to produce a substantial interface resistance, the current authors have to suppose that in the interface region between the dense and dilute phases, either there is a local minimum of the diffusion coefficient or a local minimum of the density. I am not aware of any realistic model that would produce either of these minima. Indeed, the authors do not present sufficient examples or physical arguments that would support the existence of such minima. 

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer on the physical plausibility of these scenarios there is both concrete experimental and theoretical evidence for the scenarios we discussed.

      Experimental: Strom et al. (2017) (our reference 11) describes a substantially reduced protein diffusion coefficient at an in vivo phase boundary, while Hahn et al. (2011a) and Hahn et al. (2011b) (our references 27 and 28) describe transient accumulation of molecules at a phase boundary, which they attribute to the Donnan potential, but conceivably a lowered mobility could play a role.

      Theoretical: Recent work (e.g., Majee et al. (2024)) shows that charged layers could form at phase boundaries, which could either repel or attract incoming molecules, depending on their charge, thus altering the local volume fraction, resulting in a trough or peak. Arguably, the model put forth by Zhang et al. (2024) could be mapped to a potential wall, where particles are reflected, unless in a certain state. We will add sentences to the corresponding results section, as well as the discussion to make this plausibility more apparent.

      In my view, these two issues limit the general interest of the latter portion of the current manuscript. While point 1 can be remedied by proper citation, point 2 is not so simple to address. The two ways the authors present to produce a substantial interface resistance seem to me to be mathematical exercises without a physical basis. The manuscript will improve if the authors can provide examples or compelling arguments for a minimum of either diffusion coefficient or density between the dense and dilute phases that would address point 2. 

      We believe we will be able to address both issues.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This work provides a general theoretical framework for understanding molecular transport across liquid-liquid phase boundaries, focusing on interfacial resistance arising from deviations from local equilibrium. By bridging sharp and continuous interface descriptions, the authors demonstrate how distinct microscopic mechanisms can yield similar effective kinetics and propose practical experimental validation strategies. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) Conceptually rich and physically insightful interface resistance formulation in sharp and continuous limits. 

      (2) Strong integration of non-equilibrium thermodynamics with biologically motivated transport scenarios. 

      (3) Thorough numerical and analytical support, with thoughtful connection to current and emerging experimental techniques. 

      (4) Relevance to various systems, including biomolecular condensates and engineered aqueous two-phase systems. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The work remains theoretical, mainly, with limited direct comparison to quantitative experimental data. 

      We agree with the reviewer, an experimental manuscript is in progress.

      (2) The biological implications are only briefly explored; further discussion of specific systems where interface resistance might play a functional role would enhance the impact.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We will add several such scenarios to the discussion, including the possibility to use interface resistance as a way of ordering biochemical reactions in time, as well as their potential to exclude molecules from condensates for long time periods, which, while not effective in the long-time limit, could help on cellular timescales of minutes to hours to respond to transient events.

      (3) Some model assumptions (e.g., symmetric labeling or idealized diffusivity profiles) could be further contextualized regarding biological variability. 

      The treatment of labelled and unlabelled molecules as physically identical is well supported by our experiments. Droplets under typical experimental conditions, i.e. when bleaching is not too strong, do not markedly change size or volume fraction of molecules, which would be expected if the physical properties like molecular volume or interaction strength were significantly changed. However, we do agree that in more extreme bleaching regimes the bleach step itself will change the droplet properties, but this can be avoided by tuning the FRAP laser power and dwell times accordingly.

      Our diffusivity profiles are chosen in the simplest possible way to handle typical experimental constraints (large D outside, lower D inside, potentially lowered D at the boundary) and allow for a mean-field treatment. To the best of our knowledge, the precise make-up and concentration profiles of phase boundaries in biomolecular condensates are not currently known, due to limitations in optical resolution.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      The manuscript investigated the kinetics of molecule transport across interfaces in phase-separated mixtures. Through the development of a theoretical approach for a binary mixture in a sharp interface limit, the authors found that interface resistance leads to a slowdown in interfacial movement. Subsequently, they extended this approach to multiple molecular species (incorporating both labeled and unlabeled molecules) and continuous transport models. Finally, they proposed experimental settings in vitro and commented on the necessary optical resolution to detect signatures of interfacial kinetics associated with resistance. 

      The investigation of transport kinetics across biomolecular condensate interfaces holds significant relevance for understanding cellular function and dysfunction mechanisms; thus, the topic is important and timely. However, the current manuscript presentation requires improvement. Firstly, the inclusion of numerous equations in the main text substantially compromises readability, and relocation of a part of the formulae and derivations to the Appendix would be more appropriate. Secondly, the manuscript would benefit from more comprehensive comparisons with existing theoretical studies on molecular transport kinetics. The text should also be written to be more approachable for a general readership. Modifications and sufficient responses to the specific points outlined below are recommended. 

      (1) The authors introduced a theoretical framework to study the kinetics of molecules across an interface between two coexisting liquid phases and found that interface resistance leads to a slowdown in interfacial movement in a binary mixture and a decelerated molecule exchange between labeled and unlabeled molecules across the phase boundary. However, these findings appear rather expected. The work would be strengthened by a more thorough discussion of the kinetics of molecule transport across interfaces (such as the physical origin of the interface resistance and its specific impact on transport kinetics). 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and will discuss possible mechanisms and how they map to our meanfield model in more detail, both in the corresponding results section, and in the discussion, as also outlined in our response to Reviewer #1.

      (2) The formulae in the manuscript should be checked and corrected. Notably, Equation 10 contains "\phi_2\ln\phi_2" while Eq. 11b shows "n^{-1}\ln\phi_2", suggesting a missing factor of "n^{-1}". Similarly, Equation 18 obtained from Equation 11: the logarithmic term in Eq.11a is "n<sup>^</sup>{-1}\ln phi_1-\ln(1-\phi)" but the pre-exponential factor in Equation 18a is just "\phi_1/(1-\phi*)", where is "n<sup>^</sup>{-1}"? Additionally, there is a unit inconsistency in Equation 36, where the unit of \rho (s/m) does not match that of the right-hand side expression (s/m<sup>^</sup>2). 

      We thank the reviewer. We identified that the error originates in the inline definition of the exchange chemical potential, already before equation 11. We inadvertently dropped a prefactor of n, which then shows up in the following equation as an exponent to (1-phi<sup>^</sup>*). Very importantly this means the main result eq. 25 still holds, and in the revised manuscript we will correct the ensuing typographical mistakes.

      (3) The authors stated that the numerical solutions are obtained using a custom finite difference scheme implemented in MATLAB in the Appendix. The description of numerical methods is insufficiently detailed and needs to be expanded, including specific equations or models used to obtain specific figures, the introduction of initial and boundary conditions, the choices of parameters and their reasons in terms of the biology.

      We will substantially expand the Appendix for the numerical solutions and add an explanatory file to the repository to make clear how the code can be run, as well as its dependencies.

      (4) The authors claimed that their framework naturally extends to multiple molecular species, but only showed the situation of labeled and unlabeled molecules across a phase boundary. How about three or more molecular species? Does this framework still work? This should be added to strengthen the manuscript and confirm the framework's general applicability. 

      We have shown in Bo et al. (2021) that the labelling approach can be carried over to multi-component systems. Each species may, for example, encounter its own interface resistance. We will discuss this in more detail in the revised manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to examine how the covariation between cognition (represented by a g-factor based on 12 features of 11 cognitive tasks) and mental health (represented by 133 diverse features) is reflected in MR-based neural markers of cognition, as measured through multimodal neuroimaging (structural, rsfMRI, and diffusion MR). To integrate multiple neuroimaging phenotypes across MRI modalities, they used a so-called stacking approach, which employs two levels of machine learning. First, they built a predictive model from each neuroimaging phenotype to predict a target variable. Next, in the stacking level, they used predicted values (i.e., cognition predicted from each neuroimaging phenotype) from the first level as features to predict the target variable. To quantify the contribution of the neural indicators of cognition explaining the relationship between cognition and mental health, they conducted commonality analyses. Results showed that when they stacked neuroimaging phenotypes within dwMRI, rsMRI, and sMRI, they captured 25.5%, 29.8%, and 31.6% of the predictive relationship between cognition and mental health, respectively. By stacking all 72 neuroimaging phenotypes across three MRI modalities, they enhanced the explanation to 48%. Age and sex shared substantial overlapping variance with both mental health and neuroimaging in explaining cognition, accounting for 43% of the variance in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Strengths:

      (1) A big study population (UK Biobank with 14000 subjects).

      (2) The description of the methods (including Figure 1) is helpful in understanding the approach.

      (3) This revised manuscript is much improved compared to the previous version.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although the background and reason for the study are better described in this version of the manuscript, the relevance of the question is, in my opinion, still questionable. The authors aimed to determine whether neural markers of cognition explain the covariance between cognition and mental health and which of the 72 MRI-based features contribute to explaining most of the covariance. I would like to invite the authors to make a stronger case for the relevance, keeping the clinical and scientific relevance in mind (what would you explain to the clinician, what would you explain to the people with lived experience, and how can this knowledge contribute to innovation in mental health care?).

      (2) The discussion on the interpretation of the positive and negative PLRS loadings is not very convincing, and the findings are partly counterintuitive. For example (1) how to explain that distress has a positive loading and anxiety/trauma has a negative loading?; (2) how to explain that mental health features like wellbeing and happiness load in the same direction as psychosis and anxiety/trauma? From both a clinical and a neuroscientific perspective, this is hard to interpret.

      (3) The analysis plan has not been preregistered (e.g. at OSF).

      Note: the computational aspects of the methods fall beyond my expertise.

    2. Author response:

      Notes to Editors

      We previously received comments from three reviewers at Biological Psychiatry, which we have addressed in detail below. The following is a summary of the reviewers’ comments along with our responses.

      Reviewers 1 and 2 sought clearer justification for studying the cognition-mental health overlap (covariation) and its neuroimaging correlates. In the revised manuscripts, we expanded the Introduction and Discussion to explicitly outline the theoretical implications of investigating this overlap with machine learning. We also added nuance to the interpretation of the observed associations.

      Reviewer 1 raised concerns about the accessibility of the machine learning methodology for readers without expertise in this field. We revised the Methods section to provide a clearer, step-by-step explanation of our machine learning approach, particularly the two-level machine learning through stacking. We also enhanced the description of the overall machine learning design, including model training, validation, and testing.

      In response to Reviewer 2’s request for deeper interpretation of our findings and stronger theoretical grounding, we have expanded our discussion by incorporating a thorough interpretation of how mental health indices relate to cognition, material that was previously included only in supplementary materials due to word limit constraints. We have further strengthened the theoretical justification for our study design, with particular emphasis on the importance of examining shared variance between cognition and mental health through the derivation of neural markers of cognition. Additionally, to enhance the biological interpretation of our results, we included new analyses of feature importance across neuroimaging modalities, providing clearer insights into which neural features contribute most to the observed relationships.

      Notably, Reviewer 3 acknowledged the strength of our study, including multimodal design, robust analytical approach, and clear visualization and interpretation of results. Their comments were exclusively methodological, underscoring the manuscript’s quality.

      Reviewer 1:

      The authors try to bridge mental health characteristics, global cognition and various MRI-derived (structural, diffusion and resting state fMRI) measures using the large dataset of UK Biobank. Each MRI modality alone explained max 25% of the cognitionmental health covariance, and when combined together 48% of the variance could be explained. As a peer-reviewer not familiar with the used methods (machine learning, although familiar with imaging), the manuscript is hard to read and I wonder what the message for the field might be. In the end of the discussion the authors state '... we provide potential targets for behavioural and physiological interventions that may affect cognition', the real relevance (and impact) of the findings is unclear to me.

      Thank you for your thorough review and practical recommendations. We appreciate your constructive comments and suggestions and hope our revisions adequately address your concerns.

      Major questions

      (1) The methods are hard to follow for people not in this specific subfield, and therefore, I expect that for readers it is hard to understand how valid and how useful the approach is.

      Thank you for your comment. To enhance accessibility for readers without a machine learning background, we revised the Methods section to clarify our analyses while retaining important technical details needed to understand our approach. Recognizing that some concepts may require prior knowledge, we provide detailed explanations of each analysis step, including the machine learning pipeline in the Supplementary Methods.

      Line 188: “We employed nested cross-validation to predict cognition from mental health indices and 72 neuroimaging phenotypes (Fig. 1). Nested cross-validation is a robust method for evaluating machine-learning models while tuning their hyperparameters, ensuring that performance estimates are both accurate and unbiased. Here, we used a nested cross-validation scheme with five outer folds and ten inner folds.

      We started by dividing the entire dataset into five outer folds. Each fold took a turn being held out as the outerfold test set (20% of the data), while the remaining four folds (80% of the data) were used as an outer-fold training set. Within each outer-fold training set, we performed a second layer of cross-validation – this time splitting the data into ten inner folds. These inner folds were used exclusively for hyperparameter tuning: models were trained on nine of the inner folds and validated on the remaining one, cycling through all ten combinations.

      We then selected the hyperparameter configuration that performed best across the inner-fold validation sets, as determined by the minimal mean squared error (MSE). The model was then retrained on the full outer-fold training set using this hyperparameter configuration and evaluated on the outer-fold test set, using four performance metrics: Pearson r, the coefficient of determination ( R<sup>2</sup>), the mean absolute error (MAE), and the MSE. This entire process was repeated for each of the five outer folds, ensuring that every data point is used for both training and testing, but never at the same time. We opted for five outer folds instead of ten to reduce computational demands, particularly memory and processing time, given the substantial volume of neuroimaging data involved in model training. Five outer folds led to an outer-fold test set at least n = 4 000, which should be sufficient for model evaluation. In contrast, we retained ten inner folds to ensure robust and stable hyperparameter tuning, maximising the reliability of model selection.

      To model the relationship between mental health and cognition, we employed Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR) to predict the g-factor from 133 mental health variables. To model the relationship between neuroimaging data and cognition, we used a two-step stacking approach [15–17,61] to integrate information from 72 neuroimaging phenotypes across three MRI modalities. In the first step, we trained 72 base (first-level) PLSR models, each predicting the g-factor from a single neuroimaging phenotype. In the second step, we used the predicted values from these base models as input features for stacked models, which again predicted the g-factor. We constructed four stacked models based on the source of the base predictions: one each for dwMRI, rsMRI, sMRI, and a combined model incorporating all modalities (“dwMRI Stacked”, “rsMRI Stacked”, “sMRI Stacked”, and “All MRI Stacked”, respectively). Each stacked model was trained using one of four machine learning algorithms – ElasticNet, Random Forest, XGBoost, or Support Vector Regression – selected individually for each model (see Supplementary Materials, S6).

      For rsMRI phenotypes, we treated the choice of functional connectivity quantification method – full correlation, partial correlation, or tangent space parametrization – as a hyperparameter. The method yielding the highest performance on the outer-fold training set was selected for predicting the g-factor (see Supplementary Materials, S5).

      To prevent data leakage, we standardized the data using the mean and standard deviation derived from the training set and applied these parameters to the corresponding test set within each outer fold. This standardization was performed at three key stages: before g-factor derivation, before regressing out modality-specific confounds from the MRI data, and before stacking. Similarly, to maintain strict separation between training and testing data, both base and stacked models were trained exclusively on participants from the outer-fold training set and subsequently applied to the corresponding outer-fold test set.

      To evaluate model performance and assess statistical significance, we aggregated the predicted and observed g_factor values from each outer-fold test set. We then computed a bootstrap distribution of Pearson’s correlation coefficient (_r) by resampling with replacement 5 000 times, generating 95% confidence intervals (CIs) (Fig. 1). Model performance was considered statistically significant if the 95% CI did not include zero, indicating that the observed associations were unlikely to have occurred by chance.”

      (2) If only 40% of the cognition-mental health covariation can be explained by the MRI variables, how to explain the other 60% of the variance? And related to this %: why do the author think that 'this provides us confidence in using MRI to derive quantitative neuromarkers of cognition'?

      Thank you for this insightful observation. Using the MRI modalities available in the UK Biobank, we were able to account for 48% of the covariation between cognition and mental health. The remaining 52% of unexplained variance may arise from several sources. One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research from our group and others has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank.

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to the Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Nonetheless, neuroimaging provides a valuable window into the biological mechanisms underlying this overlap – insights that cannot be gleaned from behavioural data alone. We have now incorporated these considerations into the Discussion section.

      Line 658: “Although recent debates [18] have challenged the predictive utility of MRI for cognition, our multimodal marker integrating 72 neuroimaging phenotypes captures nearly half of the mental health-explained variance in cognition. We demonstrate that neural markers with greater predictive accuracy for cognition also better explain cognition-mental health covariation, showing that multimodal MRI can capture both a substantial cognitive variance and nearly half of its shared variance with mental health. Finally, we show that our neuromarkers explain a substantial portion of the age- and sex-related variance in the cognition-mental health relationship, highlighting their relevance in modeling cognition across demographic strata.

      The remaining unexplained variance in the relationship between cognition and mental health likely stems from multiple sources. One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank [15,17,61,69,114,142,151].

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to the RDoC framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition [14]. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Nonetheless, neuroimaging provides a valuable window into the biological mechanisms underlying this overlap – insights that cannot be gleaned from behavioural data alone. Ultimately, our findings validate brain-based neural markers as a fundamental neurobiological unit of analysis, advancing our understanding of mental health through the lens of cognition.”

      Regarding our confidence in using MRI to derive neural markers for cognition, we base this on the predictive performance of MRI-based models. As we note in the Discussion (Line 554: “Consistent with previous studies, we show that MRI data predict individual differences in cognition with a medium-size performance (r ≈ 0.4) [15–17, 28, 61, 67, 68].”), the medium effect size we observed (r ≈ 0.4) agrees with existing literature on brain-cognition relationships, confirming that machine learning leads to replicable results. This effect size represents a moderate yet meaningful association in neuroimaging studies of aging, consistent with reports linking brain to behaviour in adults (Krämer et al., 2024; Tetereva et al., 2022). For example, a recent meta-analysis by Vieira and colleagues (2022) reported a similar effect size (r = 0.42, 95% CI [0.35;0.50]). Our study includes over 15000 participants, comparable to or more than typical meta-analyses, allowing us to characterise our work as a “mega-analysis”. And on top of this predictive performance, we found our neural markers for cognition to capture half of the cognition-mental health covariation, boosting our confidence in our approach.

      Krämer C, Stumme J, da Costa Campos L, Dellani P, Rubbert C, Caspers J, et al. Prediction of cognitive performance differences in older age from multimodal neuroimaging data. GeroScience. 2024;46:283–308.

      Tetereva A, Li J, Deng JD, Stringaris A, Pat N. Capturing brain cognition relationship: Integrating task‐based fMRI across tasks markedly boosts prediction and test‐retest reliability. NeuroImage. 2022;263:119588.

      (3) Imagine that we can increase the explained variance using multimodal MRI measures, why is it useful? What does it learn us? What might be the implications?

      We assume that by variance, Reviewer 1 referred to the cognition-mental health covariation mentioned in point 2) above.

      If we can increase the explained cognition-mental health covariation using multimodal MRI measures, it would mean that we have developed a reasonable neuromarker that is close to RDoC’s neurobiological unit of analysis for cognition. RDoC treats cognition as one of the main basic functional domains that transdiagnostically underly mental health. According to RDoC, mental health should be studied in relation to cognition, alongside other domains such as negative and positive valence systems, arousal and regulatory systems, social processes, and sensorimotor functions. RDoC further emphasizes that each domain, including cognition, should be investigated not only at the behavioural level but also through its neurobiological correlates. This means RDoC aims to discover neural markers of cognition that explain the covariation between cognition and mental health. For us, we approach the development of such neural markers using multimodal neuroimaging. We have now explained the motivation of our study in the first paragraph of the Introduction.

      Line 43: “Cognition and mental health are closely intertwined [1]. Cognitive dysfunction is present in various mental illnesses, including anxiety [2, 3], depression [4–6], and psychotic disorders [7–12]. National Institute of Mental Health’s Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) [13,14] treats cognition as one of the main basic functional domains that transdiagnostically underly mental health. According to RDoC, mental health should be studied in relation to cognition, alongside other domains such as negative and positive valence systems, arousal and regulatory systems, social processes, and sensorimotor functions. RDoC further emphasizes that each domain, including cognition, should be investigated not only at the behavioural level but also through its neurobiological correlates. In this study, we aim to examine how the covariation between cognition and mental health is reflected in neural markers of cognition, as measured through multimodal neuroimaging.”

      More specific issues:

      Introduction

      (4) In the intro the sentence 'in some cases, altered cognitive functioning is directly related to psychiatric symptom severity' is in contrast to the next sentence '... are often stable and persist upon alleviation of psychiatric symptoms'.

      Thank you for pointing this out. The first sentence refers to cases where cognitive deficits fluctuate with symptom severity, while the second emphasizes that core cognitive impairments often remain stable even during symptom remission. To avoid this confusion, we have removed these sentences.

      (5) In the intro the text on the methods (various MRI modalities) is not needed for the Biol Psych readers audience.

      We appreciate your comment. While some members of our target audience may have backgrounds in neuroimaging, machine learning, or psychiatry, we recognize that not all readers will be familiar with all three areas. To ensure accessibility for those who are not familiar with neuroimaging, we included a brief overview of the MRI modalities and quantification methods used in our study to provide context for the specific neuroimaging phenotypes. Additionally, we provided background information on the machine learning techniques employed, so that readers without a strong background in machine learning can still follow our methodology.

      (6) Regarding age of the study sample: I understand that at recruitment the subjects' age ranges from 40 to 69 years. At MRI scanning the age ranges between about 46 to 82. How is that possible? And related to the age of the population: how did the authors deal with age in the analyses, since age is affecting both cognition as the brain measures?

      Thank you for noticing this. In the Methods section, we first outline the characteristics of the UK Biobank cohort, including the age at first recruitment (40-69 years). Table 1 then shows the characteristics of participant subsamples included in each analysis. Since our study used data from Instance 2 (the second in-person visit), participants were approximately 5-13 years older at scanning, resulting in the age range of 46 to 82 years. We clarified the Table 1 caption as follows:

      Line 113: “Table 1. Demographics for each subsample analysed: number, age, and sex of participants who completed all cognitive tests, mental health questionnaires, and MRI scanning”

      We acknowledge that age may influence cognitive and neuroimaging measures. In our analyses, we intentionally preserved age-related variance in brain-cognition relationships across mid and late adulthood, as regressing out age completely would artificially remove biologically meaningful associations. At the same time, we rigorously addressed the effects of age and sex through additional commonality analyses quantifying age and sex contributions to the relationship between cognition and mental health.

      As noted by Reviewer 1 and illustrated in Figure 8, age and sex shared substantial overlapping variance with both mental health and neuroimaging phenotypes in explaining cognitive outcomes. For example, in Figure 8i, age and sex together accounted for 43% of the variance in the cognition-mental health relationship:

      (2.76 + 1.03) / (2.76 + 1.03 + 3.52 + 1.45) ≈ 0.43

      Furthermore, neuromarkers from the all-MRI stacked model explained 72% of this age/sexrelated variance:

      2.76 / (2.76 + 1.03) ≈ 0.72

      This indicates that our neuromarkers captured a substantial portion of the cognition-mental health covariation that varied with age and sex, highlighting their relevance in age/sex-sensitive cognitive modeling.

      In the Methods, Results, and Discussion, we say:

      Methods

      Line 263: “To understand how demographic factors, including age and sex, contribute to this relationship, we also conducted a separate set of commonality analyses treating age, sex, age2, age×sex, and age2×sex as an additional set of explanatory variables (Fig. 1).”

      Results

      Line 445: “Age and sex shared substantial overlapping variance with both mental health and neuroimaging in explaining cognition, accounting for 43% of the variance in the cognition-mental health relationship. Multimodal neural marker of cognition based on three MRI modalities (“All MRI Stacked”) explained 72% of this age and sex-related variance (Fig. 8i–l and Table S21).”

      Discussion

      Line 660: “We demonstrate that neural markers with greater predictive accuracy for cognition also better explain cognition-mental health covariation, showing that multimodal MRI can capture both a substantial cognitive variance and nearly half of its shared variance with mental health. Finally, we show that our neuromarkers explain a substantial portion of the age- and sex-related variance in the cognition-mental health relationship, highlighting their relevance in modeling cognition across demographic strata.”

      (7) Regarding the mental health variables: where characteristics with positive value (e.g. happiness and subjective wellbeing) reversely scored (compared to the negative items, such as anxiety, addition, etc)?

      We appreciate you noting this. These composite scores primarily represent standard clinical measures such as the GAD-7 anxiety scale and N-12 neuroticism scale. We did not reverse the scores to keep their directionality, therefore making interpretability consistent with the original studies the scores were derived from (e.g., Davis et al., 2020; Dutt et al., 2022). Complete descriptive statistics for all mental health indices and detailed derivation procedures are provided in the Supplementary Materials (S2). On Page 6, Supplementary Methods, we say:

      Line 92: “Composite mental health scores included the Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD-7), the Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) Checklist (PCL-6), the Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT), the Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-9) [12], the Eysenck Neuroticism (N-12), Probable Depression Status (PDS), and the Recent Depressive Symptoms (RDS-4) scores [13, 14]. To calculate the GAD-7, PCL-6, AUDIT, and PHQ-9, we used questions introduced at the online follow-up [12]. To obtain the N-12, PDS, and RDS-4 scores [14], we used data collected during the baseline assessment [13, 14].

      We subcategorized depression and GAD based on frequency, current status (ever had depression or anxiety and current status of depression or anxiety), severity, and clinical diagnosis (depression or anxiety confirmed by a healthcare practitioner). Additionally, we differentiated between different depression statuses, such as recurrent depression, depression triggered by loss, etc. Variables related to self-harm were subdivided based on whether a person has ever self-harmed with the intent to die.

      To make response scales more intuitive, we recorded responses within the well-being domain such that the lower score corresponded to a lesser extent of satisfaction (“Extremely unhappy”) and the higher score indicated a higher level of happiness (“Extremely happy”). For all questions, we assigned the median values to “Prefer not to answer” (-818 for in-person assessment and -3 for online questionnaire) and “Do not know” (-121 for in-person assessment and -1 for online questionnaire) responses. We excluded the “Work/job satisfaction” question from the mental health derivatives list because it included a “Not employed” response option, which could not be reasonably coded.

      To calculate the risk of PTSD, we used questions from the PCL-6 questionnaire. Following Davis and colleagues [12], PCL-6 scores ranged from 6 to 29. A PCL-6 score of 12 or below corresponds to a low risk of meeting the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale diagnostic criteria. PCL-6 scores between 13 and 16 and between 17 and 25 are indicative of an increased risk and high risk of PTSD, respectively. A score of above 26 is interpreted as a very high risk of PTSD [12, 15]. PTSD status was set to positive if the PCL-6 score exceeded or was equal to 14 and encompassed stressful events instead of catastrophic trauma alone [12].

      To assess alcohol consumption, alcohol dependence, and harm associated with drinking, we calculated the sum of the ten questions from the AUDIT questionnaire [16]. We additionally subdivided the AUDIT score into the alcohol consumption score (questions 1-3, AUDIT-C) and the score reflecting problems caused by alcohol (questions 4-10, AUDIT-P) [17]. In questions 2-10 that followed the first trigger question (“Frequency of drinking alcohol”), we replaced missing values with 0 as they would correspond to a “Never” response to the first question.

      An AUDIT score cut-off of 8 suggests moderate or low-risk alcohol consumption, and scores of 8 to 15 and above 15 indicate severe/harmful and hazardous (alcohol dependence or moderate-severe alcohol use disorder) drinking, respectively [16, 18]. Subsequently, hazardous alcohol use and alcohol dependence status correspond to AUDIT scores of ≥ 8 and ≥ 15, respectively. The “Alcohol dependence ever” status was set to positive if a participant had ever been physically dependent on alcohol. To reduce skewness, we logx+1-transformed the AUDIT, AUDIT-C, and AUDIT-P scores [17].”

      Davis KAS, Coleman JRI, Adams M, Allen N, Breen G, Cullen B, et al. Mental health in UK Biobank – development, implementation and results from an online questionnaire completed by 157 366 participants: a reanalysis. BJPsych Open. 2020;6:e18.

      Dutt RK, Hannon K, Easley TO, Griffis JC, Zhang W, Bijsterbosch JD. Mental health in the UK Biobank: A roadmap to selfreport measures and neuroimaging correlates. Hum Brain Mapp. 2022;43:816–832.  

      (8) In the discussion section (page 23, line 416-421), the authors refer to specific findings that are not described in the results section > I would add these findings to the main manuscript (including the discussion / interpretation).

      We appreciate your careful reading. We agree that our original Results section did not explicitly describe the factor loadings for mental health in the PLSR model, despite discussing their implications later in the paper. We needed to include this part of the discussion in the Supplementary Materials to meet the word limit of the original submission. However, in response to your suggestion, we have now added the results regarding factor loadings to the Results section. We also moved the discussion of the association between mental health features and general cognition from the Supplementary Material to the manuscript’s Discussion.

      Results

      Line 298: “On average, information about mental health predicted the g-factor at  R<sup>2</sup><sub>mean</sub> = 0.10 and r<sub>mean</sub> \= 0.31 (95% CI [0.291, 0.315]; Fig. 2b and 2c and Supplementary Materials, S9, Table S12). The magnitude and direction of factor loadings for mental health in the PLSR model allowed us to quantify the contribution of individual mental health indices to cognition. Overall, the scores for mental distress, alcohol and cannabis use, and self-harm behaviours relate positively, and the scores for anxiety, neurological and mental health diagnoses, unusual or psychotic experiences, happiness and subjective well-being, and negative traumatic events relate negatively to cognition.”

      Discussion

      Line 492: “Factor loadings derived from the PLSR model showed that the scores for mental distress, alcohol and cannabis use, and self-harm behaviours related positively, and the scores for anxiety, neurological and mental health diagnoses, unusual or psychotic experiences, happiness and subjective well-being, and negative traumatic events related negatively to the g-factor. Positive PLSR loadings of features related to mental distress may indicate greater susceptibility to or exaggerated perception of stressful events, psychological overexcitability, and predisposition to rumination in people with higher cognition [72]. On the other hand, these findings may be specific to the UK Biobank cohort and the way the questions for this mental health category were constructed. In particular, to evaluate mental distress, the UK Biobank questionnaire asked whether an individual sought or received medical help for or suffered from mental distress. In this regard, the estimate for mental distress may be more indicative of whether an individual experiencing mental distress had an opportunity or aspiration to visit a doctor and seek professional help [73]. Thus, people with better cognitive abilities and also with a higher socioeconomic status may indeed be more likely to seek professional help.

      Limited evidence supports a positive association between self-harm behaviours and cognitive abilities, with some studies indicating higher cognitive performance as a risk factor for non-suicidal self-harm. Research shows an inverse relationship between cognitive control of emotion and suicidal behaviours that weakens over the life course [73,74]. Some studies have found a positive correlation between cognitive abilities and the risk of nonsuicidal self-harm, suicidal thoughts, and suicidal plans that may be independent of or, conversely, affected by socioeconomic status [75,76]. In our study, the magnitude of the association between self-harm behaviours and cognition was low (Fig. 2), indicating a weak relationship.

      Positive PLSR loadings of features related to alcohol and cannabis may also indicate the influence of other factors. Overall, this relationship is believed to be largely affected by age, income, education, social status, social equality, social norms, and quality of life [79–80]. For example, education level and income correlate with cognitive ability and alcohol consumption [79,81–83]. Research also links a higher probability of having tried alcohol or recreational drugs, including cannabis, to a tendency of more intelligent individuals to approach evolutionary novel stimuli [84,85]. This hypothesis is supported by studies showing that cannabis users perform better on some cognitive tasks [86]. Alternatively, frequent drinking can indicate higher social engagement, which is positively associated with cognition [87]. Young adults often drink alcohol as a social ritual in university settings to build connections with peers [88]. In older adults, drinking may accompany friends or family visits [89,90]. Mixed evidence on the link between alcohol and drug use and cognition makes it difficult to draw definite conclusions, leaving an open question about the nature of this relationship.

      Consistent with previous studies, we showed that anxiety and negative traumatic experiences were inversely associated with cognitive abilities [90–93]. Anxiety may be linked to poorer cognitive performance via reduced working memory capacity, increased focus on negative thoughts, and attentional bias to threatening stimuli that hinder the allocation of cognitive resources to a current task [94–96]. Individuals with PTSD consistently showed impaired verbal and working memory, visual attention, inhibitory function, task switching, cognitive flexibility, and cognitive control [97–100]. Exposure to traumatic events that did not reach the PTSD threshold was also linked to impaired cognition. For example, childhood trauma is associated with worse performance in processing speed, attention, and executive function tasks in adulthood, and age at a first traumatic event is predictive of the rate of executive function decline in midlife [101,102]. In the UK Biobank cohort, adverse life events have been linked to lower cognitive flexibility, partially via depression level [103].

      In agreement with our findings, cognitive deficits are often found in psychotic disorders [104,105]. We treated neurological and mental health symptoms as predictor variables and did not stratify or exclude people based on psychiatric status or symptom severity. Since no prior studies have examined isolated psychotic symptoms (e.g., recent unusual experiences, hearing unreal voices, or seeing unreal visions), we avoid speculating on how these symptoms relate to cognition in our sample.

      Finally, negative PLSR loadings of the features related to happiness and subjective well-being may be specific to the study cohort, as these findings do not agree with some previous research [107–109]. On the other hand, our results agree with the study linking excessive optimism or optimistic thinking to lower cognitive performance in memory, verbal fluency, fluid intelligence, and numerical reasoning tasks, and suggesting that pessimism or realism indicates better cognition [110]. The concept of realism/optimism as indicators of cognition is a plausible explanation for a negative association between the g-factor and friendship satisfaction, as well as a negative PLSR loading of feelings that life is meaningful, especially in older adults who tend to reflect more on the meaning of life [111]. The latter is supported by the study showing a negative association between cognitive function and the search for the meaning of life and a change in the pattern of this relationship after the age of 60 [112]. Finally, a UK Biobank study found a positive association of happiness with speed and visuospatial memory but a negative relationship with reasoning ability [113].”

      (9) In the discussion section (page 24, line 440-449), the authors give an explanation on why the diffusion measure have limited utility, but the arguments put forward also concern structural and rsfMRI measures.

      Thank you for this important observation. Indeed, the argument about voxel-averaged diffusion components (“… these metrics are less specific to the properties of individual white matter axons or bundles, and instead represent a composite of multiple diffusion components averaged within a voxel and across major fibre pathways”) could theoretically apply across other MRI modalities. We have therefore removed this point from the discussion to avoid overgeneralization. However, we maintain our central argument about the biological specificity of conventional tractography-derived diffusion metrics as their particular sensitivity to white matter microstructure (e.g., axonal integrity, myelin content) may make them better suited for detecting neuropathological changes than dynamic cognitive processes. This interpretation aligns with the mixed evidence linking these metrics to cognitive performance, despite their established utility in detecting white matter abnormalities in clinical populations (e.g., Bergamino et al., 2021; Silk et al., 2009). We clarify this distinction in the manuscript.

      Line 572: “The somewhat limited utility of diffusion metrics derived specifically from probabilistic tractography in serving as robust quantitative neuromarkers of cognition and its shared variance with mental health may stem from their greater sensitivity and specificity to neuronal integrity and white matter microstructure rather than to dynamic cognitive processes. Critically, probabilistic tractography may be less effective at capturing relationships between white matter microstructure and behavioural scores cross-sectionally, as this method is more sensitive to pathological changes or dynamic microstructural alterations like those occurring during maturation. While these indices can capture abnormal white matter microstructure in clinical populations such as Alzheimer’s disease, schizophrenia, or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) [117–119], the empirical evidence on their associations with cognitive performance is controversial [114, 120–126].”

      Bergamino M, Walsh RR, Stokes AM. Free-water diffusion tensor imaging improves the accuracy and sensitivity of white matter analysis in Alzheimer’s disease. Sci Rep. 2021;11:6990.

      Silk TJ, Vance A, Rinehart N, Bradshaw JL, Cunnington R. White-matter abnormalities in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a diffusion tensor imaging study. Hum Brain Mapp. 2009;30:2757–2765.

      Reviewer 2:

      This is an interesting study combining a lot of data to investigate the link between cognition and mental health. The description of the study is very clear, it's easy to read for someone like me who does not have a lot of expertise in machine learning.

      We thank you for your thorough review and constructive feedback. Your insightful comments have helped us identify conceptual and methodological aspects that required improvement in the manuscript. We have incorporated relevant changes throughout the paper, and below, we address each of your points in detail.

      Comment 1: My main concern with this manuscript is that it is not yet clear to me what it exactly means to look at the overlap between cognition and mental health. This relation is r=0.3 which is not that high, so why is it then necessary to explain this overlap with neuroimaging measures? And, could it be that the relation between cognition and mental health is explained by third variables (environment? opportunities?). In the introduction I miss an explanation of why it is important to study this and what it will tell us, and in the discussion I would like to read some kind of 'answer' to these questions.

      Thank you. It’s important to clarify why we investigated the relationship between cognition and mental health, and what we found using data from the UK Biobank.

      Conceptually, our work is grounded in the Research Domain Criteria (RDoC; Insel et al., 2010) framework. RDoC conceptualizes mental health not through traditional diagnostic categories, but through core functional domains that span the full spectrum from normal to abnormal functioning. These domains include cognition, negative and positive valence systems, arousal and regulatory systems, social processes, and sensorimotor functions. Within this framework, cognition is considered a fundamental domain that contributes to mental health across diagnostic boundaries. Meta-analytic evidence supports a link between cognitive functioning and mental health (Abramovitch, et al., 2021; East-Richard, et al., 2020). In the context of a large, population-based dataset like the UK Biobank, this implies that cognitive performance – as measured by various cognitive tasks – should be meaningfully associated with available mental health indicators.

      However, because cognition is only one of several functional domains implicated in mental health, we do not expect the covariation between cognition and mental health to be very high. Other domains, such as negative and positive valence systems, arousal and regulatory systems, or social processing, may also play significant roles. Theoretically, this places an upper bound on the strength of the cognition-mental health relationship, especially in normative, nonclinical samples.

      Our current findings from the UK Biobank reflect this. Most of the 133 mental health variables showed relatively weak individual correlations with cognition (mean r \= 0.01, SD = 0.05, min r \= –0.08, max r \= 0.17; see Figure 2). However, using a PLS-based machine learning approach, we were able to integrate information across all mental-health variables to predict cognition, yielding an out-of-sample correlation of r = 0.31 [95% CI: 0.29, 0.32].  

      We believe this estimate approximates the true strength of the cognition-mental health relationship in normative samples, consistent with both theoretical expectations and prior empirical findings. Theoretically, this aligns with the RDoC view that cognition is one of several contributing domains. Empirically, our results are consistent with findings from our previous mega-analysis in children (Wang et al., 2025). Moreover, in the field of gerontology, an effect size of r = 0.31 is not considered small. According to Brydges (2019), it falls around the 70th percentile of effect sizes reported in gerontological studies and approaches the threshold for a large effect (r \= 0.32). Given that most studies report within-sample associations, our out-of-sample results are likely more robust and generalizable (Yarkoni & Westfall, 2017).

      To answer, “why is it then necessary to explain this overlap with neuroimaging measures”, we again draw on the conceptual foundation of the RDoC framework. RDoC emphasizes that each functional domain, such as cognition, should be studied not only at the behavioural level but also across multiple neurobiological units of analysis, including genes, molecules, cells, circuits, physiology, and behaviour.

      MRI-based neural markers represent one such level of analysis. While other biological systems (e.g., genetic, molecular, or physiological) also contribute to the cognition-mental health relationship, neuroimaging provides unique insights into the brain mechanisms underlying this association – insights that cannot be obtained from behavioural data alone.

      In response to the related question, “Could the relationship between cognition and mental health be explained by third variables (e.g., environment, opportunities)?”, we note that developing a neural marker of cognition capable of capturing its relationship with mental health is the central aim of this study. Using the MRI modalities available in the UK Biobank, we were able to account for 48% of the covariation between cognition and mental health.

      The remaining 52% of unexplained variance may stem from several sources. According to the RDoC framework, neuromarkers could be further refined by incorporating additional neuroimaging modalities (e.g., task-based fMRI, PET, ASL, MEG/EEG, fNIRS) and integrating other units of analysis such as genetic, molecular, cellular, and physiological data.

      Once more comprehensive neuromarkers are developed, capturing a greater proportion of the cognition-mental health covariation, they may also lead to new research direction – to investigate how environmental factors and life opportunities influence these markers. However, exploring those environmental contributions lies beyond the scope of the current study.

      We discuss these considerations and explain the motivation of our study in the revised Introduction and Discussion.

      Line 481: “Our analysis confirmed the validity of the g-factor [31] as a quantitative measure of cognition [31], demonstrating that it captures nearly half (39%) of the variance across twelve cognitive performance scores, consistent with prior studies [63–68]. Furthermore, we were able to predict cognition from 133 mental health indices, showing a medium-sized relationship that aligns with existing literature [69,70]. Although the observed mental health-cognition association is lower than within-sample estimates in conventional regression models, it aligns with our prior mega-analysis in children [69]. Notably, this effect size is not considered small in gerontology. In fact, it falls around the 70th percentile of reported effects and approaches the threshold for a large effect at r = 0.32 [71]. While we focused specifically on cognition as an RDoC core domain, the strength of its relationship with mental health may be bounded by the influence of other functional domains, particularly in normative, non-clinical samples – a promising direction for future research.”

      Line 658: “Although recent debates [18] have challenged the predictive utility of MRI for cognition, our multimodal marker integrating 72 neuroimaging phenotypes captures nearly half of the mental health-explained variance in cognition. We demonstrate that neural markers with greater predictive accuracy for cognition also better explain cognition-mental health covariation, showing that multimodal MRI can capture both a substantial cognitive variance and nearly half of its shared variance with mental health. Finally, we show that our neuromarkers explain a substantial portion of the age- and sex-related variance in the cognition-mental health relationship, highlighting their relevance in modeling cognition across demographic strata.

      The remaining unexplained variance in the relationship between cognition and mental health likely stems from multiple sources. One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank [15,17,61,69,114,142,151].

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to the RDoC framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition [14]. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Nonetheless, neuroimaging provides a valuable window into the biological mechanisms underlying this overlap – insights that cannot be gleaned from behavioural data alone. Ultimately, our findings validate brain-based neural markers as a fundamental neurobiological unit of analysis, advancing our understanding of mental health through the lens of cognition.”

      Introduction

      Line 43: “Cognition and mental health are closely intertwined [1]. Cognitive dysfunction is present in various mental illnesses, including anxiety [2, 3], depression [4–6], and psychotic disorders [7–12]. National Institute of Mental Health’s Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) [13,14] treats cognition as one of the main basic functional domains that transdiagnostically underly mental health. According to RDoC, mental health should be studied in relation to cognition, alongside other domains such as negative and positive valence systems, arousal and regulatory systems, social processes, and sensorimotor functions. RDoC further emphasizes that each domain, including cognition, should be investigated not only at the behavioural level but also through its neurobiological correlates. In this study, we aim to examine how the covariation between cognition and mental health is reflected in neural markers of cognition, as measured through multimodal neuroimaging.”

      Discussion

      Line 481: “Our analysis confirmed the validity of the g-factor [31] as a quantitative measure of cognition [31], demonstrating that it captures nearly half (39%) of the variance across twelve cognitive performance scores, consistent with prior studies [63–68]. Furthermore, we were able to predict cognition from 133 mental health indices, showing a medium-sized relationship that aligns with existing literature [69,70]. Although the observed mental health-cognition association is lower than within-sample estimates in conventional regression models, it aligns with our prior mega-analysis in children [69]. Notably, this effect size is not considered small in gerontology. In fact, it falls around the 70th percentile of reported effects and approaches the threshold for a large effect at r = 0.32 [71]. While we focused specifically on cognition as an RDoC core domain, the strength of its relationship with mental health may be bounded by the influence of other functional domains, particularly in normative, non-clinical samples – a promising direction for future research.”

      Line 658: “Although recent debates [18] have challenged the predictive utility of MRI for cognition, our multimodal marker integrating 72 neuroimaging phenotypes captures nearly half of the mental health-explained variance in cognition. We demonstrate that neural markers with greater predictive accuracy for cognition also better explain cognition-mental health covariation, showing that multimodal MRI can capture both a substantial cognitive variance and nearly half of its shared variance with mental health. Finally, we show that our neuromarkers explain a substantial portion of the age- and sex-related variance in the cognition-mental health relationship, highlighting their relevance in modeling cognition across demographic strata.

      The remaining unexplained variance in the relationship between cognition and mental health likely stems from multiple sources. One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank [15,17,61,69,114,142,151].

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to the RDoC framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition [14]. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Nonetheless, neuroimaging provides a valuable window into the biological mechanisms underlying this overlap – insights that cannot be gleaned from behavioural data alone. Ultimately, our findings validate brain-based neural markers as a fundamental neurobiological unit of analysis, advancing our understanding of mental health through the lens of cognition.”

      Insel T, Cuthbert B, Garvey M, Heinssen R, Pine DS, Quinn K, et al. Research Domain Criteria (RDoC): Toward a New Classification Framework for Research on Mental Disorders. AJP. 2010;167:748–751.

      Abramovitch, A., Short, T., & Schweiger, A. (2021). The C Factor: Cognitive dysfunction as a transdiagnostic dimension in psychopathology. Clinical Psychology Review, 86, 102007.

      East-Richard, C., R. -Mercier, A., Nadeau, D., & Cellard, C. (2020). Transdiagnostic neurocognitive deficits in psychiatry: A review of meta-analyses. Canadian Psychology / Psychologie Canadienne, 61(3), 190–214.

      Wang Y, Anney R, Pat N. The relationship between cognitive abilities and mental health as represented by cognitive abilities at the neural and genetic levels of analysis. eLife. 2025.14:RP105537.

      Brydges CR. Effect Size Guidelines, Sample Size Calculations, and Statistical Power in Gerontology. Innovation in Aging. 2019;3(4):igz036.

      Yarkoni T, Westfall J. Choosing Prediction Over Explanation in Psychology: Lessons From Machine Learning. Perspect Psychol Sci. 2017;12(6):1100-1122.

      Comment 2 Title: - Shouldn't it be "MRI markers" (plural)?

      We used the singular form (“marker”) intentionally, as it refers to the composite neuroimaging marker derived from all three MRI modalities in our stacked model. This multimodal marker represents the combined predictive power of all modalities and captures the highest proportion of the mental health-cognition relationship in our analyses.

      Comment 3: Introduction - I miss an explanation of why it is useful to look at cognition-mental health covariation

      We believe we have sufficiently addressed this comment in our response to Reviewer 2, comment 1 above.

      Comment 4: - "Demonstrating that MRI-based neural indicators of cognition capture the covariation between cognition and mental health will thereby support the utility of such indicators for understanding the etiology of mental health" (page 4, line 56-58) - how/why?

      Previous research has largely focused on developing MRI-based neural indicators that accurately predict cognitive performance (Marek et al., 2022; Vieira et al., 2020). Building on this foundation, our findings further demonstrate that the predictive performance of a neural indicator for cognition is closely tied to its ability to explain the covariation between cognition and mental health. In other words, the robustness of a neural indicator – its capacity to capture individual differences in cognition – is strongly associated with how well it reflects the shared variance between cognition and mental health.

      This insight is particularly important within the context of the RDoC framework, which seeks to understand the etiology of mental health through functional domains (such as cognition) and their underlying neurobiological units of analysis (Insel et al., 2010). According to RDoC, for a neural indicator of cognition to be informative for mental health research, it must not only predict cognitive performance but also capture its relationship with mental health.

      Furthermore, RDoC emphasizes the integration of neurobiological measures to investigate the influence of environmental and developmental factors on mental health. In line with this, our neural indicators of cognition may serve as valuable tools in future research aimed at understanding how environmental exposures and developmental trajectories shape mental health outcomes. We discuss this in more detail in the revised Discussion.

      Line 481: “Our analysis confirmed the validity of the g-factor [31] as a quantitative measure of cognition [31], demonstrating that it captures nearly half (39%) of the variance across twelve cognitive performance scores, consistent with prior studies [63–68]. Furthermore, we were able to predict cognition from 133 mental health indices, showing a medium-sized relationship that aligns with existing literature [69,70]. Although the observed mental health-cognition association is lower than within-sample estimates in conventional regression models, it aligns with our prior mega-analysis in children [69]. Notably, this effect size is not considered small in gerontology. In fact, it falls around the 70th percentile of reported effects and approaches the threshold for a large effect at r = 0.32 [71]. While we focused specifically on cognition as an RDoC core domain, the strength of its relationship with mental health may be bounded by the influence of other functional domains, particularly in normative, non-clinical samples – a promising direction for future research.”

      Line 658: “Although recent debates [18] have challenged the predictive utility of MRI for cognition, our multimodal marker integrating 72 neuroimaging phenotypes captures nearly half of the mental health-explained variance in cognition. We demonstrate that neural markers with greater predictive accuracy for cognition also better explain cognition-mental health covariation, showing that multimodal MRI can capture both a substantial cognitive variance and nearly half of its shared variance with mental health. Finally, we show that our neuromarkers explain a substantial portion of the age- and sex-related variance in the cognition-mental health relationship, highlighting their relevance in modeling cognition across demographic strata.

      The remaining unexplained variance in the relationship between cognition and mental health likely stems from multiple sources. One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank [15,17,61,69,114,142,151].

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to the RDoC framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition [14]. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Nonetheless, neuroimaging provides a valuable window into the biological mechanisms underlying this overlap – insights that cannot be gleaned from behavioural data alone. Ultimately, our findings validate brain-based neural markers as a fundamental neurobiological unit of analysis, advancing our understanding of mental health through the lens of cognition.”

      Marek S, Tervo-Clemmens B, Calabro FJ, Montez DF, Kay BP, Hatoum AS, et al. Reproducible brain-wide association studies require thousands of individuals. Nature. 2022;603:654–660.

      Vieira S, Gong QY, Pinaya WHL, et al. Using Machine Learning and Structural Neuroimaging to Detect First Episode Psychosis: Reconsidering the Evidence. Schizophr Bull. 2020;46(1):17-26.

      Insel T, Cuthbert B, Garvey M, Heinssen R, Pine DS, Quinn K, et al. Research Domain Criteria (RDoC): Toward a New Classification Framework for Research on Mental Disorders. AJP. 2010;167:748–751.

      Comment 5: - The explanation about the stacking approach is not yet completely clear to me. I don't understand how the target variable can be the dependent variable in both step one and two. Or are those different variables? It would be helpful to also give an example of the target variable in line 88 on page 5

      Thank you for this excellent question. In our stacking approach, the same target variable, the g-factor, is indeed used across both modeling stages, but with a key distinction in how predictions are generated and integrated.

      In the first-level models, we trained separate Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR) models for each of the 72 neuroimaging phenotypes, each predicting the g-factor independently. The predicted values from these 72 models were then used as input features for the second-level stacked model, which combined them to generate a final prediction of the g-factor. This twostage framework enables us to integrate information across multiple imaging modalities while maintaining a consistent prediction target.

      To avoid data leakage, both modeling stages were conducted entirely within the training set for each cross-validation fold. Only after the second-level model was trained was it applied to the outer-fold test participants who were not involved in any part of the model training process.

      To improve accessibility, we have revised the Methods section (see Page 10) to clarify this approach, ensuring that the description remains technically accurate while being easier to follow.

      Line 188: “We employed nested cross-validation to predict cognition from mental health indices and 72 neuroimaging phenotypes (Fig. 1). Nested cross-validation is a robust method for evaluating machine-learning models while tuning their hyperparameters, ensuring that performance estimates are both accurate and unbiased. Here, we used a nested cross-validation scheme with five outer folds and ten inner folds.

      We started by dividing the entire dataset into five outer folds. Each fold took a turn being held out as the outerfold test set (20% of the data), while the remaining four folds (80% of the data) were used as an outer-fold training set. Within each outer-fold training set, we performed a second layer of cross-validation – this time splitting the data into ten inner folds. These inner folds were used exclusively for hyperparameter tuning: models were trained on nine of the inner folds and validated on the remaining one, cycling through all ten combinations.

      We then selected the hyperparameter configuration that performed best across the inner-fold validation sets, as determined by the minimal mean squared error (MSE). The model was then retrained on the full outer-fold training set using this hyperparameter configuration and evaluated on the outer-fold test set, using four performance metrics: Pearson r, the coefficient of determination ( R<sup>2</sup>), the mean absolute error (MAE), and the MSE. This entire process was repeated for each of the five outer folds, ensuring that every data point is used for both training and testing, but never at the same time. We opted for five outer folds instead of ten to reduce computational demands, particularly memory and processing time, given the substantial volume of neuroimaging data involved in model training. Five outer folds led to an outer-fold test set at least n = 4 000, which should be sufficient for model evaluation. In contrast, we retained ten inner folds to ensure robust and stable hyperparameter tuning, maximising the reliability of model selection.

      To model the relationship between mental health and cognition, we employed Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR) to predict the g-factor from 133 mental health variables. To model the relationship between neuroimaging data and cognition, we used a two-step stacking approach [15–17,61] to integrate information from 72 neuroimaging phenotypes across three MRI modalities. In the first step, we trained 72 base (first-level) PLSR models, each predicting the g-factor from a single neuroimaging phenotype. In the second step, we used the predicted values from these base models as input features for stacked models, which again predicted the g-factor. We constructed four stacked models based on the source of the base predictions: one each for dwMRI, rsMRI, sMRI, and a combined model incorporating all modalities (“dwMRI Stacked”, “rsMRI Stacked”, “sMRI Stacked”, and “All MRI Stacked”, respectively). Each stacked model was trained using one of four machine learning algorithms – ElasticNet, Random Forest, XGBoost, or Support Vector Regression – selected individually for each model (see Supplementary Materials, S6).

      For rsMRI phenotypes, we treated the choice of functional connectivity quantification method – full correlation, partial correlation, or tangent space parametrization – as a hyperparameter. The method yielding the highest performance on the outer-fold training set was selected for predicting the g-factor (see Supplementary Materials, S5).

      To prevent data leakage, we standardized the data using the mean and standard deviation derived from the training set and applied these parameters to the corresponding test set within each outer fold. This standardization was performed at three key stages: before g-factor derivation, before regressing out modality-specific confounds from the MRI data, and before stacking. Similarly, to maintain strict separation between training and testing data, both base and stacked models were trained exclusively on participants from the outer-fold training set and subsequently applied to the corresponding outer-fold test set.

      To evaluate model performance and assess statistical significance, we aggregated the predicted and observed gfactor values from each outer-fold test set. We then computed a bootstrap distribution of Pearson’s correlation coefficient (r) by resampling with replacement 5 000 times, generating 95% confidence intervals (CIs) (Fig. 1). Model performance was considered statistically significant if the 95% CI did not include zero, indicating that the observed associations were unlikely to have occurred by chance.”

      Comment 6: Methods - It's not clear from the text and Figure 1 which 12 scores from 11 tests are being used to derive the g-factor. Figure 1 shows only 8 bullet points with 10 scores in A and 13 tests under 'Cognitive tests' in B. Moreover, Supplement S1 describes 12 tests and 14 measures (Prospective Memory test is in the text but not in Supplementary Table 1).

      Thank you for identifying this discrepancy. In the original Figure 1b and in the Supplementary Methods (S1), the “Prospective Memory” test was accidentally duplicated, while it was present in the Supplementary Table 1 (Line 53, Supplementary Table 1). We have now corrected both figures for consistency. To clarify: Figure 1a presents the global mental health and cognitive domains studied, while Figure 1b now accurately lists 1) the 12 cognitive scores from 11 tests used to derive the g-factor (with the Trail Making Test contributing two measures – numeric and alphabetic trails) and 2) the three main categories of mental health indices used as machine learning features.

      We also corrected the Supplementary Materials to remove the duplicate test from the first paragraph. In Supplementary Table 1, there were 11 tests listed, and for the Trail Making test, we specified in the “Core measures” column that this test had 2 derivative scores: duration to complete the numeric path (Trail 1) and duration to complete the alphabetic path (Trail 2).

      Supplementary Materials, Line 46: “We used twelve scores from the eleven cognitive tests that represented the following cognitive domains: reaction time and processing speed (Reaction Time test), working memory (Numeric Memory test), verbal and numerical reasoning (Fluid Intelligence test), executive function (Trail Making Test), non-verbal fluid reasoning (Matrix Pattern Completion test), processing speed (Symbol Digit Substitution test), vocabulary (Picture Vocabulary test), planning abilities (Tower Rearranging test), verbal declarative memory (Paired Associate Learning test), prospective memory (Prospective Memory test), and visual memory (Pairs Matching test) [1].”

      Comment 7: - For the mental health measures: If I understand correctly, the questionnaire items were used individually, but also to create composite scores. This seems counterintuitive, because I would assume that if the raw data is used, the composite scores would not add additional information to that. When reading the Supplement, it seems like I'm not correct… It would be helpful to clarify the text on page 7 in the main text.

      You raise an excellent observation regarding the use of both individual questionnaire items and composite scores. This dual approach was methodologically justified by the properties of Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR), our chosen first-level machine learning algorithm, which benefits from rich feature sets and can handle multicollinearity through dimensionality reduction. PLSR transforms correlated features into latent variables, meaning both individual items and composite scores can contribute unique information to the model. We elaborate on PLSR's mathematical principles in Supplementary Materials (S5).

      To directly address this concern, we conducted comparative analyses showing that the PLSR model (a single 80/20% training/test split), incorporating all 133 mental health features (both items and composites), outperformed models using either type alone. The full model achieved superior performance (MSE = 0.458, MAE = 0.537, \= 0.112, Pearson r = 0.336, p-value = 6.936e-112) compared to using only composite scores (93 features; MSE = 0.461, MAE = 0.538, R<sup>2</sup> = 0.107, Pearson r = 0.328, p-value = 5.8e-106) or only questionnaire items (40 features; MSE = 0.499, MAE = 0.561, R<sup>2</sup> = 0.033, Pearson r = 0.184, p-value = 2.53e-33). These results confirm that including both data types provide complementary predictive value. We expand on these considerations in the revised Methods section.

      Line 123: “Mental health measures encompassed 133 variables from twelve groups: mental distress, depression, clinical diagnoses related to the nervous system and mental health, mania (including bipolar disorder), neuroticism, anxiety, addictions, alcohol and cannabis use, unusual/psychotic experiences, traumatic events, selfharm behaviours, and happiness and subjective well-being (Fig. 1 and Tables S4 and S5). We included both selfreport questionnaire items from all participants and composite diagnostic scores computed following Davis et al. and Dutt et al. [35,36] as features in our first-level (for explanation, see Data analysis section) Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR) model. This approach leverages PLSR’s ability to handle multicollinearity through dimensionality reduction, enabling simultaneous use of granular symptom-level information and robust composite measures (for mental health scoring details, see Supplementary Materials, S2). We assess the contribution of each mental health index to general cognition by examining the direction and magnitude of its PLSR-derived loadings on the identified latent variables”

      Comment 8: - Results - The colors in Figure 4 B are a bit hard to differentiate.

      We have updated Figure 4 to enhance colour differentiation by adjusting saturation and brightness levels, improving visual distinction. For further clarity, we split the original figure into two separate figures.

      Comment 9: - Discussion - "Overall, the scores for mental distress, alcohol and cannabis use, and self-harm behaviours relate positively, and the scores for anxiety, neurological and mental health diagnoses, unusual or psychotic experiences, happiness and subjective well-being, and negative traumatic events relate negatively to cognition," - this seems counterintuitive, that some symptoms relate to better cognition and others relate to worse cognition. Could you elaborate on this finding and what it could mean?

      We appreciate you highlighting this important observation. While some associations between mental health indices and cognition may appear counterintuitive at first glance, these patterns are robust (emerging consistently across both univariate correlations and PLSR loadings) and align with previous literature (e.g., Karpinski et al., 2018; Ogueji et al., 2022). For instance, the positive relationship between cognitive ability and certain mental health indicators like help-seeking behaviour has been documented in other population studies (Karpinski et al., 2018; Ogueji et al., 2022), potentially reflecting greater health literacy and access to care among cognitively advantaged individuals. Conversely, the negative associations with conditions like psychotic experiences mirror established neurocognitive deficits in these domains.

      As was initially detailed in Supplementary Materials (S12) and now expanded in our Discussion, these findings likely reflect complex multidimensional interactions. The positive loadings for mental distress indicators may capture: (1) greater help-seeking behaviour among those with higher cognition and socioeconomic resources, and/or (2) psychological overexcitability and rumination tendencies in high-functioning individuals. These interpretations are particularly relevant to the UK Biobank's assessment methods, where mental distress items focused on medical help-seeking rather than symptom severity per se (e.g., as a measure of mental distress, the UK Biobank questionnaire asked whether an individual sought or received medical help for or suffered from mental distress).

      Line 492: “Factor loadings derived from the PLSR model showed that the scores for mental distress, alcohol and cannabis use, and self-harm behaviours related positively, and the scores for anxiety, neurological and mental health diagnoses, unusual or psychotic experiences, happiness and subjective well-being, and negative traumatic events related negatively to the g-factor. Positive PLSR loadings of features related to mental distress may indicate greater susceptibility to or exaggerated perception of stressful events, psychological overexcitability, and predisposition to rumination in people with higher cognition [72]. On the other hand, these findings may be specific to the UK Biobank cohort and the way the questions for this mental health category were constructed. In particular, to evaluate mental distress, the UK Biobank questionnaire asked whether an individual sought or received medical help for or suffered from mental distress. In this regard, the estimate for mental distress may be more indicative of whether an individual experiencing mental distress had an opportunity or aspiration to visit a doctor and seek professional help [73]. Thus, people with better cognitive abilities and also with a higher socioeconomic status may indeed be more likely to seek professional help.

      Limited evidence supports a positive association between self-harm behaviours and cognitive abilities, with some studies indicating higher cognitive performance as a risk factor for non-suicidal self-harm. Research shows an inverse relationship between cognitive control of emotion and suicidal behaviours that weakens over the life course [73,74]. Some studies have found a positive correlation between cognitive abilities and the risk of nonsuicidal self-harm, suicidal thoughts, and suicidal plans that may be independent of or, conversely, affected by socioeconomic status [75,76]. In our study, the magnitude of the association between self-harm behaviours and cognition was low (Fig. 2), indicating a weak relationship.

      Positive PLSR loadings of features related to alcohol and cannabis may also indicate the influence of other factors. Overall, this relationship is believed to be largely affected by age, income, education, social status, social equality, social norms, and quality of life [79–80]. For example, education level and income correlate with cognitive ability and alcohol consumption [79,81–83]. Research also links a higher probability of having tried alcohol or recreational drugs, including cannabis, to a tendency of more intelligent individuals to approach evolutionary novel stimuli [84,85]. This hypothesis is supported by studies showing that cannabis users perform better on some cognitive tasks [86]. Alternatively, frequent drinking can indicate higher social engagement, which is positively associated with cognition [87]. Young adults often drink alcohol as a social ritual in university settings to build connections with peers [88]. In older adults, drinking may accompany friends or family visits [89,90]. Mixed evidence on the link between alcohol and drug use and cognition makes it difficult to draw definite conclusions, leaving an open question about the nature of this relationship.

      Consistent with previous studies, we showed that anxiety and negative traumatic experiences were inversely associated with cognitive abilities [90–93]. Anxiety may be linked to poorer cognitive performance via reduced working memory capacity, increased focus on negative thoughts, and attentional bias to threatening stimuli that hinder the allocation of cognitive resources to a current task [94–96]. Individuals with PTSD consistently showed impaired verbal and working memory, visual attention, inhibitory function, task switching, cognitive flexibility, and cognitive control [97–100]. Exposure to traumatic events that did not reach the PTSD threshold was also linked to impaired cognition. For example, childhood trauma is associated with worse performance in processing speed, attention, and executive function tasks in adulthood, and age at a first traumatic event is predictive of the rate of executive function decline in midlife [101,102]. In the UK Biobank cohort, adverse life events have been linked to lower cognitive flexibility, partially via depression level [103].

      In agreement with our findings, cognitive deficits are often found in psychotic disorders [104,105]. We treated neurological and mental health symptoms as predictor variables and did not stratify or exclude people based on psychiatric status or symptom severity. Since no prior studies have examined isolated psychotic symptoms (e.g., recent unusual experiences, hearing unreal voices, or seeing unreal visions), we avoid speculating on how these symptoms relate to cognition in our sample.

      Finally, negative PLSR loadings of the features related to happiness and subjective well-being may be specific to the study cohort, as these findings do not agree with some previous research [107–109]. On the other hand, our results agree with the study linking excessive optimism or optimistic thinking to lower cognitive performance in memory, verbal fluency, fluid intelligence, and numerical reasoning tasks, and suggesting that pessimism or realism indicates better cognition [110]. The concept of realism/optimism as indicators of cognition is a plausible explanation for a negative association between the g-factor and friendship satisfaction, as well as a negative PLSR loading of feelings that life is meaningful, especially in older adults who tend to reflect more on the meaning of life [111]. The latter is supported by the study showing a negative association between cognitive function and the search for the meaning of life and a change in the pattern of this relationship after the age of 60 [112]. Finally, a UK Biobank study found a positive association of happiness with speed and visuospatial memory but a negative relationship with reasoning ability [113].”

      Karpinski RI, Kinase Kolb AM, Tetreault NA, Borowski TB. High intelligence: A risk factor for psychological and physiological overexcitabilities. Intelligence. 2018;66:8–23.

      Ogueji IA, Okoloba MM. Seeking Professional Help for Mental Illness: A Mixed-Methods Study of Black Family Members in the UK and Nigeria. Psychol Stud. 2022;67:164–177.

      Comment 10: - All neuroimaging factors together explain 48% of the variance in the cognition-mental health relationship. However, this relationship is only r=0.3 - so then the effect of neuroimaging factors seems a lot smaller… What does it mean?

      Thank you for raising this critical point. We have addressed this point in our response to Reviewer 1, comment 2, Reviewer 1, comment 3 and Reviewer 2, comment 1.

      Briefly, cognition is related to mental health at around r = 0.3 and to neuroimaging phenotypes at around r = 0.4. These levels of relationship strength are consistent to what has been shown in the literature (e.g., Wang et al., 2025 and Vieira et al., 2020). We discussed the relationship between cognition and mental health in our response to Reviewer 2, comment 1 above. In short, this relationship reflects just one functional domain – mental health may also be associated with other domains such as negative and positive valence systems, arousal and regulatory systems, social processes, and sensorimotor functions. Moreover, in the context of gerontology research, this effect size is considered relatively large (Brydges et al., 2019).

      We conducted a commonality analysis to investigate the unique and shared variance of mental health and neuroimaging phenotypes in explaining cognition.  As we discussed in our response to Reviewer 1, comment 2, we were able to account for 48% of the covariation between cognition and mental health using the MRI modalities available in the UK Biobank. The remaining 52% of unexplained variance may arise from several sources.

      One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research from our group and others has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank (Tetereva et al., 2025).

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to RDoC framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      We have now incorporated these considerations into the Discussion section.

      Line 481: “Our analysis confirmed the validity of the g-factor [31] as a quantitative measure of cognition [31], demonstrating that it captures nearly half (39%) of the variance across twelve cognitive performance scores, consistent with prior studies [63–68]. Furthermore, we were able to predict cognition from 133 mental health indices, showing a medium-sized relationship that aligns with existing literature [69,70]. Although the observed mental health-cognition association is lower than within-sample estimates in conventional regression models, it aligns with our prior mega-analysis in children [69]. Notably, this effect size is not considered small in gerontology. In fact, it falls around the 70th percentile of reported effects and approaches the threshold for a large effect at r = 0.32 [71]. While we focused specifically on cognition as an RDoC core domain, the strength of its relationship with mental health may be bounded by the influence of other functional domains, particularly in normative, non-clinical samples – a promising direction for future research.”

      Line 658: “Although recent debates [18] have challenged the predictive utility of MRI for cognition, our multimodal marker integrating 72 neuroimaging phenotypes captures nearly half of the mental health-explained variance in cognition. We demonstrate that neural markers with greater predictive accuracy for cognition also better explain cognition-mental health covariation, showing that multimodal MRI can capture both a substantial cognitive variance and nearly half of its shared variance with mental health. Finally, we show that our neuromarkers explain a substantial portion of the age- and sex-related variance in the cognition-mental health relationship, highlighting their relevance in modeling cognition across demographic strata.

      The remaining unexplained variance in the relationship between cognition and mental health likely stems from multiple sources. One possibility is the absence of certain neuroimaging modalities in the UK Biobank dataset, such as task-based fMRI contrasts, positron emission tomography, arterial spin labeling, and magnetoencephalography/electroencephalography. Prior research has consistently demonstrated strong predictive performance from specific task-based fMRI contrasts, particularly those derived from tasks like the n-Back working memory task and the face-name episodic memory task, none of which is available in the UK Biobank [15,17,61,69,114,142,151].

      Moreover, there are inherent limitations in using MRI as a proxy for brain structure and function. Measurement error and intra-individual variability, such as differences in a cognitive state between cognitive assessments and MRI acquisition, may also contribute to the unexplained variance. According to the RDoC framework, brain circuits represent only one level of neurobiological analysis relevant to cognition [14]. Other levels, including genes, molecules, cells, and physiological processes, may also play a role in the cognition-mental health relationship.

      Nonetheless, neuroimaging provides a valuable window into the biological mechanisms underlying this overlap – insights that cannot be gleaned from behavioural data alone. Ultimately, our findings validate brain-based neural markers as a fundamental neurobiological unit of analysis, advancing our understanding of mental health through the lens of cognition.”

      Wang Y, Anney R, Pat N. The relationship between cognitive abilities and mental health as represented by cognitive abilities at the neural and genetic levels of analysis. eLife. 2025.14:RP105537.

      Vieira S, Gong QY, Pinaya WHL, et al. Using Machine Learning and Structural Neuroimaging to Detect First Episode Psychosis: Reconsidering the Evidence. Schizophr Bull. 2020;46(1):17-26.

      Brydges CR. Effect Size Guidelines, Sample Size Calculations, and Statistical Power in Gerontology. Innovation in Aging. 2019;3(4):igz036.

      Tetereva A, Knodt AR, Melzer TR, et al. Improving Predictability, Reliability and Generalisability of Brain-Wide Associations for Cognitive Abilities via Multimodal Stacking. Preprint. bioRxiv. 2025;2024.05.03.589404.

      Reviewer 3:

      Buianova et al. present a comprehensive analysis examining the predictive value of multimodal neuroimaging data for general cognitive ability, operationalized as a derived g-factor. The study demonstrates that functional MRI holds the strongest predictive power among the modalities, while integrating multiple MRI modalities through stacking further enhances prediction performance. The inclusion of a commonality analysis provides valuable insight into the extent to which shared and unique variance across mental health features and neuroimaging modalities contributes to the observed associations with cognition. The results are clearly presented and supported by highquality visualizations. Limitations of the sample are stated clearly.

      Thank you once more for your constructive and encouraging feedback. We appreciate your careful reading and valuable methodological insights. Your expertise has helped us clarify key methodological concepts and improve the overall rigour of our study.

      Suggestions for improvement:

      (1) The manuscript would benefit from the inclusion of permutation testing to evaluate the statistical significance of the predictive models. This is particularly important given that some of the reported performance metrics are relatively modest, and permutation testing could help ensure that results are not driven by chance.

      Thank you, this is an excellent point. We agree that evaluating the statistical significance of our predictive models is essential.

      In our original analysis, we assessed model performance by generating a bootstrap distribution of Pearson’s r, resampling the data with replacement 5,000 times (see Figure 3b). In response to your feedback, we have made the following updates:

      (1) Improved Figure 3b to explicitly display the 95% confidence intervals.

      (2) Supplemented the results by reporting the exact confidence interval values.

      (3) Clarified our significance testing procedure in the Methods section.

      We considered model performance statistically significant when the 95% confidence interval did not include zero, indicating that the observed associations are unlikely to have occurred by chance.

      We chose bootstrapping over permutation testing because, while both can assess statistical significance, bootstrapping additionally provides uncertainty estimates in the form of confidence intervals. Given the large sample size in our study, significance testing can be less informative, as even small effects may reach statistical significance. Bootstrapping offers a more nuanced understanding of model uncertainty.

      Line 233: “To evaluate model performance and assess statistical significance, we aggregated the predicted and observed g-factor values from each outer-fold test set. We then computed a bootstrap distribution of Pearson’s correlation coefficient (r) by resampling with replacement 5 000 times, generating 95% confidence intervals (CIs) (Fig. 1). Model performance was considered statistically significant if the 95% CI did not include zero, indicating that the observed associations were unlikely to have occurred by chance.”

      (2) Applying and testing the trained models on an external validation set would increase confidence in generalisability of the model.

      We appreciate this excellent suggestion. While we considered this approach, implementing it would require identifying an appropriate external dataset with comparable neuroimaging and behavioural measures, along with careful matching of acquisition protocols and variable definitions across sites. These challenges extend beyond the scope of the current study, though we fully agree that this represents an important direction for future research.

      Our findings, obtained from one of the largest neuroimaging datasets to date with training and test samples exceeding most previous studies, align closely with existing literature: the predictive accuracy of each neuroimaging phenotype and modality for cognition matches the effect size reported in meta-analyses (r ≈ 0.4; e.g., Vieira et al., 2020). The ability of dwMRI, rsMRI and sMRI to capture the cognition-mental health relationship is, in turn, consistent with our previous work in pediatric populations (Wang et al., 2025; Pat et al., 2022).

      Vieira S, Gong QY, Pinaya WHL, et al. Using Machine Learning and Structural Neuroimaging to Detect First Episode Psychosis: Reconsidering the Evidence. Schizophr Bull. 2020;46(1):17-26.

      Wang Y, Anney R, Pat N. The relationship between cognitive abilities and mental health as represented by cognitive abilities at the neural and genetic levels of analysis. eLife. 2025.14:RP105537.

      Pat N, Wang Y, Anney R, Riglin L, Thapar A, Stringaris A. Longitudinally stable, brain-based predictive models mediate the relationships between childhood cognition and socio-demographic, psychological and genetic factors. Hum Brain Mapp. 2022;43:5520–5542.

      (3) The rationale for selecting a 5-by-10-fold cross-validation scheme is not clearly explained. Clarifying why this structure was preferred over more commonly used alternatives, such as 10-by-10 or 5-by-5 cross-validation, would strengthen the methodological transparency.

      Thank you for this important methodological question. Our choice of a 5-by-10-fold crossvalidation scheme was motivated by the need to balance robust hyperparameter tuning with computational efficiency, particularly memory and processing time. Retaining five outer folds allowed us to rigorously assess model performance across multiple data partitions, leading to an outer-fold test set at least n = 4 000 and providing a substantial amount of neuroimaging data involved in model training. In contrast, employing ten inner folds ensured robust and stable hyperparameter tuning that maximizes the reliability of model selection. Thus, the 5-outer-fold with our large sample provided sufficient out-of-sample test set size for reliable model evaluation and efficient computation, while 10 inner folds enabled robust hyperparameter tuning. We now provide additional rationale for this design decision on Page 10.

      Line 188: “We employed nested cross-validation to predict cognition from mental health indices and 72 neuroimaging phenotypes (Fig. 1). Nested cross-validation is a robust method for evaluating machine-learning models while tuning their hyperparameters, ensuring that performance estimates are both accurate and unbiased. Here, we used a nested cross-validation scheme with five outer folds and ten inner folds.

      We started by dividing the entire dataset into five outer folds. Each fold took a turn being held out as the outerfold test set (20% of the data), while the remaining four folds (80% of the data) were used as an outer-fold training set. Within each outer-fold training set, we performed a second layer of cross-validation – this time splitting the data into ten inner folds. These inner folds were used exclusively for hyperparameter tuning: models were trained on nine of the inner folds and validated on the remaining one, cycling through all ten combinations.

      We then selected the hyperparameter configuration that performed best across the inner-fold validation sets, as determined by the minimal mean squared error (MSE). The model was then retrained on the full outer-fold training set using this hyperparameter configuration and evaluated on the outer-fold test set, using four performance metrics: Pearson r, the coefficient of determination ( R<sup>2</sup>), the mean absolute error (MAE), and the MSE. This entire process was repeated for each of the five outer folds, ensuring that every data point is used for both training and testing, but never at the same time. We opted for five outer folds instead of ten to reduce computational demands, particularly memory and processing time, given the substantial volume of neuroimaging data involved in model training. Five outer folds led to an outer-fold test set at least n = 4 000, which should be sufficient for model evaluation. In contrast, we retained ten inner folds to ensure robust and stable hyperparameter tuning, maximising the reliability of model selection.”

      (4) A more detailed discussion of which specific brain regions or features within each neuroimaging modality contributed most strongly to the prediction of cognition would enhance neurobiological relevance of the findings.

      Thank you for this thoughtful suggestion. To address this point, we have included feature importance plots for the top-performing neuroimaging phenotypes within each modality (Figure 5 and Figures S2–S4), demonstrating the relative contributions of individual features to the predictive models. While we maintain our primary focus on cross-modality performance comparisons in the main text, as this aligns with our central aim of evaluating multimodal MRI markers at the integrated level, we outline the contribution of neuroimaging features with the highest predictive performance for cognition in the revised Results and Discussion.

      Methods

      Line 255: “To determine which neuroimaging features contribute most to the predictive performance of topperforming phenotypes within each modality, while accounting for the potential latent components derived from neuroimaging, we assessed feature importance using the Haufe transformation [62]. Specifically, we calculated Pearson correlations between the predicted g-factor and scaled and centred neuroimaging features across five outer-fold test sets. We also examined whether the performance of neuroimaging phenotypes in predicting cognition per se is related to their ability to explain the link between cognition and mental health. Here, we computed the correlation between the predictive performance of each neuroimaging phenotype and the proportion of the cognition-mental health relationship it captures. To understand how demographic factors, including age and sex, contribute to this relationship, we also conducted a separate set of commonality analyses treating age, sex, age<sup>2</sup>, age×sex, and age<sup>2</sup>×sex as an additional set of explanatory variables (Fig. 1).”

      Results

      dwMRI

      Line 331: “Overall, models based on structural connectivity metrics performed better than TBSS and probabilistic tractography (Fig. 3). TBSS, in turn, performed better than probabilistic tractography (Fig. 3 and Table S13). The number of streamlines connecting brain areas parcellated with aparc MSA-I had the best predictive performance among all dwMRI neuroimaging phenotypes (R<sup>2</sup><sub>mean</sub> = 0.052, r<sub>mean</sub> = 0.227, 95% CI [0.212, 0.235]). To identify features driving predictions, we correlated streamline counts in aparc MSA-I parcellation with the predicted g_factor values from the PLSR model. Positive associations with the predicted _g-factor were strongest for left superior parietal-left caudal anterior cingulate, left caudate-right amygdala, and left putamen-left hippocampus connections. The most marked negative correlations involved left putamen-right posterior thalamus and right pars opercularis-right caudal anterior cingulate pathways (Fig. 5 and Supplementary Fig. S2).”

      rsMRI

      Line 353: “Among RSFC metrics for 55 and 21 ICs, tangent parameterization matrices yielded the highest performance in the training set compared to full and partial correlation, as indicated by the cross-validation score. Functional connections between the limbic (IC10) and dorsal attention (IC18) networks, as well as between the ventral attention (IC15) and default mode (IC11) networks, displayed the highest positive association with cognition. In contrast, functional connectivity between the limbic (IC43, the highest activation within network) and default mode (IC11) and limbic (IC45) and frontoparietal (IC40) networks, between the dorsal attention (IC18) and frontoparietal (IC25) networks, and between the ventral attention (IC15) and frontoparietal (IC40) networks, showed the highest negative association with cognition (Fig. 5 and Supplementary Fig. S3 and S4)”

      sMRI

      Line 373: “FreeSurfer subcortical volumetric subsegmentation and ASEG had the highest performance among all sMRI neuroimaging phenotypes (R<sup>2</sup><sub>mean</sub> = 0.068, r<sub>mean</sub> = 0.244, 95% CI [0.237, 0.259] and R<sup>2</sup><sub>mean</sub> = 0.059, r<sub>mean</sub> = 0.235, 95% CI [0.221, 0.243], respectively). In FreeSurfer subcortical volumetric subsegmentation, volumes of all subcortical structures, except for left and right hippocampal fissures, showed positive associations with cognition. The strongest relations were observed for the volumes of bilateral whole hippocampal head and whole hippocampus (Fig. 5 and Supplementary Fig. S5 for feature importance maps). Grey matter morphological characteristics from ex vivo Brodmann Area Maps showed the lowest predictive performance (R<sup>2</sup><sub>mean</sub> = 0.008, r<sub>mean</sub> = 0.089, 95% CI [0.075, 0.098]; Fig. 3 and Table S15).”

      Discussion

      dwMRI

      Line 562: “Among dwMRI-derived neuroimaging phenotypes, models based on structural connectivity between brain areas parcellated with aparc MSA-I (streamline count), particularly connections with bilateral caudal anterior cingulate (left superior parietal-left caudal anterior cingulate, right pars opercularis-right caudal anterior cingulate), left putamen (left putamen-left hippocampus, left putamen-right posterior thalamus), and amygdala (left caudate-right amygdala), result in a neural indicator that best reflects microstructural resources associated with cognition, as indicated by predictive modeling, and more importantly, shares the highest proportion of the variance with mental health-g, as indicated by commonality analysis.”

      rsMRI

      Line 583: “We extend findings on the superior performance of rsMRI in predicting cognition, which aligns with the literature [15, 28], by showing that it also explains almost a third of the variance in cognition that mental health captures. At the rsMRI neuroimaging phenotype level, this performance is mostly driven by RSFC patterns among 55 ICA-derived networks quantified using tangent space parameterization. At a feature level, these associations are best captured by the strength of functional connections among limbic, dorsal attention and ventral attention, frontoparietal and default mode networks. These functional networks have been consistently linked to cognitive processes in prior research [127–130].”

      sMRI

      Line 608: “Integrating information about brain anatomy by stacking sMRI neuroimaging phenotypes allowed us to explain a third of the link between cognition and mental health. Among all sMRI neuroimaging phenotypes, those that quantified the morphology of subcortical structures, particularly volumes of bilateral hippocampus and hippocampal head, explain the highest portion of the variance in cognition captured by mental health. Our findings show that, at least in older adults, volumetric properties of subcortical structures are not only more predictive of individual variations in cognition but also explain a greater portion of cognitive variance shared with mental health than structural characteristics of more distributed cortical grey and white matter. This aligns with the Scaffolding Theory that proposes stronger compensatory engagement of subcortical structures in cognitive processing in older adults [138–140].”

      (5) The formatting of some figure legends could be improved for clarity - for example, some subheadings were not formatted in bold (e.g., Figure 2 c)

      Thank you for noticing this. We have updated the figures to enhance clarity, keeping subheadings plain while bolding figure numbers and MRI modality names.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Egawa et al describe the developmental timeline of the assembly of nodes of Ranvier in the chick brainstem auditory circuit. In this unique system, the spacing between nodes varies significantly in different regions of the same axon from early stages, which the authors suggest is critical for accurate sound localization. Egawa et al set out to determine which factors regulate this differential node spacing. They do this by using immunohistological analyses to test the correlation of node spacing with morphological properties of the axons, and properties of oligodendrocytes, glial cells that wrap axons with the myelin sheaths that flank the nodes of Ranvier. They find that axonal structure does not vary significantly, but that oligodendrocyte density and morphology varies in the different regions traversed by these axons, which suggests this is a key determinant of the region-specific differences in node density and myelin sheath length. They also find that differential oligodendrocyte density is partly determined by secreted neuronal signals, as (presumed) blockage of vesicle fusion with tetanus toxin reduced oligodendrocyte density in the region where it is normally higher. Based on these findings, the authors propose that oligodendrocyte morphology, myelin sheath length, and consequently nodal distribution are primarily determined by intrinsic oligodendrocyte properties rather than neuronal factors such as activity.

      Major comments:

      (1) The authors should test the efficiency of TeNT to validate that vesicular release is indeed inhibited from expressing neurons. Additionally, the authors should clarify if their TeNT expression system results in the whole tract being silenced, or results in sparse vesicular release inhibition in only a few neurons.

      (2) The authors should revise their statistical analyses throughout, and supply additional information to explain the rationale for the statistical tests used, including e.g. data normality, paired sampling, number of samples/independent biological replicates.

      (3) The main finding of the study is that the density of nodes differs between two regions of the chicken auditory circuit, probably due to morphological differences in the respective oligodendrocytes. Can the authors discuss if this finding is likely to be specific to the avian auditory circuit?

      (4) The study shows a correlation between node spacing and oligodendrocyte density, but the authors did not manipulate oligodendrocyte density per se (i.e. cell-autonomously). The authors should either include such experiments, or discuss their value in supporting the interpretation of their results.

      (5) The authors should discuss very pertinent prior studies, in particular to contextualize their findings with (a) known neuron-autonomous modes of node formation prior to myelination, (b) known effects of vesicular fusion directly on myelinating capacity and oligodendrogenesis, (c) known correlation of myelin length and thickness with axonal diameter, (d) regional heterogeneity in the oligodendrocyte transcriptome.

      Significance:

      In our view the study tackles a fundamental question likely to be of interest to a specialized audience of cellular neuroscientists. This descriptive study is suggestive that in the studied system, oligodendrocyte density determines the spacing between nodes of Ranvier, but further manipulations of oligodendrocyte density per se are needed to test this convincingly.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have investigated the myelination pattern along the axons of chick avian cochlear nucleus. It has already been shown that there are regional differences in the internodal length of axons in the nucleus magnocellularis. In the tract region across the midline, internodes are longer than in the nucleus laminaris region. Here the authors suggest that the difference in internodal length is attributed to heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes. In the tract region oligodendrocytes would contribute longer myelin internodes, while oligodendrocytes in the nucleus laminaris region would synthesize shorter myelin internodes. Not only length of myelin internodes differs, but also along the same axon unmyelinated areas between two internodes may vary. This is an interesting contribution since all these differences contribute to differential conduction velocity regulating ipsilateral and contralateral innervation of coincidence detector neurons. However, the demonstration falls rather short of being convincing.

      Major comments:

      (1) The authors neglect the possibility that nodal cluster may be formed prior to myelin deposition. They have investigated stages E12 (no nodal clusters) and E15 (nodal cluster plus MAG+ myelin). Fig. 1D is of dubious quality. It would be important to investigate stages between E12 and E15 to observe the formation of pre-nodes, i.e., clustering of nodal components prior to myelin deposition.

      (2) The claim that axonal diameter is constant along the axonal length need to be demonstrated at the EM level. This would also allow to measure possible regional differences in the thickness of the myelin sheath and number of myelin wraps.

      (3) The observation that internodal length differs is explain by heterogeneity of sources of oligodendrocyte is not convincing. Oligodendrocytes a priori from the same origin remyelinate shorter internode after a demyelination event.

      Significance:

      The authors suggest that the difference in internodal length is attributed to heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes. In the tract region oligodendrocytes would contribute longer myelin internodes, while oligodendrocytes in the nucleus laminaris region would synthesize shorter myelin internodes. Not only length of myelin internodes differs, but also along the same axon unmyelinated areas between two internodes may vary. This is an interesting contribution since all these differences contribute to differential conduction velocity regulating ipsilateral and contralateral innervation of coincidence detector neurons.

      Comments on revised version:

      This revised version is in large improved and the responses to reviewers' comments are generally relevant. However, the response regarding pre-nodes is not satisfactory. I understand that the authors prefer to avoid further experimentations, but I think this is an important point that needs to be clarified. Exploring stages between E12 and E15 are therefore of importance. When carefully examining some of the figures (Fig. 1E or 2D) I think that at E15 they may well be pre-nodes formation prior to myelin deposition, on structure the authors considered to be heminodes. To be convincing they should use double or triple labeling with, in addition to the nodal proteins (ankG and/or Nav pan), a good myelin marker such as antiPLP. The rat monoclonal developed by late Pr Ikenaka would give a sharper staining than the anti MAG they used. (I assume the clone must still be available in Okazaki ).

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript by Egawa and colleagues investigates differences in nodal spacing in an avian auditory brain stem circuit. The results are clearly presented and data are of very high quality. The authors make two main conclusions:

      (1) Node spacing, i.e. internodal length, is intrinsically specified by the oligodendrocytes in the region they are found in, rather than axonal properties (branching or diameter).

      (2) Activity is necessary (we don't know what kind of signaling) for normal numbers of oligodendrocytes and therefore the extent of myelination.

      These are interesting observations, albeit phenomenon. I have only a few criticisms that should be addressed:

      (1) The use of the term 'distribution' when describing the location of nodes is confusing. I think the authors mean rather than the patterns of nodal distribution, the pattern of nodal spacing. They have investigated spacing along the axon. I encourage the authors to substitute node spacing or internodal length for node distribution.

      Thanks for your suggestion to avoid confusion. We used the phrase "nodal spacing" instead of "nodal distribution" throughout the revised manuscript.

      (2) In Seidl et al. (J Neurosci 2010) it was reported that axon diameter and internodal length (nodal spacing) were different for regions of the circuit. Can the authors help me better understand the difference between the Seidl results and those presented here?

      As a key distinction, our study focuses specifically on the main trunk of the contralateral projection of NM axons. This projection features a sequential branching structure known as the delay line, where collateral branches form terminal arbors and connect to the ventral dendritic layer of NL neurons. This structural organization plays a critical role in influencing the dynamic range of ITD detection by regulating conduction delays along the NM axon trunk.

      The study by Seidl et al. (2010) is a pioneering work that measured diameter of NM axon using electron microscopy, providing highly reliable data. However, due to the technical  limitations of electron microscopy, which does not allow for the continuous tracing of individual axons, it is not entirely clear whether the axons measured in the ventral NL region correspond to terminal arbors of collateral branches or the main trunk of NM axons (see Figure 9E, F in their paper). Instead, they categorized axon diameters based on their distance from NL cell layer, showing that axon diameter increases distally (see Figure 9G in their paper). Notably, the diameters of ventral axons located more than 120 μm away from the NL cell layer is almost identical to those in the midline.

      As illustrated in our Figure 4D and Supplementary Video 2, the main trunk of the contralateral NM projection is predominantly located in these distal regions. Therefore, our findings complement those of Seidl et al. (2010) rather than contradicting them. We made this point as clear as possible in text (page 7, line 3).

      (3) The authors looked only in very young animals - are the results reported here applicable only to development, or does additional refinement take place with aging?

      In this study, we examined chick embryos from E9 to just before hatching (E21) and post-hatch chicks up to P9. Chickens begin to perceive sound around E12 and possess sound localization abilities at the time of hatching (Grier et al., 1967) (added to page 4, line 9). Therefore, by E21, the sound localization circuit is largely established.

      On the other hand, additional refinement of the circuit with aging is certainly possible. A key cue for sound localization, interaural time difference (ITD), depends on the distance between the two ears, which increases as the animal grows. As shown in Figure 2G, internodal length increased by approximately 20% between E18 and P9 while maintaining regional differences. Given that NM axons are nearly fully myelinated by E21 (Figure 4D, 6C), this suggests that myelin extends in proportion to the overall growth of the head and brain volume. We described this possibility in text (page 5, line 21)

      Thus, our study covers not only the early stages of myelination but also the post-functional maturation in the sound localization circuit.

      (4) The fact that internodal length is specified by the oligodendrocyte suggests that activity may not modify the location of nodes of Ranvier - although again, the authors have only looked during early development. This is quite different than this reviewer's original thoughts - that activity altered internodal length and axon diameter. Thus, the results here argue against node plasticity. The authors may choose to highlight this point or argue for or against it based on results in adult birds?

      In this study, we demonstrated that although vesicular release did not affect internodal length, it selectively promoted oligodendrogenesis, thereby supporting the full myelination and hence the pattern of nodal spacing along the NM axons. We believe that this finding falls within the broader scope of 'activity-dependent plasticity' involving oligodendrocytes and nodes.

      As summarized in the excellent review by Bonetto et al. (2021), activity-dependent plasticity in oligodendrocytes encompasses a wide range of phenomena, not limited to changes in internodal length but also including oligodendrogenesis. Moreover, the effects of neuronal activity are not uniform but likely depend on the diversity of both neurons and oligodendrocytes. For example, in the mouse visual cortex, activity-dependent myelination occurs in interneurons but not in excitatory neurons (Yang et al., 2020). Additionally, expression of TeNT in axons affected myelination heterogeneously in zebrafish; some axons were impaired in myelination and the others were not affected at all (Koudelka et al., 2016). In the mouse corpus callosum, neuronal activity influences oligodendrogenesis, which in turn facilitates adaptive myelination (Gibson et al., 2014).

      Thus, rather than refuting the role of activity-dependent plasticity in nodal spacing, our findings emphasize the diversity of underlying regulatory mechanisms. We described these explicitly in text (page 10, line 18).

      Significance

      This paper may argue against node plasticity as a mechanism for tuning of neural circuits. Myelin plasticity is a very hot topic right now and node plasticity reflects myelin plasticity. this seems to be a circuit where perhaps plasticity is NOT occurring. That would be interesting to test directly. One limitation is that this is limited to development.

      This paper does not argue against node plasticity, but rather demonstrates that oligodendrocytes in the NL region exhibit a form of plasticity; they proliferate in response to vesicular release from NM axons, yet do not undergo morphological changes, ensuring adequate oligodendrocyte density for the full myelination of the auditory circuit. Thus, activity-dependent plasticity involving oligodendrocytes would contributes in various ways to each neural circuit, which is presumably attributed to the fact that myelination is driven by complex multicellular interactions between diverse axons and oligodendrocytes. Oligodendrocytes are known to exhibit heterogeneity in morphology, function, responsiveness, and gene profiles (Foerster et al., 2019; Sherafat et al., 2021; Osanai et al., 2022; Valihrach et al., 2022), but functional significance of this heterogeneity remains largely unclear. This paper also provides insight into how oligodendrocyte heterogeneity may contribute to the fine-tuning of neural circuit function, adding further value to our findings. Importantly, our study covers the wide range of development in the sound localization circuit, from the pre-myelination (E9) to the postfunctional maturation (P9), revealing how the nodal spacing pattern along the axon in this circuit emerges and matures.

      Reviewer #2:

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Egawa et al describe the developmental timeline of the assembly of nodes of Ranvier in the chick brainstem auditory circuit. In this unique system, the spacing between nodes varies significantly in different regions of the same axon from early stages, which the authors suggest is critical for accurate sound localization. Egawa et al set out to determine which factors regulate this differential node spacing. They do this by using immunohistological analyses to test the correlation of node spacing with morphological properties of the axons, and properties of oligodendrocytes, glial cells that wrap axons with the myelin sheaths that flank the nodes of Ranvier. They find that axonal structure does not vary significantly, but that oligodendrocyte density and morphology varies in the different regions traversed by these axons, which suggests this is a key determinant of the region-specific differences in node density and myelin sheath length. They also find that differential oligodendrocyte density is partly determined by secreted neuronal signals, as (presumed) blockage of vesicle fusion with tetanus toxin reduced oligodendrocyte density in the region where it is normally higher. Based on these findings, the authors propose that oligodendrocyte morphology, myelin sheath length, and consequently nodal distribution are primarily determined by intrinsic oligodendrocyte properties rather than neuronal factors such as activity.

      Major points, detailed below, need to be addressed to overcome some limitations of the study.

      Major comments:

      (1) It is essential that the authors validate the efficiency of TeNT to prove that vesicular release is indeed inhibited, to be able to make any claims about the effect of vesicular release on oligodendrogenesis/myelination.

      eTeNT is a widely used genetically encoded silencing tool and constructs similar to the one used in this study have been successfully applied in primates and rodents to suppress target behaviors via genetic dissection of specific pathways (Kinoshita et al., 2012; Sooksawate et al., 2013). However, precisely quantifying the extent of vesicular release inhibition from NM axons in the brainstem auditory circuit is technically problematic.

      One major limitation is that while A3V efficiently infects NM neurons, its transduction efficiency does not reach 100%. In electrophysiological evaluations, NL neurons receive inputs from multiple NM axons, meaning that responses may still include input from uninfected axons. Additionally, failure to evoke synaptic responses could either indicate successful silencing or failure to stimulate NM axons, making a clear distinction difficult. Furthermore, unlike in motor circuits, we cannot assess the effect of silencing by observing behavioral outputs.

      Thus, we instead opted to quantify the precise expression efficiency of GFP-tagged eTeNT in the cell bodies of NM neurons. The proportion of NM neurons expressing GFP-tagged eTeNT was 89.7 ± 1.6% (N = 6 chicks), which is consistent with previous reports evaluating A3V transduction efficiency in the brainstem auditory circuit (Matsui et al., 2012). These results strongly suggest that synaptic transmission from NM axons was globally silenced by eTeNT at the NL region. We described these explicitly in text (page 8, line 2).

      (2) Related to 1, can the authors clarify if their TeNT expression system results in the whole tract being silenced? It appears from Fig. 6 that their approach leads to sparse expression of TeNT in individual neurons, which enables them to measure myelination parameters. Can the authors discuss how silencing a single axon can lead to a regional effect in oligodendrocyte number?

      Figure 6D depicts a representative axon selected from a dense population of GFP-positive axons in a 200-μm-thick slice after A3V-eTeNT infection to bilateral NM. As shown in Supplementary Video 1 and 2, densely labeled GFP-positive axons can be traced along the main trunk. To prevent any misinterpretation, we have revised the description of Figure 6 in the main text and Figure legend (page 31, line 9), and stated the A3V-eTeNT infection efficiency was 89.7 ± 1.6% in NM neurons, as mentioned above. Based on this efficiency, we interpreted that the global occlusion of vesicular release from most of the NM axons altered the pericellular microenvironment of the NL region, which led to the regional effect on the oligodendrocyte density.

      On the other hand, your question regarding whether sparse expression of eTeNT still has an effect is highly relevant. As we also discussed in our reply to comment 4 by Reviewer #1, the relationship between neuronal activity and oligodendrocytes is highly diverse. In some types of axons, vesicular release is essential for normal myelination, and this process was disrupted by TeNT (Koudelka et al., 2016), suggesting that direct interaction with oligodendrocytes via vesicle release may actively promote myelination in these types of axons.

      To clarify whether the phenotype observed in Figure 6 arises from changes in the pericellular microenvironment at the NL region or from the direct suppression of axon-oligodendrocyte interactions, we included a new Supplementary Figure (Figure 6—figure supplement 1). In this figure, we evaluated the node formation on the axon sparsely expressing eTeNT by electroporation into the unilateral NM. The results showed that sparse eTeNT expression did not increase the percentages of heminodes or unmyelinated segments. This finding supports our conclusion that the increased unmyelinated segments by A3V-eTeNT resulted from impaired synaptic transmission at NM terminals and subsequent alterations of  pericellular microenvironment at the NL region.

      (3) The authors need to fully revise their statistical analyses throughout and supply additional information that is needed to assess if their analyses are adequate:

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions to improve the rigor of our statistical analyses. We have reanalyzed all statistical tests using R software. In the revised Methods section and Figure Legends, we have clarified the rationale for selecting each statistical test, specified which test was used for each figure, and explicitly defined both n and N. After reevaluation with the Shapiro-Wilk test, we adjusted some analyses to non-parametric tests where appropriate. However, these adjustments did not alter the statistical significance of our results compared to the original analyses.

      (3.1) the authors use a variety of statistical tests and it is not always obvious why they chose a particular test. For example, in Fig. 2G they chose a Kruskal-Wallis test instead of a two-way ANOVA or MannWhitney U test, which are much more common in the field. What is the rationale for the test choice?

      We have revised the explanation of our statistical test choices to provide greater clarity and precision. For example, in Figure 2G, we first assessed the normality of the data in each of the four groups using the Shapiro-Wilk test, which revealed that some datasets did not follow a normal distribution. Given this, we selected the Kruskal-Wallis test, a commonly used non-parametric test for comparisons across three or more groups. Since the Kruskal-Wallis test indicated a significant difference, we conducted a post hoc Steel-Dwass test to determine which specific group comparisons were statistically significant.

      (3.2) in some cases, the choice of test appears wholly inappropriate. For example, in Fig. 3H-K, an unpaired t-test is inappropriate if the two regions were analysed in the same samples. In Fig. 5, was a ttest used for comparisons between multiple groups in the same dataset? If so, an ANOVA may be more appropriate.

      In the case of Figures 3H-K, we compared oligodendrocyte morphology between regions. However, since the number of sparsely labeled oligodendrocytes differs both between regions and across individual samples, there is no strict correspondence between paired measurements. On the other hand, in Figures 5B, C, and E, we compared the density of labeled cells between regions within the same slice, establishing a direct correspondence between paired data points. For these comparisons, we appropriately used a paired t-test.

      (3.3) in some cases, the authors do not mention which test was used (Fig 3: E-G no test indicated, despite asterisks; G/L/M - which regression test that was used? What does r indicate?)

      We have specified the statistical tests used for each figure in the Methods section and Figure Legends for better clarity. Additionally, we have revised the descriptions for Figure 4G, L, and M and their corresponding Figure Legends to explicitly indicate that Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient (rₛ) was used for evaluation.

      (3.4) more concerningly, throughout the results, data may have been pseudo-replicated. t-tests and ANOVAs assume that each observation in a dataset is independent of the other observations. In figures 1-4 and 6 there is a very large "n" number, but the authors do not indicate what this corresponds to. This leaves it open to interpretation, and the large values suggest that the number of nodes, internodal segments, or cells may have been used. These are not independent experimental units, and should be averaged per independent biological replicate - i.e. per animal (N).

      We have now clarified what “n” represents in each figure, as well as the number of animals (N) used in each experiment, in the Figure Legends.

      In this study, developmental stages of chick embryos were defined by HH stage (Hamburger and Hamilton, 1951), minimizing individual variability. Additionally, since our study focuses on the distribution of morphological characteristics of individual cells, averaging measurements per animal would obscure important cellular-level variability and potentially mislead interpretation of data. Furthermore, we employed a strategy of sparse genetic labeling in many experiments, which naturally results in variability in the number of measurable cells per animal. Given the clear distinctions in our data distributions, we believe that averaging per biological replicate is not essential in this case.

      To further ensure the robustness of our statistical analysis, data presented as boxplots were preliminarily assessed using PlotsOfDifferences, a web-based application that calculates and visualizes effect sizes and 95% confidence intervals based on bootstrapping (https://huygens.science.uva.nl/PlotsOfDifferences/; https://doi.org/10.1101/578575). Effect sizes can serve as a valuable alternative to p-values (Ho, 2018; https://www.nature.com/articles/s41592019-0470-3). The significant differences reported in our study are also supported by clear differences in effect sizes, ensuring that our conclusions remain robust regardless of the statistical approach used.

      If requested, we would be happy to provide PlotsOfDifferences outputs as supplementary source data files, similar to those used in eLife publications, for each figure.

      (3.5) related to the pseudo-replication issue, can the authors include individual datapoints in graphs for full transparency, per biological replicates, in addition or in alternative to bar-graphs (e.g. Fig. 5 and 6).

      We have now incorporated individual data points into the bar graphs in Figures 5 and 6.

      (4) The main finding of the study is that the density of nodes differs between two regions of the chicken auditory circuit, probably due to morphological differences in the respective oligodendrocytes. Can the authors discuss if this finding is likely to be specific to the bird auditory circuit?

      The morphological differences of oligodendrocytes between white and gray matter are well established (i.e. shorter myelin at gray matter), but their correspondence with the nodal spacing pattern along the long axonal projections of cortical neurons is not well understood. Future research may find similarities with our findings. Additionally, as mentioned in the final section of the Discussion, the mammalian brainstem auditory circuit is functionally analogous to the avian ITD circuit. Regional differences in nodal spacing along axons have also been observed in the mammalian system, raising the important question of whether these differences are supported by regional heterogeneity in oligodendrocytes. Investigating this possibility will facilitate our understanding of the underlying logic and mechanisms for determining node spacing patterns along axons, as well as provide valuable insights into evolutionary convergence in auditory processing mechanisms. We described these explicitly in text (page 11, line 34).

      (5) Provided the authors amend their statistical analyses, and assuming significant differences remain as shown, the study shows a correlation (but not causation) between node spacing and oligodendrocyte density, but the authors did not manipulate oligodendrocyte density per se (i.e. cell-autonomously). Therefore, the authors should either include such experiments, or revise some of their phrasing to soften their claims and conclusions. For example, the word "determine" in the title could be replaced by "correlate with" for a more accurate representation of the work. Similar sentences throughout the main text should be amended.

      As you summarized in your comment, our results demonstrated that A3V-eTeNT suppressed oligodendrogenesis in the NL region, leading to a reduction in oligodendrocyte density (Figures 6L, M), which caused the emergence of unmyelinated segments. While this is an indirect manipulation of oligodendrocyte density, it nonetheless provides evidence supporting a causal relationship between oligodendrocyte density and nodal spacing.

      The emergence of unmyelinated segments at the NL region further suggests that the myelin extension capacity of oligodendrocytes differs between regions, highlighting regional differences in intrinsic properties of oligodendrocyte as the most prominent determinant of nodal spacing variation. However, as you correctly pointed out, our findings do not establish direct causation.

      In the future, developing methods to artificially manipulate myelin length could provide a more definitive demonstration of causality. Given these considerations, we have modified the title to replace "determine" with "underlie", ensuring that our conclusions are presented with appropriate nuance.

      (6) The authors fail to introduce, or discuss, very pertinent prior studies, in particular to contextualize their findings with:

      (6.1) known neuron-autonomous modes of node formation prior to myelination, e.g. Zonta et al (PMID 18573915); Vagionitis et al (PMID 35172135); Freeman et al (PMID 25561543)

      (6.2) known effects of vesicular fusion directly on myelinating capacity and oligodendrogenesis, e.g. Mensch et al (PMID 25849985)

      (6.3) known correlation of myelin length and thickness with axonal diameter, e.g. Murray & Blakemore (PMID 7012280); Ibrahim et al (PMID 8583214); Hildebrand et al (PMID 8441812).

      (6.4) regional heterogeneity in the oligodendrocyte transcriptome (page 9, studies summarized in PMID 36313617)

      Thank you for your insightful suggestions. We have incorporated the relevant references you provided and revised the manuscript accordingly to contextualize our findings within the existing literature.

      Minor comments:

      (7) Can the authors amend Fig. 1G with the correct units of measurement, not millimetres.

      Response: 

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have corrected the units in Figure 1G to µm

      (8) The Olig2 staining in Fig 2C does not appear to be nuclear, as would be expected of a transcription factor and as is well established for Olig2, but rather appears to be excluded from the nucleus, as it is in a ring or donut shape. Can the authors comment on this?

      Oligodendrocytes and OPCs have small cell bodies, often comparable in size to their nuclei. The central void in the ring-like Olig2 staining pattern appears too small to represent the nucleus. Additionally, a similar ring-like appearance is observed in BrdU labeling (Figure 5G), suggesting that this staining pattern may reflect nuclear morphology or other structural features.

      Significance

      In our view the study tackles a fundamental question likely to be of interest to a specialized audience of cellular neuroscientists. This descriptive study is suggestive that in the studied system, oligodendrocyte density determines the spacing between nodes of Ranvier, but further manipulations of oligodendrocyte density per se are needed to test this convincingly.

      The main finding of our study is that the primary determinant of the biased nodal spacing pattern in the sound localization circuit is the regional heterogeneity in the morphology of oligodendrocytes due to their intrinsic properties (e.g., their ability to produce and extend myelin sheaths) rather than the density of the cells. This was based on our observations that a reduction of oligodendrocyte density by A3V-eTeNT expression caused unmyelinated segments but did not increase internodal length (Figure 6), further revealing the importance of oligodendrocyte density in ensuring full myelination for the axons with short internodes. Thus, we think that our study could propose the significance of oligodendrocyte heterogeneity in the circuit function as well as in the nodal spacing using experimental manipulation of oligodendrocyte density. 

      Reviewer #3:

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The authors have investigated the myelination pattern along the axons of chick avian cochlear nucleus. It has already been shown that there are regional differences in the internodal length of axons in the nucleus magnocellularis. In the tract region across the midline, internodes are longer than in the nucleus laminaris region. Here the authors suggest that the difference in internodal length is attributed to heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes. In the tract region oligodendrocytes would contribute longer myelin internodes, while oligodendrocytes in the nucleus laminaris region would synthesize shorter myelin internodes. Not only length of myelin internodes differs, but also along the same axon unmyelinated areas between two internodes may vary. This is an interesting contribution since all these differences contribute to differential conduction velocity regulating ipsilateral and contralateral innervation of coincidence detector neurons. However, the demonstration falls rather short of being convincing. I have some major concerns:

      (1) The authors neglect the possibility that nodal cluster may be formed prior to myelin deposition. They have investigated stages E12 (no nodal clusters) and E15 (nodal cluster plus MAG+ myelin). Fig. 1D is of dubious quality. It would be important to investigate stages between E12 and E15 to observe the formation of pre-nodes, i.e., clustering of nodal components prior to myelin deposition.

      Thank you for your insightful comment regarding the potential role of pre-nodal clusters in determining internodal length. Indeed, studies in zebrafish have suggested that pre-nodal clustering of node components prior to myelination may prefigure internodal length (Vagionitis et al., 2022). We have incorporated a discussion on whether such pre-nodal clusters could contribute to regional differences in nodal spacing in our manuscript (page 9, line 35).

      Whether pre-nodal clusters are detectable before myelination appears to depend on neuronal subpopulation (Freeman et al., 2015). To investigate the presence of pre-nodal clusters along NM axons in the brainstem auditory circuit, we previously attempted to visualize AnkG signals at E13 and E14. However, we did not observe clear structures indicative of pre-nodal clusters; instead, we only detected sparse fibrous AnkG signals with weak Nav clustering at their ends, consistent with hemi-node features. This result does not exclude the possibility of pre-nodal clusters on NM axons, as the detection limit of immunostaining cannot be ruled out. In brainstem slices, where axons are densely packed, nodal molecules are expressed at low levels across a wide area, leading to a high background signal in immunostaining, which may mask weak pre-nodal cluster signals prior to myelination. Regarding the comment on Figure 1D, we assume you are referring to Figure 2D based on the context. The lack of clarity in the high-magnification images in Figure 2D results from both the high background signal and the limited penetration of the MAG antibody. Furthermore, we are unable to verify Neurofascin accumulation at pre-nodal clusters, as there is currently no commercially available antibody suitable for use in chickens, despite our over 20 years of efforts to identify one for AIS research. Therefore, current methodologies pose significant challenges in visualizing pre-nodal clusters in our model. Future advancements, such as exogenous expression of fluorescently tagged Neurofascin at appropriate densities or knock-in tagging of endogenous molecules, may help overcome these limitations.

      However, a key issue to be discussed in this study is not merely the presence or absence of prenodal clusters, but rather whether pre-nodal clusters—if present—would determine regional differences in internodal length. To address this possibility, we have added new data in Figure 6I, measuring the length of unmyelinated segments that emerged following A3V-eTeNT expression.

      If pre-nodal clusters were fixed before myelination and predetermined internodal length, then the length of unmyelinated segments should be equal to or a multiple of the typical internodal length. However, our data showed that unmyelinated segments in the NL region were less than half the length of the typical NL internodal length, contradicting the hypothesis that fixed pre-nodal clusters determine internodal length along NM axons in this region.

      (2) The claim that axonal diameter is constant along the axonal length need to be demonstrated at the EM level. This would also allow to measure possible regional differences in the thickness of the myelin sheath and number of myelin wraps.

      As mentioned in our reply to comment 2 by Reviewer #1, the diameter of NM axons was already evaluated using electron microscopy (EM) in the pioneering study by Seidl et al., (2010). Additionally, EM-based analysis makes it difficult to clearly distinguish between the main trunk of NM axons and thin collateral branches at the NL region. Accordingly, we did not do the EM analysis in this revision. 

      In Figure 4, we used palGFP, which is targeted to the cell membrane, allowing us to measure axon diameter by evaluating the distance between two membrane signal peaks. This approach minimizes the influence of the blurring of fluorescence signals on diameter measurements. Thus, we believe that our method is sufficient to evaluate the relative difference in axon diameters between regions and hence to show that axon diameter is not the primary determinant of the 3-fold difference in internodal length between regions. 

      (3) The observation that internodal length differs is explain by heterogeneity of sources of oligodendrocyte is not convincing. Oligodendrocytes a priori from the same origin remyelinate shorter internode after a demyelination event.

      The heterogeneity in oligodendrocyte morphology would reflect differences in gene profiles, which, in turn, may arise from differences in their developmental origin and/or pericellular microenvironment of OPCs. We made this point as clear as possible in Discussion (page 9, line 21).

      Significance

      The authors suggest that the difference in internodal length is attributed to heterogeneity of oligodendrocytes. In the tract region oligodendrocytes would contribute longer myelin internodes, while oligodendrocytes in the nucleus laminaris region would synthesize shorter myelin internodes. Not only length of myelin internodes differs, but also along the same axon unmyelinated areas between two internodes may vary. This is an interesting contribution since all these differences contribute to differential conduction velocity regulating ipsilateral and contralateral innervation of coincidence detector neurons.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The electrocardiogram (ECG) is routinely used to diagnose and assess cardiovascular risk. However, its interpretation can be complicated by sex-based and anatomical variations in heart and torso structure. To quantify these relationships, Dr. Smith and colleagues developed computational tools to automatically reconstruct 3D heart and torso anatomies from UK Biobank data. Their regression analysis identified key sex differences in anatomical parameters and their associations with ECG features, particularly post-myocardial infarction (MI). This work provides valuable quantitative insights into how sex and anatomy influence ECG metrics, potentially improving future ECG interpretation protocols by accounting for these factors.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study introduces an automated pipeline to reconstruct heart and torso anatomies from a large cohort (1,476 subjects, including healthy and post-MI individuals).

      (2) The 3-stage reconstruction achieved high accuracy (validated via Dice coefficient and error distances).

      (3) Extracted anatomical features enabled novel analyses of disease-dependent relationships between sex, anatomy, and ECG metrics.

      (4) Open-source code for the pipeline and analyses enhances reproducibility.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The linear regression approach, while useful, may not fully address collinearity among parameters (e.g., cardiac size, torso volume, heart position). Although left ventricular mass or cavity volume was selected to mitigate collinearity, other parameters (e.g., heart center coordinates) could still introduce bias.

      (2) The study attributes residual ECG differences to sex/MI status after controlling for anatomical variables. However, regression model errors could distort these estimates. A rigorous evaluation of potential deviations (e.g., variance inflation factors or alternative methods like ridge regression) would strengthen the conclusions.

      (3) The manuscript's highly quantitative presentation may hinder readability. Simplifying technical descriptions and improving figure clarity (e.g., separating superimposed bar plots in Figures 2-4) would aid comprehension.

      (4) Given established sex differences in QTc intervals, applying the same analytical framework to explore QTc's dependence on sex and anatomy could have provided additional clinically relevant insights.

    1. Réunion pour les parents d'élèves de Terminale Générale au Lycée Louis Vincent : Synthèse et Points Clés

      Cette note de synthèse résume les informations cruciales présentées lors de la réunion des parents d'élèves de terminale générale au Lycée Louis Vincent.

      L'année de terminale est une année charnière, marquée par deux enjeux majeurs : la réussite au baccalauréat et la préparation de l'orientation post-bac via la plateforme Parcoursup.

      Le baccalauréat se compose de 40% de contrôle continu, encadré par un projet d'évaluation strict pour garantir l'équité, et de 60% d'épreuves terminales.

      Le Grand Oral (coefficient 10) représente une opportunité stratégique majeure. Le lycée met en place un programme de préparation intensif avec des devoirs communs et des examens blancs, principalement le samedi matin.


      Parallèlement, le processus Parcoursup est présenté comme un outil indispensable mais complexe, exigeant une préparation dès le début de l'année.

      Les élèves sont invités à utiliser des ressources comme le site SupTracker pour analyser les statistiques d'admission et à consulter les psychologues de l'Éducation nationale (Psy-EN).

      L'accent est mis sur l'importance capitale d'un dossier scolaire solide, où les appréciations des enseignants, l'assiduité et le comportement sont aussi déterminants que les notes.

      La direction insiste sur le fait que, si 100% des élèves de l'établissement ont reçu une proposition sur Parcoursup l'an dernier, l'obtention du vœu prioritaire dépend de l'adéquation entre le projet de l'élève, ses résultats et la qualité de son dossier.


      1. Introduction et Présentation des Acteurs Pédagogiques

      La réunion a débuté par la présentation des équipes pédagogiques et administratives qui encadrent les 299 élèves de terminale générale.

      • Direction :

      • Mme X est Proviseure adjointe en charge du niveau terminale et de la gestion des examens.

      • Mme Z est la nouvelle proviseure adjointe, en charge des niveaux première et BTS.

      • Formations Technologiques et Industrielles :

      • Mme C est Directrice déléguée aux formations (Laboratoire, STL, BTS CIRA, BTS Métiers de la chimie).

      • M. R est Directeur délégué aux formations techniques industrielles, soulignant l'accueil favorable des bacheliers généraux dans les filières BTS.

      • Conseillers Principaux d'Éducation (CPE) : L'équipe de trois CPE, incluant Mme L et Mme B, se partage le suivi des classes de terminale.

      • Professeurs Principaux : Il est précisé qu'un binôme de professeurs principaux est assigné à chaque classe de terminale, l'un se concentrant sur la gestion de la classe et l'autre sur l'orientation, avec une répartition flexible des missions.


      2. Le Baccalauréat 2026 : Modalités d'Évaluation

      L'évaluation du baccalauréat est structurée autour de deux composantes principales, avec un rappel des excellents résultats de l'établissement lors de la session précédente.

      Structure de la Note Finale

      • Le Contrôle Continu représente 40% de la note finale.
      • Les Épreuves Terminales représentent 60% de la note finale.

      Résultats du Lycée Louis-Vincent (Session Juin 2025)

      L'établissement affiche des taux de réussite élevés, témoignant de la qualité de l'accompagnement.

      Voie Générale : Taux de Réussite > 98 %. Voie Générale : Taux de Mention 74 %. Voie Technologique : Taux de Réussite 93 % - 96 %. Voie Technologique : Taux de Mention ≈ 50 %.

      Le Contrôle Continu (40%)

      • Coefficients : L'ensemble des matières suivies en terminale compte pour un total de 19 coefficients dans le calcul du contrôle continu.

      • Projet d'Évaluation : Le lycée a mis en place un projet d'évaluation pour "garantir une égalité de traitement" et des principes communs. *Les moyennes sont validées en conseil de classe et transmises via le Livret Scolaire du Lycéen (LSL).

      • Politique sur les Absences : Une politique stricte est appliquée pour contrer les absences stratégiques visant à éviter une évaluation. Les élèves absents se voient offrir "l'opportunité et non pas la punition" de rattraper les devoirs manqués le samedi matin. Si un élève a trop peu de notes, celles-ci peuvent être jugées "non robustes" par l'Inspection Générale, entraînant une épreuve ponctuelle individuelle pour valider le niveau.

      Les Épreuves Terminales (60%)

      Les épreuves finales se dérouleront principalement en juin. Les coefficients pour la voie générale sont les suivants :

      • Épreuve de Français (passé en Première) : 10 (5 écrit, 5 oral).
      • Épreuve de Philosophie : 8.
      • Épreuve d'Enseignement de Spécialité 1 : 16.
      • Épreuve d'Enseignement de Spécialité 2 : 16.
      • Épreuve du Grand Oral : 10.

      3. Focus sur le Grand Oral

      Le Grand Oral est présenté comme une épreuve d'une importance capitale, tant pour son coefficient que pour les compétences qu'il évalue.

      • Objectifs : Apprendre à s'exprimer en public de façon claire et convaincante, évaluer les capacités d'argumentation, l'esprit critique et les connaissances liées aux deux enseignements de spécialité.

      • Déroulement : Les élèves préparent deux questions. *Le jour de l'épreuve, ils disposent d'un temps de préparation avant un entretien de 20 minutes avec le jury (10 minutes de présentation/réponses et 10 minutes d'échange).

      • Importance Stratégique : Il est souligné que le Grand Oral est une épreuve avec un "rendement de notes" élevé. "Avoir 20 au grand oral c'est possible [...] c'est assez courant", contrairement à d'autres disciplines. C'est donc un levier essentiel pour obtenir une mention ou sécuriser l'obtention du diplôme.


      4. Préparation et Accompagnement au Lycée

      L'établissement organise un calendrier de préparation pour accompagner les élèves vers la réussite.

      • Devoirs Communs et Bacs Blancs : Un calendrier de préparation est en cours de finalisation. *Il inclura des devoirs communs et des bacs blancs, majoritairement organisés le samedi matin.

      • Journées Banalisées : Deux journées seront banalisées en avril (probablement au retour des vacances) pour les épreuves blanches des enseignements de spécialité.

      • Oral Blanc : Un oral blanc sera organisé pour préparer spécifiquement le Grand Oral.

      • Importance de l'Entraînement : La direction insiste sur le fait que s'entraîner en conditions réelles est "indispensable et primordial" pour apprendre à gérer le temps, le stress et l'environnement d'une grande salle d'examen.


      5. L'Orientation et Parcoursup : Un Processus Stratégique

      L'orientation est l'autre grand chantier de l'année, nécessitant une implication précoce et continue des élèves et de leurs familles.

      Événements Clés pour l'Orientation

      • Un Jour à l'Université (UJALU) : En octobre, pendant les vacances. *Les inscriptions débutent le 29 septembre.

      • Salon Oriaction : Les 20, 21 et 22 novembre à Nancy. Le lycée n'organise pas de déplacement collectif ; les familles sont encouragées à s'y rendre, notamment le samedi, pour rencontrer des enseignants du supérieur. Le salon présente 5 000 formations.

      • Forum des formations du Lycée Louis-Vincent : Le 6 février 2025, pour rencontrer étudiants, professionnels et anciens élèves.

      Le Calendrier Parcoursup

      Bien que le calendrier officiel ne soit pas publié, les trois grandes étapes restent les mêmes :

      1. Décembre - Janvier : Ouverture du site avec les informations mises à jour pour la rentrée 2026. Phase d'information.

      2. Mi-Janvier - Mi-Mars : Phase d'inscription et de formulation des vœux. *La date limite de mi-mars est impérative pour ajouter de nouveaux vœux.

      3. Début Juin - Début Juillet : Phase principale d'admission avec réception des réponses des formations.

      Outils et Stratégies pour Parcoursup

      • Ressources Essentielles :

      • Psy-EN : Les élèves, surtout ceux qui sont indécis, sont vivement encouragés à prendre rendez-vous "dès maintenant" avant que les créneaux ne soient saturés.

      • SupTracker : Cet outil statistique est présenté comme "indispensable". Il permet de voir quels profils (spécialités, mentions, notes) ont été admis dans une formation donnée les années précédentes. Par exemple, pour la formation PASS (médecine), 90% des admis en 2025 avaient une combinaison des spécialités Mathématiques, Physique-Chimie ou SVT.

      • Site Parcoursup : La plateforme contient des fiches détaillées sur plus de 24 000 formations, incluant les taux d'accès et les notes moyennes des derniers admis.

      • L'Importance Capitale du Dossier Scolaire :

      • Le proviseur insiste sur le fait que la sélection n'est pas faite par une intelligence artificielle mais par des équipes humaines.

      • Les appréciations des professeurs sont cruciales. *Des remarques comme "travailleur, investi, capable" sont des atouts majeurs.

      • À l'inverse, les absences, les retards et les remarques sur le comportement sont "vraiment très bloquants". *Un dossier avec ces éléments est souvent mis de côté d'emblée par les comités de sélection.

      • Conseils Stratégiques :

      • La devise est : "Il vaut mieux pouvoir choisir qu'être obligé de choisir." Pour cela, il faut que les résultats de l'élève soient à la hauteur de ses ambitions.

      • Il est conseillé d'élargir au maximum le champ des vœux avant la date limite de mi-mars pour ne fermer aucune porte.

      • La phase de résultats en juin est reconnue comme une période de stress intense, notamment à cause des listes d'attente. *Il est rappelé qu'il faut analyser sa position en la comparant au rang du dernier admis de l'année précédente, une information disponible sur Parcoursup.


      6. Questions Diverses

      • Section Euro Allemand / DNL : Cette option est valorisée par une "mention européenne" sur le diplôme du bac. *Les notes et appréciations sont prises en compte dans le dossier Parcoursup et sont visibles par les établissements du supérieur.

      • Heure d'Orientation : L'heure hebdomadaire dédiée à l'orientation n'est pas systématiquement une séance en classe entière. *Il s'agit d'un volume annuel d'environ 10 à 19 séances par professeur principal, qui peuvent prendre la forme de réunions plénières, de travail en petits groupes ou d'entretiens individuels selon les besoins des élèves.

    1. Briefing : Réunion des Parents d'Élèves de Première Générale au Lycée Louis Vincent

      Résumé

      • Cette note de synthèse résume les points clés de la réunion destinée aux parents des 308 élèves de première générale du lycée Louis Vincent.

      L'objectif était de présenter le déroulement de l'année, les enjeux du baccalauréat et l'importance de l'anticipation pour l'orientation post-bac.

      Les principaux points à retenir sont :

      • Une année charnière pour l'orientation : Bien que l'unique choix d'orientation de l'année consiste à abandonner l'une des trois spécialités pour la terminale, la classe de première est identifiée comme un moment crucial pour entamer la réflexion sur le projet post-bac et Parcoursup.
      • Rigueur sur l'assiduité : Une politique très stricte sera appliquée concernant les absences et les retards.

      En raison du poids du contrôle continu (40 % de la note finale du baccalauréat), l'assiduité est primordiale et l'établissement n'hésitera pas à contacter les familles de manière insistante pour garantir la présence des élèves.

      • Nouveauté au baccalauréat : Une épreuve anticipée de mathématiques, d'un coefficient 2 et se déroulant sans calculatrice, est introduite dès la fin de l'année de première.

      Elle s'ajoute à la traditionnelle épreuve anticipée de français.

      • Excellence académique et accompagnement : Le lycée affiche des résultats supérieurs à la moyenne académique, avec 98,44 % de réussite au baccalauréat général et 74 % de mentions.

      L'accompagnement pour Parcoursup est également un point fort, avec 100 % des élèves de terminale ayant reçu une proposition d'affectation l'année précédente.

      • Cadre scolaire et pédagogique : L'accent est mis sur le bien-être des élèves face à la pression scolaire, la nécessité d'un usage raisonné des outils numériques (téléphones, IA) et le maintien de méthodes de travail fondamentales comme la prise de notes manuscrite et la lecture.

      1. L'Année de Première : Une Année Stratégique

      L'année de première générale est présentée comme "relativement cool" en termes de décisions d'orientation immédiates, contrastant avec les choix de filières en seconde et les choix de formations supérieures en terminale. Cependant, son importance stratégique est fortement soulignée.

      Objectif Principal et Calendrier

      • Choix de Spécialités : Le seul choix d'orientation de l'année interviendra au troisième trimestre, lorsque les élèves devront indiquer laquelle de leurs trois spécialités ils souhaitent abandonner pour la classe de terminale.

      Calendrier de l'Orientation :

      Dès octobre : Des bilans de mi-trimestre seront organisés pour faire des points d'étape avec les équipes pédagogiques et proposer des rendez-vous pour affiner le projet de l'élève.

      Novembre : Participation à la Semaine Nationale de l'Orientation.

      Troisième trimestre : Accélération du processus avec le choix final de la spécialité à abandonner.

      L'Importance de l'Anticipation pour Parcoursup

      L'année de première est le moment idéal pour commencer à préparer les choix de l'enseignement supérieur.

      Il est rappelé qu'en terminale, le temps pour choisir parmi les 60 000 formations supérieures (dont 24 000 sur Parcoursup) est très court.

      Il est donc conseillé aux familles d'initier la discussion sur l'avenir, même si les élèves n'ont pas de projet précis.

      Une approche suggérée est d'identifier ce que les élèves ne veulent pas faire pour affiner progressivement leurs centres d'intérêt.

      2. Organisation et Vie Scolaire

      • Équipe Pédagogique et Administrative

      • L'encadrement des neuf classes de première (601 à 609) est assuré par une équipe de référents dédiés.

      Rôle

      Personnes en charge

      • Proviseur Adjoint
      • Proviseur
      • Professeurs Principaux
      • Un professeur principal par classe
      • CPE Référentes
      • Psychologues de l'Éducation Nationale
      • Disponibles sur rendez-vous pour affiner les choix d'orientation
      • Secrétariat Pédagogique
      • Mme x, pour les dossiers scolaires et les demandes d'aménagements
      • Règlement Intérieur et Discipline
      • Deux points du règlement intérieur sont particulièrement mis en avant.
      • Assiduité (Absences et Retards) :
      • ◦ Enjeu majeur : Le contrôle continu compte pour 40 % de la note du bac. Chaque note obtenue en cours est donc importante.
      • Politique stricte : L'établissement sera très vigilant, contactant les parents par téléphone, mail ou SMS ("on va vous harceler"). Le caractère justifié ou non des motifs d'absence sera évalué par l'administration et pourra figurer sur le bulletin, document essentiel pour Parcoursup.
      • Lutte contre les stratégies d'évitement : Les absences stratégiques lors des devoirs seront combattues.

      Un système de rattrapage des devoirs sera mis en place sur 24 samedis dans l'année.

      Si les notes ne sont pas représentatives du niveau de l'élève, une épreuve ponctuelle au baccalauréat pourra être imposée. * • Usage du Numérique : * ◦ Téléphones portables : Interdits dans tous les bâtiments, sauf autorisation explicite d'un adulte. La dépendance et la distraction causées par les notifications sont considérées comme des freins majeurs à l'apprentissage. * ◦ Intelligence Artificielle et Triche : L'équipe pédagogique est consciente des difficultés posées par des outils comme ChatGPT pour les travaux à la maison (rédactions).

      La copie entre élèves est également surveillée.

      L'accent est mis sur la nécessité d'un travail personnel.

      Santé et Bien-être des Élèves

      • L'année de première peut être une source d'angoisse pour les élèves en raison de la pression des notes, du baccalauréat et de l'orientation future.

      Les parents sont encouragés à contacter l'établissement (CPE, professeurs) s'ils observent un changement de comportement ou un mal-être chez leur enfant.

      Il est rappelé qu'un travail régulier est plus productif et moins anxiogène que des révisions de dernière minute.

      3. Le Baccalauréat : Modalités et Épreuves

      Structure et Coefficients

      • La note finale du baccalauréat est composée à 40 % du contrôle continu et à 60 % des épreuves terminales. Des ajustements de coefficients ont été annoncés.

      Épreuve

      Voie Générale - Coefficient * Moment * Contrôle Continu (ensemble des matières du tronc commun) * 40 % * Première et Terminale * Enseignement de Spécialité 1 * 16 * Terminale * Enseignement de Spécialité 2 * 16 * Terminale * Philosophie * 8 * Terminale * Grand Oral * 8 (anciennement 10) * Terminale * Épreuve Anticipée de Français (Écrit + Oral) * 5 * Première * Épreuve Anticipée de Mathématiques (Nouveau) * 2 * Première

      Les Épreuves Anticipées en Fin de Première * • Français : * ◦ Écrit : 4 heures (commentaire ou dissertation). * ◦ Oral : Basé sur les textes étudiés pendant l'année. * ◦ Préparation : La lecture des quatre œuvres au programme (et des lectures cursives) est indispensable. L'établissement organise un bac blanc écrit et un bac blanc oral. * • Mathématiques (Nouveauté) : * ◦ Format : Épreuve sur 20 points (6 points d'automatismes, 14 points sur le programme de l'année). * ◦ Contrainte majeure : La calculatrice est interdite. L'objectif est de redonner du sens au calcul et au raisonnement. * ◦ Sujets : Trois sujets distincts seront proposés (voie technologique, voie générale sans spécialité maths, voie générale avec spécialité maths). * ◦ Préparation : Une épreuve blanche sera organisée en avril ou mai.

      Résultats et Enjeux exemple au Lycée Louis Vincent

      • Taux de réussite : 98,44 % au bac général (session 2025).
      • Taux de mentions : 74 % des élèves ont obtenu une mention. Ces résultats, supérieurs aux attendus académiques, montrent que l'obtention du baccalauréat est à la portée des élèves qui travaillent régulièrement.

      Le véritable enjeu est donc de bien réussir son baccalauréat afin d'obtenir une mention.

      4. Parcoursup : Préparer l'Avenir dès la Première

      • Une Réflexion à Long Terme
      • Les bulletins de la classe de première ont une importance capitale dans le dossier Parcoursup.

      Une réflexion précoce permet aux élèves de se motiver et de cibler les matières dans lesquelles ils doivent obtenir de bons résultats pour accéder aux formations souhaitées.

      Des outils comme le site Parcoursup lui-même ou le site Suptracker (pour les statistiques d'admission) sont recommandés. * Un Accompagnement Efficace * L'année dernière, 100 % des élèves de terminale du lycée ont reçu une affectation via Parcoursup, témoignant de la qualité de l'accompagnement des équipes.

      Le système est défendu comme une opportunité pour les élèves de postuler à des formations diverses sans hiérarchiser leurs vœux initialement, ce qui ouvre le champ des possibles.

      5. Outils de Communication et Questions Pratiques

      Plateformes Numériques : * ◦ Mon Bureau Numérique (MBN) : Principal outil pour la communication par mail avec les enseignants (via EduConnect) et pour consulter le cahier de textes. * ◦ Pronote : Outil de référence pour l'emploi du temps et la consultation des notes. Il est synchronisé et accessible via MBN. * • La "Pause Numérique" : Une directive ministérielle prévoit de bloquer l'accès aux environnements numériques après 20h et le week-end.

      La Région Grand Est a suspendu cette mesure jusqu'en décembre 2023, notamment en raison de l'accès aux manuels scolaires numériques.

      L'avenir de cette mesure est incertain.

      • Accompagnement Personnalisé (AP) : En français et en mathématiques, les enseignants décident quels élèves doivent y assister en fonction des besoins.

      Si un élève est convoqué, le cours d'AP apparaît directement dans son emploi du temps sur Pronote.

      • Absences des Professeurs : Le lycée a réalisé sa rentrée avec un effectif complet, une situation favorable qui limite le risque de non-remplacement en cas d'absence, contrairement à d'autres académies.

      • Activités Sportives (UNSS) : Les compétitions ont lieu le mercredi après-midi. Les élèves participants sont excusés mais doivent rattraper les cours manqués.

      L'établissement obtient d'excellents résultats, participant régulièrement aux championnats de France.

      • Complexité des Emplois du Temps : La réforme et le système de spécialités génèrent une grande complexité, avec 12 à 14 emplois du temps différents au sein d'une même classe de 35 élèves.

      Les élèves sont invités à consulter Pronote chaque matin pour vérifier les éventuelles modifications (salles, absences).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Rodriguez Gama et al. proposes several interesting conclusions based on different oligomerization properties of Death-Fold Domains (DFDs) in cells, their natural abundance, and supersaturation properties. These ideas are:<br /> (1) DFDs broadly store the cell's energy by remaining in a supersaturated state;<br /> (2) Cells are constantly in a vulnerable state that could lead to cell death;<br /> (3) The cell's lifespan depends on the supersaturation levels of certain DFDs.

      Overall, the evidence supporting these claims is not completely solid. Some concerns were noted.

      Strengths:

      Systematic analysis of DFD self-assembly and its relationship with protein abundance, supersaturation, cell longevity, and evolution.

      Weaknesses

      (1) On page 2, it is stated, "Nucleation barriers increase with the entropic cost of assembly. Assemblies with large barriers, therefore, tend to be more ordered than those without. Ordered assembly often manifests as long filaments in cells," as a way to explain the observed results that DFDs assemblies that transitioned discontinuously form fibrils, whereas those that transitioned continuously (low-to-high) formed spherical or amorphous puncta. It is unlikely to be able to differentiate between amorphous and structured puncta by conventional confocal microscopy. Some DFDs self-assemble into structured puncta formed by intertwined fibrils. Such fibril nets are more structured and thus should be associated with a higher entropic cost. Therefore, the results in Figure 1B do not seem to agree with the reasoning described.

      (2) Errors for the data shown in Figure 1B would have been very useful to determine whether the population differences between diffuse, punctate, and fibrillar for the continuous (low-to-high) transition are meaningful.

      (3) A main concern in the data shown in Figure 1B and F is that the number of counts for discontinuous compared to continuous is small. Thus, the significance of the results is difficult to evaluate in the context of the broad function of DFDs as batteries, as stated at the beginning of the manuscript.

      (4) The proteins or domains that are self-seeded (Figure 1F) should be listed such that the reader has a better understanding of whether domains or full-length proteins are considered, whether other domains have an effect on self-seeding (which is not discussed), and whether there is repetition.

      (5) The authors indicate an anticorrelation between transcript abundance and Csat based on the data shown in Figure 2B; however, the data are scattered. It is not clear why an anticorrelation is inferred.

      (6) It would be useful to indicate the expected range of degree centrality. The differences observed are very small. This is specifically the case for the BC values. The lack of context and the small differences cast doubts on their significance. It would be beneficial to describe these data in the context of the centrality values of other proteins.

      (7) Page 3 section title: "Nucleation barriers are a characteristic feature of inflammatory signalosome adaptors." This title seems to contradict the results shown in Figure 2D, where full-length CARD9 and CARD11 are classified as sensors, but it has been reported that they are adaptor proteins with key roles in the inflammatory response. Please see the following references as examples: The adaptor protein CARD9 is essential for the activation of myeloid cells through ITAM-associated and Toll-like receptors. Nat Immunol 8, 619-629 (2007), and Mechanisms of Regulated and Dysregulated CARD11 Signaling in Adaptive Immunity and Disease. Front Immunol. 2018 Sep 19;9:2105.

      However, both CARD9 and CARD11 show discontinuous to continuous behavior for the individual DFDs versus full-length proteins, respectively, in contrast to the results obtained for ASC, FADD, etc. FADD plays a key role in apoptosis but shows the same behavior as BCL10 and ASC. However, the manuscript indicates that this behavior is characteristic of inflammatory signalosomes. What is the explanation for adaptor proteins behaving in different ways? This casts doubts about the possibility of deriving general conclusions on the significance of these observations, or the subtitles in the results section seem to be oversimplifications.

      (8) IFI16-PYD displays discontinuous behavior according to Figure S1H; however, it is not included in Figure 2D, but AIM 2 is.

      (9) To demonstrate that "Nucleation barriers facilitate signal amplification in human cells," constructs using APAF1 CARD, NLRC4 CARD, caspase-9 CARD, and a chimera of the latter are used to create what the authors refer to as apoptsomes. Even though puncta are observed, referring to these assemblies as apoptosomes seems somewhat misleading. In addition, it is not clear why the activity of caspase-9 was not measured directly, instead of that of capsae-3 and 7, which could be activated by other means. The polymerization of caspase-1 CARD with NLRC4 CARD, leading to irreversible puncta, could just mean that the polymers are more stable. In fact, not all DFDs form equally stable or identical complexes, which does not necessarily imply that a nucleation barrier facilitates signal amplification. Could this conclusion be an overstatement?

      (10) To demonstrate that "Innate immune adaptors are endogenously supersaturated," it is stated on page 5 that ASC clusters continue to grow for the full duration of the time course and that AIM2-PYD stops growing after 5 min. The data shown in Figure 4F indicate that AIM2-PYD grows after 5 mins, although slowly, and ASC starts to slow down at ~ 13 min. Because ASC has two DFDs, assemblies can grow faster and become bigger. How is this related to supersaturation?

    1. 1,25-(OH)2-vitamin D

      1,25-(OH)2-vitamin D (calcitriol) Consider using "calcitriol" and "calcidiol" throughout the discussion to make clear that calcidiol is the most abundant form in serum and calcitriol is the active form of Vit D. These terms make it easier to read than the others. Also, these are the terms used in Fig 3.

    1. (1) transitioning among identities, (2) balancing identity continuity and change, (3) personal identity development through time and (4) personal and stable identity”

      *** (The Multifaceted Ideas)

    1. One reason is scale. It’s hard to overstate the sheer number of examples that a model like GPT-3 sees. GPT-3 was trained on a corpus of approximately 500 billion words. For comparison, a typical human child encounters roughly 100 million words by age 10.

      Restatement annotation- In this section it pretty much states that the training codes encoded with ChatGPT allowed the AI to comprehend more words than a 10 year old kid.

    1. First, there is the flow (which is at thisstage still, from one point of view, only sequence) within aparticular evening’s programmes. For this we can use the generalnotation which has become conventional as ‘programming’ or‘listing’

      3 different orders of flow in television. #1 flow - progamming or listings, #2 more flow , focuses on our expeirnces in television since it shows the proccess of unification of other shows or ads, #3 Detailed flow the process of movement and interaction between the sequence flow.

    1. In order to organize the building and maintenance of the irrigation system, and to keep records of the extensive grain business, the people running the Temples developed cuneiform writing on clay tablets by about 5,200 years ago.

      I think it was crucial back then to have a form of document and writing. Without this, records of the entire business wouldn't be kept track of, causing confusion, chaos, and maybe even trouble for some.

    1. “The beer’s nice and cool,” the man said. “It’s lovely,” the girl said. “It’s really an awfully simple operation, Jig,” the man said. “It’s not really an operation at all.” The girl looked at the ground the table legs rested on. “I know you wouldn’t mind it, Jig. It’s really not anything. It’s just to let the air in.” The girl did not say anything. “I’ll go with you and I’ll stay with you all the time. They just let the air in and then it’s all perfectly natural.” “Then what will we do afterward?” “We’ll be fine afterward. Just like we were before.” “What makes you think so?” “That’s the only thing that bothers us. It’s the only thing that’s made us unhappy.”
      1. This is when I believe it went from calm to the conversation starting to get on a deeper level.
      1. The Cornell system is a lot more organized than the list method of taking notes.
      2. Benefits: typing is faster and easier than writing to many people. Problems: Taking notes by hand is proven to be more effective for the memory, and you can be tempted to take notes of everything the professor says because you can keep up with what they are saying.
      3. Ask to see another classmate's notes and make them your own (do not copy them as your classmate wrote them), ask the professor what you missed in class that day, and if the professor records their lecture, listen to it.
    1. Feuille de Route Stratégique pour l'Année de Terminale : Un Modèle pour la Réussite

      1.0 Introduction : Les Enjeux Stratégiques de l'Année de Terminale

      • L'année de Terminale constitue une année charnière, un véritable pivot dans le parcours d'un élève, marquée par un double enjeu stratégique.

      D'une part, elle représente l'aboutissement des années lycée avec l'objectif tangible d'obtenir le baccalauréat.

      D'autre part, elle est le théâtre d'une préparation active et décisive de l'avenir, matérialisée par les choix d'orientation vers l'enseignement supérieur via la plateforme Parcoursup.

      Cette feuille de route est conçue comme un guide généraliste, synthétisant les meilleures pratiques et les informations clés pour structurer l'accompagnement des élèves et de leurs familles tout au long de cette année dense et déterminante.

      Le premier pilier de cette réussite est la maîtrise du cadre d'évaluation du baccalauréat.

      2.0 Le Baccalauréat : Structure, Préparation et Évaluation

      • La réussite au baccalauréat repose sur une compréhension claire de sa structure d'évaluation et sur une préparation méthodique tout au long de l'année.

      Il ne s'agit plus seulement de viser un succès lors des examens finaux, mais de construire sa réussite de manière continue.

      La performance globale de l'élève est le fruit d'un équilibre entre le travail régulier, validé par le contrôle continu, et la capacité à se mobiliser pour les épreuves terminales.

      2.1 Analyse de la Structure d'Évaluation

      • La note finale du baccalauréat général est une somme pondérée qui reflète à la fois le parcours de l'élève et sa performance lors des examens finaux.

      La répartition des coefficients est la suivante : 40 % pour le contrôle continu et 60 % pour les épreuves terminales.

      • Les épreuves terminales constituent le poids le plus important de la note finale. Leur structure en voie générale se décompose comme suit :

      Épreuve Terminale Coefficient en Voie Générale * Philosophie= 8 * Enseignement de Spécialité 1= 16 * Enseignement de Spécialité 2= 16 * Grand Oral= 10

      À ces épreuves s'ajoutent les notes des épreuves anticipées de français (écrit, coefficient 5, et oral, coefficient 5), passées en fin de Première, qui complètent la note des épreuves terminales pour atteindre le total de 60%.

      • Le contrôle continu, quant à lui, est basé sur les moyennes annuelles de l'ensemble des disciplines du cycle terminal (Première et Terminale), qui sont officiellement validées lors des conseils de classe de fin d'année.

      2.2 Le Grand Oral : Un Levier de Réussite à Fort Potentiel

      • L'une des épreuves les plus stratégiques du nouveau baccalauréat est sans conteste le Grand Oral.

      Avec son coefficient élevé de 10 en voie générale, il représente un levier majeur pour la note finale.

      Il s'agit d'une épreuve à "rendement de notes" particulièrement intéressant ;

      il est en effet plus courant pour un élève bien préparé d'y obtenir une note maximale que dans certaines disciplines écrites traditionnelles.

      Les compétences évaluées lors du Grand Oral sont fondamentales :

      • • Apprendre à s'exprimer en public de manière claire et convaincante.
      • • Démontrer des capacités d'argumentation et un esprit critique.
      • • Faire preuve de clarté dans son expression et de maîtrise de ses connaissances.
      • L'épreuve se déroule en 20 minutes face à un jury. L'élève prépare en amont deux questions en lien avec ses enseignements de spécialité.

      Le jour de l'épreuve, il dispose de 10 minutes pour présenter sa réponse à l'une des questions, suivies de 10 minutes d'échange et d'approfondissement avec le jury.

      Au-delà de son poids dans l'examen, cette épreuve est essentielle car elle développe des compétences oratoires cruciales pour la poursuite d'études (entretiens d'admission) et pour l'ensemble de la vie professionnelle.

      2.3 Garantir l'Intégrité du Contrôle Continu : Stratégies et Cadre

      • Pour assurer un contrôle continu juste et représentatif du niveau réel des élèves, les établissements mettent en place des mécanismes de régulation précis.

      Chaque lycée dispose d'un "projet d'évaluation" qui vise à garantir une égalité de traitement entre tous les candidats.

      • Face à la tentation de l'absentéisme stratégique (éviter un devoir après avoir obtenu une bonne note pour préserver sa moyenne), une politique claire est appliquée.

      L'établissement offre systématiquement la possibilité de rattraper une évaluation manquée, souvent lors de sessions organisées le samedi matin.

      Cette mesure a pour but de contrecarrer ces tactiques et d'assurer que la moyenne reflète un travail régulier.

      • Si, malgré tout, les notes d'un élève ne sont pas jugées "robustes" – c'est-à-dire non représentatives de son niveau réel en raison d'un nombre insuffisant d'évaluations –, l'établissement peut organiser une épreuve ponctuelle individuelle pour valider ses compétences.

      2.4 Un Calendrier de Préparation Structuré

      • La préparation aux épreuves finales est rythmée par des dispositifs d'entraînement organisés par l'établissement tout au long de l'année.

      Ces moments sont cruciaux pour familiariser les élèves avec les conditions d'examen.

      • Devoirs communs : Des sessions d'évaluation sont organisées, fréquemment le samedi matin, pour simuler les conditions réelles des épreuves écrites (durée, format, environnement).
      • Épreuves blanches : Des examens blancs complets sont mis en place, incluant des journées banalisées (par exemple en avril) pour les épreuves de spécialité, permettant une immersion totale.

      • Oral blanc : Un entraînement spécifique au Grand Oral est organisé. Il permet aux élèves de se tester et de bénéficier de retours constructifs de la part des évaluateurs pour affiner leur prestation.

      • S'exercer en conditions réelles est indispensable. Cela permet aux élèves d'apprendre à gérer leur temps sur une épreuve de 4 heures, à maîtriser leur stress dans l'environnement d'une grande salle d'examen, et à se familiariser avec le format officiel.

      Cette préparation met en confiance et réduit l'imprévu le jour J.

      • L'obtention du baccalauréat est la première étape vers la réussite.

      La seconde, tout aussi cruciale, consiste à préparer activement son avenir et à concrétiser son projet d'orientation via Parcoursup.

      3.0 Parcoursup : Naviguer Stratégiquement vers l'Enseignement Supérieur

      • Parcoursup est l'outil central et incontournable de l'orientation post-bac en France.

      Loin d'être une simple plateforme d'inscription, son utilisation efficace requiert de l'anticipation, une recherche approfondie et une stratégie réfléchie.

      Une démarche bien menée permet aux élèves de choisir leur avenir plutôt que de le subir, en alignant leurs aspirations avec les réalités et les attendus de l'enseignement supérieur.

      3.1 Le Calendrier en Trois Étapes Clés

      • Le processus Parcoursup se déroule selon un calendrier national précis, articulé en trois grandes phases.

      • 1. Phase 1 (Décembre - Janvier) : Découverte des Formations. Le site Parcoursup ouvre pour consultation.

      À partir de la mi-décembre, les informations sur les milliers de formations disponibles sont mises à jour pour la rentrée suivante. C'est la période de recherche, d'exploration et de première sélection.

      • 2. Phase 2 (Mi-Janvier - Début Avril) : Inscription et Formulation des Vœux. Cette phase est consacrée à la création du dossier de candidature et à la formulation des vœux (et sous-vœux).

      Une date butoir est fixée mi-mars pour ajouter des vœux, et une seconde début avril pour finaliser chaque dossier avec les éléments requis (projets de formation motivés, etc.).

      • 3. Phase 3 (Début Juin - Début Juillet) : Réception et Gestion des Propositions. C'est la phase des résultats.

      Les élèves reçoivent les réponses des formations et doivent gérer les propositions d'admission en y répondant dans les délais impartis.

      3.2 Le Dossier : Un Portrait Complet du Candidat

      • Le dossier Parcoursup est bien plus qu'un simple relevé de notes.

      Les commissions d'examen, composées d'équipes pédagogiques et non d'intelligences artificielles, analysent les dossiers pour identifier des profils d'élèves investis, sérieux et motivés.

      Les appréciations des professeurs sur les bulletins scolaires sont d'une importance capitale.

      Elles fournissent un contexte qualitatif aux notes et donnent des indications précieuses sur le sérieux de l'élève, son implication en classe, sa progression et son potentiel de réussite dans le supérieur.

      Il est crucial de noter qu'obtenir des appréciations positives est à la portée de tout élève : l'implication, l'attention en classe et la démonstration d'efforts sont des qualités que les professeurs valorisent et signalent systématiquement.

      À l'inverse, les absences, les retards et les remarques sur le comportement sont des facteurs rédhibitoires pour de nombreuses formations.

      Comme l'expliquent les évaluateurs, face à des milliers de dossiers, un bulletin affichant "régulièrement absent" est souvent immédiatement mis de côté.

      Entre deux candidats aux résultats similaires, le choix se portera toujours sur celui qui a démontré son assiduité et son sérieux.

      3.3 Outils d'Orientation et d'Aide à la Décision

      • Plusieurs ressources sont à la disposition des élèves et de leurs familles pour éclairer leurs choix et construire un projet solide.
      • Les PsyEN (Psychologues de l'Éducation Nationale) : Il est vivement recommandé de prendre rendez-vous avec un PsyEN dès le premier trimestre.

      Leurs plannings se saturent rapidement, et une consultation précoce permet d'engager une réflexion accompagnée avant les échéances de Parcoursup.

      • Les Salons et Forums : Des événements comme le salon "Réaction", qui présente près de 5000 formations, ou le forum des formations organisé au sein même du lycée, sont des moments clés.

      Ils permettent de rencontrer des représentants d'écoles, des étudiants et des professionnels pour poser des questions concrètes.

      • SupTracker : Cet outil en ligne est indispensable pour consulter des statistiques détaillées sur les profils des candidats admis dans chaque formation les années précédentes.

      Par exemple, il permet de voir quelles combinaisons de spécialités sont les plus représentées parmi les admis en PASS (parcours d'accès spécifique santé), aidant ainsi l'élève à évaluer la cohérence de son profil avec les formations visées.

      • • Parcoursup : La plateforme elle-même est une mine d'informations.

      Chaque fiche de formation détaille les "attendus" (compétences et connaissances requises), les critères d'analyse des candidatures, et souvent les statistiques de l'année précédente, comme la moyenne du dernier admis.

      3.4 Élaborer une Stratégie de Vœux Intelligente

      • Une stratégie de vœux réussie est une stratégie anticipée et bien construite.

      • 1. Commencer la réflexion tôt : Il est impératif de ne pas attendre les dernières semaines pour réfléchir à son orientation. La recherche doit commencer dès le début de l'année pour éviter des décisions prises dans l'urgence.

      • 2. Diversifier et sécuriser ses vœux : Il est stratégique de formuler un nombre suffisant de vœux pour couvrir plusieurs scénarios, des plus ambitieux aux plus sécurisés.

      Après la date butoir de mi-mars, aucun ajout n'est possible. Il est donc préférable d'inclure des formations "de sécurité" ou des alternatives en cas d'incertitude, plutôt que de risquer de limiter ses options.

      • 3. Faire des choix cohérents : Les vœux doivent être en adéquation avec le profil académique de l'élève (spécialités suivies, résultats scolaires, compétences). Consulter les statistiques sur Parcoursup et SupTracker permet d'ajuster sa stratégie.

      • 4. Comprendre les listes d'attente : Il ne faut pas se décourager face à une position lointaine sur une liste d'attente.

      Celles-ci évoluent très rapidement. Consulter le rang du dernier admis de l'année précédente donne une indication précieuse, bien que non garantie, sur ses chances d'être finalement accepté.

      • Le succès de ce parcours complexe ne repose pas uniquement sur l'élève, mais sur la mobilisation de tout l'écosystème qui l'entoure.

      4.0 L'Écosystème de la Réussite : Le Rôle des Équipes, des Élèves et des Familles

      • La réussite en Terminale est une entreprise collective.

      Elle dépend d'une collaboration étroite et d'un engagement partagé entre l'établissement scolaire, qui fournit le cadre et l'accompagnement, l'élève, qui est l'acteur principal de son parcours, et sa famille, qui offre un soutien indispensable.

      4.1 L'Accompagnement par l'Équipe Éducative

      • Au sein du lycée, un réseau de soutien est spécifiquement structuré pour accompagner les élèves de Terminale.

      Le système de double professeur principal par classe est une des clés de cet accompagnement. Généralement, l'un est désigné "professeur référent", plus spécifiquement axé sur les questions d'orientation et Parcoursup, tandis que l'autre se concentre davantage sur la gestion de la vie de la classe et le suivi scolaire global.

      • Ces professeurs sont les premiers interlocuteurs des élèves et des familles.

      Ils sont les mieux placés pour répondre aux questions, conseiller et orienter tout au long de l'année. À leurs côtés, les CPE (Conseillers Principaux d'Éducation) et l'équipe de direction assurent un suivi global et interviennent en appui.

      4.2 L'Engagement Indispensable des Familles

      • Le rôle des parents est crucial pour accompagner l'élève avec bienveillance et efficacité. Voici quelques conseils pratiques pour les familles :

      • Engager le dialogue sur l'orientation : Il est souvent plus productif d'aborder le sujet non seulement par la question "Que veux-tu faire plus tard ?" mais aussi par son inverse : "Qu'est-ce que tu ne veux absolument pas faire ?".

      Cette approche par élimination permet de cerner plus facilement les centres d'intérêt et les rejets.

      • Accompagner sans décider à la place : Les parents peuvent jouer un rôle de facilitateur en se familiarisant avec les outils comme Parcoursup et SupTracker.

      Ils peuvent ainsi aider leur enfant dans ses recherches, discuter des options et l'aider à structurer sa réflexion, sans imposer leurs propres choix.

      • Assurer un suivi de l'assiduité : Une vigilance particulière est recommandée concernant les absences, notamment les jours de devoir.

      Il est important de dialoguer avec son enfant pour comprendre les raisons d'une éventuelle démotivation et de soutenir les politiques de l'établissement visant à garantir un travail régulier.

      • Anticiper la tension des résultats : La première semaine de juin, lors de la publication des réponses de Parcoursup, est une période de stress intense et inévitable.

      Les listes d'attente peuvent être source d'angoisse. Les parents doivent se préparer à cette phase, comprendre que c'est une étape normale du processus, et être prêts à soutenir leur enfant dans un contexte qui, comme le souligne l'équipe du lycée, peut rendre "l'ambiance en famille... chaude".

      5.0 Conclusion : Une Année de Préparation et de Transition

      En définitive, l'année de Terminale doit être envisagée moins comme une fin en soi que comme une transition activement préparée vers l'avenir.

      Le double objectif de l'obtention du baccalauréat et de la réussite de son orientation est parfaitement atteignable lorsque la démarche est structurée.

      Une compréhension claire des attentes, une communication ouverte entre l'élève, sa famille et l'équipe éducative, ainsi qu'un travail régulier et une préparation sérieuse sont les garants d'une double réussite : un diplôme obtenu avec succès et une orientation post-bac choisie, ambitieuse et épanouissante.

    Annotators

    URL

    1. Irish-Lucky Official Site link 9/11/2025 10:13:44 am Just last week, someone in my gaming group mentioned the Irish-Lucky Official Site https://irishlucky.com/ as a hidden gem. He said their interface is super user-friendly, but I’ve yet to check it out myself. Anyone have any updates?

    1. 3

      Menciona la importancia del impacto que puede tener el título y que debe de ser caracterizado de un brote de fasciolasis hepatica y que es para para conocer el objetivo de la investigación

    1. Reading list: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1lCufgJO4WJJpO6EUpGggeWdz9UnAahGbwDL_IEKfYAU/edit?gid=0#gid=0

      Date Section <br /> 9/16/25 What is Life? Preface, Chapter 1<br /> 9/23 Chapter 2<br /> 9/30 Chapter 3<br /> 10/7 Chapter 4<br /> 10/14 Chapter 5<br /> 10/21 Chapter 6<br /> 10/28 Chapter 7<br /> 11/4 Epilogue<br /> 11/11 Mind and Matter Chapter 1<br /> 11/18 Chapter 2<br /> 11/25 BREAK<br /> 12/2 Chapter 3 + 4<br /> 12/9 Chapter 5<br /> 12/16 Chapter 6

    1. Author Response :

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work shows that a specific adenosine deaminase protein in Dictyostelium generates the ammonia that is required for tip formation during Dictyostelium development. Cells with an insertion in the ADGF gene aggregate but do not form tips. A remarkable result, shown in several different ways, is that the ADGF mutant can be rescued by exposing the mutant to ammonia gas. The authors also describe other phenotypes of the ADGF mutant such as increased mound size, altered cAMP signalling, and abnormal cell type differentiation. It appears that the ADGF mutant has defects in the expression of a large number of genes, resulting in not only the tip defect but also the mound size, cAMP signalling, and differentiation phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      The data and statistics are excellent.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The key weakness is understanding why the cells bother to use a diffusible gas like ammonia as a signal to form a tip and continue development.

      Ammonia can come from a variety of sources both within and outside the cells and this can be from dead cells also. Ammonia by increasing cAMP levels, trigger collective cell movement thereby establishing a tip in Dictyostelium. A gaseous signal can act over long distances in a short time and for instance ammonia promotes synchronous development in a colony of yeast cells (Palkova et al., 1997; Palkova and Forstova, 2000). The slug tip is known to release ammonia probably favouring synchronized development of the entire colony of Dictyostelium. However, after the tips are established ammonia exerts negative chemotaxis probably helping the slugs to move away from each other ensuring equal spacing of the fruiting bodies (Feit and Sollitto, 1987).

      It is well known that ammonia serves as a signalling molecule influencing both multicellular organization and differentiation in Dictyostelium (Francis, 1964; Bonner et al., 1989; Bradbury and Gross, 1989). Ammonia by raising the pH of the intracellular acidic vesicles of prestalk cells (Poole and Ohkuma, 1981; Gross et al, 1983), and the cytoplasm, is known to increase the speed of chemotaxing amoebae (Siegert and Weijer, 1989; Van Duijn and Inouye, 1991), inducing collective cell movement (Bonner et al., 1988, 1989), favoring tipped mound development.

      Ammonia produced in millimolar concentrations during tip formation (Schindler and Sussman, 1977) could ward off other predators in soil. For instance, ammonia released by Streptomyces symbionts of leaf-cutting ants is known to inhibit fungal pathogens (Dhodary and Spiteller, 2021). Additionally, ammonia may be recycled back into amino acids, as observed during breast cancer proliferation (Spinelli et al., 2017). Such a process may also occur in starving Dictyostelium cells, supporting survival and differentiation. These findings suggest that ammonia acts as both a local and long-range regulatory signal, integrating environmental and cellular cues to coordinate multicellular development.

      (2) The rescue of the mutant by adding ammonia gas to the entire culture indicates that ammonia conveys no positional information within the mound.

      Ammonia reinforces or maintains the positional information by elevating cAMP levels, favoring prespore differentiation (Bradbury and Gross, 1989; Riley and Barclay, 1990; Hopper et al., 1993). Ammonia is known to influence rapid patterning of Dictyostelium cells confined in a restricted environment (Sawai et al., 2002). In adgf mutants that have low ammonia levels, both neutral red staining (a marker for prestalk and ALCs) (Figure. S3) and the prestalk marker ecmA/ ecmB expression (Figure. 7D) are higher than the WT and the mound arrest phenotype can be reversed by exposing the adgf mutant mounds to ammonia.

      Prestalk cells are enriched in acidic vesicles, and ammonia, by raising the pH of these vesicles and the cytoplasm (Davies et al 1993; Van Duijn and Inouye 1991), plays an active role in collective cell movement during tip formation (Bonner et al., 1989).

      (3) By the time the cells have formed a mound, the cells have been starving for several hours, and desperately need to form a fruiting body to disperse some of themselves as spores, and thus need to form a tip no matter what.

      Exposure of adgf mounds to ammonia, led to tip development within 4 h (Figure. 5). In contrast, adgf controls remained at the mound stage for at least 30 h. This demonstrates that starvation alone is not the trigger for tip development and ammonia promotes the transition from mound to tipped mound formation.

      Many mound arrest mutants are blocked in development and do not proceed to form fruiting bodies (Carrin et al., 1994). Further, not all the mound arrest mutants tested in this study were rescued by ADA enzyme (Figure. S4A), and they continue to stay as mounds.

      (4) One can envision that the local ammonia concentration is possibly informing the mound that some minimal number of cells are present (assuming that the ammonia concentration is proportional to the number of cells), but probably even a minuscule fruiting body would be preferable to the cells compared to a mound. This latter idea could be easily explored by examining the fate of the ADGF cells in the mound - do they all form spores? Do some form spores?

      Or perhaps the ADGF is secreted by only one cell type, and the resulting ammonia tells the mound that for some reason that cell type is not present in the mound, allowing some of the cells to transdifferentiate into the needed cell type. Thus, elucidating if all or some cells produce ADGF would greatly strengthen this puzzling story.

      A fraction of adgf mounds form bulkier spore heads by the end of 36 h as shown in Figure. 2H. This late recovery may be due to the expression of other ADA isoforms. Mixing WT and adgf mutant cell lines results in a chimeric slug with mutants occupying the prestalk region (Figure. 8) and suggests that WT ADGF favours prespore differentiation. However, it is not clear if ADGF is secreted by a particular cell type, as adenosine can be produced by both cell types, and the activity of three other intracellular ADAs may vary between the cell types. To address whether adgf expression is cell type-specific, prestalk and prespore cells will be separated by fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS), and thereafter, adgf expression will be examined in each population.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Lines: 47,48 - "The gradient of these morphogens along the slug axis determines the cell fate, either as prestalk (pst) or as prespore (psp) cells." - many workers have shown that this is not true - intrinsic factors such as cell cycle phase drive cell fate.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have removed the line and rephrased as “Based on cell cycle phases, there exists a dichotomy of cell types, that biases cell fate as prestalk or prespore (Weeks and Weijer, 1994; Jang and Gomer, 2011).

      (2) Line 48 - PKA - please explain acronyms at first use.

      Corrected

      (3) Line 56 - The relationship between adenosine deaminase and ADGF is a bit unclear, please clarify this more.

      Adenosine deaminase (ADA) is intracellular, whereas adenosine deaminase related growth factor (ADGF) is an extracellular ADA and has a growth factor activity (Li and Aksoy, 2000; Iijima et al., 2008).

      (4) Figure 1 - where are these primers, and the bsr cassette, located with respect to the coding region start and stop sites?

      The primer sequences are mentioned in the supplementary table S2. The figure legend is updated to provide a detailed description.

      (5) Line 104 - 37.47% may be too many significant figures.

      Corrected

      (6) Line 123 - 1.003 Å may be too many significant figures.

      Corrected

      (7) Line 128 - Since the data are in the figure, you don't need to give the numbers, also too many significant figures.

      Corrected

      (8) Figure 3G - did the DCF also increase mound size? It sort of looks like it did.

      Yes, the addition of DCF increases the mound size (now Figure. 2G).

      (9) Figure 3I - the spore mass shown here for ADGF - looks like there are 3 stalks protruding from it; this can happen if a plate is handled roughly and the spore masses bang into each other and then merge

      Thank you for pointing this out. The figure 3I (now Figure. 2I) is replaced.

      (10) Lines 160-162 - since the data are in the figure, you don't need to give the numbers, also too many significant figures.

      Corrected.

      (11) Line 165 - ' ... that are involved in adenosine formation' needs a reference.

      Reference is included.

      (12) Line 205 - 'Addition of ADA to the CM of the mutant in one compartment.' - might clarify that the mutant is the ADGF mutant

      Yes, revised to 'Addition of ADA to the CM of the adgf mutant in one compartment.

      (13 Lines 222-223 need a reference for caffeine acting as an adenosine antagonist.

      Reference is included.

      (14) Figure 8B - left - use a 0-4 or so scale so the bars are more visible.

      Thank you for the suggestion. The scale of the y-axis is adjusted to 0-4 in Figure. 7B to enhance the visibility of the bars.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper describes new insights into the role of adenosine deaminase-related growth factor (ADGF), an enzyme that catalyses the breakdown of adenosine into ammonia and inosine, in tip formation during Dictyostelium development. The ADGF null mutant has a pre-tip mound arrest phenotype, which can be rescued by the external addition of ammonia. Analysis suggests that the phenotype involves changes in cAMP signalling possibly involving a histidine kinase dhkD, but details remain to be resolved.

      Strengths:

      The generation of an ADGF mutant showed a strong mound arrest phenotype and successful rescue by external ammonia. Characterization of significant changes in cAMP signalling components, suggesting low cAMP signalling in the mutant and identification of the histidine kinase dhkD as a possible component of the transduction pathway. Identification of a change in cell type differentiation towards prestalk fate

      (1) Weaknesses: Lack of details on the developmental time course of ADGF activity and cell type type-specific differences in ADGF expression.

      adgf expression was examined at 0, 8, 12, and 16 h (Figure. 1), and the total ADA activity was assayed at 12 and 16 h (Figure. 3). Previously, the 12 h data was not included, and it’s been added now (Figure. 3A). The adgf expression was found to be highest at 16 h and hence, the ADA assay was carried out at that time point. Since the ADA assay will also report the activity of other three isoforms, it will not exclusively reflect ADGF activity.

      Mixing WT and adgf mutant cell lines results in a chimeric slug with mutants occupying the prestalk region (Figure. 8) suggesting that WT adgf favours prespore differentiation. To address whether adgf expression is cell type-specific, prestalk and prespore cells will be separated by fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS), and thereafter, adgf expression will be examined in each population.

      (2) The absence of measurements to show that ammonia addition to the null mutant can rescue the proposed defects in cAMP signalling.

      The adgf mutant in comparison to WT has diminished acaA expression (Fig. 6B) and reduced cAMP levels (Fig. 6A) both at 12 and 16 h of development. The cAMP levels were measured at 8 h and 12 h in the mutant.

      We would like to add that ammonia is known to increase cAMP levels (Riley and Barclay, 1990; Feit et al., 2001) in Dictyostelium. Exposure to ammonia increases acaA expression in WT (Figure. 7B) and is likely to increase acaA expression/ cAMP levels in the mutant also (Riley and Barclay, 1990; Feit et al., 2001) thereby rescuing the defects in cAMP signalling. Based on the comments, cAMP levels will also be measured in the mutant after the rescue with ammonia.

      (3) No direct measurements in the dhkD mutant to show that it acts upstream of adgf in the control of changes in cAMP signalling and tip formation.

      cAMP levels will be quantified in the dhkD mutant after treatment with ammonia. The histidine kinases dhkD and dhkC are reported to modulate phosphodiesterase RegA activity, thereby maintaining cAMP levels (Singleton et al., 1998; Singleton and Xiong, 2013). By activating RegA, dhkD ensures proper cAMP distribution within the mound, which is essential for the patterning of prestalk and prespore cells, as well as for tip formation (Singleton and Xiong, 2013). Therefore, ammonia exposure to dhkD mutants is likely to regulate cAMP signalling and thereby tip formation.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The paper describes new insights into the role of ADGF, an enzyme that catalyses the breakdown of adenosine in ammonia and inosine, in tip formation in Dictyostelium development.

      A knockout of the gene results in a tipless mound stage arrest and the mounds formed are somewhat larger in size. Synergy experiments show that the effect of the mutation is non-cell autonomous and further experiments show that the mound arrest phenotype can be rescued by the provision of ammonia vapour. These observations are well documented. Furthermore, the paper contains a wide variety of experiments attempting to place the observed effects in known signalling pathways. It is suggested that ADGF may function downstream of DhkD, a histidine kinase previously implicated in ammonia signalling. Ammonia has long been described to affect different aspects, including differentiation of slug and culmination stages of Dictyostelium development, possibly through modulating cAMP signalling, but the exact mechanisms of action have not yet been resolved. The experiments reported here to resolve the mechanistic basis of the mutant phenotype need focusing and further work.

      (1) The paper needs streamlining and editing to concentrate on the main findings and implications.

      The manuscript will be revised extensively.

      Below is a list of some more specific comments and suggestions.

      (2) Introduction: Focus on what is relevant to understanding tip formation and the role of nucleotide metabolism and ammonia (see https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gde.2016.05.014).leading). This could lead to the rationale for investigating ADGF.

      The manuscript will be revised extensively

      (3) Lines 36-38 are not relevant. Lines 55-63 need shortening and to focus on ADGF, cellular localization, and substrate specificity.

      The manuscript will be revised accordingly. Lines 36-38 will be removed, and the lines 55-63 will be shortened.

      In humans, two isoforms of ADA are known including ADA1 and ADA2, and the Dictyostelium homolog of ADA2 is adenosine deaminase-related growth factor (ADGF). Unlike ADA that is intracellular, ADGF is extracellular and also has a growth factor activity (Li and Aksoy, 2000; Iijima et al., 2008). Loss-of-function mutations in ada2 are linked to lymphopenia, severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) (Gaspar, 2010), and vascular inflammation due to accumulation of toxic metabolites like dATP (Notarangelo, 2016; Zhou et al., 2014).

      (4) Results: This section would benefit from better streamlining by a separation of results that provide more mechanistic insight from more peripheral observations.

      The manuscript will be revised and the peripheral observations (Figure. 2) will be shifted to the supplementary information.

      (5) Line 84 needs to start with a description of the goal, to produce a knockout.

      Details on the knockout will be elaborated in the revised manuscript. Line number 84 (now 75). Dictyostelium cell lines carrying mutations in the gene adgf were obtained from the genome wide Dictyostelium insertion (GWDI) bank and were subjected to further analysis to know the role of adgf during Dictyostelium development.

      (6) Knockout data (Figure 1) can be simplified and combined with a description of the expression profile and phenotype Figure 3 F, G, and Figure 5. Higher magnification and better resolution photographs of the mutants would be desirable.

      Thank you, as suggested the data will be simplified (section E will be removed) and combined with a description of the expression profile and, the phenotype images of Figure 3 F, G, and Figure 5 ( now Figure. 2 F, G, and Figure. 4) will be replaced with better images/ resolution.

      (7) It would also be relevant to know which cells actually express ADGF during development, using in-situ hybridisation or promoter-reporter constructs.

      To address whether adgf expression is cell type-specific, prestalk and prespore cells will be separated by fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS), and thereafter, adgf expression will be examined in each population.

      (8) Figure 2 - Information is less directly relevant to the topic of the paper and can be omitted (or possibly in Supplementary Materials).

      Figure. 2 will be moved to supplementary materials.

      (9) Figures 4A, B - It is shown that as could be expected ada activity is somewhat reduced and adenosine levels are slightly elevated. However, the fact that ada levels are low at 16hrs could just imply that differentiation of the ADGF- cells is blocked/delayed at an earlier time point. To interpret these data, it would be necessary to see an ada activity and adenosine time course comparison of wt and mutant, or to see that expression is regulated in a celltype specific manner that could explain this (see above). It would be good to combine this with the observation that ammonia levels are lower in the ADGF- mutant than wildtype and that the mutant phenotype, mound arrest can be rescued by an external supply of ammonia (Figure 6).

      In Dictyostelium four isoforms of ADA including ADGF are present, and thus the time course of total ADA activity will also report the function of other isoforms. Further, a number of pathways, generate adenosine (Dunwiddie et al., 1997; Boison and Yegutkin, 2019). ADGF expression was examined at 0, 8, 12 and 16 h (Fig 1) and the ADA activity was assayed at 12 h, the time point where the expression gradually increases and reaches a peak at 16 h. Earlier, we have not shown the 12 h activity data which will be included in the revised version. ADGF expression was found to be highly elevated at 16 h and adenosine/ammonia levels were measured at the two points indicated in the mutant.

      (10) Panel 4C could be combined with other measurements trying to arrive at more insight in the mechanisms by which ammonia controls tip formation.

      Panel 4C (now 3C) illustrates the genes involved in the conversion of cAMP to adenosine. Since Figure. 3 focuses on adenosine levels and ADA activity in both WT and adgf mutants, we have retained Panel 3C in Figure. 3, for its relevance to the experiment.

      (11) There is a large variety of experiments attempting to link the mutant phenotype and its rescue by ammonia to cAMP signalling, however, the data do not yet provide a clear answer.

      It is well known that ammonia increases cAMP levels (Riley and Barclay, 1990; Feit et al., 2001) and adenylate cyclase activity (Cotter et al., 1999) in D. discoideum, and exposure to ammonia increases acaA expression (Fig 7B) suggesting that ammonia regulates cAMP signaling. To address the concerns, cAMP levels will be quantified in the mutant after ammonia treatment.

      (12) The mutant is shown to have lower cAMP levels at the mound stage which ties in with low levels of acaA expression (Figures 7A and B), also various phosphodiesterases, the extracellular phosphodiesterase pdsa and the intracellular phosphodiesterase regA show increased expression. Suggesting a functional role for cAMP signalling is that the addition of di cGMP, a known activator of acaA, can also rescue the mound phenotype (Figure 7E). There appears to be a partial rescue of the mound arrest phenotype level by the addition of 8Br-cAMP (fig 7C), suggesting that intracellular cAMP levels rather than extracellular cAMP signalling can rescue some of the defects in the ADGF- mutant. Better images and a time course would be helpful.

      The relevant images will be replaced and a developmental time course after 8-Br-cAMP treatment will be included in the revised manuscript (Figure. 6D).

      (13) There is also the somewhat surprising observation that low levels of caffeine, an inhibitor of acaA activation also rescues the phenotype (Figure 7F).

      With respect to caffeine action on cAMP levels, the reports are contradictory. Caffeine has been reported to increase adenylate cyclase expression thereby increasing cAMP levels (Hagmann, 1986) whereas Alvarez-Curto et al., (2007) found that caffeine reduced intracellular cAMP levels in Dictyostelium. Caffeine, although is a known inhibitor of ACA, is also known to inhibit PDEs (Nehlig et al., 1992; Rosenfeld et al., 2014). Therefore, if caffeine differentially affects ADA and PDE activity, it may potentially counterbalance the effects and rescue the phenotype.

      (14) The data attempting to asses cAMP wave propagation in mounds (Fig 7H) are of low quality and inconclusive in the absence of further analysis. It remains unresolved how this links to the rescue of the ADGF- phenotype by ammonia. There are no experiments that measure any of the effects in the mutant stimulated with ammonia or di-cGMP.

      The relevant images will be replaced (now Figure. 6H). Ammonia by increasing acaA expression (Figure. 7B), and cAMP levels (Figure. 7C) may restore spiral wave propagation, thereby rescuing the mutant.

      (15) A possible way forward could also come from the observation that ammonia can rescue the wobbling mound arrest phenotype from the histidine kinase mutant dhkD null mutant, which has regA as its direct target, linking ammonia and cAMP signalling. This is in line with other work that had suggested that another histidine kinase, dhkC transduces an ammonia signal sensor to regA activation. A dhkC null mutant was reported to have a rapid development phenotype and skip slug migration (Dev. Biol. (1998) 203, 345). There is no direct evidence to show that dhkD acts upstream of ADGF and changes in cAMP signalling, for instance, measurements of changes in ADA activity in the mutant.

      cAMP levels will be quantified in the dhkD mutant after ammonia treatment and accordingly, the results will be revised.

      (16) The paper makes several further observations on the mutant. After 16 hrs of development the adgf- mutant shows increased expression of the prestalk cell markers ecmA and ecmB and reduced expression of the prespore marker pspA. In synergy experiments with a majority of wildtype, these cells will sort to the tip of the forming slug, showing that the differentiation defect is cell autonomous (Fig 9). This is interesting but needs further work to obtain more mechanistic insight into why a mutant with a strong tip/stalk differentiation tendency fails to make a tip. Here again, knowing which cells express ADGF would be helpful.

      The adgf mutant shows increased prestalk marker expression in the mound but do not form a tip. It is well known that several mound arrest mutants form differentiated cells but are blocked in development with no tips (Carrin et al., 1994). This is addressed in the discussions (539). To address whether adgf expression is cell type-specific, prestalk and prespore cells will be separated by fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS), and thereafter, adgf expression will be examined in each population.

      (17) The observed large mound phenotype could as suggested possibly be explained by the low ctn, smlA, and high cadA and csA expression observed in the mutant (Figure 3). The expression of some of these genes (csA) is known to require extracellular cAMP signalling. The reported low level of acaA expression and high level of pdsA expression could suggest low levels of cAMP signalling, but there are no actual measurements of the dynamics of cAMP signalling in this mutant to confirm this.

      The acaA expression was examined at 8 and 12 h (Figure. 6B) and cAMP levels were measured at 12 and 16 h in the adgf mutants (Figure. 6A). Both acaA expression and cAMP levels were reduced, suggesting that cells expressing adgf regulate acaA expression and cAMP levels. This regulation, in turn, is likely to influence cAMP signaling, collective cell movement within mounds, ultimately driving tip development. Exposure to ammonia led to increased acaA expression (Figure. 7B) in in WT. Based on the comments above, cAMP levels will be measured in the mutant before and after rescue with ammonia.

      (18) Furthermore, it would be useful to quantify whether ammonia addition to the mutant reverses mound size and restores any of the gene expression defects observed.

      Ammonia treatment soon after plating or six hours after plating, had no effect on the mound size (Figure. 5G).

      (19) There are many experimental data in the supplementary data that appear less relevant and could be omitted Figure S1, S3, S4, S7, S8, S9, S10.

      Figure S8, S9, S10 are omitted. We would like to retain the other figures

      Figure S1 (now Figure. S2): It is widely believed that ammonia comes from protein (White and Sussman, 1961; Hames and Ashworth, 1974; Schindler and Sussman, 1977) and RNA (Walsh and Wright, 1978) catabolism. Figure. S2 shows no significant difference in protein and RNA levels between WT and adgf mutant strains, suggesting that adenosine deaminaserelated growth factor (ADGF) activity serves as a major source of ammonia and plays a crucial role in tip organizer development in Dictyostelium. Thus, it is important to retain this figure.

      Figure S3 (now Figure. S4): The figure shows the treatment of various mound arrest mutants and multiple tip mutants with ADA enzyme and DCF, respectively, to investigate the pathway through which adgf functions. Additionally, it includes the rescue of the histidine kinase mutant dhkD with ammonia, indicating that dhkD acts upstream of adgf via ammonia signalling. Therefore, it is important to retain this figure.

      Figure S4 (now Figure. S5): This figure represents the developmental phenotype of other deaminase mutants. Unlike adgf mutants, mutations in other deaminases do not result in complete mound arrest, despite some of these genes exhibiting strong expression during development. This underscores the critical role of adenosine deamination in tip formation. Therefore, let this figure be retained.

      Figure S7 (now Figure. S8): Figure S8 presents the transcriptomic profile of ADGF during gastrulation and pre-gastrulation stages across different organisms, indicating that ADA/ADGF is consistently expressed during gastrulation in several vertebrates (Pijuan-Sala et al., 2019; Tyser et al., 2021). Notably, the process of gastrulation in higher organisms shares remarkable similarities with collective cell movement within the Dictyostelium mound (Weijer, 2009), suggesting a previously overlooked role of ammonia in organizer development. This implies that ADA may play a fundamental role in regulating morphogenesis across species, including Dictyostelium and vertebrates. Therefore, we would like to retain this figure.

      (20) Given the current state of knowledge, speculation about the possible role of ADGF in organiser function in amniotes seems far-fetched. It is worth noting that the streak is not equivalent to the organiser. The discussion would benefit from limiting itself to the key results and implications.

      The discussion is revised accordingly by removing the speculative role of ADGF in organizer function in amniotes. The lines “It is likely that ADA plays a conserved, fundamental role in regulating morphogenesis in Dictyostelium and other organisms including vertebrates” have been removed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper sets out to examine the social recognition abilities of a 'solitary' jumping spider species. It demonstrates that based on vision alone spiders can habituate and dishabituate to the presence of conspecifics. The data support the interpretation that these spiders can distinguish between conspecifics on the basis of their appearance.

      Strengths:

      The study presents two experiments. The second set of data recapitulates the findings of the first experiment with a independent set of spiders, highlighting the strength of the results. The study also uses a highly quantitative approach to measuring relative interest between pairs of spiders based on their distance.

      Weaknesses:

      The study design is overly complicated, while missing key controls, and the data presented in the figures are not clearly connected to study. The discussion is challenging to understand and appears to make unsupported conclusions.

      (1) Study design: The study design is rather complicated and as a result it is difficult to interpret the results. The spiders are presented with the same individual twice in a row, called a habituation trial. Then a new individual is presented twice in a row. The first of these is a dishabituation trial and the second another habituation trial (but now habituating to a second individual). This done with three pairings and then this entire structure is repeated over three sessions. The data appear to show the strong effects of differences between habituation and dishabituation trials in the first session. The decrease in differential behavior between the so-called habituation and dishabituation trials in sessions 2 and 3 are explained as a consequence of the spiders beginning to habituate in general to all of the individuals. The claim that the spiders remember specific individuals is somewhat undercut because all of the 'dishabituation' trials in session 2 are toward spiders they already met for 14 minute previously but seemingly do not remember in session 2. In session 3 it is ambiguous what is happening because the spiders no longer differentiate between the trial types. This could be due to fatigue or familiarity. A second experiment is done to show that introducing a totally novel individual, recovers a large dishabituation response, suggesting that the lack of differences between 'habituation' and 'dishabituation' trials in session 3 is the result of general habituation to all of the spiders in the session rather than fatigue. As mentioned before, these data do support the claim that the spiders differentiate among individuals.

      The data from session 1 are easy to interpret. The data from sessions 2 and 3 are harder to understand, but these are the trials in which they meet an individual again after a substantial period of separation. Other studies looking at recognition in ants and wasps (cited by the authors) have done a 4 trial design in which focal animal A meets B in the first trial, then meet C in the second trial, meets B again in the third trial, and then meets D in the last trial. In that scenario trials 1, 2 and 4 are between unfamiliar individuals and trial 3 is between potentially familiar individuals. In both the ants and wasps, high aggression is seen in species with and without recognition on trial 1, with low aggression specifically for trials with familiar individuals in species with recognition. Across different tests, species or populations that lack recognition have shown a general reduction in aggression towards all individuals that becomes progressively less aggressive over time (reminiscent of the session 2 and 3 data) while others have maintained modest levels of aggression across all individuals. The 4 session design used in those other studies provides an unambiguous interpretation of the data, while controlling for 'fatigue'. That all trials in sessions 2 and 3 are always with familiar individuals make it challenging to understand how much the spiders are habituating to each other versus having some kind of associative learning of individual identity and behavior.

      The data presentation is also very complicated. How is it the case that a negative proportion of time is spent? The methods reveal that this metric is derived by comparing the time individuals spent in each region relative to the previous time they saw that individual. At the very least, data showing the distribution of distances from the wall would be much easier to interpret for the reader.

      (2) "Long-term social memory": It is not entirely clear what is meant by the authors when they say 'long-term social memory', though typically long-term memory refers to a form of a memory that require protein synthesis. While the precise timing of memory formation varies across species and contexts, a general rule is that long term memory should last for > 24 hours (e.g., Dreier et al 2007 Biol Letters). The longest time that spider are apart in this trial set up is something like an hour. There is no basis to claim that spiders have long term social memory as they are never asked to remember anyone after a long time apart. The odd phrasing of the 'long-term dishabutation' trial makes it seem that it is testing a long-term memory, but it is not. The spiders have never met. The fact that they are very habituated to one set of stimuli and then respond to a new stimulus is not evidence of long-term memory. To clearly test memory (which is the part really lacking from the design), the authors would need to show that spiders - upon the first instance of re-encountering a previously encountered individual are already 'habituated' to them but not to some other individuals. The current data suggest this may be the case, but it is just very hard to interpret given the design does not directly test memory of individuals in a clear and unambiguous manner.

      (3) Lack of a functional explanation and the emphasis on 'asociality': It is entirely plausible that recognition is pleitropic byproduct of the overall visual cognition abilities in the spiders. However, the discussion that discounts territoriality as a potential explanation is not well laid out. First, many species that are 'asocial' nevertheless defend territories. It is perhaps best to say such species are not group living, but they have social lives because they encounter conspecifics and need to interact with them. Indeed, there are many examples of solitary living species that show the dear enemy effect, a form of individual recognition, towards familiar territorial neighbors. The authors in this case note that territorial competition is mediated by the size of color of the chelicerae (seemingly a trait that could be used to distinguish among individuals). Apparently because previous work has suggested that territorial disputes can be mediated by a trait in the absence of familiarity has led them to discount the possibility that keeping track of the local neighbors in a potentially cannibalistic species could be a sufficient functional reason. In any event, the current evidence presented certainly does not warrant discounting that hypothesis.

      Comments on Revision:

      The authors have not actually addressed my points and their comments conflate discrimination with recognition. The extensive discussion about how babies are tested for discrimination tasks in their rebuttal misses the point. I believe that the data do show that the spiders discriminate between individuals but whether individuals are recognized (i.e., remembered) is less clear. The authors defend their convoluted study design, but it is overly complex and challenging to interpret the data as a result.

      The main issue with the design is that they do not actually test for any kind of memory of specific individuals after a substantial time of separation. Instead they show that a new individuals is still surprising/dishabituating. That is nice evidence for discrimination but does not show memory in a clear and unambiguous way.

      My comments and critique are unchanged since they didn't really change the paper. New experiments were needed and they didn't do any. Perhaps it is hard to get the spiders where they are? I don't really understand why they didn't do additional experiments as part of this revision.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Jumping spiders (family Salticidae) have extraordinarily good eyesight, but little is known about how sensitive these small animals might be to the identity of other individuals that they see. Here, experiments were carried out using Phidippus regius, a salticid spider from North America. There were three steps in the experiments; first, a spider could see another spider; then its view of the other spider was blocked; and then either the same or a different individual spider came into view. Whether it was the same or a different individual that came into view in the third step had a significant effect on how close together or far apart the spiders positioned themselves. It has been demonstrated before that salticids can discriminate between familiar and unfamiliar individuals while relying on chemical cues, but this new research on P. regius provides the first experimental evidence that a spider can discriminate by sight between familiar and unfamiliar individuals.

      Clark RJ, Jackson RR (1995) Araneophagic jumping spiders discriminate between the draglines of familiar and unfamiliar conspecifics. Ethology, Ecology and Evolution 7:185-190

      Strengths:

      This work is a useful step toward a fuller understanding of the perceptual and cognitive capacities of spiders and other animals with small nervous systems. By providing experimental evidence for a conclusion that a spider can, by sight, discriminate between familiar and unfamiliar individuals, this research will be an important milestone. We can anticipate a substantial influence on future research.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The conclusions should be stated more carefully.

      (2) It is not clearly the case that the experimental methods are based on 'habituation (learning to ignore; learning not to respond). Saying 'habituation' seems to imply that certain distances are instances of responding and other distances are instances of not responding but, as a reasonable alternative, we might call distance in all instances a response. However, whether all distances are responses or not is a distracting issue because being based on habituation is not a necessity.

      (3) Besides data related to distances, other data might have been useful. For example, salticids are especially well known for the way they communicate using distinctive visual displays and, unlike distance, displaying is a discrete, unambiguous response.

      (4) Methods more aligned with salticids having extraordinarily good eyesight would have useful. For example, with salticids, standardising and manipulating stimuli in experiments can be achieved by using mounts, video playback and computer-generated animation.

      (5) An asocial-versus-social distinction is too imprecise, and it may have been emphasised too much. With P. regius, irrespective of whether we use the label asocial or social, the important question pertains to the frequency of encounters between the same individuals and the consequences of these encounters.

      (6) Hypotheses related to not-so-strictly adaptive factors are discussed and these hypotheses are interesting, but these considerations are not necessarily incompatible with more strictly adaptive influences being relevant as well.

      Comments on Revision:

      The authors have responded reasonably to the comments I made. There is nothing else that I wish to add.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper sets out to examine the social recognition abilities of a 'solitary' jumping spider species. It demonstrates that based on vision alone spiders can habituate and dishabituate to the presence of conspecifics. The data support the interpretation that these spiders can distinguish between conspecifics on the basis of their appearance.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s summary. We indeed aimed at investigating the social recognition abilities of the solitary jumping spider (Phidippus regius), using visual cues alone. By employing a habituation-dishabituation paradigm, well-established in developmental psychology, we found support for the interpretation that these spiders can distinguish between conspecifics based on their appearance, as the reviewer noted.

      Strengths:

      The study presents two experiments. The second set of data recapitulates the findings of the first experiment with an independent set of spiders, highlighting the strength of the results. The study also uses a highly quantitative approach to measuring relative interest between pairs of spiders based on their distance.

      We appreciate the reviewer's acknowledgement of the strengths of our study. The second set of data underscores the robustness and reliability of the results. Additionally, however, the second experiment served the purpose of disentangling whether the habituation effect observed over sessions was caused by ‘physical’ or ‘cognitive’ fatigue by employing ‘long-term’ dishabituation trials at the end of Session 3. These trials are critical in our study as they help to differentiate between recognition of individual identities versus recognition of familiar individuals (as opposed to unfamiliar ones) and to determine if the observed effects are due to ‘general habituation’ or ‘specific recognition’. We will elaborate on this further below in this revision.

      As stated by the reviewer, we employed a highly quantitative approach to measure relative interest between pairs of spiders based on their distance, providing precise and objective data to support our conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      The study design is overly complicated, missing key controls, and the data presented in the figures are not clearly connected to the study. The discussion is challenging to understand and appears to make unsupported conclusions.

      While we acknowledge that the study design is indeed complex, this complexity is essential for conducting a well-controlled and balanced experiment regarding the experimental conditions.  

      The habituation-dishabituation paradigm is a well-established paradigm in developmental psychology with non-verbal infants. It is understood that during the habituation phase, an individual's attention to a repeated stimulus decreases as they engage in information processing and form a mental representation of it. As the stimulus becomes familiar, it loses its novelty and interest. When a new stimulus is introduced, a recovery of attention suggests that the individual has compared this new stimulus to the stored memory of the habituation stimulus and detected a difference. This process suggests that the individual not only remembered the original stimulus but also recognized the new one as distinct (for a review Kavšek & Bornstein, 2010).

      This paradigm has also been extensively applied in animal research, where, like infants, nonverbal subjects rely on recognition and discrimination processes to demonstrate their cognitive abilities. The use of this paradigm dates back to seminal studies such as Humphrey (1974), which explored the perceptual world of monkeys, illustrating how species and individuals are perceived and recognized. In another previous study (Dahl, Logothetis, and Hoffman, 2007), we utilized an even more complex experimental design that incorporated dedicated baseline trials for both habituation and dishabituation phases, which was well-received despite its complexity. In the current study, we contrast dishabituation and habituation trials directly, creating a sequential cascade where each trial is evaluated against the preceding one as its baseline.

      On the basis of these arguments, we respectfully decline the claim that this paradigm is inappropriate or lacks key controls. Our study design, though complex, is rigorously grounded in established methodologies and offers a robust framework for exploring individual recognition in Phidippus regius.

      However, we take the reviewer’s comments seriously and are committed to identifying and addressing the aspects in our manuscript that may have led to misunderstandings. We clarify these areas in our revision of the manuscript. Modifications were made in the Introduction, Methods, and Discussion sections.

      Dahl, C. D., Logothetis, N. K., & Hoffman, K. L. (2007). Individuation and holistic processing of faces in rhesus monkeys. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 274(1622), 2069-2076.

      Humphrey, N. K. (1974). Species and individuals in the perceptual world of monkeys. Perception, 3(1), 105-114.

      Kavšek, M., & Bornstein, M. H. (2010). Visual habituation and dishabituation in preterm infants: A review and meta-analysis. Research in developmental disabilities, 31(5), 951-975.

      (1) Study design: The study design is rather complicated and as a result, it is difficult to interpret the results. The spiders are presented with the same individual twice in a row, called a habituation trial. Then a new individual is presented twice in a row. The first of these is a dishabituation trial and the second is another habituation trial (but now habituating to a second individual). This is done with three pairings and then this entire structure is repeated over three sessions. 

      While we acknowledge that the design is complex, this complexity is essential for conducting a well-controlled experiment, as described earlier. As the reviewer noted, our design involves presenting the same individual to the focal spider twice in a row (habituation trial), followed by a new individual (dishabituation trial), and then repeating this structure. This approach is fundamental to the habituation-dishabituation paradigm, which allows us to systematically compare the responses to a familiar individual with those elicited by a novel one. If the spiders exhibit different behaviours in terms of the distance they maintain when encountering the same individual versus a new one, it indicates that they are processing the stimuli differently, consistent with recognition memory. This differential response is a key indicator that the spiders can distinguish between familiar and unfamiliar individuals, demonstrating not only a decrease in interest or engagement due to repeated exposure but also a cognitive process where the lack of a matching memory template triggers a distinct behavioural response when confronted with novel stimuli.

      By repeating this sequence two more times (Session 2 and 3), we aim to assess the consistency of this recognition process over time. If the focal spider does not remember the individuals from the previous session (one hour ago), we expect consistent behavioural responses across sessions. Conversely, if there is a decrease in response magnitude but the overall response patterns are maintained, we can infer that the focal spider recognizes the previously presented individuals and exhibits habituation, reflected in reduced response intensity. In other words, over sessions and repeated exposure to the same individuals, the memory traces become more firmly established, leading to a situation where a dishabituation trial introduces less novelty, as the spider's recognition of previously encountered individuals becomes more robust and consistent to the point where “habituation” and “dishabituation” trials become indistinguishable, as observed in Session 3. This method allows us to assess the duration of identity recognition in these spiders, indicating how long the memory of specific individuals persists. 

      All of these outcomes were anticipated before we began Experiment 1. Given that the results aligned with our predictions, we then sought to determine whether the observed reduction in the magnitude of the effect (i.e., the difference between habituation and dishabituation trials) was due to a physical fatigue effect, where the spiders might simply be getting tired, or a cognitive fatigue effect, where the spiders recognized the individuals and as a result did not exhibit any novelty response. To address this, we replicated the experiment with a new group of spiders and introduced special (long-term dishabituation) trials at the end, where the focal spider was presented with a novel spider. 

      These extra trials allowed us to disentangle the nature of the diminishing response across repeated sessions: a lack of dishabituation (remaining distant) would suggest general physical fatigue, whereas a strong dishabituation response (approaching closely) to the novel spider would indicate cognitive fatigue, thereby confirming that the spiders were indeed recognizing the familiar individuals throughout the experiment. 

      In light of these considerations, we believe that the complexity of our design is not only justified but absolutely necessary to rigorously test the cognitive capabilities of the spiders. Nonetheless, we understand the need for clarity in presenting our findings and are committed to refining our manuscript to better communicate the rationale and results of our study.

      The data appear to show the strong effects of differences between habituation and dishabituation trials in the first session. The decrease in differential behavior between the socalled habituation and dishabituation trials in sessions 2 and 3 is explained as a consequence of the spiders beginning to habituate in general to all of the individuals. 

      The key question, as mentioned above, is to determine the underlying cause of this general habituation across sessions. Specifically, we aim to differentiate between two potential causes: physical fatigue, where the spiders may simply become less responsive due to the demands of the three-hour testing period, or cognitive fatigue, where the repeated exposure to the same individuals leads to a decreased response because the spiders have started to recognize these individuals over multiple repetitions.

      To address this, we replicated the experiment and introduced each focal spider to a new individual in what we termed "long-term dishabituation" trials. By comparing the spiders' responses to these novel individuals with their responses in earlier trials, we sought to better understand the underlying mechanisms of habituation and the duration of individual recognition. The strong dishabituation response observed in these trials is indicative of cognitive fatigue, supporting the presence of recognition memory rather than a general physical fatigue effect.

      The claim that the spiders remember specific individuals is somewhat undercut because all of the 'dishabituation' trials in session 2 are toward spiders they already met for 14 minutes previously but seemingly do not remember in session 2. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the claim that spiders do not remember specific individuals. This assessment does not align with the rationale of our experiment. The reviewer noted that the dishabituation trials in session 2 involved spiders previously encountered and suggested that the lack of a clear memory response might undercut the claim of specific individual recognition. 

      However, as we explained earlier, we expect habituation in Session 2 relative to Session 1 precisely because spiders recognize each other in Session 2. If there were no such habituation in Sessions 2 or 3, it would suggest that the spiders’ recognition memory does not persist beyond one hour. 

      Additionally, it is important to correct the timing noted by the reviewer: each individual spider reencounters the same spider exactly one hour later, not 14 minutes. This is detailed in Table 2 of the manuscript, which outlines that each trial lasts 7 minutes, with a 3-minute visual separation between trials. With six trials per session, this totals to 1 hour per session. Thus, every pair of spiders re-encounters exactly 1 hour after their last interaction.

      Again, it is important to clarify that the observed decrease in differential behaviour is not indicative of a failure to remember specific individuals. Rather, it reflects a systematic pattern of habituation, which is a common and expected outcome in such paradigms. This systematic decrease in response strength suggests that the spiders recognize the previously encountered individuals and becoming less responsive over repeated exposures, consistent with the process of habituation. In different terms, the repeated exposure to the same individuals leads to more firmly established memory traces, leading to a situation where a dishabituation trial introduces less novelty, as the spider's recognition of previously encountered individuals becomes more robust and consistent.

      Based on the explanations provided above, we respectfully reject the claim that “the spiders remember specific individuals is somewhat undercut […]”. In contrast, this claim is incorrect, as the exact opposite is true. The very strength of our study lies in demonstrating that spiders possess robust recognition memory, as evidenced by a clear dissociation of habituation and dishabituation trials in Session 1, followed by a gradually diminishing effect over Session 2 and 3 as the spiders are increased exposed to the same individuals: Furthermore, the strong rebound from habituation observed in long-term dishabituation trials, where the spiders were exposed to novel individuals. 

      This misunderstanding suggests that we should take additional care in the revised manuscript to clarify our explanations and provide more detail, ensuring that the rationale behind our experimental design and findings are communicated effectively.

      In session 3 it is ambiguous what is happening because the spiders no longer differentiate between the trial types. This could be due to fatigue or familiarity. 

      The reviewer proposes that the absence of differentiation between 'habituation' and 'dishabituation' trials in Session 3 might be attributed to either fatigue or familiarity. We interpret "fatigue" as what we have termed the “physical fatigue effect” and "familiarity" as “cognitive fatigue effect.” In this context, we concur with the reviewer’s observation, and this very line of reasoning prompted us to conduct a further experiment following the outcome of Experiment 1.

      A second experiment is done to show that introducing a totally novel individual, recovers a large dishabituation response, suggesting that the lack of differences between 'habituation' and 'dishabituation' trials in session 3 is the result of general habituation to all of the spiders in the session rather than fatigue. As mentioned before, these data do support the claim that spiders differentiate among individuals.

      As the reviewer rightly noted, we addressed these possibilities in our second experiment by introducing a completely novel individual to the spiders, which resulted in a strong dishabituation response. This outcome suggests that the lack of differentiation in Session 3 is more likely due to cognitive habituation rather than physical fatigue. The robust response to novel individuals demonstrates that the spiders are capable of distinguishing between familiar and unfamiliar individuals, suggesting that the reduced differentiation is a consequence of habituation from repeated encounters with the same individuals. 

      We appreciate the reviewer's recognition that these findings support the conclusion that spiders are capable of differentiating between individual conspecifics.

      Additionally, it is important to clarify the structure of our sessions. Each of the 6 trials lasts 7 minutes with a 3-minute visual separation, resulting in a total of 1 hour per session. This ensures that each pair of spiders is encountered exactly one hour later, which controls for the timing and allows us to evaluate the spiders' recognition memory over repeated sessions.

      In summary, while the data show a decrease in differential behaviour between habituation and dishabituation trials in Session 2 and 3, the results from our second experiment support the interpretation that this is due to ‘cognitive habituation’ (familiarization) rather than ‘physical fatigue’ (general habituation). This habituation effect underscores the spiders' ability to recognize and become familiar with specific individuals over time, reinforcing our conclusion that they can differentiate among individuals.

      The data from session 1 are easy to interpret. The data from sessions 2 and 3 are harder to understand, but these are the trials in which they meet an individual again after a substantial period of separation. 

      The data from Session 1 are straightforward to interpret, showing clear differences between habituation and dishabituation trials. However, the data from Sessions 2 and 3 are more complex, as these sessions involve the spiders re-encounter individuals after a 1-hour period of separation. Importantly, the outcome is not an artefact in our experiment, but the consequence of a deliberate choice in the experimental design to assess whether spiders can recognise each other after this duration. We believe that this complexity aligns with our expectations, based on the assumption that spiders can recognise each other after one hour. The observed pattern of habituation in Sessions 2 and 3 suggests that the spiders retain memory of the individuals, leading to decreased responsiveness upon repeated encounters. This interpretation is further supported by the Experiment 2, which introduced a novel individual and elicited a strong dishabituation response. This finding confirms that the reduced differentiation in later sessions is due to cognitive habituation rather than physical fatigue, supporting the conclusion that recognition memory last at least one hour.

      We hope this explanation clarifies our findings and the rationale behind our relatively complex experimental design choice. 

      Other studies looking at recognition in ants and wasps (cited by the authors) have done a 4 trial design in which focal animal A meets B in the first trial, then meets C in the second trial, meets B again in the third trial, and then meets D in the last trial. In that scenario trials 1, 2, and 4 are between unfamiliar individuals and trial 3 is between potentially familiar individuals. In both the ants and wasps, high aggression is seen in species with and without recognition on trial 1, with low aggression specifically for trials with familiar individuals in species with recognition. Across different tests, species or populations that lack recognition have shown a general reduction in aggression towards all individuals that become progressively less aggressive over time (reminiscent of the session 2 and 3 data) while others have maintained modest levels of aggression across all individuals. The 4 session design used in those other studies provides an unambiguous interpretation of the data while controlling for 'fatigue'. 

      We acknowledge that there are multiple ways to design experiments to test recognition memory. In fact, we considered using the paradigm similar to the one proposed by the reviewer and used in studies like Dreier et al., which involves a series of trials with unfamiliar and familiar individuals over extended intervals. We then, however, opted for a more complex design to rigorously assess how habituation and recognition memory develop over repeated sessions with shorter intervals.

      In the following, we would like to describe the advantages and disadvantages of both paradigms and outline how we ended up using the more complex version:

      Advantages of our paradigm: 

      As pointed out, by repeating the sequence in exactly similar manner (every same pair of spiders reoccurs after exactly 1 and 2 hours), we can comprehensively evaluate the effect of habituation over multiple exposures. This allows us to assess the extent of the spiders’ memory, when a spider shows stronger habituation to individuals that were novel in Session 1 but “familiar” by the time they encounter them again in Session 2. To achieve this, we need to ensure that each trial and visual separation is precisely timed, ensuring consistent intervals between encounters. As a consequence, each individual spider undergoes the exact same experimental protocol. Most critically, however, are the novel individuals presented after Session 3 (long-term dishabituation trials) that help differentiate between cognitive habituation and physical fatigue.  Disadvantages of our paradigm:

      The sequences of habituation and dishabituation trials may make the design more complex, as pointed out by the reviewer. As a consequence, the interpretation will become more difficult. However, the data perfectly align with our predictions, and the outcomes were as anticipated in two independently run experiments with two groups of spiders. This highlights the reliability of our experimental design and robustness of our findings.

      Advantages of the 4-trial paradigm proposed by the reviewer:

      Clearly, the structure of the proposed design is simpler, making interpretation easier. The paradigm also accommodates longer intervals between trials (e.g., 24 hours). Longer intervals could theoretically have been applied in our study. (However, we chose not to leave the spiders in the experimental box longer than necessary, opting instead to return them to their home containers for the night to ensure their well-being. And, a 24-hour interval targets a different phase in the process of long-term memory, but more to this topic further below.)

      Disadvantages of the 4-trial paradigm proposed by the reviewer:

      Strictly replicating the 4-trial design would result in one familiar encounter versus three unfamiliar ones. This imbalance might introduce bias and limit the robustness of the measurements. Additionally, the design provides less data overall, as the focal individual will be confronted with three other individuals, who will then be excluded from further testing as focal subjects themselves. In contrast, our design ensures a balanced number of familiar0020(habituation) and novel encounters (dishabituation) for each focal individual, allowing for more efficient and comprehensive data collection without excluding individuals from further testing.

      Given the aforementioned considerations, we determined that the advantages of our experimental design, in particular the assessment of a cognitive fatigue effect when encountering the same individuals again, outweigh those of the proposed 4-trial design. The mentioned limitations of the 4-trial design, such as the potential for bias and less comprehensive data collection, do not justify re-running the study, especially when the best case scenario is fewer insights than our already existing findings. Our current paradigm yielded results that align perfectly with our predictions, offering a thorough and reliable understanding of recognition memory and habituation in spiders. Therefore, we believe our approach provides a more complete and robust answer to our research questions.

      However, we acknowledge that there might be insufficient information in the manuscript addressing the rationale behind our design choices, and we will revise the manuscript to provide a clearer explanation of why our approach is well suited to answering the research questions at hand.

      That all trials in sessions 2 and 3 are always with familiar individuals makes it challenging to understand how much the spiders are habituating to each other versus having some kind of associative learning of individual identity and behavior.

      We understand the reviewer's concern that having all trials in Sessions 2 and 3 involve familiar individuals could make it challenging to distinguish between general habituation and associative learning of individual identities. In our study, we contrast habituation and dishabituation trials: If general habituation were occurring, we would expect uniformly reduced responses (around the zero line) to all individuals over time, indicating that the spiders are getting used to any individual regardless of their specific identity. However, this is not the case. Our data show that while the responses in Session 2 are reduced in effect size compared to Session 1, they are not flat (around the zero line). This indicates that the spiders still differentiate between a repetition of a spider identity (habituation trials) and two different spider identities (dishabituation trials), albeit with a reduced response strength. The systematicity in the data suggests that the spiders are not merely habituating to any individual, but are instead retaining some level of recognition between specific individuals.

      Only by Session 3 do the spiders fully habituate to the point where the responses to habituation and dishabituation trials converge, indicating a complete habituation effect. The introduction of novel individuals in our long-term dishabituation trials further supports the idea that the spiders are recognizing specific individuals rather than exhibiting general habituation. If the spiders were experiencing general habituation, we would not expect the strong dishabituation response observed in our study.

      The data presentation is also very complicated. How is it the case that a negative proportion of time is spent? The methods reveal that this metric is derived by comparing the time individuals spent in each region relative to the previous time they saw that individual. 

      We understand the reviewer's concern regarding the complexity of the data presentation and the calculation of the negative proportion of time. Regarding the complexity of the design, we have already justified our choice of a more intricate experimental setup. This complexity is necessary for accurately assessing recognition memory and habituation over repeated sessions. 

      The metric is derived by comparing the time individuals spent in each region (relative to the transparent front panel) in the current trial (n) relative to the previous trial (n-1). With multiple trials, this results in a cascade of trials and conditions. This method was established in

      Humphrey’s and our previous study (Humphrey, 1974; Dahl, Logothetis, Hoffman, 2007), where we demonstrated its effectiveness in assessing individuation of faces in macaque monkeys.  

      Also in our current experimental design, each current trial is contrasted with the preceding one, allowing us to compare distributions of distances taken in two trials. In this context, every preceding trial serves as baseline for every current trial. 

      Figure 1 of the manuscript, illustrates the structure and analysis of the trials,

      Panel a depicts the baseline, habituation, and dishabituation trials, where spiders are exposed to different conspecifics.

      Baseline (left panel, red): When two spiders are visually exposed to each other for the first time, it is expected that they will explore each other closely, exhibiting high levels of proximity (initial exploratory behaviour).

      Habituation (centre panel, green): When the same spiders are reintroduced in a subsequent round of exposure, it is anticipated that they will exhibit reduced exploratory behaviour and maintain a greater distance compared to the baseline trial, if they recognize each other from the previous encounter (indicative of habituation).

      Panel b (upper and middle panels; red and green): Demonstrates the theoretical assumptions and expected changes in behaviour:

      By subtracting the distribution of distances in the baseline trial from the habituation trial, we generate a delta distribution. This delta distribution reveals negative values near the transparent panel (indicating reduced proximity in the habituation trial) and positive values at mid- to fardistances (indicating increased distancing behaviour). This delta distribution is also what is reported in Figure 2. 

      Dishabituation: In this trial, a new spider (different from the one in the habituation trial) is introduced. The dishabituation trial will be considered in contrast to the habituation trial described above. If the spider recognizes the new individual as different, it is expected to show increased exploratory behaviour and reduced distance, similar to the initial baseline trial.

      By subtracting the distribution of distances in the habituation trial from the dishabituation trial, we obtain another delta distribution. This delta distribution should reveal positive values near the transparent panel (indicating increased proximity in the dishabituation trial) and negative values at mid- to far-distances (indicating decreased proximity compared to the habituation trial).

      We hope this clarifies the rationale behind our data presentation and the methodological approach we employed. We have revised the figure to enhance its clarity and make it more intuitive for the reader.

      Dahl, C. D., Logothetis, N. K., & Hoffman, K. L. (2007). Individuation and holistic processing of faces in rhesus monkeys. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 274(1622), 2069-2076.

      Humphrey, N. K. (1974). Species and individuals in the perceptual world of monkeys. Perception, 3(1), 105-114.

      At the very least, data showing the distribution of distances from the wall would be much easier to interpret for the reader.

      We understand the reviewer's concern that data showing the distribution of distances from the wall would be much easier to interpret for the reader. We initially consider that but came to the conclusion that this approach is not straightforward. For instance, if both spiders are positioned at the very front but in different corners, the distance to the panel would be very small, but the distance between the spiders would be large. Thus, using distances from the wall could misrepresent the actual spatial distribution between the spiders.

      (2) "Long-term social memory": It is not entirely clear what is meant by the authors when they say 'long-term social memory', though typically long-term memory refers to a form of a memory that requires protein synthesis.  

      To address this conceptually, we used the term "long-term social memory" to describe the spiders' ability to recognize and remember individual conspecifics over multiple experimental sessions. While social memory refers to the ability of an individual to recognize other individuals within a social context, long-term memory typically involves the retention of information over extended periods. Recognizing that the term “long-term social memory” is not commonly used, we have revised the manuscript to use the more standard term “long-term memory.”

      While the precise timing of memory formation varies across species and contexts, a general rule is that long-term memory should last for > 24 hours (e.g., Dreier et al 2007 Biol Letters). The longest time that spiders are apart in this trial setup is something like an hour. There is no basis to claim that spiders have long-term social memory as they are never asked to remember anyone after a long time apart.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback regarding the term "long-term social memory." The statement "long-term memory should last for > 24 hours" is a generalisation in discussions about memory. It oversimplifies a more complex topic. That is, long-term memory is typically distinguished from short-term memory by its persistence over time, often lasting from hours to a lifetime. However, the exact duration that qualifies memory as "long-term" varies depending on the context, model species, and type of memory. In studies involved in synaptic plasticity (LTP), the object might indeed be to look at memory that persists for at least 24 hours as a criterion for long-term memory. In studies of cellular and/or molecular mechanisms where the stabilization and consolidation of memory traces over time are key areas of interest this 24-hour interval is very common. But, defining long-term memory strictly by a 24-hour duration is by no means universally accepted nor does it apply across all fields of study.

      To clarify, long-term memory is a process involving consolidation starting within minutes to hours after learning. Clearly, full consolidation can take longer, while memory persisting 24 hours is considered fully consolidated. But this does not mean that memory lasting less than 24 hours are not part of long-term memory. 

      In fact, Atkinson and Shiffrin (1969) proposed that information entering short-term memory remains there for about 20 to 30 seconds before being displaced due to space limitations. During this brief interval, initial encoding processes begin transferring information to long-term memory, establishing an initial memory trace. This transfer is not indicative of full consolidation but represents the initial "laying down" of the memory trace (encoding). In our study, the focal spider’s brain forms initial memory traces of the individuals it encounters. This process continues during the period of visual separation. Upon re-encountering the same individual a few minutes later, the spider accesses the initial memory trace stored in long-term memory. This trace is fragile and not fully consolidated. The re-encounter acts as a rehearsal, reactivating specific memory traces and potentially strengthening them through additional encoding processes, allowing the spider to recognize the individual even an hour later.

      According to Markowitsch (2013), initial encoding in long-term memory begins within seconds to minutes. It is also important to note that we argue for identity recognition rather than identity recall. Recognition involves correctly identifying a stimulus when it is presented again, while recall requires the volitional generation of information without an external stimulus. Thus, recall may rely on deeper forms of memory consolidation than recognition.

      Is protein synthesis required for long-term memory? 

      The role of protein synthesis in long-term memory has been extensively studied. According to Castellucci et al. (1978), explicit memory comprises a short-term phase that does not require protein synthesis and a long-term phase that does. Hebbian learning in its initial phase (early LTP) does not necessarily require protein synthesis. This phase involves the rapid strengthening of synapses through existing proteins and signaling pathways, such as the activation of NMDA receptors and the influx of Ca2+ ions. For the changes to persist (late LTP), protein synthesis is important. This phase involves the production of new proteins that contribute to long-term structural changes at the synapse, such as the growth of new synaptic connections or the stabilization of existing ones.

      This differentiation between the early and late phases of LTP highlights that long-term memory can begin forming without immediate protein synthesis. Our study focuses on this early phase of memory encoding, which involves the initial formation of memory traces that do not yet depend on protein synthesis. 

      It is however worth noting that recent research suggests that there is an early phase of protein synthesis (within minutes to hours) through the activation of immediate early genes (IEGs) and transcription factors. In this context, protein synthesis supports initial synaptic modifications. What the reviewer refers to is the consolidation phase (late phase), where continued synthesis of proteins induces structural changes at synapses, leading to the formation of new synaptic connections. In our study, it is plausible to assume that an early form of protein synthesis may contribute to stabilizing the initial memory traces during the encoding phase. However, whether or not protein synthesis occurred in our spiders is beyond the scope of this investigation and was not specifically addressed.

      The critical aspect of our study is that the information transitioned from short-term memory to long-term memory during an early encoding phase, allowing recall after an hour. Due to the inherent limitations and transient nature of the short-term memory, it is implausible for spiders to retain these memory representations solely within the short-term memory for such durations. Our findings suggest that the initial encoding processes were robust enough to transfer these experiences into long-term memory, where they were stabilized and could be accessed later. 

      In sum, it is important to note that long-term memory is a dynamic process, and while testing after 24 hours is a convention in some studies, this timing is arbitrary and not universally applicable to all contexts or species. The more critical consideration here is that we are dealing with a species where no prior evidence of long-term memory exists. Debating a 24-hour delay or the specifics of protein synthesis, while potentially interesting for future studies, detracts from the true significance of our findings. Our study is the first to show something akin to long-term memory representations in this species and this should remain in our focus.

      Shiffrin, R. M., & Atkinson, R. C. (1969). Storage and retrieval processes in long-term memory. Psychological review, 76(2), 179. 

      Markowitsch, H. J. (2013). Memory and self–Neuroscientific landscapes. International Scholarly Research Notices, 2013(1), 176027.

      Castellucci, V. F., Carew, T. J., & Kandel, E. R., 1978. Cellular analysis of long-term habituation of the gill-withdrawal reflex of Aplysia californica. Science, 202(4374), 1306-1308.

      The odd phrasing of the 'long-term dishabutation' trial makes it seem that it is testing a longterm memory, but it is not. The spiders have never met. The fact that they are very habituated to one set of stimuli and then respond to a new stimulus is not evidence of long-term memory. To clearly test memory (which is the part really lacking from the design), the authors would need to show that spiders - upon the first instance of re-encountering a previously encountered individual are already 'habituated' to them but not to some other individuals. The current data suggest this may be the case, but it is just very hard to interpret given the design does not directly test the memory of individuals in a clear and unambiguous manner.

      While we appreciate the reviewer's feedback, we believe there may have been some misunderstanding regarding the term “long-term dishabituation.” The introduction of novel individuals at the end of Session 3 was not intended to test long-term memory by having spiders recognize these novel individuals. Instead, it aimed to investigate the nature of the habituation observed over the three sessions.

      The novel individuals introduced at the end of Session 3 serve the purpose to differentiate between general habituation (a decline in response due to repeated exposure to any stimuli) and specific habituation (recognition and reduced response to previously encountered individuals). The novel spiders have never been encountered before, so the focal spiders cannot have prior representations of them. Thus, the strong dishabituation response to these novel individuals indicates that the habituation observed earlier is not due to a general fatigue effect or loss of interest but rather a specific habituation effect to the familiar individuals. By showing such strong and increased response to novel individuals, the study demonstrates that the spiders' increasingly reduced responses in Sessions 2 and 3 are not merely due to a general decrease in responsiveness but suggest cognitive habituation. This cognitive habituation implies that the spiders remember the familiar individuals (as each of them occurred three times across the three sessions), a process that relies on long-term memory. Therefore, while the novel spiders themselves are not a direct test of long-term memory, the use of these novel spiders helps us infer that the habituation observed over the three sessions is indeed due to the formation of long-term memory traces.

      In other words, the organism detects and processes the novel stimulus as different from the habituated one. In our study, if a spider showed a strong dishabituation response to a novel individual introduced at the end of Session 3, it would indicate that the spider had formed specific representations of the individuals they encountered during the three sessions. These representations allow the spiders to recognise the novel individuals as different, leading to renewed interest and a stronger behavioural response. It is the absence of a prior representation for the novel spiders that triggers this dishabituation response. Since the novel spider does not match any stored representations of the previously encountered spiders, the focal spider responds more strongly.

      The introduction of novel individuals at the end of Session 3 helps clarify that the increasing habituation observed in Session 2 and 3 is specific to familiar individuals, indicating cognitive habituation. This supports the presence of long-term memory processes in the spiders, as they can distinguish between previously encountered individuals and new ones. The habituationdishabituation paradigm thus effectively demonstrates the spiders' ability to form and reactivate encoded memory traces, providing clear evidence of recognition memory. 

      For these reasons, we are convinced that our interpretation is accurate and hope this clarification renders the additional request for an entirely new experiment unnecessary.

      (3) Lack of a functional explanation and the emphasis on 'asociality': It is entirely plausible that recognition is a pleitropic byproduct of the overall visual cognition abilities in the spiders. 

      We agree with the reviewer that it is essential to consider the broader context of individual recognition and its potential adaptive significance. The possibility that recognition in jumping spiders could be a pleiotropic byproduct of their advanced visual cognition abilities is indeed a plausible explanation and has been discussed in our manuscript.

      However, the discussion that discounts territoriality as a potential explanation is not well laid out. First, many species that are 'asocial' nevertheless defend territories. It is perhaps best to say such species are not group living, but they have social lives because they encounter conspecifics and need to interact with them.

      The reviewer also correctly points out that many 'asocial' species still defend territories and have social interactions. Our use of the term 'asocial' was meant to indicate that jumping spiders do not live in cohesive social groups, but we acknowledge that they do have social lives in terms of interactions with conspecifics. It is more accurate to describe these spiders as non-groupliving, yet socially interactive species. A better term is “non-social” to refer to the jumping spider as a species that do not live in stable social groups and do not exhibit associated behaviours, such as cooperative behaviours. This also would imply that individuals still interact with conspecifics, especially in contexts like mating, territorial disputes or aggression. We, thus, change the term from “asocial” to “non-social” in the manuscript.  

      Indeed, there are many examples of solitary living species that show the dear enemy effect, a form of individual recognition, towards familiar territorial neighbors. The authors in this case note that territorial competition is mediated by the size or color of the chelicerae (seemingly a trait that could be used to distinguish among individuals). Apparently, because previous work has suggested that territorial disputes can be mediated by a trait in the absence of familiarity has led them to discount the possibility that keeping track of the local neighbors in a potentially cannibalistic species could be a sufficient functional reason. In any event, the current evidence presented certainly does not warrant discounting that hypothesis.

      The “dear enemy effect”, where solitary living species recognize and show reduced aggression towards familiar territorial neighbors, is a relevant consideration. This effect demonstrates that individual recognition can have significant functional implications even in species that are not group-living. We will elaborate on this effect in the revised manuscript to provide a more comprehensive discussion.

      The reviewer mentioned that territorial disputes can be mediated by the size or color of the chelicerae, potentially serving as a feature for individual recognition. Our intention was not to discount the role of such traits but to highlight that the level of identity recognition we observed represents subordinate classification. This is different from the basic-level classification, such as distinguishing between male and female based on chelicerae colour. While we acknowledge that colour can be an important feature for identity discrimination, our findings suggest that individual recognition in jumping spiders goes beyond simple colour differentiation. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated whether a salticid spider, Phidippus regius, recognizes other individuals of the same species. The authors placed each spider inside a container from which it could see another spider for 7 minutes, before having its view of the other spider occluded by an opaque barrier for 3 minutes. The spider was then either presented with the same individual again (habituation trial) or a different individual (dishabituation trial). The authors recorded the distance between the two spiders during each trial. In habituation trials, the spiders were predicted to spend more time further away from each other and, in dishabituation trials, the spiders were predicted to spend more time closer to each other. The results followed these predictions, and the authors then considered whether the spiders in habituation trials were generally fatigued instead of being habituated to the appearance of the other spider, which may have explained why they spent less time near the other individual. The authors presented the spiders with a different (novel) individual after a longer period of time (which they considered to be a long-term dishabituation trial), and found that the spiders switched to spending more time closer to the other individual again during this trial. This suggested that the spiders had recognized and had habituated to the individual that they had seen before and that they became dishabituated when they encountered a different individual.

      We appreciate the reviewer's detailed summary of our study. The reviewer's summary accurately captures the essence of our experimental design, predictions, and findings.

      Strengths:

      It is interesting to consider individual recognition by Phidippus regius. Other work on individual recognition by an invertebrate has been, for instance, known for a species of social wasp, but Phidippus regius is a different animal. Importantly and more specifically, P. regius is a salticid spider, and these spiders are known to have exceptional eyesight for animals of their size, potentially making them especially suitable for studies on individual recognition. In the current study, the results from experiments were consistent with the authors' predictions, suggesting that the spiders were recognizing each other by being habituated to individuals they had encountered before and by being dishabituated to individuals they had not encountered before. This is a good start in considering individual recognition by this species.

      We appreciate the reviewer's positive summary and acknowledgment of the strengths of our study. We would like to point out some more details: 

      While the exceptional eyesight of salticid spiders is indeed a significant factor, our study reaches deeper in terms of processing. We do not argue at the level of sensation rather than at the level of perception. Even more, identity recognition is a higher-level perceptual process. This distinction is crucial: we are not merely examining the spiders' sensory capabilities (such as good eye sight), but rather how their brains interpret and represent what they “see”. This involves a cognitive process where the sensory input (sensation) is processed and integrated into meaningful constructs (perception) and memorised in form of representations. 

      Our study also suggests that P. regius engages in “higher-level” perceptual processes. This most-likely involves complex representations of individual conspecifics, which in mammalian brains are associated with regions such as the central inferior temporal (cIT) and anterior inferior temporal (aIT) areas. We provide evidence that these spiders do not just sense visual stimuli but interpret and recognize individual identities, indicating sophisticated perceptual and cognitive abilities. In other words, the spiders do not merely respond to visual stimuli in a reflexive manner, but rather engage in sophisticated perceptual and cognitive processes that allow them to recognize and distinguish between individual identities. This indicates that the spiders are not simple Braitenberg vehicles reacting to stimuli, but are thinking organisms capable of complex mental representations. This resonates with current trends in animal cognition research, which increasingly recognize some level of consciousness and advanced cognitive abilities across a wide range of animal species. Moreover, this aligns with the growing interest and recognition of spider cognition, where research begins to provide evidence for the cognitive complexity and perceptual capabilities of these often underestimated creatures (Jackson and Cross, 2011). 

      Jackson, R. R., & Cross, F. R. (2011). Spider cognition. Advances in insect physiology, 41, 115174.

      Weaknesses:

      The experiments in this manuscript (habituation/dishabituation trials) are a good start for considering whether individuals of a salticid species recognize each other. I am left wondering, however, what features the spiders were specifically paying attention to when recognizing each other. The authors cited Sheehan and Tibbetts (2010) who stated that "Individual recognition requires individuals to uniquely identify their social partners based on phenotypic variation." Also, recognition was considered in a paper on another salticid by Tedore and Johnsen (2013).

      Tedore, C., & Johnsen, S. (2013). Pheromones exert top-down effects on visual recognition in the jumping spider Lyssomanes viridis. The Journal of Experimental Biology, 216, 1744-1756. doi: 10.1242/jeb.071118 

      In this elegant study, the authors presented spiders with manipulated images to find out what features matter to these spiders when recognizing individuals.

      The reviewer raises an important point regarding the specific features that Phidippus regius might be paying attention to when recognizing individual conspecifics. Our study indeed cited Sheehan and Tibbetts (2010) to highlight the importance of phenotypic variation in individual recognition. Additionally, we referenced the work by Tedore and Johnsen (2013) on visual recognition in another salticid species, which suggests that multiple sensory modalities, including visual and pheromonal cues, may be involved in the recognition process. While our current study focused on demonstrating that Phidippus regius can recognize individual conspecifics, we acknowledge that it does not specifically identify the phenotypic features involved in this recognition. 

      Part of the problem with using two living individuals in experiments is that the behavior of one individual can influence the behavior of the other, and this can bias the results.  

      We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the potential bias introduced by using two living individuals in experiments, as the behaviour of one individual can indeed influence the behaviour of the other. We shared this concern initially; however, the consistency of the data with our hypotheses suggests that this potential bias did not adversely affect the validity of our findings, rendering the concern largely illusory at least in the context of our study.

      We opted for the living-individual paradigm for the following reasons:

      There is a growing trend in ethological as well as animal cognition research towards more ecologically valid and biologically relevant settings, while simultaneously advancing the precision and quantification of the data collected. This is referred to as computational ethology.

      This approach advocates for assessing behaviour in environments that more closely resemble natural conditions, rather than relying solely on sterile and artificial experimental setups. The rationale is that such naturalistic arenas allow animals to exhibit a broader range of behaviours and interactions, providing a more accurate reflection of their cognitive and social abilities. The challenge, however, lies in navigating the inherent tradeoff between the strict control offered by standardized procedures and the ecological validity of more naturalistic interactions.

      By allowing two spiders to confront each other, we aimed to capture authentic behavioural responses while maintaining a degree of experimental standardization through the use of a controlled setup. Our approach ensures that the behaviours observed are not merely artifacts of an artificial environment but are representative of genuine social interactions. Also, to minimize potential biases arising from mutual behavioural influences, we employed a controlled and repeatable experimental environment. 

      We believe that the chosen approach provides a meaningful balance (in the above-mentioned trade-off) between ecological validity and experimental rigour. By combining a standardized environment with the naturalistic interaction of real spiders, we ensured that our findings are both scientifically robust and biologically relevant.

      However, this issue can be readily avoided because salticids are well known, for example, to be highly responsive to lures (e.g. dead prey glued in lifelike posture onto cork disks) and to computer animation. 

      While it is true that salticid spiders are responsive to lures and computer animations, we carefully considered the most appropriate and ecologically valid approach for our study. Our aim was to capture genuine behavioural patterns in a context that closely mimics the natural encounters these spiders experience.

      Additionally, creating comparable video stimuli of spiders presents its own set of challenges: Video recordings or computer animations may not fully capture the nuanced behaviours and subtle variations that occur during real-life interactions. There is also a risk that such stimuli could be perceived differently by the spiders, potentially introducing new biases or confounding factors.

      Scientific progress is not made by merely relying on previously established paradigms, especially when they may not be suitable for the specific context of a study. While alternative methods like lures or computer animations can be valuable in certain situations, our approach was deliberately chosen to best capture the naturalistic and interactive aspects of spider behaviour.

      These methods have already been successful and helpful for standardizing the different stimuli presented during many different experiments for many different salticid spiders, and they would be helpful for better understanding how Phidippus regius might recognize another individual on the basis of phenotypic variation. There are all sorts of ways in which a salticid might recognize another individual. Differences in face or body structure, or body size, or all of these, might have an important role in recognition, but we won't know what these are using the current methods alone. Also, I didn't see any details about whether body size was standardized in the current manuscript.

      As mentioned previously, the goal of our study was to demonstrate that identity recognition occurs in spiders. This alone is of significant importance, as it challenges existing assumptions about the cognitive capabilities of small-brained animals. We did not aim at providing a proximate explanation (mechanism) for identity recognition in spiders.

      The problem with what the reviewer suggested is this: As long as we do not have conclusive evidence that spiders recognize individual conspecifics, any attempt to design and manipulate stimuli would lack a solid foundation. Without understanding whether spiders have this capability, we cannot make informed decisions about which features or characteristics to manipulate in stimuli. In other words, this uncertainty means we lack a starting point for our assumptions, making it nearly impossible to create stimuli that would be useful or relevant in testing identity recognition.

      Additionally, it is nearly impossible to artificially generate a stimulus set that encompasses the natural variance in features that spiders use for visual individuation. There is no guarantee that artificial stimuli, such as lures or computer animations, would capture the relevant features that spiders use in natural interactions.

      In other words, the question how Phidippus regius recognizes another individual will be subject of further investigation. In this study, we focus on whether or not they individuate others.  

      For another perspective, my thoughts turn to a paper by Cross et al.

      Cross, F. R., Jackson, R. R., & Taylor, L. A. (2020). Influence of seeing a red face during the male-male encounters of mosquito-specialist spiders. Learning & Behavior, 48, 104-112. doi: 10.3758/s13420-020-00411-y

      These authors found that males of Evarcha culicivora, another salticid species that is known to have a red face, become less responsive to their own mirror images after having their faces painted with black eyeliner than if their faces remained red. In all instances, the spiders only saw their own mirror images and never another spider, and these results cannot be interpreted on the basis of habituation/dishabituation because the spiders were not responding differently when they simply saw their mirror image again. Instead, it was specifically the change to the spider's face which resulted in a change of behavior. The findings from this paper and from Tedore and Johnsen can help give us additional perspectives that the authors might like to consider. On the whole, I would like the authors to further consider the features that P. regius might use to discern and recognize another individual.

      We acknowledge that identifying the specific features used by P. regius for identity recognition is a valuable direction for future research. However, we must emphasise that without first establishing whether spiders are capable of individuating each other, it would be premature and challenging to determine the specific features they rely on for this process. A lack of response to certain features could either suggest that those features are not relevant or, more critically, that the spider does not recognize individual identities at all. Thus, our initial focus on demonstrating identity recognition is essential before delving into the specific cues or characteristics involved.

      While the call for addressing the proximate causation of identity recognition in jumping spiders is valid, we need to also reiterate the significance of our findings and why they stand on their own merit:

      Our study demonstrates for the first time that Phidippus regius can systematically individuate conspecifics, showing habituation within short intervals (10 minutes) and over longer intervals (1 hour). This behaviour is not due to general habituation or physical fatigue but is a result of cognitive habituation, as illustrated by the spiders' response to novel individuals introduced after repeated encounters with familiarized ones. 

      What are the implications of this? Our findings indicate that these spiders possess long-term memory and form representations that can be reactivated after an hour. While this is most-likely not fully consolidated memory formation (see our reply to Reviewer 1), it represents an encoded long-term memory. This implies that small-brained animals can remember, represent, and potentially build internal mental images, which are crucial for sophisticated cognitive processing. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Jumping spiders (family Salticidae) have extraordinarily good eyesight, but little is known about how sensitive these small animals might be to the identity of other individuals that they see. Here, experiments were carried out using Phidippus regius, a salticid spider from North America. There were three steps in the experiments; first, a spider could see another spider; then its view of the other spider was blocked; and then either the same or a different individual spider came into view. Whether it was the same or a different individual that came into view in the third step had a significant effect on how close together or far apart the spiders positioned themselves. It has been demonstrated before that salticids can discriminate between familiar and unfamiliar individuals while relying on chemical cues, but this new research on P. regius provides the first experimental evidence that a spider can discriminate by sight between familiar and unfamiliar individuals.

      Clark RJ, Jackson RR (1995) Araneophagic jumping spiders discriminate between the draglines of familiar and unfamiliar conspecifics. Ethology, Ecology and Evolution 7:185-190

      We appreciate the reviewer's comprehensive summary and acknowledgment of the significance of our findings.

      Strengths:

      This work is a useful step toward a fuller understanding of the perceptual and cognitive capacities of spiders and other animals with small nervous systems. By providing experimental evidence for a conclusion that a spider can, by sight, discriminate between familiar and unfamiliar individuals, this research will be an important milestone. We can anticipate a substantial influence on future research.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the strengths and significance of our study. We are pleased that the reviewer considers our research an important milestone. Our findings indeed suggest that even animals with relatively simple nervous systems can perform complex cognitive tasks, which has substantial implications for the broader study of animal cognition.

      As pointed out by the reviewer, we also hope that our study will have a substantial influence on future research. By establishing a methodology and providing clear evidence of visual discrimination, we aim to encourage further investigations into the cognitive abilities of jumping spiders and other arthropods. Future research can build on our findings to explore the specific visual cues and mechanisms involved in individual recognition (as Reviewer 2 pointed out), as well as the ecological and evolutionary implications of these abilities.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The conclusions should be stated more carefully.

      We agree that clarity in our conclusions is paramount. We will revise the manuscript to ensure that our conclusions are presented with precision and appropriately reflect the data. Specifically, we will emphasize the evidence supporting our findings of visual individual recognition and clarify the limitations and scope of our conclusions to avoid any potential overstatements.

      (2) It is not clearly the case that the experimental methods are based on 'habituation (learning to ignore; learning not to respond). Saying 'habituation' seems to imply that certain distances are instances of responding and other distances are instances of not responding but, as a reasonable alternative, we might call distance in all instances a response. However, whether all distances are responses or not is a distracting issue because being based on habituation is not a necessity.

      We appreciate the reviewer's feedback and understand the concern regarding the use of the term 'habituation.' We agree that all distances maintained by the spiders are active responses and reflect their behavioral decisions based on perception and recognition of the other individual. We recognize that all distances are responses and interpret these as the spiders’ “active decisions”, modulated by their recognition of the same or different individuals. 

      The terms 'habituation' and 'dishabituation' are used to label trial types for ease of discussion and to describe the expected behavioural modulation.

      (3) Besides data related to distances, other data might have been useful. For example, salticids are especially well known for the way they communicate using distinctive visual displays and, unlike distance, displaying is a discrete, unambiguous response.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to incorporate data on visual displays, which are indeed well-known communication methods among salticids. We agree that visual displays are discrete and unambiguous responses that could provide additional insights into the spiders' recognition abilities.

      Our primary focus on distance measurements was driven by the need to quantify behaviour in a continuous and scalable manner, that is, how spiders modulate their proximity based on familiarity with other individuals.

      We acknowledge the potential value of including visual display measurments; however, in our study, we aimed to establish a foundational understanding of recognition behaviour through proximity measures first. Also, capturing diplays requires a different experimental paradigm, where the displays are clearly visible and analyzable. 

      (4) Methods more aligned with salticids having extraordinarily good eyesight would be useful. For example, with salticids, standardising and manipulating stimuli in experiments can be achieved by using mounts, video playback, and computer-generated animation.

      There is no doubt that salticids have excellent eyesight. However, our study focuses on higherlevel perceptual processes that require complex brain analysis, not just visual acuity. The goal was to investigate whether spiders can individuate and recognize conspecifics, which involves interpreting visual information and forming long-term representations.

      Clearly, methods like video playback and computer animations are useful in controlled settings, where the spider is mounted, but they pose challenges for our specific research question. At this stage of research, we lack precise knowledge of which visual features are critical for individual recognition in spiders, making it difficult to design effective artificial stimuli. 

      Our primary objective was to determine if spiders can individuate others. Before exploring the proximate mechanisms of how they individuate others, it was essential to establish that they have this capability. This foundational question needed to be addressed before delving into more detailed mechanistic studies.

      (5) An asocial-versus-social distinction is too imprecise, and it may have been emphasised too much. With P. regius, irrespective of whether we use the label asocial or social, the important question pertains to the frequency of encounters between the same individuals and the consequences of these encounters.

      Our intent was to convey that P. regius does not live in cohesive social groups but does engage in individual interactions that can have significant behavioral consequences. We will revise the manuscript to reduce the emphasis on the asocial-versus-social distinction. As discussed above, we also will change the term “asocial” to “non-social” in the manuscript.

      (6) Hypotheses related to not-so-strictly adaptive factors are discussed and these hypotheses are interesting, but these considerations are not necessarily incompatible with more strictly adaptive influences being relevant as well.

      We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding the discussion of hypotheses related to notso-strictly adaptive factors. We agree that our considerations of these factors do not preclude the relevance of more strictly adaptive influences.

      We will revise the manuscript to explicitly discuss how our findings can be interpreted in the context of adaptive hypotheses. This will provide a more comprehensive understanding of the evolutionary significance of individual recognition in P. regius. Modifications were made in the Discussion section.

      In the following, we comment on issues not mentioned in the “public reviews” section.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I would suggest conducting experiments that actually test for recognition memory, as this seems to be a claim that the authors make. Following the ant studies by Dreier cited in this manuscript would be sufficient to test for memory. Given the relative simplicity of the measures being taken (location of spiders), this would seem like a very simple addition that would provide a much stronger and more readily interpreted dataset.

      As previously explained in our detailed responses (public reviews), we believe that the current design effectively addresses the questions at hand. Our approach, using a habituationdishabituation paradigm, provides robust evidence for recognition memory within the framework of early long-term memory.

      Additionally, we have explained why using the distance to the panel as a measure is not appropriate in this context. Specifically, using such a measure can misrepresent the actual interests of the spiders in each other.

      While we acknowledge the merits of the ant studies by Dreier, our current design allows for a detailed understanding of the spiders' recognition capabilities over short (10 min) and slightly longer intervals (up to one hour). This is sufficient to demonstrate the presence of recognition memory without the necessity of further experiments. The observed patterns of habituation and dishabituation responses in our study clearly indicate that the spiders can distinguish between familiar and novel individuals, which supports our claims.

      Given these points, we respectfully maintain that the current data and experimental design are adequate to support our findings and provide a comprehensive understanding of recognition memory in Phidippus regius.

      (2) The writing is rather impenetrable. The results explain the basic finding in terms of statistical variables rather than simply stating the results. A clear and straightforward statement such as 'the spiders showed reduced interest upon habituation trials, indicating xyz' (and then citing the stats) is preferable to the introduction of results as a statistical model. The statistical model is a means of assessing the results. It is not the result. Describe the data.

      We tried to improve that in the current version.

      (3) Showing more straightforward data such as distance from the joint barrier would make the paper much easier to understand.

      This paper has been on bioRxiv for some time and my guess is that it has ended up here because it is having trouble in review. Collecting new data that more directly test the question at hand, presenting the data in a more direct manner, and more critically evaluating your own claims will improve the paper.

      While it is true that the paper has been on bioRxiv for a while, this submission marks the first instance where it has undergone peer review. Prior to this, the manuscript was submitted to other journals but was not reviewed.

      We hope the explanations provided in the “public reviews” section, along with the revised manuscript, sufficiently clarify our study and its conclusions. We believe the current data robustly address the research questions, and as outlined in our detailed responses, we have critically evaluated our claims and presented the data clearly. Given these clarifications, we do not see the necessity for new experiments as the existing data adequately support our findings. We trust that these revisions and explanations will clarify any misunderstandings.

      I am totally sold that the spiders are paying attention to identity at some level. The key now is to understand what that actually means in terms of recognition (i.e. memory of individuals) not just habituation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s emphasis on the distinction between habituation and memorybased individual recognition. As detailed in the preceding discussion, we have taken great care to clarify how our paradigm distinguishes simple habituation effects from true memory for individual identity. We trust that the preceding sections make clear how our findings go beyond simple habituation to establish genuine individual recognition.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Aside from the comments in the public review, I have some additional comments that the authors may wish to consider.

      Numerous times in the manuscript, the authors mentioned that recognizing individuals requires recognition memory. This seems rather obvious, and I wonder if the authors could instead be more precise about what they mean by 'recognition memory'?

      Recognition memory refers to the cognitive ability to identify a previously encountered stimulus, an individual, or events as familiar. It involves both encoding and retrieval processes, allowing an organism to distinguish between novel and familiar stimuli. This form of memory is a fundamental component of cognitive functioning and is supported by neural mechanisms that, in the mammal brain, involve the hippocampus and other brain regions associated with memory processing. 

      In our study, we aimed to test whether Phidippus regius recognizes conspecifics, or, in other words, utilizes recognition memory to distinguish between familiar and unfamiliar conspecifics. With the habituation - dishabituation paradigm, we assessed the spiders' ability to recognize previously encountered individuals and demonstrate memory retention over short (10 min) and extended periods (1 hour).

      Encoding: In the initial trial, when a spider encounters an individual for the first time (Figure 1A, “Baseline” or “Dishabituation” for every following trial), it encodes the visual information related to that specific individual. This encoding process involves creating a memory trace of the individual's phenotypic characteristics.

      Storage: During the visual separation period, this encoded information is stored in the spider's memory system. The memory trace, though initially fragile, starts to stabilize over the separation period. Whether or not this leads to some form of consolidated memory remains unaddressed. This aspect was highlighted by the first reviewer, but our focus is on the early process rather than on late processes, such as consolidation. 

      Retrieval: In the subsequent trial, when the same individual is presented again, the spider retrieves the stored memory trace. If the spider recognizes the individual, its behaviour reflects habituation, indicating memory retrieval. Conversely, when a novel individual is introduced, the lack of stored memory trace triggers a different behavioural response, indicating dishabituation. This differential response demonstrates the spider's ability to distinguish between familiar and unfamiliar individuals. This differential response is also key to understanding the nature of habituation over the three sessions, as introducing novel spiders leads to a significant dishabituation response after the three sessions in Experiment 2.

      In Line 39, the authors state that they used "a naturalistic experimental procedure". I would like to know how this experiment is 'naturalistic'. The authors' use of an arena does not appear naturalistic, or something the spiders would encounter in the wild.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment regarding our use of the term 'naturalistic'. We acknowledge that the experimental arena itself does not replicate the conditions found in the wild. Our approach aimed to incorporate elements of natural behaviour by allowing two spiders to freely move and interact within the controlled environment. This approach aligns with principles from computational ethology, which seeks to balance the trade-off between repeatability/standardization and observing free, naturalistic behaviour. By using this paradigm, we aimed to capture behaviours that closely resemble those exhibited in their natural habitat. This setup was chosen to balance the need for ecological validity with the requirements for standardized data collection. 

      Also, and this point has been raised above, by observing the spiders' natural interactions without restraining them or using artificial stimuli like computer animations, we aimed to capture behaviours that closely resemble their natural responses to conspecifics. In contrast, we would not have any clear expectations regarding responses to arbitrarily designed artificial stimuli. This method provides a more ecologically valid assessment of the spiders' recognition abilities.

      There are a few details wrong in Line 41. 'Salticidae' is a family name and shouldn't be italicized. Also, the sentence suggests that there is a spider called a 'jumping spider' in the family Salticidae, which is technically called Phidippus regius. To clarify, all spiders in the family Salticidae are known as jumping spiders, and one species of jumping spiders is called Phidippus regius.

      We will correct this in the manuscript to accurately reflect the classification and terminology. Thank you for pointing out these inaccuracies.

      A manuscript on individual recognition by a salticid should include citations to earlier papers that have already considered individual recognition by salticids. As well as the paper by Tedore and Johnsen (2013), the authors should be aware of the following papers.

      Clark, R. J., & Jackson, R. R. (1994). Portia labiata, a cannibalistic jumping spider, discriminates between its own and foreign egg sacs. International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 7, 3843.

      Clark, R. J., & Jackson, R. R. (1994). Self-recognition in a jumping spider: Portia labiata females discriminate between their own draglines and those of conspecifics. Ethology, Ecology & Evolution, 6, 371-375.

      Clark, R. J., & Jackson, R. R. (1995). Araneophagic jumping spiders discriminate between the draglines of familiar and unfamiliar conspecifics. Ethology, Ecology & Evolution, 7, 185-190.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to include citations to these earlier papers. We will add the recommended references to provide a comprehensive background.

      In Line 203, I would not consider "interaction with human caretakers and experimenters" to be a form of behavioral enrichment. This kind of interaction has the potential to be stressful for the spiders, rather than enriching. I suggest deleting that part of the sentence.

      We appreciate the reviewer's feedback and agree that interactions with human caretakers and experimenters might not always be enriching and could potentially be stressful for the spiders. We will remove that part of the sentence to better reflect the intended meaning.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This manuscript is useful and interesting, and I predict that it will be influential, but more attention should be given to stating the objective and conclusion accurately and clearly. As I understand it, the objective was to investigate a specific hypothesis: that Phidippus regius has a capacity to identify conspecific individuals as particular individuals (i.e., individual identification). Strong evidence supporting this hypothesis being true would be especially remarkable because I am unaware of any published work having shown evidence of a spider expressing this specific perceptual capacity.

      Thank you for recognizing the significance and potential influence of our manuscript. We agree that clearly stating the objective and conclusions is essential for conveying the importance of our findings. Our results provide robust evidence supporting the hypothesis that Phidippus regius can recognize and remember individual conspecifics. We will revise the manuscript to more clearly highlight the objective and our conclusions, emphasizing the novel evidence for individual identification in these spiders.

      Based on reading this manuscript and based on my understanding of the meaning of 'individual identification', it seems to me that the hypothesis that P. regius has a capacity for individual identification might or might not be true, and the experiments in this manuscript cannot tell us which is the case. 

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer's assessment. Our experiments were carefully designed to test whether P. regius has the capacity for individual identification, and our results provide clear evidence supporting this hypothesis. The systematic differences in the spiders' behaviour when encountering familiar versus novel individuals indicate that they can recognize and remember specific conspecifics. We will revise the manuscript to ensure that the evidence and conclusions are stated more clearly to address any potential misunderstandings.

      Determining which is the case would have required research that made better use of the literature, and displayed more critical thinking. addressed credible alternative hypotheses and adopted experimental methods that focused more strictly on individual identification. 

      The distinction between whether P. regius has a capacity for individual identification is not ambiguous in our study. Our findings clearly demonstrate this capacity through systematic behavioural responses to familiar versus novel individuals. As pointed out above, the experimental procedure might be complex, but results are systematic despite this complexity. The experiments were designed to directly address the hypothesis of individual identification, and the data robustly support our conclusions. While considering alternative hypotheses is important, the results we present provide a coherent and compelling case for individual identification in P. regius. We will ensure our manuscript clearly articulates this narrative and the supporting evidence.

      At the same time, I also appreciate that asking for all of that at once would be asking for too much. As I see it, this manuscript tells us about research that moves us closer to a clear focus on the details and questions that will matter in the context of considering a hypothesis that is strictly about individual identification. More importantly, I think this research reveals a perceptual capacity that is remarkable even if it is not strictly a capacity for individual identification.

      We understand the desire for a more focused exploration of individual identification with paradigms more familiar to the reviewers and we acknowledge that further detailed studies could enhance our understanding of this capacity. However, our findings do indeed suggest that Phidippus regius exhibits a remarkable perceptual capacity for recognizing and remembering individual conspecifics. The systematic behavioural responses observed in our experiments strongly indicate that these spiders possess the ability for individual recognition. While our study may not have explored every potential detail (e.g. which features are most crucial for the memory matching processes), the evidence we present robustly supports the conclusion of individual identification.

      We acknowledge that it is indeed valuable to follow established paradigms and build upon the frameworks that have been used successfully in similar species and studies. These paradigms provide a solid foundation for scientific inquiry and allow for comparability across different research efforts. However, it is equally important to acknowledge and explore alternative approaches. Scientific progress is driven not only by replication but also by innovation. By employing new paradigms, researchers can uncover novel insights and push the boundaries of current understanding. The paradigm we used in our study, while different from those traditionally applied to similar research, is not an invention but a well-established method in various domains. It represents an innovative application in the context of our specific research questions, offering a fresh perspective and contributing to the advancement of the field.

      As I understand it, 'individual identification' means identifying another individual as being a particular individual instead of a member of a larger set (or 'class') of individuals. An 'individual' is a set containing a single individual. Interesting examples of identifying members of larger sets include discriminating between familiar and unfamiliar individuals. In the context of the specific experiments in this manuscript, familiar-unfamiliar discrimination means discriminating between recently-seen and not-so-recently-seen individuals. My impression is that the experiments in this manuscript have given us a basis for concluding that P. regius has a capacity for familiarunfamiliar (recently seen versus not so recently seen) discrimination. If this is the case, then I think this is the conclusion that should be emphasised. This would be an important conclusion.

      I appreciate that, depending on how we use the words, familiar-unfamiliar discrimination might be construed as being 'individual identification'. An individual is identified as 'the individual recently seen'. As a casual way of speaking, it can be reasonable to call this 'individual identification'. The difficulty comes from the way calling this 'individual identification' can suggest something more than has been demonstrated. To navigate through this difficulty, we need an expression to use for a capacity that goes beyond familiar-unfamiliar discrimination. In the context of this manuscript about P. regius, we need expressions that will make it easy to consider two things. One of these things is a capacity for familiar-unfamiliar discrimination. The other is the capacity to identify another individual as being a particular individual.

      We appreciate the reviewer's insightful comments on the distinction between familiar-unfamiliar discrimination and individual identity recognition. Our study indeed focuses on demonstrating that Phidippus regius can recognize and remember individual conspecifics, providing evidence for individual identity recognition.

      Two specific behavioural hallmarks that speak against familiarity recognition:

      First, the significant dishabituation response to novel individuals introduced after multiple sessions underscores the specificity of the recognition. This shows that the spiders' habituation is not general but specific to familiar individuals. 

      Second, the pattern of habituation over the sessions provides further evidence: We observed the strongest systematic modulation in Session 1, a reduced modulation in Session 2, and a further diminished effect in Session 3. If the spiders were only responding based on familiarity, we would expect a more drastic decrease, resulting in a washed-out non-effect by Session 2. However, the continued, though diminishing, differentiation between habituation and dishabituation trials across sessions indicates that the spiders are not merely responding to a general sense of familiarity but are engaging in individual recognition. In other words, the spiders' ability to distinguish between familiar and novel individuals even after repeated exposures suggests that they are not just recognizing a familiar status but are identifying specific individuals.

      Things people do might help clarify what this means. People have an extraordinary capacity for identifying other individuals as particular individuals. Often this is based on giving each other names. Imagine we are letting somebody see photographs and asking them to identify who they see. The answer might be, 'somebody familiar' or 'somebody I saw recently' (familiar-unfamiliar discrimination); or the question might be answered by naming a particular individual (individual identification).

      We appreciate the reviewer's efforts to clarify the distinction between familiar-unfamiliar discrimination and individual recognition using human examples. However, we believe this comparison might not fully capture the complexity of individual recognition in non-human animals. 

      Familiarity recognition refers to recognizing someone as having been seen or encountered before without necessarily distinguishing them from others in the same category. On the other hand, identity recognition involves recognizing a specific individual based on unique characteristics (or features). In humans, this often involves naming, but more critically, like in most animals, it involves recognizing visual, auditory, chemical or other sensory cues. In animals, including spiders, individual recognition does not involve and let alone rely on naming but on the ability to distinguish between individuals based on sensory cues and learnt associations. This is a valid and well-documented form of individual recognition across many species.

      Individual recognition does not require naming or the assignment of a referential label. Animals can distinguish between specific individuals based on previously perceived and stored features and characteristics. Naming is the exception rather than the rule in the animal kingdom. Only a few species, such as humans and maybe certain cetaceans, use naming for identity recognition. This is an evolutionary rarity and not the standard mechanism for individual recognition, which primarily relies on sensory cues and learnt associations. Furthermore, the mechanism of recognition in both humans and animals involves a complex process of matching incoming sensory and perceptual information with stored memory representations. Naming is merely a tool for communication, allowing us to convey which individual we are referring to. It is not the mechanism by which recognition occurs. The core of individual recognition is this matching process, where sensory cues (visual, auditory, chemical, etc.) are compared to memory traces of previously encountered individuals. Therefore, the suggestion that individual identification necessitates naming misrepresents the actual cognitive processes involved. 

      We can think of individual identification being based on more fine-grained discrimination (with this, set size = one), with familiar-unfamiliar discrimination being more coarse-grained discrimination (with this, set size can be more than one). Restricting the expression 'individual identification' to instances of having the capacity to identify another individual as being a particular individual (set size = one) is better aligned with normal usage of this expression.

      Absolutely, the distinction between fine-grained and coarse-grained discrimination aligns with the concept of different category levels, such as basic and subordinate levels, put forward by Eleanor Rosch (e.g. Rosch, 1973). In the context of individual recognition, fine-grained discrimination (where set size = one) refers to the ability to identify a specific individual based on unique characteristics. This is referred to as subordinate level categorization. Coarse-grained discrimination (where set size can be more than one) refers to recognizing someone as familiar without distinguishing them from others in the same category, more similar to basic level categorization. 

      Rosch, E.H. (1973). "Natural categories". Cognitive Psychology. 4 (3): 328–50.doi:10.1016/0010-0285(73)90017-0

      There is a strong emphasis on an asocial-social distinction in this manuscript. It seems to me that this needs to be focused more clearly on the specific factors that would make a capacity for individual identification beneficial. In the context of this manuscript, the term 'social' may suggest too much. It seems to me that the issue that matters the most is whether individuals live in situations where important encounters occur frequently between the same individuals. Irrespective of whether other notions of the meaning of 'social' also apply, there are salticids that live in aggregated situations where they frequently have important encounters with each other. This is the case with Phidippus regius in the field in Florida, but I realize that there may not be much published information about the natural history of this salticid. Even so, there are salticids to which the word 'social' has been applied in published literature.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comments on the asocial-social distinction and we agree that this terminology might need refinement. Our intent was not to categorize Phidippus regius rigidly but to explore the contextual factors influencing the benefits of individual identification. The critical factor in our study is indeed the frequency and importance of encounters between individuals, rather than a broader social structure. We will revise the manuscript to reflect this more nuanced perspective, focusing on the ecological validity of our experimental design and the adaptive significance of individual recognition in environments where repeated encounters can occur.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this delightful study, the authors use local indentation of the cell surface combined with out-of-focus microscopy to measure the rates of pressure spread in the cell and to argue that the results can be explained with the poroelastic model. Osmotic shock that decreases cytoskeletal mesh size supports this notion. Experiments with water injection and water suction further support it, and also, together with a mechanical model and elegant measurements of decreasing fluorescence in the cell 'flashed' by external flow, demonstrate that the membrane is permeable, and that steady flow and pressure gradient can exist in a cell with water source/sink in different locations. Use of blebs as indicators of the internal pressure further supports the notion of differential cytoplasmic pressure.

      Strengths:

      The study is very imaginative, interesting, novel and important.

      Weaknesses: I have two broad critical comments:

      (1) I sense that the authors are correct that the best explanation of their results is the passive poroelastic model. Yet, to be thorough, they have to try to explain the experiments with other models and show why their explanation is parsimonious. For example, one potential explanation could be some mechanosensitive mechanism that does not involve cytoplasmic flow; another could be viscoelastic cytoskeletal mesh, again not involving poroelasticity. I can imagine more possibilities. Basically, be more thorough in the critical evaluation of your results. Besides, discuss potential effect of significant heterogeneity of the cell.

      (2) The study is rich in biophysics but a bit light on chemical/genetic perturbations. It could be good to use low levels of chemical inhibitors for, for example, Arp2/3, PI3K, myosin etc, and see the effect and try to interpret it. Another interesting question - how adhesive strength affects the results. A different interesting avenue - one can perturb aquaporins. Etc. At least one perturbation experiment would be good.

      Comments on revisions: I am satisfied with the revisions

    1. Process models emphasize the dynamic processes underlying therapy

      The Process Models relate to Wave 3 on contextual therapies (mindfulness, values, flexibility). It expresses how culture should be a part of the "case conceptualization" that we learned in class.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors observed a decline in autophagy and proteasome activity in the context of Milton knockdown. Through proteomic analysis, they identified an increase in the protein levels of eIF2β, subsequently pinpointing a novel interaction within eIF subunits where eIF2β contributes to the reduction of eIF2α phosphorylation levels. Furthermore, they demonstrated that overexpression of eIF2β suppresses autophagy and leads to diminished motor function. It was also shown that in a heterozygous mutant background of eIF2β, Milton knockdown could be rescued. This work represents a novel and significant contribution to the field, revealing for the first time that the loss of mitochondria from axons can lead to impaired autophagy function via eIF2β, potentially influencing the acceleration of aging.

      Thank you so much for your review and comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the manuscript, the authors aimed to elucidate the molecular mechanism that explains neurodegeneration caused by the depletion of axonal mitochondria. In Drosophila, starting with siRNA depletion of Milton and Miro, the authors attempted to demonstrate that the depletion of axonal mitochondria induces the defect in autophagy. From proteome analyses, the authors hypothesized that autophagy is impacted by the abundance of eIF2β and the phosphorylation of eIF2α. The authors followed up the proteome analyses by testing the effects of eIF2β overexpression and depletion on autophagy. With the results from those experiments, the authors proposed a novel role of eIF2β in proteostasis that underlies neurodegeneration derived from the depletion of axonal mitochondria.

      The manuscript has several weaknesses. The reader should take extra care while reading this manuscript and when acknowledging the findings and the model in this manuscript.

      The defect in autophagy by the depletion of axonal mitochondria is one of the main claims in the paper. The authors should work more on describing their results of LC3-II/LC3-I ratio, as there are multiple ways to interpret the LC3 blotting for the autophagy assessment. Lysosomal defects result in the accumulation of LC3-II thus the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio gets higher. On the other hand, the defect in the early steps of autophagosome formation could result in a lower LC3-II/LC3-I ratio. From the results of the actual blotting, the LC3-I abundance is the source of the major difference for all conditions (Milton RNAi and eIF2β overexpression and depletion).

      Thank you so much for your review and comments. As the reviewer pointed out, LC3-II/LC3- I ratio changes do not necessarily indicate autophagy defects. However, since p62 accumulation (Figure 2B, 2E, 3E, Figure 8C, Figure 9C), these results collectively suggest that autophagy is lowered.

      As the reviewer pointed out and we described in v2, milton knockdown, eIF2β overexpression and heterozygosity increase LC3-I abundance. We do not know how these conditions increase LC3-I at this moment. We will investigate the cause of the increase in LC3-I by milton knockdown and how it contribute to impaired autophagy. We added this discussion as:

      Lines 388-393; ‘Our results also suggest that milton knockdown and overexpression of eIF2β affect autophagy via increased LC3-I abundance (Figures 2 and 7), suggesting an unconventional mechanism of autophagy suppression. To our knowledge, the roles of eIF2β in aging and autophagy independent of ISR have not been reported. Our results revealed a novel function of eIF2β to maintain proteostasis during aging, while further investigation is required to elucidate underlying mechanisms.’

      Another main point of the paper is the up-regulation of eIF2β by depleting the axonal mitochondria leads to the proteostasis crisis. This claim is formed by the findings from the proteome analyses. The authors should have presented their proteomic data with much thorough presentation and explanation. As in the experiment scheme shown in Figure 4A, the author did two proteome analyses: one from the 7-day-old sample and the other from the 21-day-old sample. The manuscript only shows a plot of the result from the 7-day-old sample, but that of the result from the 21-day-old sample. For the 21-day-old sample, the authors only provided data in the supplemental table, in which the abundance ratio of eIF2β from the 21-day-old sample is 0.753, meaning eIF2β is depleted in the 21-day-old sample. The authors should have explained the impact of the eIF2β depletion in the 21-day-old sample, so the reader could fully understand the authors' interpretation of the role of eIF2β on proteostasis.

      Thank you for pointing it out. Plots of the 21-day-old proteome results was included in the main figure (Figure 4C) in v2. In this revision, we further analyzed age-dependent changes of eIF2β levels by western blotting (Figure 4G). We found that eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old then reduced at 63-day-old (Figure 4G in the revised manuscript). At the young age, eIF2β levels were higher in milton knockdown brain compared to the control , and eIF2β levels were lower in milton knockdown brains than those in the control. These results suggest that milton knockdown accelerates age-dependent changes in eIF2β. We added these results and discussion in the revised manuscript.

      Lines 240-243: ‘We also investigated age-dependent changes in eIF2β by western blotting of control flies at 7-, 21-, 35-, and 49-, and 63-day-old. eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old (Figure 4G). These results suggest that upregulation of eIF2β in milton knockdown fly brain reflects early an onset of age-dependent increase of eIF2β levels.’

      Lines 363-368: ‘We also found that eIF2β protein levels increase in an age-dependent manner until 49-day-old and reduces after that (Figure 4G). In the brains with neuronal knockdown of milton, eIF2β levels were higher at 7-day-old than those in control and lower at the 21-day-old (Figure 4D and Supplementary table). These results suggest that milton knockdown is likely accelerating age-dependent changes rather than increasing their magnitude.’Our new data indicate that eIF2β levels increase during aging in control flies until 49-day-old, then reduce at 63-day-old (included as Figure 4G in the revised manuscript). These age- dependent changes might explain the reduction in eIF2β levels in Milton knockdown compared to the control in middle age: higher eIF2β levels in milton knockdown flies at a young age than control and lower eIF2β levels in the middle-aged flies may reflect premature aging.

      We included these sentences in the discussion section:

      Lines 240-243:‘We also investigated age-dependent changes in eIF2β by western blotting of control flies at 7-, 21-, 35-, and 49-, and 63-day-old. eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old (Figure 4G). These results suggest that upregulation of eIF2β in milton knockdown fly brain reflects early an onset of age-dependent increase of eIF2β levels.’

      Lines 359-371: ‘Our results suggest that the loss of axonal mitochondria is an event upstream of proteostasis collapse during aging. The number of puncta of ubiquitinated proteins was higher in milton knockdown at 14-day-old, but there was no significant difference at 30-day-old (Figure 1). Proteome analyses also showed that age-related pathways, such as immune responses, are enhanced in young flies with milton knockdown (Table 2). We also found that eIF2β protein levels increase in an age-dependent manner until 49-day-old and reduces after that (Figure 4G). In the brains with neuronal knockdown of milton, eIF2β levels were higher at 7-day-old than those in control and lower at the 21-day-old (Figure 4D and Supplementary table). These results suggest that milton knockdown is likely accelerating age-dependent changes rather than increasing their magnitude. Disruption of proteostasis is expected to contribute neurodegeneration38 , and it would be interesting to analyze the sequence of protein accumulation and axonal degeneration in milton knockdown (24,29 and Figure 1) in detail with higher time resolution.’


      With our new data, we revised some of our responses to the first round of reviewer’s comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors observed a decline in autophagy and proteasome activity in the context of Milton knockdown. Through proteomic analysis, they identified an increase in the protein levels of eIF2β, subsequently pinpointing a novel interaction within eIF subunits where eIF2β contributes to the reduction of eIF2α phosphorylation levels. Furthermore, they demonstrated that overexpression of eIF2β suppresses autophagy and leads to diminished motor function. It was also shown that in a heterozygous mutant background of eIF2β, Milton knockdown could be rescued. This work represents a novel and significant contribution to the field, revealing for the first time that the loss of mitochondria from axons can lead to impaired autophagy function via eIF2β, potentially influencing the acceleration of aging. To further support the authors' claims, several improvements are necessary, particularly in the methods of quantification and the points that should be demonstrated quantitatively. It is crucial to investigate the correlation between aging and the proteins eIF2β and eIF2α.

      Thank you so much for your review and comments. We included analyses of protein levels of eIF2α, eIF2β, and eIF2γ at 7 days and 21 days (Figure 4D). The manuscript was revised as below;

      Lines 246-249 ‘As for the other subunits of eIF2 complex, proteome analysis did not detect a significant difference in the protein levels of eIF2α and eIF2γ between milton knockdown and control flies at 7 and 21 days (Figure 4D).’

      NEW TEXT: We analyzed age-dependent changes of eIF2β levels in more detail by western blotting (Figure 4G). We found that eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old then reduced at 63-day-old (Figure 4G in the revised manuscript). At the young age, eIF2β levels were higher in milton knockdown brain compared to the control , and eIF2β levels were lower in milton knockdown brains than those in the control. These results suggest that Milton knockdown accelerates age-dependent changes in eIF2β.. We added these results and discussion in the revised manuscript.

      NEW TEXT: Lines 240-243: ‘We also investigated age-dependent changes in eIF2β by western blotting of control flies at 7-, 21-, 35-, and 49-, and 63-day-old. eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old (Figure 4G). These results suggest that upregulation of eIF2β in milton knockdown fly brain reflects early an onset of age-dependent increase of eIF2β levels.’

      NEW TEXT: Lines 363-368: ‘We also found that eIF2β protein levels increase in an age-dependent manner until 49-day-old and reduces after that (Figure 4G). In the brains with neuronal knockdown of milton, eIF2β levels were higher at 7-day-old than those in control and lower at the 21-day-old (Figure 4D and Supplementary table). These results suggest that milton knockdown is likely accelerating age-dependent changes rather than increasing their magnitude.’

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the manuscript, the authors aimed to elucidate the molecular mechanism that explains neurodegeneration caused by the depletion of axonal mitochondria. In Drosophila, starting with siRNA depletion of Milton and Miro, the authors attempted to demonstrate that the depletion of axonal mitochondria induces the defect in autophagy. From proteome analyses, the authors hypothesized that autophagy is impacted by the abundance of eIF2β and the phosphorylation of eIF2α. The authors followed up the proteome analyses by testing the effects of eIF2β overexpression and depletion on autophagy. With the results from those experiments, the authors proposed a novel role of eIF2β in proteostasis that underlies neurodegeneration derived from the depletion of axonal mitochondria.

      The manuscript has several weaknesses. The reader should take extra care while reading this manuscript and when acknowledging the findings and the model in this manuscript.

      The defect in autophagy by the depletion of axonal mitochondria is one of the main claims in the paper. The authors should work more on describing their results of LC3-II/LC3-I ratio, as there are multiple ways to interpret the LC3 blotting for the autophagy assessment. Lysosomal defects result in the accumulation of LC3-II thus the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio gets higher. On the other hand, the defect in the early steps of autophagosome formation could result in a lower LC3-II/LC3-I ratio. From the results of the actual blotting, the LC3-I abundance is the source of the major difference for all conditions (Milton RNAi and eIF2β overexpression and depletion). In the text, the authors simply state the observation of their LC3 blotting. The manuscript lacks an explanation of how to evaluate the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio. Also, the manuscript lacks an elaboration on what the results of the LC3 blotting indicate about the state of autophagy by the depletion of axonal mitochondria.

      Thank you for pointing it out, and we apologize for an insufficient description of the result. We included quantitation of the levels of LC3-I and LC3-II in Figures 2A, 2D, 3D, 7B (Figure 6B in the previous version), and 8B (Figure 7B in the previous version). As the reviewer pointed out, LC3-II/LC3-I ratio changes do not necessarily indicate autophagy defects. However, since p62 accumulation (Figure 2B, 2E, 3E, 7C (Figure 6C in the previous version), 8C (Figure 7C in the previous version)), these results collectively suggest that autophagy is lowered. We revised the manuscript to include this discussion as below:

      Lines 174-186 ‘During autophagy progression, LC3 is conjugated with phosphatidylethanolamine to form LC3-II, which localizes to isolation membranes and autophagosomes. LC3-I accumulation occurs when autophagosome formation is impaired, and LC3-II accumulation is associated with lysosomal defects31,32. p62 is an autophagy substrate, and its accumulation suggests autophagic defects31,32. We found that milton knockdown increased LC3-I, and the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio was lower in milton knockdown flies than in control flies at 14-day-old (Figure 2A). We also analyzed p62 levels in head lysates sequentially extracted using detergents with different stringencies (1% Triton X-100 and 2% SDS). Western blotting revealed that p62 levels were increased in the brains of 14-day-old of milton knockdown flies (Figure 2B). The increase in the p62 level was significant in the Triton X-100- soluble fraction but not in the SDS-soluble fraction (Figure 2B), suggesting that depletion of axonal mitochondria impairs the degradation of less-aggregated proteins.’

      Line 189-190: 'At 30 day-old, LC3-I was still higher, and the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio was lower, in milton knockdown compared to the control (Figure 2D).’

      Line 202-203: ‘However, in contrast with milton knockdown, Pfk knockdown did not affect the levels of LC3-I, LC3-II or the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio (Figure 3D).’

      Line 279-285: ‘Neuronal overexpression of eIF2β increased LC3-II, while the LC3-II/LC3-I ratio was not significantly different (Figure 7A and B). Overexpression of eIF2β significantly increased the p62 level in the Triton X-100-soluble fraction (Figure 7C, 4-fold vs. control, p <0.005 (1% Triton X-100)) but not in the SDS-soluble fraction (Figure 7C, 2-fold vs. control, p\= 0.062 (2% SDS)), as observed in brains of milton knockdown flies (Figure 2B). These data suggest that neuronal overexpression of eIF2β accumulates autophagic substrates.’

      Line 311-319: ‘Neuronal knockdown of milton causes accumulation of autophagic substrate p62 in the Triton X-100-soluble fraction (Figure 2B), and we tested if lowering eIF2β ameliorates it. We found that eIF2β heterozygosity caused a mild increase in LC3-I levels and decreases in LC3-II levels, resulting in a significantly lower LC3-II/LC3-I ratio in milton knockdown flies (Figure 8B). eIF2β heterozygosity decreased the p62 level in the Triton X- 100-soluble fraction in the brains of milton knockdown flies (Figure 8C). The p62 level in the SDS-soluble fraction, which is not sensitive to milton knockdown (Figure 2B), was not affected (Figure 8C). These results suggest that suppression of eIF2β ameliorates the impairment of autophagy caused by milton knockdown.’

      Another main point of the paper is the up-regulation of eIF2β by depleting the axonal mitochondria leads to the proteostasis crisis. This claim is formed by the findings from the proteome analyses. The authors should have presented their proteomic data with much thorough presentation and explanation. As in the experiment scheme shown in Figure 4A, the author did two proteome analyses: one from the 7-day-old sample and the other from the 21-day-old sample. The manuscript only shows a plot of the result from the 7-day-old sample, but that of the result from the 21-day-old sample. For the 21-day-old sample, the authors only provided data in the supplemental table, in which the abundance ratio of eIF2β from the 21-day-old sample is 0.753, meaning eIF2β is depleted in the 21-day-old sample. The authors should have explained the impact of the eIF2β depletion in the 21-day-old sample, so the reader could fully understand the authors' interpretation of the role of eIF2β on proteostasis.

      NEW TEXT: Thank you for pointing it out. We included plots of the 21-day-old proteome results as a part of the main figure (Figure 4C). As the reviewer pointed out, eIF2β protein levels are lower in milton knockdown background at the 21-day-old compared to the control. Since a reduction in the eIF2_β_ ameliorated milton knockdown-induced locomotor defects in aged flies (Figure 7D), the reduction in eIF2β observed in the 21-day-old milton knockdown flies is not likely to negatively contribute to milton knockdown-induced defects. Our new data indicate that eIF2β levels increase during aging in control flies until 49-day-old, then reduce at 63-day-old (included as Figure 4G in the revised manuscript). These age-dependent changes might explain the reduction in eIF2β levels in Milton knockdown compared to the control in middle age: higher eIF2β levels in milton knockdown flies at a young age than control and lower eIF2β levels in the middle-aged flies may reflect premature aging.

      NEW TEXT: We included these sentences in the discussion section:

      NEW TEXT: Lines 240-243:‘We also investigated age-dependent changes in eIF2β by western blotting of control flies at 7-, 21-, 35-, and 49-, and 63-day-old. eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old (Figure 4G). These results suggest that upregulation of eIF2β in milton knockdown fly brain reflects early an onset of age-dependent increase of eIF2β levels.’

      NEW TEXT: Lines 359-371: ‘Our results suggest that the loss of axonal mitochondria is an event upstream of proteostasis collapse during aging. The number of puncta of ubiquitinated proteins was higher in milton knockdown at 14-day-old, but there was no significant difference at 30-day-old (Figure 1). Proteome analyses also showed that age-related pathways, such as immune responses, are enhanced in young flies with milton knockdown (Table 2). We also found that eIF2β protein levels increase in an age-dependent manner until 49-day-old and reduces after that (Figure 4G). In the brains with neuronal knockdown of milton, eIF2β levels were higher at 7-day-old than those in control and lower at the 21-day-old (Figure 4D and Supplementary table). These results suggest that milton knockdown is likely accelerating age-dependent changes rather than increasing their magnitude. Disruption of proteostasis is expected to contribute neurodegeneration38 , and it would be interesting to analyze the sequence of protein accumulation and axonal degeneration in milton knockdown (24,29 and Figure 1) in detail with higher time resolution.’

      The manuscript consists of several weaknesses in its data and explanation regarding translation.

      (1) The authors are likely misunderstanding the effect of phosphorylation of eIF2α on translation. The P-eIF2α is inhibitory for translation initiation. However, the authors seem to be mistaken that the down-regulation of P-eIF2α inhibits translation.

      We are sorry for our insufficient explanation in the previous version. As the reviewer pointed out, it is well known that the phosphorylated form of eIF2α inhibits translation initiation. Neuronal knockdown of milton caused a reduction in p-eIF2α (Figure 5D and E (Figure 4J and K in the previous version)), and it also lowered translation (Figure 6 (Figure 5 in the previous version)); the relationship between these two events is currently unclear. We do not think that a reduction in the p-eIF2α suppressed translation; rather, we propose that the unbalance of expression levels of the components of eIF2 complexes negatively affects translation. We revised discussion sections to describe our interpretation more in detail as below:

      Line 374-384: ‘eIF2β is a component of eIF2, which meditates translational regulation and ISR initiation. When ISR is activated, phosphorylated eIF2α suppresses global translation and induces translation of ATF4, which mediates transcription of autophagy-related genes39,40. Since ISR can positively regulate autophagy, we suspected that suppression of ISR underlies a reduction in autophagic protein degradation. We found neuronal knockdown of milton reduced phosphorylated eIF2α, suggesting that ISR is reduced (Figure 5). However, we also found that global translation was reduced (Figure 6). Increased levels of eIF2β might disrupt the eIF2 complex or alter its functions. The stoichiometric mismatch caused by an imbalance of eIF2 components may inhibit ISR induction. Supporting this model, we found that eIF2β upregulation reduced the levels of p-eIF2α (Figure 7).’We have revised the graphical abstract and removed the eIF2 complex since its role in the loss of proteostasis caused by milton knockdown has not been elucidated yet.

      (2) The result of polysome profiling in Figure 4H is implausible. By 10%-25% sucrose density gradient, polysomes are not expected to be observed. The authors should have used a gradient with much denser sucrose, such as 10-50%.

      Thank you for pointing it out. It was a mistake of 10-50%, and we apologize for the oversight. It was corrected (Figure 6 (Figure 5 in the previous version)).

      (3) Also on the polysome profiling, as in the method section, the authors seemed to fractionate ultra-centrifuged samples from top to bottom and then measured A260 by a plate reader. In that case, the authors should have provided a line plot with individual data points, not the smoothly connected ones in the manuscript.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We revised the graph (Figure 6 (Figure 5 in the previous version)).

      (4) For both the results from polysome profiling and puromycin incorporation (Figure 4H and I), the difference between control siRNA and Milton siRNA are subtle, if not nonexistent. This might arise from the lack of spatial resolution in their experiment as the authors used head lysate for these data but the ratio of Phospho-eIF2α/eIF2α only changes in the axons, based on their results in Figure 4E-G. The authors could have attempted to capture the spatial resolution for the axonal translation to see the difference between control siRNA and Milton siRNA.

      Thank you for your comment. We agree that it would be an interesting experiment, but it will take a considerable amount of time to analyze axonal translation with spatial resolution. We will try to include such analyses in the future. For this manuscript, we revised the discussion section to include the reviewer's suggestion as below;

      Lines 355-357: ‘Further analyses to dissect the effects of milton knockdown on proteostasis and translation in the cell body and axon by experiments with spatial resolution would be needed.’

      Recommendations for the authors:

      From the Reviewing Editor:

      As the Reviewing Editor, I have read your manuscript and the associated peer reviews. I have concerns about publishing this work in its current form. I think that your manuscript cannot claim to have found a novel function of eIF2beta because of technical uncertainties and conceptual problems that should be addressed.

      Thank you so much for your review and comments. We addressed all the concerns raised by the reviewers. Point-by-point responses are listed below.

      First, your manuscript is based partly on what appears to be a mistaken understanding of the mechanistic basis of the ISR. Specifically, eIF2 is a heterotrimeric complex of alpha, beta, and gamma subunits. When eIF2a is phosphorylated, the heterotrimer adopts a new conformation. This conformation directly binds and inhibits eIF2B, the decameric GEF that exchanges the GDP bound to the gamma subunit of the eIF2 complex for GTP. Unless I misunderstood your paper, you seem to propose that decreasing levels of phospho-eIF2a will inhibit translation, but this is backward from what we know about the ISR.

      Thank you for your insightful comment, and we are sorry for the confusion. We did not mean to propose that decreasing levels of phospho-eIF2_a_ inhibits translation. We apologize for our insufficient explanation, which might have caused a misunderstanding (Lines 312-318 in the original version). We agree with the reviewer that ‘mismatch due to elevated eIF2-beta could change the behavior of the ISR’. We revised the text in the result section as follows:

      Lines 263-268 (in the Result section) ‘Phosphorylation of eIF2α induces conformational changes in the eIF2 complex and inhibits global translation36. To analyze the effects of milton knockdown on translation, we performed polysome gradient centrifugation to examine the level of ribosome binding to mRNA. Since p-eIF2α was downregulated, we hypothesized that milton knockdown would enhance translation. However, unexpectedly, we found that milton knockdown significantly reduced the level of mRNAs associated with polysomes (Figure 6A and B).’

      Lines 374-384 (in the Discussion section): ‘eIF2β is a component of eIF2, which meditates translational regulation and ISR initiation. When ISR is activated, phosphorylated eIF2α suppresses global translation and induces translation of ATF4, which mediates transcription of autophagy-related genes39,40. Since ISR can positively regulate autophagy, we suspected that suppression of ISR underlies a reduction in autophagic protein degradation. We found neuronal knockdown of milton reduced phosphorylated eIF2α, suggesting that ISR is reduced (Figure 5). However, we also found that global translation was reduced (Figure 6). Increased levels of eIF2β might disrupt the eIF2 complex or alter its functions. The stoichiometric mismatch caused by an imbalance of eIF2 components may inhibit ISR induction. Supporting this model, we found that eIF2β upregulation reduced the levels of p-eIF2α (Figure 7).’

      It may be possible that a stoichiometric mismatch due to elevated eIF2-beta could change the behavior of the ISR, but your paper doesn't adequately address the expression levels of all three eIF2 subunits: alpha, beta, and gamma. The proteomic data shown in Fig 4B is unconvincing on its own because the changes in the beta subunit are subtle. The Western blot in Figure 4C suggests that the KD changes the mass or mobility of the beta subunit, and most importantly, there are no Western blots measuring the levels of eIF2a, eIF2a-phospho, or eIF2-gamma.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and agree that the stoichiometric mismatch due to elevated eIF2β may interfere with ISR. We found overexpression of eIF2β lowered p-eIF2 alpha (Figure S2 in V1), which supports this model. We included this data in the main figure in the revised manuscript (Figure 7D) and revised the text as below:

      Lines 286-289: ‘Since milton knockdown reduced the p-eIF2α level (Figure 5E), we asked whether an increase in eIF2β affects p-eIF2α. Neuronal overexpression of eIF2β did not affect the eIF2α level but significantly decreased the p-eIF2α level (Figure 7D and E).’

      Expression data of eIF2α and eIF2γ from proteomic analyses has been extracted from proteome analyses and included as a table (Figure 4D). Western blots of phospho-eIF2a (Figure S1 in V1) in the main figure (Figure 5B). The result section was revised as below;

      Lines 246-249: ‘As for the other subunits of eIF2 complex, proteome analysis did not detect a significant difference in the protein levels of eIF2α and eIF2γ between milton knockdown and control flies at 7 and 21 days (Figure 4D).’

      NEW TEXT: We also analyzed age-dependent changes of eIF2β by western blotting and found that eIF2β increased during aging until 49-day-old. We included this result as Figure 4G and added these sentences in the result section:

      NEW TEXT: Line 240-243: ‘We also investigated age-dependent changes in eIF2β by western blotting of control flies at 7-, 21-, 35-, and 49-, and 63-day-old. eIF2β levels increased during aging until 49-day-old (Figure 4G). These results suggest that upregulation of eIF2β in milton knockdown fly brain reflects early an onset of age-dependent increase of eIF2β levels.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      L125-128: In this section, while the efficiency of Milton knockdown is referenced from a previous publication, it is necessary to also mention that the Miro knockdown has been similarly reported in the literature. Additionally, the Methods section lacks details on the Miro RNAi line used, and Table 2 does not include the genotype for Miro RNAi. This information should be included for clarity and completeness.

      Thank you for pointing it out. Knockdown efficiency with this strain has been reported (Iijima- Ando et al., PLoS Genet, 2012). We revised the text to include citation and knockdown efficiency as follows:

      Lines 136-147: ‘There was no significant increase in ubiquitinated proteins in milton knockdown flies at 1-day old, suggesting that the accumulation of ubiquitinated proteins caused by milton knockdown is age-dependent (Figure S1). We also analyzed the effect of the neuronal knockdown of Miro, a partner of milton, on the accumulation of ubiquitin-positive proteins. Since severe knockdown of Miro in neurons causes lethality, we used UAS-Miro RNAi strain with low knockdown efficiency, whose expression driven by elav-GAL4 caused 30% reduction of Miro mRNA in head extract24. Although there was a tendency for increased ubiquitin- positive puncta in Miro knockdown brains, the difference was not significant (Figure 1B, p>0.05 between control RNAi and Miro RNAi). These data suggest that the depletion of axonal mitochondria induced by milton knockdown leads to the accumulation of ubiquitinated proteins before neurodegeneration occurs.’

      L132-L136: The current phrasing in this section suggests an increase in ubiquitinated proteins for both Milton and Miro knockdowns. However, since there is no significant difference noted for Miro, it is incorrect to state an increase in ubiquitin-positive puncta. Furthermore, combining the results of Milton knockdown to claim an increase in ubiquitinated proteins prior to neurodegeneration is misleading. At the very least, the expression here needs to be moderated to accurately reflect the findings.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We revised the text as above.

      L137-L141: Results in Figure 1 indicate that Milton knockdown leads to an increase in ubiquitinated proteins at 14 days, while Miro knockdown shows no difference from the control at either 14 or 30 days. Conversely, both the control and Miro exhibit an increase in ubiquitinated proteins with aging, but this trend does not seem to apply to Milton knockdown. This observation suggests that Milton KD may not affect the changes in protein quality control associated with aging. It implies that Milton's function might be more related to protein homeostasis in younger cells, or that changes due to aging might overshadow the effects of Milton knockdown. These interpretations should be included in the Results or Discussion sections for a more comprehensive analysis.

      NEW TEXT: Thank you for your insightful comment. As you mentioned, the accumulation of ubiquitinated proteins significantly increases only in young flies. Age-related pathways, such as immune responses, are highlighted in young milton knockdown flies but not in the aged flies. Our new result indicates that eIF2β increases during aging in control flies (included as Figure 4G in the revised manuscript), and upregulation of eIF2β in milton knockdown is only observed at a young age. These results suggest that milton knockdown does not increase the magnitude of age-dependent changes but accelerates their onset. We revised the text to include those points as follows:

      NEW TEXT: Lines 152-153: ‘These results suggest that depletion of axonal mitochondria may have more impact on proteostasis in young neurons than in old neurons.’

      NEW TEXT: Lines 359-371: ‘Our results suggest that the loss of axonal mitochondria is an event upstream of proteostasis collapse during aging. The number of puncta of ubiquitinated proteins was higher in milton knockdown at 14-day-old, but there was no significant difference at 30-day- old (Figure 1). Proteome analyses also showed that age-related pathways, such as immune responses, are enhanced in young flies with milton knockdown (Table 2). We also found that eIF2β protein levels increase in an age-dependent manner until 49-day-old and reduces after that (Figure 4G). In the brains with neuronal knockdown of milton, eIF2β levels were higher at 7-day-old than those in control and lower at the 21-day-old (Figure 4 and Supplementary table). These results suggest that milton knockdown is likely accelerating age-dependent changes rather than increasing their magnitude. Disruption of proteostasis is expected to contribute neurodegeneration38 , and it would be interesting to analyze the sequence of protein accumulation and axonal degeneration in milton knockdown (24,29 and Figure 1) in detail with higher time resolution.’

      L143 : Please remove the erroneously included quotation mark.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We corrected it.

      L145-L147:

      While it is understood that Milton knockdown results in a reduction of mitochondria in axons, as reported previously and seemingly indicated in Figure 1E, this paper repeatedly refers to axonal depletion of mitochondria. Therefore, it would be beneficial to quantitatively assess the number of mitochondria in the axonal terminals located in the lamina via electron microscopy. Such quantification would robustly reinforce the argument that mitochondrial absence in axons is a consequence of Milton knockdown.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We included quantitation of the number of mitochondria in the synaptic terminals (Figure 1E).

      The text and figure legend was revised accordingly:

      Lines 156-157: ‘As previously reported24, the number of mitochondria in presynaptic terminals decreased in milton knockdown (Figure 1E).’

      The knockdown of Milton is known to reduce mitochondrial transport from an early stage, but what about swelling? By observing swelling at 1 day and 14 days, it may be possible to confirm the onset of swelling and discuss its correlation with the accumulation of ubiquitinated proteins.

      Quantitation of axonal swelling has also been included (Figure 1F).

      We appreciate the reviewer's comments on the correlation between the accumulation of ubiquitinated proteins and axonal swelling. Axonal swelling was not observed at 3-days-old (Iijima-Ando et al., PLoS Genetics, 2012), indicating that axonal swelling is an age-dependent event. Dense materials are found in swollen axons more often than in normal axons, suggesting a positive correlation between disruption of proteostasis and axonal damage. It would be interesting to analyze the time course of events further; however, we feel it is beyond the scope of this manuscript. We revised the text to include this discussion as:

      Lines 157-160: ‘The swelling of presynaptic terminals, characterized by the enlargement and roundness, was not reported at 3-day-old24 but observed at this age with about 4% of total presynaptic terminals (Figure 1F, asterisks).’

      Lines 162-167: ‘Dense materials are rarely found in age-matched control neurons, indicating that milton knockdown induces abnormal protein accumulation in the presynaptic terminals (Figure 1G and H). In milton knockdown neurons, dense materials are found in swollen presynaptic terminals more often than in presynaptic terminals without swelling, suggesting a positive correlation between the disruption of proteostasis and axonal damage (Figure 1G).’

      Lines 369-371: ‘Disruption of proteostasis is expected to contribute neurodegeneration38 , and it would be interesting to analyze the sequence of protein accumulation and axonal degeneration in milton knockdown (24,29 and Figure 1) in detail with higher time resolution.’

      L147-L151: Though Figures 1F and 1G provide qualitative representations, it is advisable to quantitatively assess whether dense materials significantly accumulate. Such quantitative analysis would be required to verify the accumulation of dense materials in the context of the study.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We included quantitation of the number of neurons with dense material (Figure 1G). We revised the manuscript as follows:

      Line 162-164: ‘Dense materials are rarely found in age-matched control neurons, indicating that milton knockdown induces abnormal protein accumulation in the presynaptic terminals (Figure 1G and H).’

      Regarding Figure 1B, C:

      Even though the count of puncta in the whole brain appears to be fewer than 400, the magnification of the optic lobe suggests a substantial presence of puncta. Please clarify in the Methods section what constitutes a puncta and whether the quantification in the whole brain is based on a 2D or 3D analysis. Detail the methodology used for quantification.

      Thank you for your comment. We revised the method section to include more details as below:

      Lines 440-443: ‘Quantitative analysis was performed using ImageJ (National Institutes of Health) with maximum projection images derived from Z-stack images acquired with same settings. Puncta was identified with mean intensity and area using ImageJ.’

      What about 1-day-old specimens? Does Milton knockdown already show an increase in ubiquitinated protein accumulation at this early stage? Investigating whether ubiquitin-protein accumulation is involved in aging promotion or is already prevalent during developmental stages is a necessary experiment.

      Thank you for your comment. We carried out immunostaining with an anti-ubiquitin antibody in the brains at 1-day-old. No significant difference was detected between the control and milton knockdown. This result has been included as Figure S1 in the revised manuscript. The result section was revised as below:

      Line 136-139 ‘There was no significant increase in ubiquitinated proteins in milton knockdown flies at 1-day old, suggesting that the accumulation of ubiquitinated proteins caused by milton knockdown is age-dependent (Figure S1).’

      For Figure 1E: In the Electron Microscopy section of the Methods, define how swollen axons were identified and describe the quantification methodology used.

      Thank you for your comment. Swollen axons are, unlike normal axons, round in shape and enlarged. We revised the text as below;

      Lines 157-160: ‘The swelling of presynaptic terminals, characterized by the enlargement and roundness, was not reported at 3-day-old24 but observed at this age with about 4% of total presynaptic terminals (Figure 1F, asterisks).’

      Lines 689-691, Figure 1 legend: ‘Swollen presynaptic terminals (asterisks in (F)), characterized by the enlargement and higher circularity, were found more frequently in milton knockdown neurons.’

      L218-L219: Throughout the text, the expression 'eIF2β is "upregulated" in response to Milton knockdown' is frequently used. However, considering the presented results, it might be more accurate to interpret that under the condition of Milton knockdown, eIF2β is not undergoing degradation but rather remains stable.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We replaced ‘upregulated’ with ‘increased’ throughout the text.

      L234-L235: On what basis is the conclusion drawn that there is a reduction? Given that three experiments have been conducted, it would be possible and more convincing to quantify the results to determine if there is a significant decrease.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We quantified the AUC of polysome fraction and carried out a statistical analysis. There is a significant decrease in polysome in milton knockdown, and this result has been included in Figure 5B. We revised the figure and the legend accordingly.

      L236: 5H-> 4H

      Thank you for pointing it out, and we are sorry for the confusion. We corrected it.

      L238-L239: Since there is no significant difference observed, it may not be accurate to interpret a reduction in puromycin incorporation.

      Thank you for pointing it out. As described above, quantification of polysome fractions showed that milton knockdown significantly reduced polysome (Figure 6B (Figure 5B in the previous version)). We revised the manuscript as below;

      Lines 267-268: ‘However, unexpectedly, we found that milton knockdown significantly reduced the level of mRNAs associated with polysomes (Figure 6A and B).’

      Figure 5D and Figure 6D: Climbing assays have been conducted, but I believe experiments should also be performed to examine whether overexpression or heterozygous mutants of eIF2β induce or suppress degeneration.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We analyzed the eyes with eIF2β overexpression for neurodegeneration. Although there was a tendency of elevated neurodegeneration in the retina with eIF2β overexpression, the difference between control and eIF2β overexpression did not reach statistical significance (Figure S2). This result has been included as Figure S2 in the revised manuscript, and the following sentences have been included in the text:

      Lines 292-297: ‘We asked if eIF2β overexpression causes neurodegeneration, as depletion of axonal mitochondria in the photoreceptor neurons causes axon degeneration in an age- dependent manner24. eIF2β overexpression in photoreceptor neurons tends to increase neurodegeneration in aged flies, while it was not statistically significant (p>0.05, Figure S2).’

      L271-L272: The results in Figure 6B are surprising. I anticipated a greater increase compared to the Milton knockdown alone. While p62 appears to be reduced, it is not clear why these results lead to the conclusion that lowering eIF2β rescues autophagic impairment. Please add a discussion section to address this point.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We apologize for the unclear description of the result. Milton knockdown flies show p62 accumulation (Figure 2), and deleting one copy of eIF2beta in milton knockdown background reduced p62 accumulation (Figure 8C (Figure 7C in the previous version)). We revised the text as below:

      Lines 311-319: ‘Neuronal knockdown of milton causes accumulation of autophagic substrate p62 in the Triton X-100-soluble fraction (Figure 2B), and we tested if lowering eIF2β ameliorates it. We found that eIF2β heterozygosity caused a mild increase in LC3-I levels and decreases in LC3-II levels, resulting in a significantly lower LC3-II/LC3-I ratio in milton knockdown flies (Figure 8B). eIF2β heterozygosity decreased the p62 level in the Triton X-100-soluble fraction in the brains of milton knockdown flies (Figure 8C). The p62 level in the SDS-soluble fraction, which is not sensitive to milton knockdown (Figure 2B), was not affected (Figure 8C). These results suggest that suppression of eIF2β ameliorates the impairment of autophagy caused by milton knockdown.’

      L369: Please specify the source of the anti-ubiquitin antibody used.

      Thank you for pointing it out. We included the antibody information in the method section.

      Figure 7: While the relationship between Milton knockdown and the eIF2β and eIF2α proteins has been elucidated through the authors' efforts, I would like to see an investigation into whether eIF2β is upregulated and eIF2α phosphorylation is reduced in simply aged Drosophila. This would help us understand the correlation between aging and eIF2 protein dynamics.

      Thank you for your comment. We agree that it is an important question, and we are working on it. However, we feel that it is beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      L645-L646: If the mushroom body is identified using mito-GFP, then include mito-GFP in the genotype listed in Supplementary Table 2.

      We are sorry for the oversight. We corrected it in Supplementary Table 2.

      Additionally, while it is presumed that the mito-GFP signal decreases in axons with Milton RNAi, how was the lobe tips area accurately selected for analysis? Please include these details along with a comprehensive description of the quantification methodology in the Methods section.

      Thank you for your comment. Although the mito-GFP signal in the axon is weak in the milton knockdown neurons, it is sufficient to distinguish the mushroom body structure from the background. We revised the method section to include this information in the method section:

      Line 443-447: ‘For eIF2α and p-eIF2α immunostaining, the mushroom body was detected by mitoGFP expression.’

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides valuable results on how entorhinal and hippocampal activity may support human thinking in perceptual spaces. It replicates the hexagonal symmetry of fMRI activity in the entorhinal cortex, reports novel findings on 3-fold symmetry in both behavioral performance and hippocampal fMRI activity, and links these results within a computational model. However, the methods while potentially creative and interesting are not fully justified or explained, and the conclusions remain incomplete. With further explanation, justification, and interpretation, this work could represent a significant step forward in understanding how cognitive maps are utilized.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors report results from behavioral data, fMRI recordings, and computer simulations during a conceptual navigation task. They report 3-fold symmetry in behavioral and simulated model performance, 3-fold symmetry in hippocampal activity, and 6-fold symmetry in entorhinal activity (all as a function of movement directions in conceptual space). The analyses are thoroughly done, and the results and simulations are very interesting.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1, Comment (1): Terminology

      We fully acknowledge the importance of terminological consistency and will align our usage with established literature. Specifically, we will revise as follows, 

      (1) Replace “sinusoidal analysis” with either “sinusoidal modulation” (Doeller et al., 2010; Bao et al., 2019; Raithel et al., 2023) or “GLM with sinusoidal (cos/sin) regressors” (Constantinescu et al., 2016). 

      (2) Replace “1D directional domain” with either “angular domain of movement directions (0–360°)” or “directional modulation analysis”.

      Reviewer #1, Comment (2): Spectral analysis and 3-fold periodicity

      We agree that the presentation of our spectral analysis and the theoretical motivation underlying our expectation of a three-fold periodicity within hippocampal data requires further clarification.

      In our revised manuscript, we will:<br /> (1) Clearly articulate the theoretical motivation for anticipating a three-fold signal, explicitly linking it to the known hexagonal grid structure encoded by the entorhinal cortex.

      (2) Clarify our methodological rationale for using Fourier analysis (FFT).

      a) FFT allows unbiased exploration of multiple candidate periodicities (e.g., 3–7-fold) without predefined assumptions.

      b) FFT results cross-validate our sinusoidal modulation results, providing complementary evidence supporting the 6-fold periodicity in EC and 3-fold periodicity in HPC.

      c) FFT uniquely facilitates analysis of periodicities in behavioral performance data, which is not feasible via standard sinusoidal GLM approaches. This consistency allows us to directly compare periodicities across neural and behavioral data.

      (3) Further, we will expand our discussion to provide:

      a) A deeper interpretation of potential biological bases for the observed hippocampal three-fold periodicity.

      b) A careful examination of alternative explanations within existing hippocampal modeling frameworks.

      Reference:

      Doeller, C. F., Barry, C., & Burgess, N. (2010). Evidence for grid cells in a human memory network. Nature, 463(7281), 657-661.

      Constantinescu, A. O., O'Reilly, J. X., & Behrens, T. E. J. (2016). Organizing conceptual knowledge in humans with a gridlike code. Science, 352(6292), 1464-1468.

      Bao, X., Gjorgieva, E., Shanahan, L. K., Howard, J. D., Kahnt, T., & Gottfried, J. A. (2019). Grid-like neural representations support olfactory navigation of a two-dimensional odor space. Neuron, 102(5), 1066-1075.

      Raithel, C. U., Miller, A. J., Epstein, R. A., Kahnt, T., & Gottfried, J. A. (2023). Recruitment of grid-like responses in human entorhinal and piriform cortices by odor landmark-based navigation. Current Biology, 33(17), 3561-3570

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This paper discusses how non-sensory and latent, sensory-like attentional templates are represented during attentional preparation. Using multivariate pattern analysis, they found that visual impulses can enhance the decoding generalization from perception to attention tasks in the preparatory stage in the visual cortex. Furthermore, the emergence of the sensory-like template coincided with enhanced information connectivity between V1 and frontoparietal areas and was associated with improved behavioral performance. It is an interesting paper with supporting evidence for the latent, sensory-like attentional template.

      Comments on revisions:

      I appreciate the authors' thoughtful revisions, which have addressed my earlier concerns. I have no further comments.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      I am impressed with the thoroughness with which the authors addressed my concerns. I don't have any further concerns and think that this paper makes an interesting and significant contribution to our understanding of VWM. I would only suggest adding citations to the newly added paragraph where the authors state "It could be argued that preparatory attention relies on the same mechanisms as working memory maintenance." They could cite work by Bettencourt and Xu, 2016; and Sheremata, Somers, and Shomstein (2018).

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. We have now cited the referenced work in the manuscript (Page. 19, Line 371).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Overall, I think that the authors' revision has addressed most, if not all, of my major concerns noted in my previous comments. The results appear convincing and I do not have additional comments.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback and are pleased that the revision addressed the major concerns.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) The authors addressed most of my previous concerns and provided additional data analysis. They conducted further analyses to demonstrate that the observed changes in network communication are associated with behavioral RTs, supporting the idea that the impulse-driven sensory-like template enhances informational connectivity between sensory and frontoparietal areas, and relates to behavior.

      We are pleased that the revision addressed the major concerns.

      (2) I would like to further clarify my previous points regarding the definition of the two types of templates and the evidence for their coexistence. The authors stated that the sensory-like template likely existed in a latent state and was reactivated by visual pings, proposing that sensory and non-sensory templates coexist. However, it remains unclear whether this reflects a dynamic switch between formats or true coexistence. If the templates are non-sensory in nature, what exactly do they represent? Are they meant to be abstract or conceptual representations, or, put simply, just "top-down attentional information"? If so, why did the generalization analysestraining classifiers on activity during the stimulus selection period and testing on preparatory activity-fail to yield significant results? While the stimulus selection period necessarily encodes both target and distractor information, it should still contain attentional information. I would appreciate more discussion from this perspective.

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful clarification of previous comments. Since we addressed similar comments from Reviewer 2 (Point 2) in the previous round, our response below may appear somewhat repetitive. First, regarding whether our findings reflect a dynamic switch between non-sensory and sensory-like template, or the ‘coexistence’ of two template formats, we acknowledge that the temporal limitations of fMRI prevent us from directly testing dynamic representations. However, several aspects of our data favor the latter interpretation: (1) our key findings remained consistent in the subset of participants (N=14) who completed both No-Ping and Ping sessions in counterbalanced order. This makes it unlikely that participants systematically switched cognitive strategies (e.g., using non-sensory templates in the No-Ping session versus sensory-like templates in the Ping session) in response to the taskirrelevant, uninformative visual impulse; (2) while we agree that the temporal dynamics between the two templates remain unclear, it is difficult to imagine that orientation-specific templates observed in the Ping session emerged de novo from purely non-sensory templates and an exogenous ping. In other words, if there is no orientation information at all to begin with, how does it come into being from an orientation-less external ping? A more parsimonious explanation is that orientation information was already present in a latent format and was activated by the ping, in line with the models of “activity-silent” working memory. However, since the detailed circuit-level mechanism underlying such reactivation remain unclear, we acknowledge that this interpretation warrants direct investigation in future studies. This point is discussed in the main texts (Page 19-20, Line 389-402). 

      Second, while our data cannot definitively determine the nature of the non-sensory template, we consider categorical coding a plausible candidate based on prior visual search studies. For instance, categorical attributes (e.g., left-tilted vs. right-tilted) have been shown to effectively guide attention in orientation search tasks (Wolfe et al., 1992), similar to our paradigm. Further, categorical templates are more tolerant of stimulus variability, making them well-suited to our task, which involved trial-by-trial variations in target orientation around a reference (see Page 21, Line 427- 437 for more detailed discussions).

      Third, the lack of generalization from stimulus selection to preparatory attention in the Ping session may relate to the limited overlap in shared information between these two periods. Neural activity during stimulus selection encodes sensory information about both orientations, along with sensory-like attentional signals (as indicated by the attention decoding and crosstask generalization from perception task to the stimulus-selection period). In contrast, preparatory activity likely involves a dominant non-sensory template, a latent sensory-like template, and residual sensory effects from the impulse stimulus. The limited overlap in sensory-like attentional signals may therefore be insufficient to support generalization across the two periods.

      Reviewer #2 ( Recommendations for the authors)

      I think the central prediction of greater pattern similarity between 'attend leftward' and 'perceived leftward' in the ping session in comparison to the no-ping session (the same also holds for 'attend rightward' and 'perceived rightward' could be directly examined by a two-way ANOVA (session × the attend orientation is the same/different from the perceived orientation) for each ROI (V1 and EVC). A three-way ANOVA might complicate readers' intuitive understanding of the implications of the statistical results.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we defined a new condition label based on orientation consistency between attended and perceived orientations: (1) same orientation: averaging “attend leftward/perceive leftward” and “attend rightward/perceive rightward”; and (2) different orientation: averaging “attend leftward/perceive rightward” and “attend rightward/perceive leftward”. A two-way mixed ANOVA (session × orientation consistency) on Mahalanobis distance revealed a main effect of orientation consistency in V1 (F(1,38) = 4.21, p = 0.047, η<sub>p</sub><sup>2</sup> = 0.100), indicating that activity patterns were more similar when attended and perceived orientations matched. No significant main effect of session was found (p = 0.923). Importantly, a significant interaction was found in V1 (F(1,38) = 5.00, p = 0.031, η<sub>p</sub><sup>2</sup> = 0.116), suggesting that visual impulse enhanced the similarity between preparatory attentional template and the perception of corresponding orientation. In EVC, the same analysis revealed only a main effect of orientation consistency (F(1,38) = 5.87, p = 0.020, η<sub>p</sub><sup>2</sup> = 0.134), with no significant other effects (ps > 0.240). The interaction results were consistent with those reported in the original three-way ANOVA. We have now replaced the previous analysis with the new one in the main texts (Page 11-12, Line 231-242).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their article "Range geography and temperature variability explain cross-continental convergence in range and phenology shifts in a model insect taxon" the authors rigorously investigate the spatial and temporal trends in the occurrence of odonate species and their potential drivers. Specifically, they examine whether species shift their geographic ranges poleward or alter their phenology to cope with changing conditions. Leveraging opportunistic observations of European and North American odonates, they find that species showing significant range shifts also exhibited shifts to earlier emergence. Considering a broad range of potential predictors, their results reveal that geographical factors, but not functional traits, are associated with these shifts.

      Strengths:

      The article addresses an important topic in ecology and conservation that is particularly timely in the face of reports of substantial insects declines in North America and Europe over the past decades. Through data integration the authors leverage the rich natural history record for odonates, broadening the taxonomic scope of analyses of temporal trends in phenology and distribution. The combination of phenological and range shifts in one framework presents an elegant way to reconcile previous findings and informs about the drivers of biodiversity loss.

      Weaknesses:

      To better understand whether species shifting both their ranges and phenology are more successful, or as stated here are 'clear winners', and hence whether those that do neither are more vulnerable would require integrating population trends alongside the discussed response. The ~10% species that have not shifted their distribution or phenology might have not declined in abundance, if they have rapidly adapted to local changes in climatic conditions (i.e. they might show a plastic response). These species might be the real 'winners', while species that have recently shifted their ranges or phenology may eventually reach hard limits. The authors are discussing this limitation but might want to adapt their wording, given the potential for misinterpretation. The finding that species with more northern ranges showed lesser northward shifts would speak to the fact that some species have already reached such a geographical range limit.

      Achievements and impact:

      The results support broad differences in the response of odonate species to climate change, and the prediction that range geography and temperature seasonality are more important predictors of these changes than functional traits. Simultaneously addressing range and phenological shifts highlights that most species exhibit coupled responses but also identifies a significant portion of species that do not respond in these ways that are of critical conservation concern. These results are important for improving forecasts of species' responses to climate change and identifying species of particularly conservation concern. Although not exhaustive regarding abundance trends, the study presents an important step towards a general framework for investigating the drivers of multifaceted species responses.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Line 364-370: This paragraph is not very clear to me.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we agree our point could have been made clearer. We have clarified as follows:

      “The geographic positions of species’ ranges determine the local pressures and environmental factors to which they are exposed (MacLean and Beissinger, 2017; Pacifici et al., 2020), potentially masking or confounding the effects of traits that evolved under conditions determined by range geography (Schuetz et al., 2019). This process could cause trait-related trends to differ across levels of biological organization (Srivastava et al., 2021), from local populations (where traits might be critical) to biogeographical extents (where traits might be unrelated to range or phenological shifts; Grewe et al., 2013; Gutiérrez and Wilson, 2021; Sunday et al., 2015; Zografou et al., 2021).” (Lines 370-377).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      L313: '...higher population growth' compared to what? Does this mean that species shifting to earlier emergence really show higher population growth over time?

      Thank you for this suggestion, we have clarified as follows: “Earlier seasonal timing allows species to stay within their climatic limits and maintain population growth rates (Macgregor et al., 2019), although earlier emergence could expose individuals to early season weather extremes (McCauley et al., 2018).” (Lines 316-319).

      L336: Same here. Please refer to your comparative counterpart in such statements. Does 'plasticity may enable higher population growth' mean higher than for species shifting range or phenology or higher compared to the previous level for a given species. In many cases it seems you are referring to an overall baseline, so that the 'higher' means 'lesser decline'. Wouldn't plasticity maintain population growth at similar levels as before? The current wording suggests that plasticity results in species exceeding their previous population growth. Please rephrase.

      We agree it was confusing with no comparative counterpart, so we changed the sentence as follows: “Adaptive evolution and plasticity may enable high population growth rates in newly-colonized areas (Angert et al., 2020; Usui et al., 2023), but this possibility can only be directly tested with long term population trend data.” (Lines 341-343).

      L307: The term 'universal winners' appears too strong and not well justified given the lack of the crucial third dimension of response. In fact, changes in phenology are less indicative than abundance trends. Combined with range shifts they would tell a story of success or failing, while phenological shifts would rather help to understand how species adapted. I am not saying the insight cannot stand alone, but it is important to adapt the wording in this regard.

      Thank you for this comment, we have clarified the text as follows: “These results suggest that some species may have an advantage with respect to climate change: they demonstrate the flexibility to respond both temporally and spatially to the onset of rapid climate change.” (Lines 310-313).

      We also softened language around winners and losers on line 388: “It remains unclear if range and phenology shifts relate to trends in abundance, but our results suggest that there may be ‘winners’ and ‘losers’ under climate change (Figure 4).” (Lines 387-388).

      L326-240: I agree with line 330 that abundance trends are needed to clarify the situation of species shifting or not shifting ranges and phenology. However, this abstract should clarify that this is particularly important to understand whether non shifting species are really the 'losers'. If these species show adapted evolution or plasticity, we would expect they do not decline in abundance. Even without shifts in range or phenology they would be the 'ultimate winners' as you call it.

      Thank you for this comment, we agree that abundance trends are necessary to understand potential winners and losers. We have made this addition to the abstract as follows: “Species shifting in both space and time may be more resilient to extreme conditions, although further work integrating abundance data is needed.” (Lines 16-18).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript explores behavioral responses of C. elegans to hydrogen sulfide, which is known to exert remarkable effects on animal physiology in a range of contexts. The possibility of genetic and precise neuronal dissection of responses to H2S motivates the study of responses in C. elegans. The revised manuscript does not seem to have significantly addressed what was lacking in the initial version.

      The authors have added further characterization of possible ASJ sensing of H2S by calcium imaging but ASJ does not appear to be directly involved. Genetic and parallel analysis of O2 and CO2 responsive pathways do not reveal further insights regarding potential mechanisms underlying H2S sensing. Gene expression analysis extends prior work. Finally, the authors have examined how H2S-evoked locomotory behavioral responses are affected in mutants with altered stress and detoxification response to H2S, most notably hif-1 and egl-9. These data, while examining locomotion, are more suggestive that observed effects on animal locomotion are secondary to altered organismal toxicity as opposed to specific behavioral responedse

      Overall, the manuscript provides a wide range of intriguing observations, but mechanistic insight or a synthesis of disparate data is lacking.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper sets out to achieve a deeper understanding of the effects of hydrogen sulfide on C. elegans behavior and physiology, with a focus on behavior, detection mechanism(s), physiological responses, and detoxification mechanisms.

      Strengths: 

      The paper takes full advantage of the experimental tractability of C. elegans, with thorough, welldesigned genetic analyses. 

      Some evidence suggests that H<SUB>2</SUB>S may be directly detected by the ASJ sensory neurons.  The paper provides interesting and convincing evidence for complex interactions between responses to different gaseous stimuli, particularly an antagonistic role between H<SUB>2</SUB>S and O2 detection/response.  Intriguing roles for mitochondria and iron homeostasis are identified, opening the door to future studies to better understand the roles of these components and processes. 

      We thank the reviewer for the supportive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      The claim that worms' behavioral responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S are mediated by direct detection is incompletely supported. While a role for the chemosensory neuron ASJ is implicated, it remains unclear whether this reflects direct detection. Other possibilities, including indirect effects of ASJ and the guanylyl cyclase daf-11 on O2 responses, are also consistent with the authors' data. 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment and agree that the role of ASJ neurons in H<SUB>2</SUB>S detection was not clear. We included new experiments and revised our text to make it clearer.

      Since our initial analyses suggest a role of ASJ neurons in H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotory responses (Figure 2F and G), We thought that this would offer us a starting point to dissect the neuronal circuit involved in H<SUB>2</SUB>S responses. Expression of the tetanus toxin catalytic domain in ASJ, which blocks neurosecretion, inhibited H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotory speed responses (Figure 2H), suggesting that neurosecretion from ASJ promotes H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evocked response (Lines 162–165). We then performed calcium imaging of ASJ neurons in response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. However, while we observed CO<SUB>2</SUB>-evoked calcium transients in ASJ using GCaMP6s, we did not detect any calcium response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, under several conditions, including animals on food, off food, and with different H<SUB>2</SUB>S concentrations and exposure times (Figure2—Figure supplement 2E and F) (Lines 166–170). Since signaling from ASJ neurons regulates developmental programs that modify sensory functions in C. elegans (Murakami et al., 2001), the involvement of ASJ neurons is not specific to H<SUB>2</SUB>S and ASJ neurons are unlikely to serve as the primary H<SUB>2</SUB>S sensor (Discussed in Line 449–458). Therefore, the exact sensory neuron, circuit and molecular triggers mediating acute H<SUB>2</SUB>S avoidance remain to be elucidated.

      Our subsequent investigation on mitochondrial components suggests that a burst of mitochondrial ROS production may be the trigger for H<SUB>2</SUB>S avoidance, as transient exposure to rotenone substantially increases baseline locomotory speed (Figure 7E) (Line 391–396). However, to initiate avoidance behavior to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, mitochondrial ROS could potentially target multiple neurons and cellular machineries, making it challenging to pinpoint specific sites of action. Nevertheless, we agree that further dissection of the neural circuits and mitochondrial signaling in H<SUB>2</SUB>S avoidance will be important and should be explored in future studies.

      The role of H<SUB>2</SUB>S-mediated damage in behavioral responses, particularly when detoxification pathways are disrupted, remains unclear. 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment and fully agree with the concern raised. The same issue was also noted by the other reviewers. We agree that decreased locomotory responses in H<SUB>2</SUB>S-sensitized animals can arise from distinct causes, either systemic toxicity or behavioral adaptation, and distinguishing between these is critical. We have included new experiments and revised the text to clarify this issue.

      Our data suggest that increased initial omega turns and a rapid loss of locomotion in hif-1 and detoxification-defective mutants including sqrd-1 and ethe-1 likely reflect an enhanced sensitivity to H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity due to their failure to induce appropriate adaptative responses (Figure 5D–F, Figure 5J–L, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1F–P).  Supporting this, hif-1 mutants become less responsive to unrelated stimuli (near-UV light) after 30 minutes of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I).

      In contrast, egl-9 and SOD-deficient animals show reduced initial omega-turn and reduced speed responses (Figure 5B, Figure 7G, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1A and B, and Figure 7—Figure supplement 1F and G), although both egl-9 and sod mutants respond normally to the other stimuli prior or after H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1C, and Figure 7—Figure supplement 1H). Since disrupting egl-9 stabilizes HIF-1 and upregulates the expression of numerous genes involved in cellular defense against H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity, the enhanced detoxification capacity in egl-9 mutants likely increases animals’ tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, thereby reducing avoidance to otherwise toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Similarly, persistently high ROS in SOD deficient animals activates a variety of stress-responsive signaling pathways, including HIF-1, NRF2/SKN-1 and DAF-16/ FOXO signaling (Lennicke & Cocheme, 2021; Patten et al., 2010), facilitating cellular adaptation to redox stress and reducing animals’ responsiveness to toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Taken together, these findings support the view that reduced locomotory speed during H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure can arise from distinct mechanisms: early systemic toxicity in hif-1 and detoxificationdefective mutants, versus enhanced cellular adaptation in egl-9 and SOD mutants. We have integrated the relevant information across the result section and discussed this in Lines 485-536. 

      The findings of the paper are somewhat disjointed, such that a clear picture of the relationships between H<SUB>2</SUB>S detection, detoxification mechanisms, mitochondria, and iron does not emerge from these studies. Most importantly, the relative roles of H<SUB>2</SUB>S detection and integration, vs. general and acute mitochondrial crisis, in generating behavioral responses are not convincingly resolved.  

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that our presentation did not fully connect different findings into a cohesive picture. To address this, we have acquired new data, and revised the abstract, results and discussion sections to clarify two phases of H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked responses: an initial avoidance behavior upon H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure, followed by a later phase of adaption and detoxification when the escape is not successful.

      In brief, we began with the basic characterization of H<SUB>2</SUB>S-induced locomotory speed response, followed by a candidate gene screen to identify key molecules and pathways involved in initial speed response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. Subsequently, we focused on three major intersecting pathways that contributed to the acute behavioral response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. These include cGMP signaling, which led to the identification of ASJ neurons; nutrient-sensitive pathways that modulate behavioral responses to both H<SUB>2</SUB>S and CO2; and O2sensing signaling, whose activation inhibits responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. However, the molecules and neurons in these pathways, including ASJ, likely play modulatory roles and are unlikely to serve as the primary H<SUB>2</SUB>S sensors. Our subsequent analysis, however, suggests that mitochondria play a critical role in triggering avoidance behavior upon H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. Brief treatment with rotenone, a potent inducer of ROS, led to marked increase in locomotory speed (Figure 7E). This suggests the possibility that a burst of ROS production triggered toxic levels of H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Jia et al., 2020) may initiate the avoidance behavior.

      When the initial avoidance fails, H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification programs are induced as a long-term survival strategy. The induction of detoxification programs appears to enhance tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure and contributes to the gradual decrease of locomotory speed in H<SUB>2</SUB>S. We now provide a clearer image of how different pathways modulate H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification and adaptation (see our responses to other comments). Briefly, mutants defective in detoxification, such as hif-1 and other detoxification-defective mutants, showed stronger initial omega-turn response and a rapid loss of locomotion. This loss of locomotion is likely caused by early cellular toxicity as the mutants failed to respond to other unrelated stimuli (nearUV light) after 30 minutes of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I). Likewise, smf-3 mutants and BP-treated animals were hypersensitive to H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Figure 6D and E, and Figure 6—Figure supplement 1G and I), likely due to impaired H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification under low iron conditions, as iron is a co-factor required for the activity of the H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification enzyme ETHE-1 (Figure 5K and Figure 5—Figure supplement 1E).

      In contrast, reduced locomotion and response in other contexts such as egl-9 mutants and SODdeficient animals reflect H<SUB>2</SUB>S-induced adaptive mechanism rather than toxicity as they remain responsive to the other stimuli after H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. Since disrupting egl-9 stabilizes HIF-1 and upregulates the expression of numerous genes involved in cellular defense against H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity, the enhanced detoxification capacity in egl-9 mutants likely increases animals’ tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, thereby reducing avoidance to otherwise toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Similarly, persistently high ROS in SOD deficient animals activates a variety of stress-responsive signaling pathways, including HIF-1, NRF2/SKN-1 and DAF-16/ FOXO signaling (Lennicke & Cocheme, 2021; Patten et al., 2010), facilitating cellular adaptation to redox stress and reducing animals’ responsiveness to toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Therefore, different animals decline their locomotory speed to the effects of H<SUB>2</SUB>S through distinct mechanisms. We have integrated the relevant information across the result section and discussed this in Lines 485-536.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      H<SUB>2</SUB>S is a gas that is toxic to many animals and causes avoidance in animals such as C. elegans. The authors show that H<SUB>2</SUB>S increases the frequency of turning and the speed of locomotion. The response was shown to be modulated by a number of neurons and signaling pathways as well as by ambient oxygen concentrations. The long-term adaptation involved gene expression changes that may be related to iron homeostasis as well as the homeostasis of mitochondria. 

      Strengths: 

      Overall, the authors provide many pieces that will be important for solving how H<SUB>2</SUB>S signals through neuronal circuits to change gene expression and physiological programs. The experiments rely mostly on a behavioral assay that measures the increase of locomotion speed upon exposure to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. This assay is then combined with manipulations of environmental factors, different wild-type strains, and mutants. The mutants analyzed were obtained as candidates from the literature and from transcriptional profiling that the authors carried out in worms that were exposed to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. These studies imply several genetic signaling pathways, some neurons, and metabolism-related factors in the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. Hence the data provided should be useful for the field.  

      We thank the reviewer for the supportive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      On the other hand, many important aspects of the underlying mechanisms remain unsolved and the reader is left with many loose ends. For example, it is not clear how H<SUB>2</SUB>S is actually sensed, how sensory neurons are activated and signal to downstream circuits, and what the role of ciliated and RMG neurons is in this circuit. It remains unclear how signals lead to gene expression and physiological changes such as metabolic rewiring. Solving all this would clearly be beyond the scope of a single manuscript. Yet, the manuscript also does not focus on understanding one of these central aspects and rather is all over the place, which makes it harder to understand for readouts that are not in this core field. Multiple additional methods and approaches exist to dig deeper into these mechanisms in the future, such as neuronal calcium imaging, optogenetics, and metabolic analysis. To generate a story that will be interesting to a broad readership substantial additional experimentation would be required. Further, in the current manuscript, it is often difficult to understand the rationales of the experiments, why they were carried out, and how to place them into a context. This could be improved in terms of documentation, narration/explanation, and visualization.  

      We thank the reviewer for the comment, which has also been raised by the other reviewers. We agree that our initial submission was poorly presented. We also acknowledge the fact that some aspects, such as detailed neural circuit and sensory transduction, still remain unresolved. We have now included additional experiments and revised the manuscript to clarify the logic of our experiments, provided better context for our findings, and improved both the narrative flow and data visualization to make the manuscript more accessible to readers. We now provide a clearer image of how different pathways interact to modulate the initial avoidance response, and the H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification and behavioral habituation during prolonged H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. The following response is similar to the one for reviewer #1.

      In brief, we began with the basic characterization of H<SUB>2</SUB>S-induced locomotory speed response, followed by a candidate gene screen to identify key molecules and pathways involved in initial speed response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. Subsequently, we focused on three major intersecting pathways that contributed to the acute behavioral response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. These include cGMP signaling, which led to the identification of ASJ neurons; nutrient-sensitive pathways that modulate behavioral responses to both H<SUB>2</SUB>S and CO2; and O2sensing signaling, whose activation inhibits responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. However, the molecules and neurons in these pathways, including ASJ, likely play modulatory roles and are unlikely to serve as the primary H<SUB>2</SUB>S sensors. Our subsequent analysis, however, suggests that mitochondria play a critical role in triggering avoidance behavior upon H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. Brief treatment with rotenone, a potent inducer of ROS, led to marked increase in locomotory speed (Figure 7E). This suggests the possibility that a burst of ROS production triggered toxic levels of H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Jia et al., 2020) may initiate the avoidance behavior.

      When the initial avoidance fails, H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification programs are induced as a long-term survival strategy. The induction of detoxification programs appears to enhance tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure and contributes to the gradual decrease of locomotory speed in H<SUB>2</SUB>S. We now provide a clearer image of how different pathways modulate H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification and adaptation (see our responses to other comments). Briefly, mutants defective in detoxification, such as hif-1 and other detoxification-defective mutants, showed stronger initial omega-turn response and a rapid loss of locomotion. This loss of locomotion is likely caused by early cellular toxicity as the mutants failed to respond to other unrelated stimuli (nearUV light) after 30 minutes of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I). Likewise, smf-3 mutants and BP-treated animals were hypersensitive to H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Figure 6D and E, and Figure 6—Figure supplement 1G and I), likely due to impaired H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification under low iron conditions, as iron is a co-factor required for the activity of the H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification enzyme ETHE-1 (Figure 5K and Figure 5—Figure supplement 1E).

      In contrast, reduced locomotion and response in other contexts such as egl-9 mutants and SODdeficient animals reflect H<SUB>2</SUB>S-induced adaptive mechanism rather than toxicity as they remain responsive to the other stimuli after H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. Since disrupting egl-9 stabilizes HIF-1 and upregulates the expression of numerous genes involved in cellular defense against H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity, the enhanced detoxification capacity in egl-9 mutants likely increases animals’ tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, thereby reducing avoidance to otherwise toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Similarly, persistently high ROS in SOD deficient animals activates a variety of stress-responsive signaling pathways, including HIF-1, NRF2/SKN-1 and DAF-16/ FOXO signaling (Lennicke & Cocheme, 2021; Patten et al., 2010), facilitating cellular adaptation to redox stress and reducing animals’ responsiveness to toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Therefore, different animals decline their locomotory speed to the effects of H<SUB>2</SUB>S through distinct mechanisms. We have integrated the relevant information across the result section and discussed this in Lines 485-536.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript explores the behavioral responses of C. elegans to hydrogen sulfide, which is known to exert remarkable effects on animal physiology in a range of contexts. The possibility of genetic and precise neuronal dissection of responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S motivates the study of responses in C. elegans. The manuscript is well-written in communicating the complex physiology around C. elegans behavioral responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S and in appropriately citing prior and related relevant work. 

      There are three parts to the manuscript.

      In the first, an immediate behavioral response-increased locomotory rate-upon exposure to H<SUB>2</SUB>S is characterized. The experimental conditions are critical, and data are obtained from exposure of animals to 150ppm H<SUB>2</SUB>S at 7% O2. The authors provide evidence that this is a chemosensory response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, showing a requirement for genes encoding components of the cilia apparatus and implicating a role for tax-4 and daf-11. Neuron-specific rescue in the ASJ neurons suggests the ASJ neurons contribute to the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. One caveat is that previous work has shown that the dauer-constitutive phenotype of daf-11 mutants can be suppressed by ASJ ablation, suggesting that there may be pervasive changes in animal nervous system signaling that are ASJ-dependent in daf-11 mutants, which may indirectly alter chemosensory responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. More direct methods to assess whether ASJ senses H<SUB>2</SUB>S, e.g. using calcium imaging, would better assess a direct role for the ASJ neurons in a behavioral response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. The authors also point out interesting parallels between the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S and CO2 though provide some genetic data separating the two responses. Importantly, the authors note that when aerotaxis (O2sensing and movement) in the presence of bacterial food is intact, as in npr-1 215F animals, the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S is abrogated. Mutation in gcy-35 in the npr-1 215F background restores the H<SUB>2</SUB>S chemosensory response. 

      There is a second part of the paper that conducts transcriptional profiling of the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S that corroborates and extends prior work in this area. 

      The final part of the paper is the most intriguing, but for me, also the most problematic. The authors examine how H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotory behavioral responses are affected in mutants defective in the stress and detoxification response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, most notably hif-1. Prior genetic studies have established the pathways leading to HIF-1 activation/stabilization, as well as potential downstream mechanisms. The authors conduct logical genetic analysis to complement studies of the hif-1 mutant and in part motivated by their transcriptional profiling studies, examine the role of iron sequestration/free iron in the locomotory response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, and further speculate on how the behavior of mutants defective in mitochondrial function might be affected by exposure to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. 

      In some regard, this part of the manuscript is interesting because the analysis begins to connect how the behavior of an animal to a toxic compound is affected by mutations that affect sensitivity to the toxic compound. However, what is unclear is what is being studied at this point. In the context, of noting that H<SUB>2</SUB>S at 150ppm is known to be lethal, its addition to mutants clearly sensitized to its effects would be anticipated to have pervasive effects on animal physiology and nervous system function. The authors note that the continued increased locomotion of wild-type animals upon H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure might be due to the byproducts of detoxification or the detrimental effects of H<SUB>2</SUB>S. The latter explanation seems much more likely, in which case what one may be observing is the effects of general animal sickness, or even a bit more specifically, neuronal dysfunction in the presence of a toxic compound, on locomotion. As such, what is unclear is what conclusions can be taken away from this part of the work.  

      Strengths: 

      (1) Characterization of a motor behavior response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S 

      (2) Transcriptional profiling of the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S corroborating prior work.  

      We thank the reviewer for the supportive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      Unclear significance and experimental challenges regarding the study of locomotory responses to animals sensitized to the toxic effects of H<SUB>2</SUB>S under exposure to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. 

      We thank the reviewer for the comment, which has also been raised by the other reviewers. We agree that our initial submission left several important questions open, and we acknowledge the fact that some aspects, such as detailed neural circuit and sensory transduction, still remain unresolved. Nevertheless, we acquired new data and revised our text, aiming to clarify the distinct mechanisms underlying the reduced locomotion in different mutants during prolonged H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure.

      Our data suggest that increased initial omega turns and a rapid loss of locomotion in hif-1 and detoxification-defective mutants including sqrd-1 and ethe-1 likely reflect an enhanced sensitivity to H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity due to their failure to induce appropriate adaptative responses (Figure 5D–F, Figure 5J–L, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1F–P).  Supporting this, hif-1 mutants become less responsive to unrelated stimuli (near-UV light) after 30 minutes of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I).

      In contrast, egl-9 and SOD-deficient animals show reduced initial reorientation and reduced speed responses (Figure 5B, Figure 7G, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1A and B, and Figure 7—Figure supplement 1F and G), although both egl-9 and sod mutants respond normally to the other stimuli prior or after H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1C, and Figure 7—Figure supplement 1H). Since disrupting egl-9 stabilizes HIF-1 and upregulates the expression of numerous genes involved in cellular defense against H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity, the enhanced detoxification capacity in egl-9 mutants likely increases animals’ tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, thereby reducing avoidance to otherwise toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Similarly, constant high ROS in SOD deficient animals activates a variety of stress-responsive signaling pathways, including HIF-1, NRF2/SKN-1 and DAF-16/ FOXO signaling (Lennicke & Cocheme, 2021; Patten et al., 2010), facilitating cellular adaptation to redox stress and reducing animals’ responsiveness to toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Taken together, these findings support the view that reduced locomotory speed during H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure can arise from distinct mechanisms: early systemic toxicity in hif-1 and detoxification-defective mutants, versus enhanced cellular adaptation in egl-9 and SOD mutants. We have integrated the relevant information across the result section and discussed this in Lines 485-536.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      To better substantiate a role for H<SUB>2</SUB>S detection, it would be useful for the authors to image Ca responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S in ASJ in WT and unc-13, and to rule out the possibility that the requirement for daf-11 in ASJ reflects a role in O2 rather than H<SUB>2</SUB>S detection. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. As suggested, we performed calcium imaging of ASJ neurons using GCaMP6s. As previously described, 3% CO<SUB>2</SUB> evoked a calcium transient in ASJ (Figure 2—figure supplement 2F). To investigate whether H<SUB>2</SUB>S evoked a calcium transient in ASJ neurons, we tested several conditions, including animals on food or off food, with different H<SUB>2</SUB>S concentrations (~75 or ~150ppm), and different exposure time (4 or 8 mins). However, we did not detect a calcium response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S in ASJ under any of the conditions tested (Figure2—figure supplement 2E) (Lines 166–168). Given that neuronspecific rescue of daf-11 or tax-4 mutants pointed to a role of ASJ neurons in promoting H<SUB>2</SUB>S responses, we sought to determine how ASJ neurons were involved. Expression of the tetanus toxin catalytic domain in ASJ neurons, which blocks neurosecretion, inhibited H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotory speed responses (Figure 2H), similar to the phenotypes observed in daf-11 and daf-7 mutants (Figure 2C and D) (Lines 162–165). These results confirm that ASJ activity and neurosecretion contribute to the H<SUB>2</SUB>S responses, although ASJ is unlikely to serve as the primary H<SUB>2</SUB>S sensor. One potential explanation is that DAF-7 released by ASJ controls the starvation program, which in turn modulates the animal’s response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. We also discussed this in Lines 449–458.

      The paper would be significantly strengthened by testing the possibility (as the authors acknowledge in lines 348-52) that disruption of detoxification mechanisms reduces sustained behavioral responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S because of physiological damage. Authors use acute exposure to high O2 for this purpose earlier in the paper, but not to probe the consequences of loss of hif-1 and detoxification factors.  

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable suggestion. As the reviewer highlighted, we attributed the brief locomotory speed responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S observed in hif-1 mutants to the lack of detoxification response, leading to the rapid intoxication of the animals. Several lines of evidence support this conclusion. First, we observed that hif-1 and the detoxification mutants displayed a stronger initial reorientation response (omega turns) and a more rapid decline in speed and reversals compared to wild type (Figure 5 D–F). Second, to test if hif-1 mutants were indeed more susceptible to H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity, we exposed WT and hif-1 animals to H<SUB>2</SUB>S for 30 mins and subsequently tested their ability to respond to near-UV light. Unlike WT animals, the speed response to near-UV light was inhibited in hif-1 mutants (Figure 5I), suggesting that exposure to H<SUB>2</SUB>S for 30 min causes a stronger toxicity in animals deficient of HIF-1 signaling. Third, hif-1 and detoxification mutants displayed a sustained high speed in response to 1% O<SUB>2</SUB> , suggesting the specific impairment of H<SUB>2</SUB>S response. The data were presented in Lines 318–347, and were further discussed this in Lines 485–508.

      To better understand whether mitochondrial damage has a role in H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked behavior, it might be useful for the authors to determine whether general ROS response pathways are important for H<SUB>2</SUB>S behavioral responses.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. As suggested, we investigated whether ROS detoxification pathways contribute to H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotory speed responses by analyzing mutants in the superoxide dismutase (SOD) family. These experiments, together with other observations, suggest that mitochondrial ROS play a dual role in H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotion. The relevant results were presented in Lines 401–425, and were further discussed in Lines 509–536.

      First, we found that increased mitochondrial ROS formation, either induced pharmacologically by rotenone or genetically in mitochondrial electron transport chain (ETC) mutants (Ishii et al., 2013; Ochi et al., 2016; Ramsay & Singer, 1992; Yang & Hekimi, 2010; Zorov, Juhaszova, & Sollott, 2014), suppressed the behavioral response to toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Figure 7A–E). This indicates that mitochondrial ROS plays a significant role in H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked responses. One likely explanation is that high ROS formation may dampen the H<SUB>2</SUB>S-triggered ROS spike, or may impair other H<SUB>2</SUB>S signaling processes required to initiate avoidance. Second, consistent with previous reports (Onukwufor et al., 2022), we observed that shortterm rotenone exposure (<1 hour) significantly increased baseline locomotory speed. Given that toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels promote ROS formation (Jia et al., 2020), our findings suggest that acute mitochondrial ROS production by toxic levels of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure may serve as a trigger for the avoidance response.

      In contrast, animals with sustained mitochondrial ROS production do not have an increased baseline locomotory speed. This effect was observed after 2 hours of rotenone exposure, in mitochondrial ETC mutants, and in animals lacking all SOD enzymes (Figures 7A–K). A likely explanation for the reduced basal locomotory speed during sustained mitochondrial ROS production is the activation of ROSresponsive signaling pathways including HIF-1, NRF2/SKN-1, and DAF-16/FOXO (Lennicke & Cocheme, 2021; Patten, Germain, Kelly, & Slack, 2010), which may promote adaptation to prolonged oxidative stress (Figure 7H). Notably, unlike hif-1 mutants, SOD-deficient animals remained as responsive as WT to other stimuli after 30 minutes of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 7—figure supplement 1H), indicating that elevated ROS levels do not compromise overall viability or the ability to detoxify H<SUB>2</SUB>S.

      Taken together, these results support a model in which mitochondrial ROS exerts a biphasic effect on H<SUB>2</SUB>S-induced avoidance. It enhances detection and avoidance under acute stress but contributes to locomotory suppression when ROS levels remain elevated chronically.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The way the manuscript is presented could be improved without much effort by rewriting/editing. For the reader, it is hard at present to understand the rationales of the experiments, why they were carried out, and how to place them into a context. This could be improved on three levels:

      (1) Documentation 

      (2) Narration/Explanation 

      (3) Visualization 

      (1) Documentation

      Not all of the results in the text are well documented. The results should be described with more details in the written text and improved documentation and quantification of the results. Example: 

      Turning behavior is mentioned as an important aspect of the response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. There is no citation given but this effect is not well documented. The authors image the animals and could provide video footage of the effect, could quantify eg turning/pirouettes, and provide the data. At the moment the manuscript largely relies on measuring the increase in speed, but the reader is left wondering what other behavioral effects occur and how this is altered in all of the mutant and other conditions tested. Just quantifying speed reduces the readout and seems like an oversimplification to characterize the behavioral response.  

      We are grateful for this comment. We now provide a video footage of the H<SUB>2</SUB>S effects (Figure 1—Video 1). As suggested, we analyzed the recordings to extract reorientation (omega-turns) and reversals. These analyses are now included in the Supplemental file 1 with representative panels displayed in Figure 5 and supplements to Figures 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7. Even though the mutant effects on omega-turns were often subtle, and reversal responses showed considerable variability (likely due to differences in population density, food availability, or animals’ physiological state prior to the assay), this analysis has proven valuable for distinguishing mutants that exhibit adaptation from those that display hypersensitivity to H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity. For instance, although both SOD-deficient and BP-treated animals failed to increase their locomotory speed in H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Figure 6E and Figure 7G), they exhibited distinct omega-turn responses (Figure 6—figure supplement 1I and Figure 7—figure supplement 1F), suggesting that different mechanisms likely underlie the locomotory defects of these two animals. We have integrated the omega-turn and reversal data into the text and discussed under relevant contexts.

      (2) Narration/Description.

      Generally, the description of the results part is very brief and it is often not clear why a certain experiment was carried out and how. Surely it is possible to check the methods but this interrupts the flow of reading and it would be easier for the reader to be guided through the results with more information what the initial motivation for an experiment is, what the general experimental outline is, and what specific experiments are carried out. 

      We apologize for the lack of clarity and logical structure in the initial submission. In the revised manuscript, we have thoroughly revised the text to improve its organization and readability.

      Examples: 

      Line 97ff: The authors performed a candidate screen yet it is not described why which genes were chosen. Are there also pathways that were tested that turned out to not be involved? 

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. To address this, we have added a new section, explaining the rationale for selecting genes and pathways in our candidate screen. Briefly, we focused on genes known or predicted to be involved in sensory responses to gaseous stimuli in C. elegans and mammals, including globins and guanylate cyclases (21% O<SUB>2</SUB> sensing), potassium channels (acute hypoxia), and nutrientsensitive pathways (CO<SUB>2</SUB> responses). We also included mutants defective in sensory signal transduction and neurotransmission. In addition, mitochondrial mutants were analyzed because mitochondria play a central role in H<SUB>2</SUB>S detoxification. The pathways that contributed to the acute H<SUB>2</SUB>S response included cGMP, insulin, and TGF-β signaling, as well as mitochondrial components. In contrast, globins, potassium channels, and biogenic amine signaling did not appear to play significant roles under our assay conditions. The results of the candidate screen are described in Lines 106–138 and summarized in Supplementary File 1.

      line 262ff: the paragraph starts with explaining ferritin genes that are important for iron control but the reader does not yet know why. Then it is explained that a ferritin gene is DE in the H<SUB>2</SUB>S transcriptomes. then a motivation to look into the labile iron pool is described. Why not first explain what genes are strongly regulated and why they are selected based on their DE? Then explain what is known about these genes and pathways, and then motivate a set of experiments. 

      We agree with the reviewer that our initial description could have been more logically organized. We reframed this section to first present the RNA-seq data, followed by an explanation of their known biological functions and the motivation for the subsequent experiments (Lines 350–357).

      nhr-49 appears suddenly in the results part and it is not clear why it was tested and how the result links. Is nhr-49 a key transcription factor that is activated by H<SUB>2</SUB>S sensory or physiological response, and does it control the signaling or protective changes induced by H<SUB>2</SUB>S?  

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. As suggested, we revised the text to present the information more clearly. In our candidate gene screen, a set of mutants exhibiting reduced speed responses to H<SUB>2</SUB>S has previously been shown to be defective in response to CO<SUB>2</SUB> stimulation (Hallem & Sternberg, 2008). These included animals deficient in nutrient-sensitive pathways, including insulin, TGF-beta, and NHR49, which were reported by Sternberg’s lab to exhibit dampened responses to CO<SUB>2</SUB> (Hallem & Sternberg, 2008) (Lines 173–179). We also included a simply cartoon to further illustrate this (Figure 3C).

      The nuclear hormone receptor NHR-49 has been implicated in a variety of stress responses, including starvation (Van Gilst, Hadjivassiliou, & Yamamoto, 2005), bacterial pathogen (Naim et al., 2021; Wani et al., 2021), and hypoxia (Doering et al., 2022). The nhr-49 mutants exhibited a rapid decline in locomotory speed during H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure, implicating a role in sustaining high speed in the presence of H<SUB>2</SUB>S. Furthermore, we observed that fmo-2, a well-characterized target gene of NHR-49, was significantly upregulated after 1 hour of exposure to 50 and 150 ppm H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Supplementary file 2), suggesting that NHR-49 signaling is rapidly activated by H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. Exactly how NHR-49 contributes to H<SUB>2</SUB>S response requires further investigation.

      (3) Visualization 

      Adding a model/cartoon summary that describes the pathways tested and their interaction would be helpful in some of the figures for the reader to keep an overview of the pathways that were tested. Also, a final summary cartoon that integrates all the puzzle pieces into one larger picture would be helpful. Such a final cartoon overview could also point to the key open questions of the underlying mechanisms. 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added a series of models/cartoons to illustrate the different pathways and their interactions. These include starvation regulatory mechanisms (Figure 3C), 21% O<SUB>2</SUB> sensing mechanisms (Figure 3G), HIF-1 signaling and detoxification (Figure 5—figure supplement 1E), HIF-1 signaling and the regulation of labile iron (Figure 6H), as well as ROS signaling and regulation (Figure 7L). To help interpretation and to elaborate on these models, we have also included explanatory sentences in the corresponding figure legends.

      Other comments: 

      Introduction and line 93: The authors mention that 50 ppm H<SUB>2</SUB>S has beneficial effects on lifespan yet does not have a detectable phenotype." Are there any concentrations of H<SUB>2</SUB>S that cause attraction of C. elegans and what is the preferred range if it exists? Could this be measured in an H<SUB>2</SUB>S gradient? 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We performed an H<SUB>2</SUB>S gradient assay, which suggests that wild type animals are attracted toward low concentrations of H<SUB>2</SUB>S around 40 ppm (Figure 1G and H) (Lines 95–104). These results suggest that H<SUB>2</SUB>S acts as a strong repellent for C. elegans at high concentrations but as an attractant at low levels. This dual role may be ecologically relevant, as wild C. elegans lives in complex and dynamic environments where H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels likely fluctuate over short distances (Adams, Farwell, Pack, & Bamesberger, 1979; Budde & Roth, 2011; Morra & Dick, 1991; Patange, Breen, Arsuffi, & Ruvkun, 2025; Rodriguez-Kabana, Jordan, & Hollis, 1965; Romanelli-Cedrez, Vairoletti, & Salinas, 2024).

      Line 146: "Local H<SUB>2</SUB>S concentrations could also be significantly higher in decomposing substances where wild C. elegans thrives" please provide a citation.

      As suggested, we included a set of references that have described the H<SUB>2</SUB>S enrichment in the natural environment in early field studies (Adams et al., 1979; Morra & Dick, 1991; Rodriguez-Kabana et al., 1965), as well as references that have discussed and implied this in C. elegans studies (Budde & Roth, 2011; Patange et al., 2025; Romanelli-Cedrez et al., 2024). They can be found in the introduction (Lines 59–62) and in the result (Lines 197–199).

      Line 311 "Wild C. elegans isolates thrive in the decomposing matters, where the local concentrations of O2 are low while the levels of CO2 and H<SUB>2</SUB>S could be high. These animals have adapted their behavior in such an environment, displaying increased sensitivity to high O2 exposure but dampened responses to CO2." Please provide citations for these statements.  

      As suggested, we cited the relevant articles or books describing the variation of O<SUB>2</SUB> and CO<SUB>2</SUB> levels in the decomposing matters including several C. elegans papers that mentioned this in Lines 197–199 (Bretscher, Busch, & de Bono, 2008; Gea, Barrena, Artola, & Sanchez, 2004; Hallem & Sternberg, 2008; Oshins, Michel, Louis, Richard, & Rynk, 2022), and the above-mentioned articles for H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Adams et al., 1979; Budde & Roth, 2011; Morra & Dick, 1991; Patange et al., 2025; Rodriguez-Kabana et al., 1965; Romanelli-Cedrez et al., 2024).

      For C. elegans’ sensitivity to O2 and CO2, these articles were cited in Lines 201–203 (Beets et al., 2020; Bretscher et al., 2008; Carrillo, Guillermin, Rengarajan, Okubo, & Hallem, 2013; Hallem & Sternberg, 2008; Kodama-Namba et al., 2013; McGrath et al., 2009).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      More work could be conducted establishing the neuronal circuitry involved in the initial, tractable response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S. 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. Since our initial analyses suggest a role of ASJ neurons in H<SUB>2</SUB>S-evoked locomotory responses (Figure 2F and G), We thought that this would offer us an entry point to dissect the neuronal circuit involved in H<SUB>2</SUB>S responses. Expression of the tetanus toxin catalytic domain in ASJ, which blocks neurosecretion, inhibited H<SUB>2</SUB>S evoked locomotory responses (Figure 2H), suggesting that neurosecretion from ASJ promotes the speed response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S (Lines 162– 165). We then performed calcium imaging of ASJ neurons in response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure. However, while we observed CO<SUB>2</SUB> -evoked calcium transients in ASJ using GCaMP6s, we did not detect any calcium response to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, under several conditions, including animals on food, off food, and with different H<SUB>2</SUB>S concentrations and exposure times (Figure2—Figure supplement 2E and 2F) (Lines 166–168). Since signaling from ASJ neurons regulates developmental programs that modify sensory functions in C. elegans, including CO<SUB>2</SUB> and O<SUB>2</SUB> responses (Murakami, Koga, & Ohshima, 2001), the involvement of ASJ neurons is not specific to H<SUB>2</SUB>S responses and ASJ neurons are unlikely to serve as a primary H<SUB>2</SUB>S sensor (Discussed in Line 449–458). Therefore, the exact sensory neuron, circuit and molecular triggers mediating acute H<SUB>2</SUB>S avoidance behavior remain to be elucidated.

      Our subsequent investigation on mitochondrial components suggests that a burst of mitochondrial ROS production may be the trigger for H<SUB>2</SUB>S avoidance, as transient exposure to rotenone substantially increases baseline locomotory activity (Figure 7E) (Line 391–396). However, mitochondrial ROS could potentially target multiple neurons and cellular machineries to initiate avoidance behavior to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, making it challenging to pinpoint specific sites of action. Nevertheless, we agree that further dissection of the neural circuits and mitochondrial signaling in H<SUB>2</SUB>S avoidance will be important and should be explored in future studies. We discussed this in Lines 509–536. 

      I am not sure how to overcome the challenges involved in reaching conclusions from the decreased locomotory responses of animals that are sensitized to the effects of H<SUB>2</SUB>S. Perhaps this conundrum could be discussed in more detail in the text. 

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that decreased locomotory speed during H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure can arise from distinct causes, either systemic toxicity or adaptation, and distinguishing between these is critical. We have included new experiments and revised the text to clarify this issue.

      Our data suggest that increased initial omega turns and a rapid loss of locomotion in hif-1 and detoxification-defective mutants including sqrd-1 and ethe-1 likely reflect an enhanced sensitivity to H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity due to their failure to induce appropriate adaptative responses (Figure 5D–F, Figure 5J–L, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1F–P).  Supporting this, hif-1 mutants become less responsive to unrelated stimuli (near-UV light) after 30 minutes of H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I).

      In contrast, egl-9 and SOD-deficient animals show reduced initial reorientation and reduced speed responses (Figure 5B, Figure 7G, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1A and B, and Figure 7—Figure supplement 1F and G), although both egl-9 and sod mutants respond normally to the other stimuli prior or after H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure (Figure 5I, Figure 5—Figure supplement 1C, and Figure 7—Figure supplement 1H). Since disrupting egl-9 stabilizes HIF-1 and upregulates the expression of numerous genes involved in cellular defense against H<SUB>2</SUB>S toxicity, the enhanced detoxification capacity in egl-9 mutants likely increases animals’ tolerance to H<SUB>2</SUB>S, thereby reducing avoidance to otherwise toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Similarly, persistently high ROS in SOD deficient animals activates a variety of stress-responsive signaling pathways, including HIF-1, NRF2/SKN-1 and DAF-16/ FOXO signaling (Lennicke & Cocheme, 2021; Patten et al., 2010), facilitating cellular adaptation to redox stress and reducing animals’ responsiveness to toxic H<SUB>2</SUB>S levels. Taken together, these findings support the view that reduced locomotory speed during H<SUB>2</SUB>S exposure can arise from distinct mechanisms: early systemic toxicity in hif-1 and detoxificationdefective mutants, versus enhanced cellular adaptation in egl-9 and SOD mutants. We have integrated the relevant information across the result section and discussed this in Lines 485–536. 

      References

      Adams, D. F., Farwell, S. O., Pack, M. R., & Bamesberger, W. L. (1979). Preliminary Measurements of Biogenic Sulfur-Containing Gas Emissions from Soils. Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association, 29(4), 380-383. doi:Doi 10.1080/00022470.1979.10470805

      Beets, I., Zhang, G., Fenk, L. A., Chen, C., Nelson, G. M., Felix, M. A., & de Bono, M. (2020). NaturaL Variation in a Dendritic Scaffold Protein Remodels Experience-Dependent Plasticity by Altering Neuropeptide Expression. Neuron, 105(1), 106-121 e110. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2019.10.001  

      Bretscher, A. J., Busch, K. E., & de Bono, M. (2008). A carbon dioxide avoidance behavior is integrated with responses to ambient oxygen and food in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 105(23), 8044-8049. doi:10.1073/pnas.0707607105

      Budde, M. W., & Roth, M. B. (2011). The response of Caenorhabditis elegans to hydrogen sulfide and hydrogen cyanide. Genetics, 189(2), 521-532. doi:10.1534/genetics.111.129841

      Carrillo, M. A., Guillermin, M. L., Rengarajan, S., Okubo, R. P., & Hallem, E. A. (2013). O-2-Sensing Neurons Control CO2 Response in C. elegans. Journal of Neuroscience, 33(23), 9675-9683. doi:10.1523/Jneurosci.4541-12.2013  

      Doering, K. R. S., Cheng, X., Milburn, L., Ratnappan, R., Ghazi, A., Miller, D. L., & Taubert, S. (2022). Nuclear hormone receptor NHR-49 acts in parallel with HIF-1 to promote hypoxia adaptation in Caenorhabditis elegans. Elife, 11. doi:10.7554/eLife.67911

      Gea, T., Barrena, R., Artola, A., & Sanchez, A. (2004). Monitoring the biological activity of the composting process: Oxygen uptake rate (OUR), respirometric index (RI), and respiratory quotient (RQ). Biotechnol Bioeng, 88(4), 520-527. doi:10.1002/bit.20281

      Hallem, E. A., & Sternberg, P. W. (2008). Acute carbon dioxide avoidance in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 105(23), 8038-8043. doi:10.1073/pnas.0707469105

      Ishii, T., Miyazawa, M., Onouchi, H., Yasuda, K., Hartman, P. S., & Ishii, N. (2013). Model animals for the study of oxidative stress from complex II. Biochim Biophys Acta, 1827(5), 588-597. doi:10.1016/j.bbabio.2012.10.016

      Jia, J., Wang, Z., Zhang, M., Huang, C., Song, Y., Xu, F., . . . Cheng, J. (2020). SQR mediates therapeutic effects of H(2)S by targeting mitochondrial electron transport to induce mitochondrial uncoupling. Sci Adv, 6(35), eaaz5752. doi:10.1126/sciadv.aaz5752  

      Kodama-Namba, E., Fenk, L. A., Bretscher, A. J., Gross, E., Busch, K. E., & de Bono, M. (2013). Crossmodulation of homeostatic responses to temperature, oxygen and carbon dioxide in C. elegans. PLoS Genet, 9(12), e1004011. doi:10.1371/journal.pgen.1004011

      Lennicke, C., & Cocheme, H. M. (2021). Redox metabolism: ROS as specific molecular regulators of cell signaling and function. Mol Cell, 81(18), 3691-3707. doi:10.1016/j.molcel.2021.08.018

      McGrath, P. T., Rockman, M. V., Zimmer, M., Jang, H., Macosko, E. Z., Kruglyak, L., & Bargmann, C. I. (2009). Quantitative mapping of a digenic behavioral trait implicates globin variation in C. elegans sensory behaviors. Neuron, 61(5), 692-699. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2009.02.012

      Morra, M. J., & Dick, W. A. (1991). Mechanisms of h(2)s production from cysteine and cystine by microorganisms isolated from soil by selective enrichment. Appl Environ Microbiol, 57(5), 14131417. doi:10.1128/aem.57.5.1413-1417.1991

      Murakami, M., Koga, M., & Ohshima, Y. (2001). DAF-7/TGF-beta expression required for the normal larval development in C-elegans is controlled by a presumed guanylyl cyclase DAF-11. Mechanisms of Development, 109(1), 27-35. doi:Doi 10.1016/S0925-4773(01)00507-X

      Naim, N., Amrit, F. R. G., Ratnappan, R., DelBuono, N., Loose, J. A., & Ghazi, A. (2021). Cell nonautonomous roles of NHR-49 in promoting longevity and innate immunity. Aging Cell, 20(7). doi:ARTN e13413 10.1111/acel.13413

      Ochi, R., Dhagia, V., Lakhkar, A., Patel, D., Wolin, M. S., & Gupte, S. A. (2016). Rotenone-stimulated superoxide release from mitochondrial complex I acutely augments L-type Ca2+ current in A7r5 aortic smooth muscle cells. Am J Physiol Heart Circ Physiol, 310(9), H1118-1128. doi:10.1152/ajpheart.00889.2015  

      Onukwufor, J. O., Farooqi, M. A., Vodickova, A., Koren, S. A., Baldzizhar, A., Berry, B. J., . . . Wojtovich, A. P. (2022). A reversible mitochondrial complex I thiol switch mediates hypoxic avoidance behavior in C. elegans. Nat Commun, 13(1), 2403. doi:10.1038/s41467-022-30169-y

      Oshins, C., Michel, F., Louis, P., Richard, T. L., & Rynk, R. (2022). Chapter 3 - The composting process. In R. Rynk (Ed.), The Composting Handbook (pp. 51-101): Academic Press.  

      Patange, O., Breen, P., Arsuffi, G., & Ruvkun, G. (2025). Hydrogen sulfide mediates the interaction between C. elegans and Actinobacteria from its natural microbial environment. Cell Reports, 44(1), 115170. doi:10.1016/j.celrep.2024.115170

      Patten, D. A., Germain, M., Kelly, M. A., & Slack, R. S. (2010). Reactive oxygen species: stuck in the middle of neurodegeneration. J Alzheimers Dis, 20 Suppl 2, S357-367. doi:10.3233/JAD-2010100498

      Ramsay, R. R., & Singer, T. P. (1992). Relation of superoxide generation and lipid peroxidation to the inhibition of NADH-Q oxidoreductase by rotenone, piericidin A, and MPP+. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 189(1), 47-52. doi:10.1016/0006-291x(92)91523-s

      Rodriguez-Kabana, R., Jordan, J. W., & Hollis, J. P. (1965). Nematodes: Biological Control in Rice Fields: Role of Hydrogen Sulfide. Science, 148(3669), 524-526. doi:10.1126/science.148.3669.524

      Romanelli-Cedrez, L., Vairoletti, F., & Salinas, G. (2024). Rhodoquinone-dependent electron transport chain is essential for Caenorhabditis elegans survival in hydrogen sulfide environments. J Biol Chem, 300(9), 107708. doi:10.1016/j.jbc.2024.107708

      Van Gilst, M. R., Hadjivassiliou, H., & Yamamoto, K. R. (2005). A Caenorhabditis elegans nutrient response system partially dependent on nuclear receptor NHR-49. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 102(38), 13496-13501. doi:10.1073/pnas.0506234102

      Wani, K. A., Goswamy, D., Taubert, S., Ratnappan, R., Ghazi, A., & Irazoqui, J. E. (2021). NHR- 49/PPAR-α and HLH-30/TFEB cooperate for   host defense via a flavin-containing monooxygenase. Elife, 10. doi:ARTN e62775 10.7554/eLife.62775

      Yang, W., & Hekimi, S. (2010). A mitochondrial superoxide signal triggers increased longevity in Caenorhabditis elegans. PLoS Biol, 8(12), e1000556. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1000556

      Zorov, D. B., Juhaszova, M., & Sollott, S. J. (2014). Mitochondrial reactive oxygen species (ROS) and ROS-induced ROS release. Physiol Rev, 94(3), 909-950. doi:10.1152/physrev.00026.2013

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The revised manuscript addresses several reviewer concerns, and the study continues to provide useful insights into how ZIP10 regulates zinc homeostasis and zinc sparks during fertilization in mice. The authors have improved the clarity of the figures, shifted emphasis in the abstract more clearly to ZIP10, and added brief discussion of ZIP6/ZIP10 interactions and ZIP10's role in zinc spark-calcium oscillation decoupling. However, some critical issues remain only partially addressed.

      (1) Oocyte health confound: The use of Gdf9-Cre deletes ZIP10 during oocyte growth, meaning observed defects could result from earlier disruptions in zinc signaling rather than solely from the absence of zinc sparks at fertilization. The authors acknowledge this and propose transcriptome profiling as a future direction. However, since mRNA levels often do not accurately reflect protein levels and activity in oocytes, transcriptomics may not be particularly informative in this context. Proteomic approaches that directly assess the molecular effects of ZIP10 loss seem more promising. Although current sensitivity limitations make proteomics from small oocyte samples challenging, ongoing improvements in this area may soon allow for more detailed mechanistic insights.

      (2) ZIP6 context and focus: The authors clarified the abstract to emphasize ZIP10, enhancing narrative clarity. This revision is appropriate and appreciated.

      (3) Follicular development effects: The biological consequences of ZIP6 and ZIP10 knockout during folliculogenesis are still unknown. The authors now say these effects will be studied in the future, but this still leaves a major mechanistic gap unaddressed in the current version.

      (4) Zinc spark imaging and probe limitations: The addition of calcium imaging enhances the clarity of Figure 3. However, zinc fluorescence remains inadequate, and the authors depend solely on FluoZin-3AM, a dye known for artifacts and limited ability to detect subcellular labile zinc. The suggestion that C57BL/6J mice may differ from CD1 in vesicle appearance is plausible but does not fully address concerns about probe specificity and resolution. As the authors acknowledge, future studies with more selective probes would increase confidence in both the spatial and quantitative analysis of zinc dynamics.

      (5) Mechanistic insight remains limited: The revised discussion now recognizes the lack of detailed mechanistic understanding but does not significantly expand on potential signaling pathways or downstream targets of ZIP10. The descriptive data are useful, but the inability to pinpoint how ZIP10 mediates zinc spark regulation remains a key limitation. Again, proteomic profiling would probably be more informative than transcriptomic analysis for identifying ZIP10-dependent pathways once technical barriers to low-input proteomics are overcome.

      Overall, the authors have reasonably revised and clarified key points raised by reviewers, and the manuscript now reads more clearly. However, the main limitation, lack of mechanistic insight and the inability to distinguish between developmental and fertilization-stage roles of ZIP10, remains unresolved. These should be explicitly acknowledged when framing the conclusions.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors investigated the role of the zinc transporter ZIP10 in regulating zinc sparks during fertilization in mice. By utilizing oocyte-specific Zip6 and Zip10 conditional knockout mice, the authors effectively demonstrate the importance of ZIP10 in zinc homeostasis, zinc spark generation, and early embryonic development. The study is overall useful as it identifies ZIP10 as an important component of oocyte processes that support embryo development, thus opening the door for further investigations. While the study provides solid evidence for the requirement of ZIP10 in the regulation of zinc sparks and zinc homeostasis, it falls short of revealing the underlying mechanism of how ZIP10 exerts this important function.

      This report is the first to clarify the role of the zinc transporters ZIP10 expressed in oocytes, which was previously unknown, and does not focus on the detailed mechanism. As you pointed out, we believe that the mechanism will also be important information in the field of fertilization and embryogenesis research, and we believe that it is necessary to consider this issue in the future.

      (1) The zinc transporters the authors are knocking out are expressed in mouse oocytes through follicular development, and the Gdf9-cre driver used means these oocytes were grown in the absence of appropriate Zinc signaling. Thus, it would be difficult to assert that the lack of fertilization associated with zinc sparks is solely responsible for the failure of embryo development. Spindle morphology and other meiotic parameters do not necessarily report oocyte health, so normalcy of these features may not be a strong argument when it comes to metabolic issues.

      As you rightly observe, the results of this study do not entirely exclude the possibility of oocyte health in the absence of adequate zinc homeostasis during oocyte growth. However, evidence has been presented demonstrating that spindle formation does occur in Zip10<sup>d/d</sup> mouse oocytes (Fig.2 C), that fertilization occurs despite the absence of zinc spark (Fig.3 and Fig. 4A), and that some embryos develop to blastocysts (Fig. 4 B). We believe that future studies should evaluate the transcriptome profile of Zip10<sup>d/</sup> mouse oocytes.

      (2) While comparing ZIP6 and ZIP10 in the abstract provides context, focusing more on ZIP10 would improve reader comprehension, as ZIP10 is the primary focus of the study. Emphasizing the specific role of ZIP10 will help the reader grasp the core findings more clearly.

      Thank you for your valuable input. We have revised the summary to focus more on ZIP10 by removing the section in the summary that mentions ZIP6 (P.1-2 Line 34-52).

      (3) Zinc transporters ZIP6 and ZIP10 are expressed during follicular development, but the biological significance of the observation is not clearly addressed. The authors should investigate whether the ZIP6 and ZIP10 knockout affects follicular development and discuss the potential implications.

      Thank you for your valuable input. As you mentioned, we have not been able to clarify the effects of ZIP6 and ZIP10 knockout on follicle formation. However, this report clarifies the role of ZIP-mediated zinc ions in their inclusion. The effect of ZIP knockout on follicle formation will be discussed in the future.

      (4) In Figure 3, the zinc fluorescence images are unclear, making it difficult for readers to interpret the data. Including snapshot images of calcium and zinc spikes as part of the main figure would improve clarity. Moreover, adding more comparative statements and a deeper explanation of why Zip10 KO mice exhibit normal calcium oscillations but lack zinc sparks would strengthen the manuscript.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have also added images of calcium elevation after fertilization to Fig. 3 and Fig. S3. In addition, the figure legends have been changed (P.29 Line 937-939, P.34 Line 1104-1106). As to why Zip10 KO mice show normal calcium oscillations but lack zinc spikes, as mentioned in Discussion (P. 10 Line 299-300), we speculate that zinc ions existed in Zip10d/d mouse oocytes induce Ca2+ release without compromising IP3R1 sensitivity. We also assume that the lack of zinc spark is due to low accumulation of zinc ion levels in the oocytes via ZIP10, as described in Discussion (P.10 Line 300-302).

      (5) While the study identifies the role of ZIP10 in zinc spark generation, it lacks a clear mechanistic insight. The topic itself is interesting, but without providing a more detailed explanation of the underlying mechanisms, the study leaves an important gap. Further discussion on the signaling pathways potentially involved in zinc spark regulation would add depth to the findings.

      Thank you for your input. This report is the first to clarify the role of the zinc transporters ZIP6 and ZIP10 expressed in oocytes, which was previously unknown, and does not focus on the detailed mechanism. As you pointed out, we believe that the mechanism and signaling pathways will also be important information, and we believe that it is necessary to research this issue in the future.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this important study, the authors examine the role of two zinc uptake transporters, Zip6 and Zip10, which are important during the maturation of oocytes, and are critical for both successful fertilization and early embryogenesis.

      Strengths:

      The authors report that oocytes from Zip10 knockout mice exhibit lower labile zinc content during oocyte maturation, decreased amounts of zinc exocytosis during fertilization, and affect the rate of blastocyst generation in fertilized eggs relative to a control strain. They do not observe these changes in their Zip6 knockout animals. The authors present clear and well-documented results from a broad range of experimental modalities in support of their conclusions.

      Thank you for your positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors' statement that Zip10 is not expressed in the oocyte nuclei (line 252). Furthermore, in that study, ZIP10 was detected in the nuclear/nucleolar positions of oocytes of all follicular stages (Chen et al., 2023), which we did not observe. This is not supported by Figure 1, where some Zip10 signal is apparent in the primordial, primary, and secondary follicle oocytes. This statement should be corrected.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Our results of ISH staining (Fig. 1A) and immunofluorescence staining (Fig. 1B) showed that it was not detected at the nucleus/nucleolus location. In other words, they could not be detected at the mRNA and protein levels. Based on the results of ISH staining and immunofluorescence staining, we conclude that it is expressed in the plasma membrane.

      (2) Based on the FluoZin-3AM data, there appears to be less labile zinc in the Zip10d/d oocyte, eggs, and embryos; however, FluoZin-3AM has a number of well-known artifacts and does not accurately capture the localization of labile zinc pools. The patterns do not correspond to the well-documented zinc-containing cortical vesicles. Another zinc probe, such as ZinPyr-4 or ZincBY-1 should be used to visualize the zinc vesicles and confirm that there is less labile zinc in these locations as well.

      Thank you for your suggestion. Previous studies (Lisle et al., 2013, Reproduction) and our report (Kageyama et al., 2022, Animal Science Journal) have shown that it is possible to examine the presence of labile zinc ions in oocytes and embryos. In addition, mouse oocytes (embryos) reported in previous studies are from CD1 (ICR) mice, whereas our study was conducted using C57BL/6J mice. In our report (Kageyama et al., 2024, Journal of Reproduction and Development), we reported that the appearance of zinc vesicles in the oocytes observed by Fluozin-3AM staining in CD1 and C57BL/6J mice is different, and we believe that this appearance of cortical vesicles in C57BL/6J mice is not a problem. As you say, we have not used other zinc probes and will consider this in the future.

      (3) Line 268 The results indicate that ZIP10 is mostly responsible for the uptake of zinc ions in mouse oocytes. The situation seems a bit more complicated given that the differences in labile zinc content between oocytes from the WT and Zip10d/d animals are small (only 20-30 %) and that the zinc spark is diminished but still apparent at a low level in the Zip10d/d oocytes. Clearly, other factors are involved in zinc uptake at these stages. A variety of studies have suggested that Zip6 and Zip10 work together, perhaps even functioning as a heterodimer in some systems. The double KO would address this more clearly, but if it is not available, it might be more prudent to state that Zip10 plays some role in uptake of zinc in mouse oocytes while the role of Zip6 remains uncertain.

      We would like to express our gratitude for the comments received. The phenotype of double knockout mice for ZIP6 and ZIP10 will be discussed at a future date. We have also added to the text that the role of ZIP6 remains uncertain (P. 11 Line 353-354).

      (4) Zip6d/d oocytes did not have changes in labile zinc, nor did the lack of Zip6 have an impact on the zinc spark. However, Figure S1 does show a small amount of detectable Zip6 in the western blot. It is possible that this small amount could compensate for the complete lack of Zip6. Can ZIP6 be found in immunofluorescence of GV oocytes or MII eggs from the Zip6d/d animals? Additionally, it is possible that Zip6's role is only supplementary to that of Zip10. The authors should discuss this possibility. It would also be interesting to see if the Zip6/Zip10 double knockout displays greater defects compared to the Zip10 knockout when considering previous studies.

      Thank you for your input. The mice are deficient in the gene so that ZIP6 is not functional. It is our notion that the results of WB analysis are not indicative of protein structural functionality, even in cases where the ZIP6 antibody detects a small amount of protein. Since the role of ZIP6 was not elucidated in this study, we added a statement to that effect in the text (P. 11 Line 353-354). In addition, studies using ZIP6/Zip10 double knockout mice will be discussed in the future.

      Recommendations for the authors: please note that you control which revisions to undertake from the public reviews and recommendations for the authors.

      We have revised the text based on the reviewerʼs suggestions.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In lines 133-136, it seems that the authors would like to aim to emphasize the lack of research on oocytes compared to other tissues and cells. However, the inclusion of unrelated contexts, such as the role of ZIP10 in cancer and skin, appears unnecessary and detracts from the focus on oocyte-specific mechanisms. Removing these unrelated sentences would help maintain clarity and relevance in the introduction.

      *As you indicated, we removed the sentence that is not related to oocytes (P.4 Line 120-125). Further, they reported that targeted disruption using Zip6- and Zip10- specific morpholino injection or antibody incubation induced alteration of the intracellular labile zinc content, spontaneous resumption of meiosis from the PI arrest and premature arrest at a telophase I-like state (Kong et al., 2014). It is clear from these reports that ZIP6 and ZIP10 are involved in zinc transport in oocytes, but the function is not elucidated.”

      (2) Ensure that all video files are properly labeled to enhance understanding.

      Improved video labels for clarity (Movie 1-8, Movie S1-S4)

      (3) Correct mislabeling issues, such as the one in line 209.

      Corrected as follows: Zip10<sup>d/d</sup> mouse oocytes can be fertilized but were unlikely to develop to blastocysts (P. 6-7 Line 196-197).

      (4) In Figure 4D, the amount of ZIP2 appears to increase relative to actin. Including quantification would make the data more robust. Similarly, in Figure 4F, JUNO levels appear increased in Zip10 KO. Please provide quantification.

      The WB band images in Fig. 4D were quantified and their graphs were added to lower part of Fig. 4D. Furthermore, the Juno of Immunofluorescent images in Figure 4F were quantified and their graphs were added to Fig. S4. Figure legends and text were corrected and added.P. 30 Line 975-979: Expression level of β-actin serves as a protein loading control and quantified the expression level of ZP2. Molecular mass is indicated at the left. Statistical differences were calculated according to the one-way ANOVA. Different letters represent significant differences (p < 0.05).

      P. 35 Line: Fig. S4 Comparison of JUNO expression in Zip10<sup>f/f</sup> and Zip10<sup>d/d</sup> mouse MII oocytes. To measure JUNO-immunofluorescence intensity, oocytes images were selected as regions of interest (ROIs) and measured using ImageJ. Statistical differences were calculated according to student’s t-test (p > 0.05; no significant difference).P.7 Line 206-209: As for the expression of JUNO, it had the same expression than between null and control oocytes (Fig. S4) and the temporal dynamics of its disappearance from the cortex after fertilization was similar for both Zip10<sup>f/f</sup> and Zip10<sup>d/d</sup> groups (Fig. 4F).

      (5) Some of the sentences lack proper references.

      The entire text was reviewed and references inserted where necessary.

      P.7 Line 221, P.7 Line222-223, P.8 Line 253-254, P.12 Line 358-360 and P.24 Line 698-699.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Revisions are warranted in order to address the issues noted in the Weaknesses section of the Public Review. 

      Thank you for your comments, we have individually addressed the areas you pointed out in the Weaknesses section. The following text has also been corrected and edited.

      (1) Line 247 "In primordial follicles, the ooplasmic staining of ZIP10 we anticipate corresponds to ooplasmic vesicular sites. 

      The text of P. 8 Line 230-232 was revised as follows.

      "In primordial follicles, the ooplasm staining of ZIP10 we anticipate corresponds to ooplasmic vesicular sites.

      (2) Line 926 "ZP2 was not stained in primordial follicle, but primary, secondary, and antral follicles stained. FOXL2 was observed in granulosa cells in 928 of all stage follicles. The scale bar represents 20 μm of primordial-secondary follicle and 150 μm of antral follicle." All three sentences have grammar issues that should be fixed. 

      The text of p.28 Line 908-911 was revised as follows.

      It was observed that ZP2 was not present in the primordial follicle; however, it was present in the primary, secondary and antral follicles. Furthermore, FOXL2 was observed at granulosa cells of all stage follicles. Scale bar: 20 µm (primordial, primary and secondary follicle); 150 µm (antral follicle).

    1. "This chunk is from an SEC filing on ACME corp's performance in Q2 2023; the previous quarter's revenue was $314 million. The company's revenue grew by 3% over the previous quarter."

      How interesting

      if you get your comPlexes right intelligence will take care of itself

      The very fact that we do not create content (text or otherwise) that does not record in an explicit manner all the relevant pertinent named associative complexes

      is the problem

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed an in-depth analysis of three mouse strains with different levels of susceptibility to metabolic disease. Transcriptomics analyses of relevant deep tissues revealed many strain-specific differences in response to diet. They used gene set enrichment analysis to highlight possible biological pathways that may be involved in obesity and its metabolic consequences. These results were then confirmed using public data in both mice and humans.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is an interesting study into the biological basis of differing phenotypic outcomes in response to metabolic challenges. The findings uncover several pathways that may shed light on the etiology of obesity and the associated health risks, as well as offer potential therapeutic avenues to prevent them.

      Weaknesses:

      While the experimental design and analysis are mostly good, some aspects of the present paper could be improved.

      (1) Most results are insufficiently described. P-values are almost entirely absent in the main text. Sometimes the significance is indicated in the figures, and other times it is missing. For example, strains are sometimes described as having a higher XYZ, something that is never shown in the plots, and no p-value is ever given.

      (2) While the biological methods are meticulously described, statistical methods are barely mentioned in the methods section. For example, line 578, "multiple comparisons (...) were performed using the glht function of the multcomp package". What is this? What method does it use? And how was mediation analysis done? Line 575 mentions that models were compared, with no description of how this was done. Mentioning the package (or even function) is not sufficient. The package and function are an implementation; they are not the method. The actual method needs to be clearly mentioned and (at least minimally) described, in addition to having the reference for methods that are not ubiquitous (i.e., the Benjamin-Hochberg method is well-enough established to forgo this).

      (3) The methods should also be briefly introduced in the results section before describing the results of those methods.

      (4) The role of immune signaling pathways and associated phenotypes (e.g., monocyte fraction) is over-interpreted. While the differences shown are convincing, they do not convincingly show a role in either obesity or disease. The parsimonious explanation is that such changes happen as a consequence of dyslipidemia rather than a cause. It is possible that these pathways play a more direct role in this, but the authors do not present compelling evidence of this, and, failing this, the language in the text needs to be toned down.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using three strains of mice that are founders of the Diversity Outbred Population of mice, this paper attempts to identify key genetic drivers of obesity and metabolic dysfunction. Through a series of in-depth phenotyping experiments, the authors describe substantial differences in the propensity of these strains to develop obesity and complications associated with obesity. The key here was the careful selection of these strains, as they mostly spanned the spectrum of minor susceptibility (C57BL/6J), major susceptibility (NZO/HILtJ), and complete resistance to diet-induced obesity (CAST/EiJ). This was done in the setting of both a normal diet and a high-fat diet. These studies identified that one of the most transcriptionally activated tissues in this setting across the strains was adipose tissue. Furthermore, a critical pathway in adipose tissue that inferred protection against obesity in the CAST strain was related to immune infiltration. Subsequently, the authors extended their studies into this phenotype using their existing access to the vast array of genetic information from the DO datasets. From this analysis, it was identified that a key region on Chr19 had a significant influence on this phenotype, and subsequent work investigated the potentially causal genes. Overall, this study encompasses an impressive amount of in vivo and genetic work and identifies some new gene regulators associated with obesity complications, which warrant further investigation.

      Strengths:

      This study engages multiple mouse lines with diet intervention, as well as powerful genetic mapping tools to isolate genetic drivers of various obesity related phenotypes. The animal studies are thorough and well performed, and they also include detailed omics analysis of several tissues. Subsequent genetic mapping uses some of the world's most powerful preclinical genetic approaches, and findings identify some novel genes associated with obesity.

      Weaknesses:

      These mouse lines and hybrid genetic screens in this paper have been used for some years now to map similar phenotypes, so in that sense, the approach is not overly novel. Moreover, the most compelling and exciting part of the study, in this reviewer's opinion, is the DO mapping of the immune phenotype in adipose tissue. In some ways, the authors could have potentially come to this same conclusion without the need to perform the mouse studies in the three different strains (other than the nice storytelling of finding the phenotype initially in CAST). Likewise, with this being the most novel aspect of the study, it was a shame that the genes identified at Chr19 were not investigated in more detail in the manuscript, other than just some associative outcomes in mice and humans. It would have been pleasing to see some attempt to validate one of these genes in a mouse model, linking it to either obesity or immune phenotypes in WAT.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Yamazaki et al. conducted multiple microscopy-based GFP localization screens, from which they identified proteins that are associated with PM/cell wall damage stress response. Specifically, the authors identified that bud-localized TMD-containing proteins and endocytotic proteins are associated with PM damage stress. The authors further demonstrated that polarized exocytosis and CME are temporally coupled in response to PM damage, and CME is required for polarized exocytosis and the targeting of TMD-containing proteins to the damage site. From these results, the authors proposed a model that CME delivers TMD-containing repair proteins between the bud tip and the damage site.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a well-written manuscript, and the experiments are well-conducted. The authors identified many repair proteins and revealed the temporal coordination of different categories of repair proteins. Furthermore, the authors demonstrated that CME is required for targeting of repair proteins to the damage site, as well as cellular survival in response to stress related to PM/cell wall damage. Although the roles of CME and bud-localized proteins in damage repair are not completely new to the field, this work does have conceptual advances by identifying novel repair proteins and proposing the intriguing model that the repairing cargoes are shuttled between the bud tip and the damaged site through coupled exocytosis and endocytosis.

      Weaknesses:

      While the results presented in this manuscript are convincing, they might not be sufficient to support some of the authors' claims. Especially in the last two result sessions, the authors claimed CME delivers TMD-containing repair proteins from the bud tip to the damage site. The model is no doubt highly possible based on the data, but caveats still exist. For example, the repair proteins might not be transported from one localization to another localization, but are degraded and resynthesized. Although the Gal-induced expression system can further support the model to some extent, I think more direct verification (such as FLIP or photo-convertible fluorescence tags to distinguish between pre-existing and newly synthesized proteins) would significantly improve the strength of evidence.

      Major experiment suggestions:

      (1) The authors may want to provide more direct evidence for "protein shuttling" and for excluding the possibility that proteins at the bud are degraded and synthesized de novo near the damage site. For example, if the authors could use FLIP to bleach bud-localized fluorescent proteins, and the damaged site does not show fluorescent proteins upon laser damage, this will strongly support the authors' model. Alternatively, the authors could use photo-convertible tags (e.g., Dendra) to differentiate between pre-existing repair proteins and newly synthesized proteins.

      (2) In line with point 1, the authors used Gal-inducible expression, which supported their model. However, the author may need to show protein abundance in galactose, glucose, and upon PM damage. Western blot would be ideal to show the level of full-length proteins, or whole-cell fluorescence quantification can also roughly indicate the protein abundance. Otherwise, we cannot assume that the tagged proteins are only expressed when they are growing in galactose-containing media.

      (3) Similarly, for Myo2 and Exo70 localization in CME mutants (Figure 4), it might be worth doing a western or whole-cell fluorescence quantification to exclude the caveat that CME deficiency might affect protein abundance or synthesis.

      (4) From the authors' model in Figure 7, it looks like the repair proteins contribute to bud growth. Does laser damage to the mother cell prevent bud growth due to the reduction of TMD-containing repair proteins at the bud? If the authors could provide evidence for that, it would further support the model.

      (5) Is the PM repair cell-cycle-dependent? For example, would the recruitment of repair proteins to the damage site be impaired when the cells are under alpha-factor arrest?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This paper remarkably reveals the identification of plasma membrane repair proteins, revealing spatiotemporal cellular responses to plasma membrane damage. The study highlights a combination of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) and lase for identifying and characterizing proteins involved in plasma membrane (PM) repair in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. From 80 PM, repair proteins that were identified, 72 of them were novel proteins. The use of both proteomic and microscopy approaches provided a spatiotemporal coordination of exocytosis and clathrin-mediated endocytosis (CME) during repair. Interestingly, the authors were able to demonstrate that exocytosis dominates early and CME later, with CME also playing an essential role in trafficking transmembrane-domain (TMD) containing repair proteins between the bud tip and the damage site.

      Weaknesses/limitations:

      (1) Why are the authors saying that Pkc1 is the best characterized repair protein? What is the evidence?

      (2) It is unclear why the authors decided on the C-terminal GFP-tagged library to continue with the laser damage assay, exclusively the C-terminal GFP-tagged library. Potentially, this could have missed N-terminal tag-dependent localizations and functions and may have excluded functionally important repair proteins.

      (3) The use of SDS and laser damage may bias toward proteins responsive to these specific stresses, potentially missing proteins involved in other forms of plasma membrane injuries, such as mechanical, osmotic, etc.). SDS stress is known to indirectly induce oxidative stress and heat-shock responses.

      (4) It is unclear what the scale bars of Figures 3, 5, and 6 are. These should be included in the figure legend.

      (5) Figure 4 should be organized to compare WT vs. mutant, which would emphasize the magnitude of impairment.

      (6) It would be interesting to expand on possible mechanisms for CME-mediated sorting and retargeting of TMD proteins, including a speculative model.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work aims to understand how cells repair damage to the plasma membrane (PM). This is important, as failure to do so will result in cell lysis and death. Therefore, this is an important fundamental question with broad implications for all eukaryotic cells. Despite this importance, there are relatively few proteins known to contribute to this repair process. This study expands the number of experimentally validated PM from 8 to 80. Further, they use precise laser-induced damage of the PM/cell wall and use live-cell imaging to track the recruitment of repair proteins to these damage sites. They focus on repair proteins that are involved in either exocytosis or clathrin-mediated endocytosis (CME) to understand how these membrane remodeling processes contribute to PM repair. Through these experiments, they find that while exocytosis and CME both occur at the sites of PM damage, exocytosis predominates in the early stages of repairs, while CME predominates in the later stages of repairs. Lastly, they propose that CME is responsible for diverting repair proteins localized to the growing bud cell to the site of PM damage.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is very well written, and the experiments presented flow logically. The use of laser-induced damage and live-cell imaging to validate the proteome-wide screen using SDS-induced damage strengthens the role of the identified candidates in PM/cell wall repair.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Could the authors estimate the fraction of their candidates that are associated with cell wall repair versus plasma membrane repair? Understanding how many of these proteins may be associated with the repair of the cell wall or PM may be useful for thinking about how these results are relevant to systems that do or do not have a cell wall. Perhaps this is already in their GO analysis, but I don't see it mentioned in the manuscript.

      (2) Do the authors identify actin cable-associated proteins or formin regulators associated with sites of PM damage? Prior work from the senior author (reference 26) shows that the formin Bnr1 relocalizes to sites of PM damage, so it would be interesting if Bnr1 and its regulators (e.g., Bud14, Smy1, etc) are recruited to these sites as well. These may play a role in directing PM repair proteins (see more below).

      (3) Do the authors suspect that actin cables play a role in the relocalization of material from the bud tip to PM damage sites? They mention that TMD proteins are secretory vesicle cargo (lines 134-143) and that Myo2 localizes to damage sites. Together, this suggests a possible role for cable-based transport of repair proteins. While this may be the focus of future work, some additional discussion of the role of cables would strengthen their proposed mechanism (steps 3 and 4 in Figure 7).

      (4) Lines 248-249: I find the rationale for using an inducible Gal promoter here unclear. Some clarification is needed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) In this study, the authors aimed at characterizing Huntington's Disease (HD) - related microstructural abnormalities in the basal ganglia and thalami as revealed using Soma and Neurite Density Imaging (SANDI) indices (apparent soma density, apparent soma size, extracellular water signal fraction, extracellular diffusivity, apparent neurite density, fractional anisotropy and mean diffusivity).

      (2) The study implements a novel biophysical diffusion model that extends up-to-date methodologies and presents a significant potential for quantifying neurodegenerative processes of the grey matter of the human brain in vivo. The authors comment on the usefulness of this technique in other pathologies, but they exemplify it only with multiple sclerosis. Further development of this, building evidence, should be provided.

      (3) The study found that HD-related neurodegeneration in the striatum accounted significantly for striatal atrophy and correlated with motor impairments. HD was associated with reduced soma density, increased apparent soma size, and extracellular signal fraction in the basal ganglia, but not in the thalami. Additionally, these effects were larger at the manifest stage.

      (4) The results of this work demonstrate the impact of HD on the basal ganglia and thalami, which can be further explored as a non-invasive biomarker of disease progression. Additionally, the study shows that SANDI can be used to explore grey matter microstructure in a variety of neurological conditions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate whether advanced microstructural diffusion MRI modeling using the SANDI framework could reveal clinically relevant tissue alterations in the subcortical structures of individuals with Huntington's disease (HD). Specifically, they sought to determine if SANDI-derived parameters-such as soma density, soma size, and extracellular diffusivity-could detect abnormalities in both manifest and premanifest HD stages, complement standard MRI biomarkers (e.g., volume, MD), and correlate with disease burden and motor impairment. Through this, they hoped to demonstrate the feasibility and added biological specificity of SANDI for early detection and characterization of HD pathology.

      Strengths:

      (1) Novelty and relevance:

      This is, to the best of my knowledge, the first clinical deployment of SANDI in HD, offering more biophysically interpretable and specific imaging biomarkers than standard DTI or volumetric features.

      (2) More specific microstructural insight: Traditional approaches have used volumetric features (e.g., striatal volume loss) or DTI metrics (like FA and MD), which are indirect and non-specific markers. They can indicate something is "wrong" but not what is wrong.

      (3) SANDI parameters permit establishing clearer links with microstructure:

      o Apparent soma density (fis): proxy for neuronal/glial cell body density.

      o Apparent soma size (rs): reflects possible gliagl hypertrophy or neuronal shrinkage.

      o Neurite density (fin): linked to dendritic/axonal integrity.

      o Extracellular fraction and diffusivity: sensitive to edema, gliosis, and tissue loss.

      In this way, a decrease in soma density can be related to neural loss (e.g., medium spiny neurons), and an increase in soma size and extracellular fraction could be related to glial reactivity (astrocytes, microglia). This enables differentiating between atrophy due to neuron loss vs reactive gliosis, which volumetrics or DTI cannot do.

      (4) Integration of modalities: The inclusion of motor impairment (Q-Motor), HD-ISS staging, and multi-compartment diffusion modeling is a methodological strength.

      (5) Early detection potential: SANDI metrics showed abnormalities in premanifest HD, sometimes even when volume loss was mild or absent. This suggests the potential for earlier, more sensitive biomarkers of disease progression.

      (6) Predictive power: Regression models showed that SANDI metrics explained up to 63% of the variance in striatal volumes in HD. And this correlated strongly with motor impairment and disease burden (CAP100). This shows they are not just redundant with volume or DTI, but they are complementary and potentially more mechanistically meaningful.

      Weaknesses:

      Certain aspects of the study would benefit from clarification:

      (1) Scanner and acquisition consistency: While HD data are from the WAND study, it is not clear whether controls were scanned on the same scanner or protocol. Given the use of model-derived metrics (especially SANDI), differences in scanner or acquisition could introduce confounds. Also, although it offers novel and biologically informative markers, widespread clinical translation still faces hurdles. For instance, the study used a 3T Connectom scanner (300mT/m gradients), which is not widely available. Reproduction of these results in standard 3T clinical scanners would be a great addition, in scenarios with lower resolution, less precise parameter recovery, and longer scans if SNR needs to be maintained.

      (2) HD-ISS staging and group comparisons:<br /> a) Only 26-27 out of 56 gene-positive participants could be assigned HD-ISS stages, and none were classified into stages 0 or 4.

      b) Visual overlap between stages 1 and 2 in behavioral and imaging features suggests that staging-based group separation may not be robust.

      c) The above may lead to claims based on progression across HD-ISS stages to be overinterpreted or underpowered

      (3) Regression modeling choices:<br /> a) SANDI metrics included in the models differ between HC and HD groups, reducing comparability.

      b) The potential impact of multicollinearity (e.g., between fis and rs) is not discussed.

      c) Beta coefficients could reflect model instability or parameter degeneracy rather than true biological effects.

      These issues do not undermine the study's main conclusions, which effectively demonstrate the feasibility and initial clinical relevance of applying SANDI to HD. Nonetheless, addressing them more thoroughly would enhance the clarity and interpretability of the manuscript.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ioakeimidis and colleagues studied microstructural abnormalities in N=56 Huntington's disease (HD) patients compared to N=57 normative controls. The authors used a powerful MRI Connectom scanner and applied the SANDI model to estimate the soma size, neurite size, soma density, and extracellular fraction in key subcortical nuclei related to HD. In the striatum, they found decreased soma density and increased soma size, which also seemed to become more pronounced in advanced HD individuals in the final exploratory analyses. The authors conducted important analyses to find whether the SANDI measures correlate with clinical scores (i.e., QMotor) and whether the variance of the striatal volume is explained by the SANDI measures. They found a relationship between SANDI measures for both.

      Strengths:

      The study is both innovative and of high interest for the HD community. The authors provide a rich pool of statistical analyses and results that anticipate the questions that may emerge in the HD research community. Statistics are carefully chosen and image processing is done with state-of-the-art methods and tools. The sample size gives sufficient credibility to the findings. Altogether, I think this study sets a milestone in the attempts of the HD community to understand neuropathological processes with non-invasive methods, and extends the current knowledge of microstructural anomalies identified in HD with diffusion MRI. More importantly, the newly identified anomalies in soma size and soma density open new avenues for studying these biological effects further and perhaps developing these biomarkers for use in clinical trials.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) An important question is whether the SANDI measures, which require an expensive scanner and elaborate processing, are better biomarkers than the more traditional DTI measures. Can the authors compare the effect size of FA/MD with SANDI measures? In some of the plots and tables, FA/MD seem to have comparable, if not higher, correlations with QMotor or CAP scores. On the same vein, it is unclear whether DTI measures were included in hierarchical stepwise regression. I wonder if the stepwise models may have picked up FA/MD instead of SANDI measures if they are given a chance. Overall, I hope the authors can discuss their findings also in this light of cost vs. benefit of adopting SANDI in future studies, which is an important topic for clinical trials.

      (2) Similar to the above point, it is very important to consider how strong the biomarking signal is from SANDI measures compared to the good old striatal volume. Some plots seem to indicate that volumes still have the highest correlation with QMotor and the highest effect size in group comparisons. It would be helpful for the community to know where the new SANDI measures stand compared to the most typically used volumes in terms of effect size.

      (3) The diffusion measures are inevitably correlated to some degree. Please provide a correlation matrix in the supplementary material, including all DWI measures, to enable readers to better understand how similar SANDI measures are to each other or vs. other DTI measures. Perhaps adding volumes to this correlation matrix may also be a good future reference.

      (4) ISS stages:

      a) The online ISS calculator requires cut-offs derived from the longitudinal Freesurfer pipeline, while the authors do not have longitudinal data. Thus, the ISS classification might be inaccurate to some degree if the authors used the FS cross-sectional pipeline. Please review this issue and see if updated cut-offs should be used to classify participants.

      b) Were there really no participants with ISS 0 among the 56 HD individuals? Please clarify in the manuscript.

      (5) A note on terminology that might be confusing to some readers. According to the creators of ISS, the ISS stages are created for research only; they are not used or applied in the clinic. On the other hand, the terms "premanifest" and "manifest" have a clinical meaning, typically based on the diagnostic confidence level. The assignment of ISS0-1 to premanifest and ISS2-3 to manifest may create some non-trivial confusion, if not opposition, in some segments of the HD community. The authors can keep their current terminology, but will need to at least clarify to the reader that this assignment is speculative, does not fully match the clinically-based categories, and should not be confused with similarly named groups in the previous literature.

    4. Author response:

      Response to Reviewer 1:

      Ad (2) Clinical applications of SANDI have primarily focused on Multiple Sclerosis. However, since the preparation of the manuscript, one study has been published reporting reductions in apparent soma density and white and grey matter differences in apparent soma size in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejrad.2025.111981). We will include this paper in our revised manuscript.

      Responses to Reviewer 2:

      Strength:

      Ad (3) SANDI cannot directly differentiate between neural and glia cells but the pattern of differences in the SANDI parameters we observed in Huntington’s disease (HD) are consistent with the known pathology in HD.

      Weaknesses:

      Ad (1) With regards to the question about scanner and acquisition consistency, we can confirm that all diffusion data of individuals with HD and healthy controls from the WAND study were acquired with the same multi-shell High Angular Resolution Diffusion Imaging (HARDI) protocol on the 3T Connectom scanner at CUBRIC. Thus, all diffusion data analysed and reported in this manuscript were acquired with the same protocol on the same strong gradient MRI system for harmonization and consistency purposes.

      We agree that for clinical adoption it is important to demonstrate that HD-related SANDI differences do not require ultra-strong gradient imaging and can be detected on standard clinical MRI systems. While we have not collected such data in people with HD, we and others have demonstrated the feasibility of modelling SANDI metrics from multi-shell diffusion-weighted imaging data acquired with maximum b-value 3,000 s/mm2 on clinical 3T MRI system in typical adults and people with MS or ALS (https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26416, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-60497-6, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejrad.2025.111981). These studies have demonstrated that it is feasible to characterise brain microstructural differences with SANDI on clinical scanners and that comparable patterns of results can be observed across different MRI systems. It should also be noted that there is presently a move towards stronger gradient implementation in clinical systems as demonstrated by the release of the Siemens Cima.X system which will allow higher b-value diffusion scanning on clinical systems. 

      ad (2) We agree that due to the small number of HD participants with HD-ISS staging the exploratory comparisons between ISS stages need to be interpreted with caution. We hope to gain access to some of the missing ISS information and plan to include these in the revised paper.

      Ad (3) With regards to the queries about the regression modelling choices:

      (1) As SANDI metrics differed between HC and HD groups, and hence may not be directly comparable, separate regression models for HC and HD data were conducted without formal comparisons between slopes. Only descriptive exploratory comparisons of the observed pattern were included.

      (2) We will provide cross-correlational analyses between all SANDI parameters in the supplements of the revised version of the paper to check for multicollinearity.

      (3)All model-based approaches, including SANDI, may be prone to model instability or parameter degeneracy and we will acknowledge and discuss this in the revised version.

      Responses to Reviewer 3:

      Weaknesses: 

      Ad (1) and (2) The effect sizes (ES) of group differences in SANDI, DTI, and volume measures in the caudate and putamen (Tables 3 and 4) were broadly comparable: apparent soma radius rs (rrb = 0.45 -0.53), apparent soma size fis (rrb = 0.32 -0.45), FA (rrb = 0.38 -0.55), MD (rrb = 0.51 -0.61) and volumes (rrb = 0.49 -0.55 ). Similar ES were observed between fis and FA, and between rs and volumes. MD showed the largest ES, likely due to striatal atrophy-related CSF partial volume contamination.Cost-benefit analyses of imaging marker choices in clinical trials depend on the aim of the study. DTI provides sensitive but unspecific indices that are influenced by biological and geometrical tissue properties and capture a multitude of microstructural properties. Similarly, volumetric measurements do not inform about the underpinning neurodegenerative processes.

      With the advancement of disease-modifying therapies for HD it has become important to identify non-invasive imaging markers that can inform about the mechanistic effects of novel therapies. While DTI and volume metrics are sensitive to detect brain changes, they do not provide specific information about the underpinning tissue properties. Such information, however, may turn out to be important for the evaluation of mechanistic effects of novel therapeutics in clinical trials. Advanced microstructural models such as SANDI may help provide such information. We found that SANDI indices had statistically similar power to the gold standard measures of volumes, but with the added value of information underpinning microstructure. We and others have also shown that SANDI can be applied to multi-shell diffusion data acquired in a clinically feasible time (~10 min) on standard 3T MRI systems (please refer to our response above).

      To summarise, DTI and volumes are sensitive to brain changes but will need to be complemented by more advanced microstructural measurements such as SANDI to gain a better understanding of the underlying tissue changes and effects of disease-modifying therapies.

      Ad (3) We will provide a correlation matrix of all DWI measures in supplementary material to allow a better understanding how similar SANDI measures are to each other and compared to DTI measures. 

      Ad (4) Most of the people with HD who have taken part in our study were participants in the Enroll-HD study. We will use HD-ISS information from ENROLL as much as possible. As we do not have longitudinal imaging data for all individuals classified as ISS <2, we will compare our cross-sectional striatal volumes with those from age and sex matched individuals from WAND to determine whether people fall into ISS 0 or 1 category. This approach will hopefully allow us to increase the total HD-ISS sample size and to determine whether there were participants with ISS 0 in our sample.

      Ad (5) We will explain in the revised manuscript that ISS stages are created for research only purposes and are not used or applied in clinic, while “premanifest” and “manifest” are helpful concepts in the clinical context. We will clarify that we refer to individuals without motor symptoms as assessed with Total Motor Score (TMS) as premanifest and to those with motor symptoms as manifest. This roughly corresponds to individuals at ISS 0/1 without signs of motor symptoms compared to individuals at ISS 2-3 with signs of motor symptoms.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This is a fundamentally important study presenting cryo-EM structures of a human small conductance calcium-activated potassium (SK2) channel in the absence and presence of calcium, or with interesting pharmacological probes bound, including the bee toxin apamin, a small molecule inhibitor, and a small molecule activator. As efforts to solve structures of the wild-type hSK2 channel were unsuccessful, the authors engineered a chimera containing the intracellular domain of the SK4 channel, the subtype of SK channel that was successfully solved in a previous study (reference 13). The authors present many new and exciting findings, including opening of an internal gate (similar to SK4), for the first time resolving the S3-S4 linker sitting atop the outer vestibule of the pore and unanticipated plasticity of the ion selectivity filter, and the binding sites for apamin, one new small molecule inhibitor and another small molecule activator. Appropriate functional data are provided to frame interpretations arising from the structures of the chimeric protein; the data are compelling, the interpretations are sound, and the writing is clear. This high-quality study will be of interest to membrane protein structural biologists, ion channel biophysicists, and chemical biologists, and will be valuable for future drug development targeting SK channels.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have done a nice job of revising the manuscript to address the issues raised in the first round of review and I have no further suggestions.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The small conductance calcium-activated potassium channel 2 (SK2) is an important drug target for treating neurological and cardiovascular diseases. However, structural information on this subtype of SK channels has been lacking, and it has been diOicult to draw conclusions about activator and inhibitor binding and action in the absence of structural information.

      Here the authors set out to (1) determine the structure of the transmembrane regions of a mammalian SK2 channel, (2) determine the binding site of apamin, a historically important SK2 inhibitor whose mode of action is unclear, and (3) use the structural information to generate a novel set of activators/inhibitors that selectively target SK2.

      The authors largely achieved all the proposed goals, and they present their data clearly.

      Unable to solve the structure of the human SK2 due to excessive heterogeneity in its cytoplasmic regions, the authors create a chimeric construct using SK4, whose structure was previously solved, and use it for structural studies. The data reveal a unique extracellular structure formed by the S2-S3 loop, which appears to directly interact with the selectivity filter and modulate its conductivity. Structures of SK2 in the absence and presence of the activating Ca2+ ions both possess non-K+-selective/conductive selectivity filters, where only sites 3 and 4 are preserved. The S6 gates are captured in closed and open states, respectively. Apamine binds to the S2-S3 loop, and unexpectedly, induces a K+ selective/conductive conformation of the selectivity filter while closing the S6 gate.

      Through high-throughput screening of small compound libraries and compound optimization, the group identified a reasonably selective inhibitor and a related compound that acts as an activator. The characterization shows that these compounds bind in a novel binding site. Interestingly, the inhibitor, despite binding in a site diOerent from that of apamine, also induces a K+ selective/conductive conformation of the selectivity filter while the activator induces a non-K+ selective/conductive conformation and an open S6 gate.

      The data suggest that the selectivity filter and the S6 gate are rarely open at the same time, and the authors hypothesize that this might be the underlying reason for the small conductance of SK2. The data will be valuable for understanding the mechanism of SK2 channel (and other SK subtypes).

      Overall, the data is of good quality and supports the claims made by the authors. However, a deeper analysis of the cryo-EM data sets might yield some important insights, i.e., about the relationship between the conformation of the selectivity filter and the opening of the S6 gate.

      We attempted focused 3D classification to identify subsets of particles with the S6 open and the SF in a conductive state but were not able to isolate such a particle class. This indicates that either none or a very small percentage of particles exists in a fully conductive state. This sentence was included in the results section: 

      “Focused 3D classification of the S3-S4 linker was unsuccessful in identifying particles subsets with a dilated extracellular constriction suggesting that either none or a very small percentage of Ca<sup>2+</sup>-bound SK2-4 is in a conductive state”

      Some insight and discussion about the allosteric networks between the SF and the S6 gate would also be a valuable addition.

      The extracellular constriction is in the same non-conductive conformation in the Ca<sup>2+</sup> bound and Ca<sup>2+</sup> -free SK2-4 structures suggesting that the conformation of S3-S4 linker/SF and the S6 are not allosterically coupled. We predict that Ca<sup>2+</sup> opens the intracellular gate and another physiological factor (not yet identified) promotes extracellular gate opening. These sentences were added to the results and discussion: “This along with the similar conformation of the S3-S4 linker in the Ca<sup>2+</sup> -bound and Ca<sup>2+</sup> -free states of SK2-4 suggest that Ca<sup>2+</sup> -dependent intracellular gate dynamics are not coupled to the conformation of the S3-S4 linker. Other yet to be identified physiological factors may be required to dilate the extracellular constriction.”

      “Alternatively, other physiological factors, such as PIP2[46,47] or protein-protein interactions[48-50], may exist in live cells that modulate the interaction between S3-S4 linker and the selectivity filter.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have used single-particle cryoEM imaging to determine how small-molecule regulators of the SK channel interact with it and modulate their function.

      Strengths:

      The reconstructions are of high quality, and the structural details are well described.

      Weaknesses:

      The electrophysiological data are poorly described. Several details of the structural observations require a mechanistic context, perhaps better relating them to what is known about SK channels or other K channel gating dynamics.

      As recommended, additional details for electrophysiological data were added to the results, methods, and figure legends for clarification.  

      The most pressing point I have to make, which could help improve the manuscript, relates to the selectivity filter (SF) conformation. Whether the two ion-bound state of SK2-4 (Figure 4A) represents a non-selective, conductive SF occluded by F243 or represents a C-type inactivated SF, further occluded by F243, is unclear. It would be important to discuss this. Reconstructions of Kv1.3 channels also feature a similar configuration, which has been correlated to its accelerated C-type inactivation.

      Structural overlays of Ca<sup>2+</sup> bound SK2-4, HCN, and C-type inactivated Kv1.3 selectivity filters demonstrate that each have conformational diVerences and it is diVicult to definitively determine if the SK2-4 selectivity filter is in a non-selective conformation like HCN or a C-type inactivated conformation like Kv1.3. Based on the number of ions observed in the filter and the position of Tyr361 we believe the selectivity filter most closely resembles that of HCN. Importantly, the selectivity filter conformation observed in the SK2-4 Ca<sup>2+</sup> -bound and Ca<sup>2+</sup> -free structures is ultimately nonconductive due to the Phe243 extracellular constriction blocking K<sup>+</sup> eVlux. 

      A comparison of the SK2-4 selectivity filter to HCN and C-type inactivated Kv1.3 was included in Figure 4 and this sentence was included in the results section:

      “The selectivity filter of SK2-4 resembles that of to HCN in both the position of Tyr361 and the number of K<sup>+</sup> coordination sites (Fig 4E,F,G,H)”

      Furthermore, binding of a toxin derivative to Kv1.3 restores the SF into a conductive form, though occluded by the toxin. It appears that apamin binding to SK2-4 might be doing something similar. Although I am not sure whether SK channels undergo C-type inactivation like gating, classical MTS accessibility studies have suggested that dynamics of the SF might play a role in the gating of SK channels. It would be really useful (if not essential) to discuss the SF dynamics observed in the study and relate them better to aspects of gating reported in the literature.

      Extracellular toxin binding to SK2-4 and K<sub>v</sub>1.3 induce a conformational change in the selectivity filter to produce a canonical K<sup>+</sup> selective structure with four coordination sites. However, the mechanism by which the toxins produce the conformational change is diVerent. For SK2-4, apamin interacts primarily with S3-S4 linker residues and induces a shift in the S3-S4 linker away from the pore axis. This in turn prevents the hydrogen bonds between Arg240 and Tyr245 of the S3-S4 linker and Asp363 at the C-terminus of the selectivity filter to produce a selectivity filter conformation with four K<sup>+</sup> coordination sites. For K<sub>v</sub>1.3, the sea anemone toxin ShK binds directly to the C-terminus of the selectivity filter disrupting interactions required for the C-type inactivated structure and thereby inducing the conformational change. These sentences were added to the results:

      “Toxin induced selectivity filter conformational change has also been reported for K<sub>v</sub 1.3 with the sea anemone toxin ShK. However, unlike apamin binding to SK2-4, ShK binds directly to the K<sub>v</sub> 1.3 selectivity filter to convert a C-type inactivated conformation to a canonical K<sup>+</sup> selective structure with four coordination sites [39,40]. The change in selectivity filter conformation in apamin-bound SK2-4 seems to be driven instead by the weakening of interactions between the selectivity filter and the S3-S4 linker.”

      The SF of K channels, in conductive states, are usually stabilized by an H-bond network involving water molecules bridged to residues behind the SF (D363 in the down-flipped conformation and Y361). Considering the high quality of the reconstructions, I would suspect that the authors might observe speckles of density (possibly in their sharpened map) at these sites, which overlap with water molecules identified in high-resolution X-ray structures of KcsA, MthK, NaK, NaK2K, etc. It could be useful to inspect this region of the density map.

      We did not observe strong density near Y361 or D363 that could be confidently model as water. However, in the structures of SK2-4 bound to apamin and compound 1 Tyr361 in the selectivity filter rotates 180° and forms a hydrogen bond with Thr355 in the pore helix. The homologous hydrogen bond is also observed in SK4 and the conductive/ K<sup>+</sup> selective selectivity filter conformation of Kv1.3.  The rotation of Tyr361 to form a hydrogen bond with Thr355, reorientation of Asp363 and Trp350 into hydrogen bonding position, and the presence of four K<sup>+</sup> coordination sites upon binding of apamin and compound 1 strongly suggest that the selectivity filter is in a K<sup>+</sup> selective/conductive conformation. The Tyr361/Thr355 hydrogen bond is now described in the paper and shown in Figures 4D, 5D, and S6F.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This is a fundamentally important study presenting cryo-EM structures of a human small conductance calcium-activated potassium (SK2) channel in the absence and presence of calcium, or with interesting pharmacological probes bound, including the bee toxin apamin, a small molecule inhibitor, and a small molecule activator. As eOorts to solve structures of the wild-type hSK2 channel were unsuccessful, the authors engineered a chimera containing the intracellular domain of the SK4 channel, the subtype of SK channel that was successfully solved in a previous study (reference 13). The authors present many new and exciting findings, including opening of an internal gate (similar to SK4), for the first time resolving the S3-S4 linker sitting atop the outer vestibule of the pore and unanticipated plasticity of the ion selectivity filter, and the binding sites for apamin, one new small molecule inhibitor and another small molecule activator. Appropriate functional data are provided to frame interpretations arising from the structures of the chimeric protein; the data are compelling, the interpretations are sound, and the writing is clear. This high-quality study will be of interest to membrane protein structural biologists, ion channel biophysicists, and chemical biologists, and will be valuable for future drug development targeting SK channels.

      The following are suggestions for strengthening an already very strong and solid manuscript:

      (1) It would be good to include some information in the text of the results section about the method and configuration used to obtain electrophysiological data and the limitations. It is not until later in the text that the Qube instrument is mentioned in the results section, and it is not until the methods section that the reader learns it was used to obtain all the electrophysiological data. Even there, it is not explicitly mentioned that a series of diOerent internal solutions were used in each cell where the free calcium concentration was varied to obtain the data in Figure1C. Also, please state the concentration of free calcium for the data in Figure 1B.

      As recommended, additional details for electrophysiological data were added to the results, methods, and figure legends for clarification.  

      (2) The authors do a nice job of discussing the conformations of the selectivity filter they observed here in SK as they relate to previous work on NaK and HCN, but from my perspective the authors are missing an opportunity to point out even more striking relationships with slow C-type inactivation of the selectivity filter in Shaker and Kv1 channels. C-type inactivation of the filter in Shaker was seen in 150 mM K using the W434F mutant (PMC8932672) or in 4 mM K for the WT channel (PMC8932672), and similar results have been reported for Kv1.2 (PMC9032944; PMC11825129) and for Kv1.3 (PMC9253088; PMC8812516) channels. For Kv1.3, C-type inactivation occurs even in 150 mM K (PMC9253088; PMC8812516). Not unlike what is seen here with apamin, binding of the sea anemone toxin (ShK) with a Fab attached (or the related dalazatide) inserts a Lys into the selectivity filter and stabilizes the conducting conformation of Kv1.3 even though the Lys depletes occupancy of S1 by potassium (PMC9253088; PMC8812516). Or might the conformation of the filter be controlled by regulatory processes in SK2 channels? I think connecting the dots here would enhance the impact of this study, even if it remains relatively speculative.

      Please see the response to reviewer 2’s comments for a comparison of the selectivity filter structure between SK2-4 and C-type inactivated K<sub>v</sub>1.3 and a discussion of toxin induced selectivity filter conformational change.

      What is known about how the functional properties of SK2 channels (where the filter changes conformation) diOer from SK4, where the filter remains conducting (reference 13)? Is there any evidence that SK2 channels inactivate?

      Compared with SK4, SK2 has some unique properties such as lower conductance and the ability to switch between low- and high-open probability states. Mutation of Phe243 suggests that the S3-S4 linker conformation contributes to the low conductance. This is included in the discussion.

      “Such a mechanism may explain some properties of SK2 that are not observed in SK4, which lacks an S3-S4 linker, such as its low conductance (~10 pS) and the ability to switch between low- and high-open probability states[3,4]. Indeed, mutation of Phe243 in rat SK2 produced a 2-fold increase in channel conductance[5].”

      Or might the conformation of the filter be controlled by regulatory processes in SK2 channels? I think connecting the dots here would enhance the impact of this study, even if it remains relatively speculative.

      Please see the response to reviewer 1’s comments for a discussion of the potential physiological role of the S3-S4 linker/extracellular constriction and its mechanism for opening.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I enjoyed reading your paper and am intrigued by your findings on the selectivity filter of SK2. I've got a few recommendations for data analysis and a couple of questions that might contribute to the discussion.

      In your Ca2+-bound dataset, have you tried to parse out any alternative conformations (e.g., by using 3D classification, or 3D variability)? Do you think there might be a small(er) population of particles that adopt a fully open conformation? If you haven't done this already, I would recommend doing so. You have a rather large number of particles in your final 3D reconstruction (~660k), so there might be some hidden conformations that could contribute to our understanding of the system.

      I would recommend doing the same for your compound 4-bound data set.

      Please see above for response to this recommendation.

      Do you think apamine works solely as a pore blocker, or does its binding perhaps also aOect the S6 gate via allosteric networks (perhaps the same ones that induce the formation of the K+ conductive SF through binding of compound 1 above the S6 gate?)?

      Apamin binding does not change the conformation of the pore helices (S5 or S6) and thus we believe it acts primarily as a pore blocker. The following was added to the results section:

      “Overall, the apamin-bound SK2-4/CaM structure resembles Ca<sup>2+</sup>-bound SK2-4. The Nterminal lobe of CaM engages with the S<sub>45</sub> A helix, the S5 and S6 helices adopt a similar conformation, and the intracellular gate Val390 is open with a radius of 3.5 Å (Fig 2D). The most significant conformational change is in the position of the S3-S4 linker, which shifts ~2 Å away from the pore axis to accommodate apamin binding.”

      Is there a mechanistic explanation for why it might be diOicult/energetically costly for the SF to be conductive and the S6 gate to be open at the same time?

      Not to our knowledge.

      I also have these minor recommendations:

      -In all figures showing density, include the threshold/sigma value at which density is shown.

      -For all ligands and ions, include half-map data.

      Sigma values were added for all figures legends displaying cryoEM density. The displayed maps are the sharpened full maps.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Is it possible to provide a structure-sequence guided explanation for the diOerent aOinity of compound 1 for SK2 vs SK4?

      Yes. The following is now included in the results section and a panel was added to Figure S6D.

      “However, for SK4 Thr212 replaces SK2 Ser318 and Trp216 (homologous to SK2 Trp322) is conserved but adopts a diVerent rotamer conformation (Fig S6D). Both changes occlude the compound 1 binding site in SK4 and would likely reduce compound 1 potency on SK4 as observed in the functional data.”

      Is it possible to propose a model of modulation by compound 1/4 where the authors can comment on the conformational dependence of compound binding? That is, do they bind exclusively to the identified conformational states of the channel, or are they able to bind to both closed and open channels, but bias one state over the other?

      The clash between compound 1 and Thr386 in the open conformation of the S6 helices suggests that compound 1 would preferentially bind to closed state of SK2. Similarly, the clash between compound 4 and Ile380 in the closed conformation of the S6 helices suggests that compound 4 would preferentially bind to the open state of SK2. This was included in the discussion:

      “This proposed mechanism of modulation suggests that compound 1 may bind preferentially to the closed conformation of the S6 helices and compound 4 may bind preferentially to the open conformation of the S6 helices.” 

      Please provide the calcium concentration used to generate the data in Figure 1B. The calcium concentration is now stated in the legend for Fig 1B:

      “Intracellular solution contains 2 µM Ca<sup>2+</sup> based on calculation using Maxchelator (see methods)”

      Essential and critically important descriptions of experiments in Figure 7A are lacking. It would be essential to describe properly, with care, what the currents and the conditions of measurements are. If these currents are obtained by subtracting leak currents by adding other drugs, it would be good to comment on whether the latter compete with compounds 1/4.

      As recommended, additional details for electrophysiological data were added to the results, methods, and figure legends for clarification. SK currents were obtained by subtracting leak currents by adding UCL1684 only at the end of experiments. UCL1684 is not expected to interfere with eVect of compound 1 or 4 given diVerent binding sites and mechanisms.  

      If Compound 1 changes the structure of the SF (Figure 6F), would it also promote apamin binding? Given that both these agents produce a similar change in the SF, could each favor the binding of the other?

      Since apamin binds to the S3-S4 linker it is unlikely that the selectivity filter conformational change observed in the compound 1 bound structure would aVect apamin binding.